Tuition Fees for Academic Year 2015

Transcription

SCHOOL OF ARTS MANAGEMENT AND HUMANITIES//SCHOOL OF DANCE//
SCHOOL OF DRAMA//SCHOOL OF MUSIC//SCHOOL OF VISUAL ARTS
i
The information in this publication was current as of August 2015 when the
text was compiled. Changes, including but not restricted to, tuition and fees,
course descriptions, degree and programme requirements, policies and
financial information, may have occured since. The College reserves the right
to make any changes it finds necessary.
© Copyright 2015
Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts,
www.emc.edu.jm
ii
“To become the professional visual and performing artist(e),
we challenge you to rise to the top of your craft, utilize your
exceptional talent and strength of mind”.
– Dr. Nicholeen DeGrasse-Johnson
Princepal
iii
Why Study With Us
Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts (EMCVPA) is a one of a kind institution being the
only college for the arts in the English-speaking Caribbean. This alone should be sufficient to indicate
that your future is in great hands. But if you need more convincing here are 10 foolproof reasons why
EMCVPA is the College to Be, Create and Inspire:
1. Teaching delivered using an effective mixture
of theoretic and practical methods to develop
well-rounded and well-educated students.
6. Vibrant campus life created by a diverse mix
of artistic students of various disciplines
cohabiting in one creative space.
2. EMCVPA graduates are the best in their fields
across the Caribbean and the College boasts a
host of distinguished alumni.
7. Tuition and other associated fees are
reasonably packaged below industry standard
with payment plan options and scholarships.
3. Internship programmes which allow students
8. EMCVPA is one of the major institutions of
to work in their fields of study, gaining practical
cultural development and preservation in the
knowledge and developing important contacts
Caribbean, with a wealth of knowledge on our
and networking skills even before completing
shared regional culture.
studies.
9. Campus is centrally located in the heart of the
4. Large percentage of EMCVPA graduates are
Kingston Metropolitan Area with easy access to
gainfully employed in their field of choice.
galleries, museums, art shops, restaurants and
shopping centres.
5. The lecturers are a unique balance between
10. Programmes are internationally recognized and
local and international educators who are
accredited by the University Council of Jamaica
among the best in the world.
(UCJ). The Animation Lab is designated by Toon
Boom as a Centre of Excellence.
iv
Careers in the Arts (a selected list...)
Entertainment
Actor
Casting Director Agent
Comedian
Disc Jockey
Lighting Designer
Music Bookseller
Writer
Media
Broadcaster
Press Agent
Producer
Television Producer
Video/Television Editor
Dance Recorder
Dance
Choreographer
Dancer
Dance Critic
Dance-Re-constructor
Dance Administrator
Dance Authographer
Arts Management
Company Manager
Arts Management Specialist
Entertainment Coordinator
Music Contractor
Stage Manager
Publicist
Drama
Dramatic/Literary Manager
Set Designer
Theatre Critic
Theatre Director
Drama Historian
Theatre Historian
Theatre Administrator
Visual Arts
Film Director
Art Historian
Fibre Arts Artist
Book Illustrator
Gallery Guide
Animation Director
Gallery Curator
Art Critic
Art Conservator
Art Dealer
Art Development Officer
Art Teacher
Art Gallery Operator
Art Museum Curator
Corporate Designer
Industrial Designer
Interior Designer
Photographer
Court Artist
Colour Consultant
Costume Designer
Window Designer
Layout Artist
Magazine Artist
Director
Photo Journalist
Children’s Book Designer
Children’s Book Illustrator
Graphic Designer
Package Designer
Video Games Designer
Web Designer
v
Animation
2D or 3D Animator
CG Modeller
Compositor
Digital Painter
Editor
Inbetweener
Layout Artist 2D or 3D
Lighting Technical Director
Match Move Artist
Model Maker
Production Designer
Storyboard Artist
Music
Lyricist
Musician
Session Musician
Song Writer
Studio Musician
Vocalist
Conductor
Music Historian
Music Arranger/Composer
Music Copyist
Instrument Tuner
Recording Engineer
Arts Education
Teacher
Curriculum Specialist
Book/Publication Authors
Digital Media Content Producers
Writers
Table of Contents
PRINCIPAL’S WELCOME
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
2
About the EMCVPA
The Early Years
Cultural Training Centre
Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts
School of Visual Arts
School of Drama
School of Dance
School of Music
School of Continuing Education and Allied Programmes
School of Arts Management and Humanities
Mission Vision
Core Values
College Symbols
Our Motto: Create Persevere Achieve
College Logo Crest
School Logos
CAMPUS FACILITIES
AND RESOURCES
Access to Campus
Art Shop at the Edna Manley College (The)
Automated Teller Machine (ATM)
Computer Classrooms and Labs
Administrative Building
Copying, Printing and Binding Services
Food Services
Exhibition Spaces
ID Cards
Library and information Services
Lockers
Lost and Found
Multimedia Services
Parking and Registration of Vehicles
ArtStock at EMCVPA Fine Jamaican Art and Gift Shop
STUDENT SERVICES
19
CAMPUS DIRECTORY
22
CAMPUS MAPS
27
ADMISSIONS and FINANCE
29
Alumni
Athletics
Clubs and Societies
Counselling
Hall of Residence - Scarlet Hall
Health international Students
Student Employment 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
Our Location
Campus Map
Undergraduate Admissions Requirements
Educational Background
interview
Portfolio Assessment/Drawing Examination/Audition
Admissions Process
Application
Application Period
College English Proficiency Test Auditions/interviews/Drawing Examination Selection
Acceptance Special Admission Requirements
Mature Students
international Students
Transfer from the School of Continuing
Education and Allied Programmes
Transfer Admission
Transfer Admission for international Students
Credits Earned as a Transient Student
Joint Admission
Readmission
Classification of Students
Ancillary Fees, Hall of Residence
and Expenses: Local Students
Tuition, Ancillary Fees, Hall of Residence
and Expenses: international Students
Tuition Fees for UWI/EMCVPA Students
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
13
13
13
13
14
vi
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
21
27
28
30
30
30
30
30
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
37
39
40
Special Fees
Tuition and Fees increase
Fee Payment Policy
Fee Payment Options
41
41
41
42
Examination Grades
61
Change of Grade
61
Progression in Programmes
61
Course Grades
62
Promotion of Education Students 62
Teaching Practice/Practicum
62
Academic Honesty
63
Sanctions for Academic Dishonesty
63
Unsatisfactory Performance
63
Academic Dismissal
64
Reinstatement Following Academic Dismissal
64
Withdrawal/Temporary Leave of Absence from School 64
Readmission
64
How to Apply for Readmission
65
Requirements for Readmission
65
Appeal
65
Adding/Dropping Courses
65
Coursework/Assignments
66
Tutorials
66
Cummulative Grade-Point Average
66
internship
66
Coursework Coversheet
67
The Writing Centre
68
Standards for Academic Writing
70
Sample Title Pages for General Papers/Projects
71
Sample Title Pages Academic Essay/Research Paper 72
Graduation
73
Certificates
73
Application for Graduation
73
Choice of Programme under which a Student Graduates73
Re-Evaluation of Programme Requirements
73
Procedures Governing Student 73
Misconduct
73
Academic Misconduct
74
Categories of Academic Misconduct
74
Major offences
74
Minor offences
74
General Misconduct
75
Classification of Penalties/Sanctions
76
Other Policies and Procedures
76
College Dress Code
76
Student Exchange Programme
77
SUNY Brockport
77
San Francisco State University
77
Pointe Avent, France
77
ArtEZ institute of the Arts at Arnhem
77
Campus of the Arts, Martinique
77
Accountability Policy for information 78
Technology (IT) Resources
78
Purpose of the Policy
78
Persons Accountable for Use of Equipment 78
Definition of I.T. Resources
78
Procedures
78
ACADEMIC POLICIES46
Academic Responsibilities
Student Responsibility Academic Resources
Rules and Regulations
General Conduct
Registration
Registration for international Students
Immigration Checklist for international
Students
Commonwealth Citizens (most Caribbean
students, UK, Australia, Canada, etc.)
United States and Other Non-Commonwealth Citizens
Registration Steps - Using Aeorion
Academic Advisement
Declaring a Major
Change of Programme Declaring a Minor
Minor Studies Programme Requirement
Procedures for Minor Programme Enrollment
Transfer Students & Credits
Transfer Process
Factors Which Determine the
Acceptability of Transfer Credits
Transfer Credits for international Students
Required Documentation for Transfer
Credit Consideration
Credits Earned in other Colleges
as a Transient Student
Maximum Credits Per Semester
Attendance
Absence
Examination
Final Year Examinations
independent Study (body of work/
showcase/production) Research Paper
Grade Scheme
Understanding your Grades and Transcript
Computing the Grade Point Average
Challenge Examinations
Supplemental Examinations
Assessment
Aegrotat Policy for Word-Based Courses
Aegrotat Policy for Practical/Studio Courses
Reporting Grades
47
47
47
48
48
49
49
50
50
50
51
52
52
52
52
52
53
53
54
54
54
54
55
55
55
56
56
57
57
57
57
57
59
59
59
60
60
60
61
61
vii
Legal Framework /Terms of Reference Rules and User Responsibilities
Acquisition of I.T. Resources
Movement of I.T. Equipment
Maintenance
Loss of Equipment
Accountability Actions
Glossary of Terms Email Use Policy
Prohibited Use Personal Use
Password Policy Use of Lab Policy
Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) Policy
Multimedia Services
Equipment for Use in Class
Loan of Equipment
Services Provided by Department
Employment in Department
Security Regulations
Student Communication Policy
Emails
College Logo Use Brand Identity Website Policy
Photo/Video Release forms
Social Media Guidelines Health Policy
Policy for the Provision of Emergency
Hospital Services
78
78
79
79
79
79
79
80
80
80
80
81
81
82
83
83
83
83
83
84
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
87
BA Arts Management Programme
Course Descriptions
Faculty
School of Dance
87
SCHOOLS AND ACADEMIC
PROGRAMMES
Arts Management
Bachelor of Arts in Arts Management
Associate of Arts in Arts Management
Arts Management Minor Option
90
93
94
Programmes
95
Arts Management Degree 2008
Arts Management Associate Degree 2012
Arts Management Minor Compulsory Courses
Arts Management Associate Degree 2013
Arts Management Minor Compulsory Courses
Programmes
139
Bachelor of Art Education in Dance Education
Bachelor of Art Education in Dance Education
(Degree Completion/Diploma Upgrade)
Bachelor of Fine Arts in Performance
and Choreography
Bachelor of Fine Arts in
Performance and Choreography
Bachelor of Fine Arts in Traditional and
Folk Dance Studies
Associate of Arts in Dance Performance
Certificate in Dance Performance
Minor Studies: Dance Performance
Minor Studies: Dance Education
Bachelor of Arts in Dance Education 2011-2012
BFA Performance and Choreography 2011-2012
Certificate in Dance Performance 2 Years Bachelor of Arts in Dance Education 2012-2014
BAE Degree Completion/Diploma Upgrade
BFA Performance and Choreography 2012-2013
BFA Degree Completion/
Diploma Upgrade
Associate of Arts in Dance
Performance 2 Years
Certificate in Dance
Performance 2 Years
Dance Minor
Programme Structure
Dance Performance Minor
Dance Education Minor
Rationale
Programme Requirements and Objectives
Dance Education Minor
(for BFA Performance and Choreography
Majors)
141
Course Descriptions
Faculty
95
99
103
107
111
115
117
118
122
124
School of Drama
Programmes
BA Drama in Education
Bachelor of Arts in Drama in Education
Degree Completion/Diplomaupgrade
Bachelor of Fine Arts in Theatre Arts (Actingtrack)
viii
125
126
136
143
144
147
148
150
151
152
152
153
155
56
157
159
160
162
163
164
165
165
167
167
167
167
167
168
179
181
182
183
183
184
School of Drama Programme Progression
185
BFA Theatre Arts: Acting Track 185
Bachelor of Fine Arts in Theatre Arts
186
Degree Completion/Diploma Upgrade
186
Bachelor of Arts in Drama (EMCVPA/UWI)
187
Associate of Arts in Theatre Arts
188
Minor: Drama ineducation
189
Minor - Drama in Education
189
Minor: Theatre Arts for Majors in BFA Performance
and Choreography)
190
(for Majors in The BFA and BA - Schools of Music & Visual
Arts)Mandatory Courses (Electives Transferable)
191
BFA Theatre Arts: Acting Track Cohort Starting
(2012-2013)
192
BFA Theatre Arts: Acting Track Cohort Starting
(2013/2014)
193
BA Drama in Education Cohort Starting (2012-2013) 194
BA Drama in Education Cohort Starting [2013/2014] 195
Course Descriptions
Faculty
School of Music
Policies Specific To Music Programmes
Associate of Arts - Music
234
Certificate in Music
235
Preliminary Qualifying Programme
235
Bm, Bme, Aa, Cert. & Pq Course Sequence 2012 - 2013236
Bachelor of Music in Jazz & Popular Music Studies 236
Bachelor of Music in Performance Piano, Voice,
Percussion, Guitar
237
Bachelor of Music Education
238
239
240
Bm, Bme, Aa, Cert. & Pq Course Sequence 2013 - 2014
Bachelor of Music in Performance
Piano, Voice, Percussion, Guitar
242
243
244
245
Bm, Bme, Aa, Cert. & Pq Course Sequence 2010/11
& 2011/12
246
247
248
250
251
251
196
202
204
207
Bachelor of Music (Bm) in Performance
207
Contemporary Music Studies
208
Contemporary Music Studies Diploma Upgrade
211
212
Piano, Voice, Guitar, Wind and Steel Pan
212
213
Piano, Voice, Guitar, Wind
213
213
Bachelor of Music Education (Bme)
214
217
217
218
218
Credit Structure Piano
220
Certificate in Music (Cm)
221
Music Minor
222
General Requirements for The UWI/EMCVPA
223
BA – General Arts, Faculty of Humanities & Education 223
School of Music Elective Courses (Non-Majors)
224
Principal instrument
225
Performance & Music Education
225
Second instrument
229
Bm, Bme, Aa, Cert. & Pq Course Sequence 2010/11 &
2011/12 231
Bachelor of Music in Performance Piano, Voice, Percussion, Guitar
232
233
Course Descriptions
Faculty
Programmes
Bachelor of Fine Arts Programme Structure
Associate of Arts in Visual Arts
SVA Minor Programmes
Bachelor in Art Education
Degree Completion – Upgrage:
Three-Year Fine Art Diploma To Four-Year BFA Degree
Visual Arts Majors
Bachelor in Fine Arts Ceramics Major
Bachelor in Fine Arts Jewellery Major
Bachelor in Fine Arts Painting Major
Bachelor in Fine Arts Printmaking Major
Bachelor in Fine Arts Sculpture Major
Bachelor in Fine Arts
Textile & Fibre Arts, Weaving and Fashion Major
Bachelor in Fine Arts
Bachelor in Fine Arts Photography Photography Photojournalism – Major
Photography Commercial
Photography – Major
Bachelor of Fine Arts Minor Programmes
Visual Communication – Graphic Design Minor ix
252
258
261
263
264
264
265
266
2
67
268
269
271
273
275
277
279
279
282
284
286
289
296
296
Visual Communication – Illustration Minor Minor in Visual Communications
Minor in Ceramics Minor in Jewellery
Textiles and Fibre Arts – Textile
Design for Printing Minor Textile and Fibre Arts – Weaving Minor
Textiles and Fibre Arts – Fashion Design Minor
Minor in Textiles and Fibre Arts – Mixed Option Minor in Design
Minor in Visual Arts
Fine Arts – Sculpture Minor Fine Arts – Painting Minor Fine Arts – Printmaking Minor Minor in Art History Bachelor of Art Education
UWI/EMCVPA BA Humanities & Education Degree UWI/EMCVPA BA Humanities & Education
Degree – Visual Arts Major UWI/EMCVPA Open Choices Courses
Post Graduate Certificate
Program in Art Therapy
Post Graduate Certificate Program in Art Therapy
Dual Enrollment Courses
Course Descriptions
Foundation Studies
Interdeciplinary Studies
Painting
Sculpture
Printmaking
Jewellery
Ceramics
Textile & Fibre Arts; Fashion
Design Studies
Visual Communications
Photography
Drawing Courses
Bachelor of Art Education (B.a.e.)
Bachelor of Art Education
Professional Education Courses
Program in Art Therapy
Art Therapy Courses
Program in Art Therapy Dual Enrollment Program
Bachelor’s Degree in Art Education/Graduate
Certificate in Art Therapy
General Studies Courses
Art History
UWI/EMCVPA Open Choice Courses
Faculty
Administration
Find Us On The Web:
Highly Recommend Links
296
296
296
297
297
298
298
298
299
299
299
300
300
300
302
304
304
305
306
307
308
308
309
309
311
312
314
316
317
320
321
323
325
327
328
329
330
331
331
332
335
337
340
343
343
344
x
Diverse
Innovative
Spirited
Creative
Passionate
Bold
xi
Principal’s Welcome
Thank you for choosing the Edna
Manley College of the Visual and
Performing Arts (EMCVPA) to hone
your creativity and talent. We,
EMCVPA Faculty and Staff, are aware
of the enormous talent that you,
artistes of unusual promise and
eclectic passions, bring to the College
and we welcome the privilege of
nurturing your understanding,
production and analysis of your art.
You have discovered a one of a kind
institution in the English-Speaking
Caribbean that allows for aesthetic
freedom and academic fulfillment.
“Whether its Music,
Drama, Dance,
Visual Arts or Arts
Management, your
best performance
begins here at the
Edna Manley College
of the Visual and
Performing Arts
(EMCVPA).”
Steeped in the rich cultural resources
of the Caribbean, the EMCVPA has
been developing and preserving the
arts and culture, for over six decades,
beginning with the establishment
of the School of Visual Arts in 1950.
More recently, the EMCVPA has
repositioned itself to include Arts
Management for the ownership,
sustainability, self-discovery,
scholarship and psychological
transformation of arts and culture.
To become the professional visual
and performing artist(e), we
challenge you to rise to the top of
your craft, utilize your exceptional
talent and strength of mind.
We expect students to take full
1
advantage of the opportunities that
are provided for their development
and growth as artistes or educators in
the arts. Our challenge is to maintain
the excellence that characterizes the
teaching, learning and professional
development for which our students
are known. We will hone the quality
of your work, artistic skills, and
professionalism.
Do not be frivolous about your
success. Set your objectives early
and be truthful to yourself as you
accomplish your goals.
This handbook is a guide to assist
you in structuring your journey at the
College. Information about policies,
services and academic programmes
are all provided, however should you
need to speak with someone directly,
specific names, responsibilities and
contact information are also listed.
Whether its Music, Drama, Dance,
Visual Arts or Arts Management, your
best performance begins here at the
Edna Manley College of the Visual
and Performing Arts (EMCVPA).
Create…Persevere…Achieve…Enjoy!
Nicholeen DeGrasse-Johnson, Ph.D.
Principal
GENERAL
INFORMATION
In 1976, all four Schools were
brought together and became a
full-time tertiary institution under
the aegis of the Cultural Training
Centre, an arm of the Institute of
Jamaica. In 1979, the four Schools
were identified by UNESCO as
pivotal institutions, not merely in
Jamaica, but in the Caribbean and
have since developed as a prime
agency for cultural development.
About the EMCVPA
The Early Years
The Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts
has been through several stages in its evolution. The four
Schools—Drama, Music, Dance, and Visual Arts—started
out at different locations in Kingston. Two of the Schools,
namely the School of Art and the School of Music, are
historic because of their establishment in 1951 and 1961
respectively, before the island gained its independence from
Britain in 1962.
Cultural Training Centre
In 1976, all four Schools were brought together and became
a full-time tertiary institution under the aegis of the Cultural
Training Centre, an arm of the Institute of Jamaica. In 1979,
the four Schools were identified by UNESCO as pivotal
institutions, not merely in Jamaica, but in the Caribbean
and have since developed as a prime agency for cultural
development. In 1983, the Organization of American States
(OAS) designated the institution the Inter-American Centre
for Caribbean Cultural Development thus recognizing it as a
regional cultural resource institution.
Edna Manley College of the Visual and
Performing Arts
However, though in proximity to each other, the Schools
continued to operate autonomously until 1995 when
the institution was renamed the Edna Manley College
of the Visual and Performing Arts in honour of the Hon.
Edna Manley, OM. This led to the consolidation of the
College under one administrative structure with a Board of
Directors, Principal and two Vice Principals.
Today the College consists of the following Schools:
• School of Visual Arts
• School of Music
• School of Dance
• School of Drama
• School of Arts Management and Humanities
• School of Continuing Education and Allied Programmes
The College’s course offering ranges from Certificate to
Master degree programmes. These are geared towards
essential professional preparation to students in the Arts
from the Caribbean, North America and Europe. The School
of Continuing Education and Allied Programmes also has
part-time leisure courses and a thriving summer school.
3
The earliest attempt at promoting visual arts was in 1889,
when Miss Long held classes in the library at the Institute of
Jamaica, a “certificated” teacher from the South Kensington
Art School, London, who was visiting the island. Miss Long
held both day and evening classes, in drawing and painting,
for ladies and children.
By 1942, when the nationalist art movement was in full
swing, the Hon. Edna Manley, a co-opted member of the
Art and Craft Committee, sought and received permission
to hold adult classes in Art at the Junior Centre. These
classes were a resounding success. The success of the art
activities at the Junior Centre led to the establishment of the
Jamaica School of Art and Craft in 1951. The Hon. Altamont
DaCosta had bequeathed premises at 1 Central Avenue,
Kingston Gardens, to the city, a former mayor of Kingston
and it was decided that this building, known as the DaCosta
Institute, should be used as the home of the new school,
which would be under the administration of the Institute
of Jamaica. The principal aim of the school was to provide
instruction for persons who wished to make a career of
art and craft. The School of Visual Arts now offers several
courses across eight (8) departments—namely Painting,
Sculpture, Printmaking, Jewellery, Ceramics, Textiles and
Fibre Arts, Visual Communications and Art Education—and
continues to expand its course offerings to meet the needs
of the industry.
School of Drama
The School of Drama, formerly the Theatre School, was
established in 1968 by Henry and Greta Fowler and
operated as a part-time institution run by the Little Theatre
Movement. The institution grew out of a need for a
centre where the already native theatrical talents of the
Caribbean people could be trained and directed into an art
form; consequently the School provides opportunities for
developing talent in performance. Intrinsic to the history
of its formation, the School of Drama also trains teachers
sensitive to the developing artist in a developing nation.
School of Dance
The School of Dance had its early roots in the Contemporary
Dance Centre (CDC) established by Sheila Barnett, Barbara
Requa and Bert Rose in the late 1960s. The CDC offered
training in Dance for physical education teachers as well as a
junior programme for children. In 1970, the National Dance
Theatre Company, which was founded by Professor Rex
Nettleford in collaboration with Barnett, Requa and Rose,
formed the Jamaica School of Dance. Recognizing the need
for appropriate training in the art form of Dance, the School
offered professional training to performers, choreographers
and dance educators. Some of the teaching staff included
noted dance practitioners such as Barnett, Nettleford, Barry
Moncrieffe and Yvonne Dacosta.
School of Music
The School of Music was established in 1961 as a statutory
body supported by the Government under the leadership
of the first Director and Registrar Peter Burges and Vera
Moody respectively. The School was located at 50 Hope
Road, Kingston, and was staffed by mainly British nationals
engaged in the teaching of music of the European (Classical)
tradition, offering tuition in practical and theoretical
subjects. The training offered focused on instrumental and
vocal lessons, which prepared students for entry into the
Royal Schools of Music in the United Kingdom.
In 1964 the Junior Department was founded and in 1966
a Folk Music Research Department was established on the
recommendation of the Most Hon. Edward Seaga, then
Minister of Culture. The department was headed by Dr.
the Hon. Olive Lewin, OD OM, and she was responsible for
collecting, arranging, editing, publishing and distributing
Jamaican Folk Music. The School began training professional
musicians in popular music, music education and Jamaican
folk music in 1972.
The teaching of Jazz was introduced for the first time in
1974 with the establishment of a new Department of
African-American Studies under Melba Liston of the United
States. A Music Education Division was established to train
teachers in schools and the Folk Music Research Department
established in 1976, under the direction of Marjorie Whylie.
The School, for the first time, offered professional courses
structured on the lines of the University of the West
Indies courses. These included Diplomas in teaching and
performance and music education, a Certificate in School
Music Teaching and Certificate courses in African-American
Studies.
4
School of Continuing Education and Allied
Programmes
Established in 2005, the School of Continuing Education and
Allied Programmes’ main objective is to offer a wide range
of courses in the visual and performing arts that provide
opportunities for those who are desirous of pursuing careers
and obtaining recreational benefits through the arts but are
unable to access the full-time route.
Some of these courses therefore are for credit while others
are non-credited and have no entrance requirements
other than the participant completing an application form,
attending classes and receiving a certificate of Achievement
or Participation on completion. It is the School’s
responsibility to offer a wide range of learning experiences
in addition to providing opportunities for workshops,
seminars, conferences and professional development in all
areas of the Arts.
School of Arts Management and
Humanities
The School of Arts Management and Humanities has been
in existence since 2007 and had its first set of four graduates
in 2011. The programme aims to provide training for
persons who wish to work in the area of arts management
or administration and for persons already involved in
the management and administration of arts and culture
organizations. The aim is to offer a distinctive combination
of theory; studio and project-based courses as well as hands
on experience.
The philosophy of the B.A. Arts Management programme
is to create an environment which places the students’
academic development within a cultural, social, religious,
ethical and artistic context facilitating synergy with creative
industry stakeholders both formal and informal to steer
programme quality and maintain relevance. The programme
also aims to build a reserve of arts managers and
administrators for the industry and business with the vision,
foresight and creativity to move the arts forward in Jamaica
and the Caribbean.
Mission
To enrich the aesthetic sensibilities and promote the cultural
diversity of the Caribbean through the highest quality
education and training in the Visual and Performing Arts.
Innovation: We value innovation as the key to original
thoughts and seek to bring new and innovative ideas to
enhance the work of the College as well as to create new
knowledge in the visual and performing arts.
Vision
Transparency: We value transparency as essential to
To develop the Edna Manley College of the Visual and
Performing Arts as a centre in arts and culture, by creating a
physical and an academic environment which will engender
the highest quality study, research, scholarship and the
pursuit of academic excellence.
To strengthen and broaden relationships between the Edna
Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts and its
stakeholders by promoting partnership and collaboration
to support the development of the arts and encourage
networking.
To ensure a sustained social and academic environment that
develops graduates who are devoted to sound moral, social,
spiritual and ethical principles in their professional lives and
leaders in the practice of the arts.
To create opportunities for economic enterprises that will
support the development of the institution and the interest
of the Edna Manley College of Visual and Performing Arts.
To provide quality staff who will support the mission of the
Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts, be
devoted to lifelong learning and professional growth in their
area of expertise.
Core Values
is committed to the following core values as an essential
part of its purpose as an institution of higher learning.
Diversity: We value diversity as part of our commitment
to academic and aesthetic freedom and respect diverse
opinions among faculty, staff and students.
Service: We value service as a divine gift to humanity
and seek to make it a natural part of our duty to offer the
highest quality to all our clients.
5
open and accountable governance by seeking to operate in
an egalitarian environment that involves all stakeholders in
our decision-making.
Commitment: We value commitment as vital to
institutional and administrative loyalty and pledge to be
committed to the ideals, mission and objectives of the
College as well as to the services in which we are engaged.
Partnership: We value partnership as an important
condition for stakeholders’ participation and seek to forge
alliances to facilitate the development and progress of the
College.
Lifelong Learning: We value lifelong learning as a basic
philosophy of self-renewal, scholarship and institutional
growth and seek to encourage this as essential for all.
Integrity & Ethics: We value personal and institutional
integrity, and are committed to consistent justifiable moral
and ethical principles.
Truth: We value truth as the fundamental gateway to
enlightenment and human dignity and seek to express this
in our lives and imparting it to others.
Respect: We value respect for self, others and the
environment as a critical self-defining element, and a
source for building and maintaining good relationships and
achieving success, and seek to exercise this at all times.
College Symbols
The following are College symbols which should only be used with permission from the Marketing and Public Relations
Department. You may not freely use any of the images below as they are property of the Edna Manley College of the Visual
and Performing Arts and are subject to copyright.
Our Motto: Create Persevere Achieve
College Logo
Crest
EMCVPA
?
??
?
?
?
?
?
? ? ??
?
?
School Logos
6
Campus Facilities and
Resources
School of Music
Music Technology Lab:
Music Composing, Recording and Editing (Macs & PCs)
Access to Campus
The EMCVPA campus attracts thousands of visitors
throughout the year due to its various programmes and
productions and the security guards cannot recognize
everyone who enters the campus buildings. The security
and safety of the campus is therefore a shared community
responsibility.
Photography Lab Photography Editing (PCs)
Lab 1: Graphic Design and Visual Communication Lab
(IMACs)
Lab 2: Graphic Design and Visual Communication Lab
(MAC Pros)
Lab 3: Toon Boom Animation Lab (PC)
Lab 4: Illustration Lab (MAC)
For further information, you may contact the Assets and
Facilities Management Department, ext. 2131 or
email afd@emc.edu.jm.
Art Shop at the Edna Manley College (The)
The Art Shop at the Edna Manley College provides a wide
range of art materials needed by students. Where these are
not in stock, students are advised to use commercial outlets
to secure the materials. You may contact The Art Shop at
876-754-8915.
Automated Teller Machine (ATM)
A National Commercial Bank (NCB) ATM is located in the
vicinity of the exit gate of the campus. The machine only
dispenses Jamaican dollars and offers MultiLink services,
which is a Jamaican shared Automated Banking Machine
and Point of Sales terminal network providing electronic
funds transfer. You may check with your financial institution
to see if there are any charges that may apply with its use.
For servicing, please report to the Assets and Facilities
Management Department, ext. 2131 or
email afd@emc.edu.jm.
Computer Classrooms and Labs
The Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts’
computer facilities include the following:
For technical assistance please contact the Technician
assigned to the Labs or the Information Technology
Department, ext 2180 or email ithelpdesk@emc.edu.jm.
For use of the labs please contact the School’s Director.
Copying, Printing and Binding Services
Photocopying and reprographic facilities are available at
a cost at the Library Copy Centre on the Administrative
Building. For further information, please contact the Copy
Centre at ext. 2153.
Food Services
The main cafeteria, located close to the Hall of Residence,
and a snack shop, located below the bridge close to the
School of Dance, service the campus. Students can purchase
cooked meals (breakfast, lunch and dinner) from the main
cafeteria, Mondays through Saturdays. Both providers are
closed on Sundays. For further information, please contact
the Assets and Facilities Management Department, ext.
2131 or email afd@emc.edu.jm.
Exhibition Spaces
Housed in the Multimedia Library, the College Art Gallery
(CAG[e]), offers a programme of exhibitions annually. These
are set out in the College’s activities calendar. The gallery
host exhibitions that showcase the phenomenal works of
students, lecturers and alumni. The School of Visual Arts
also owns a small collection of artwork by graduates who
are now among those listed as outstanding Jamaican artists.
The collection spans five (5) decades and is available as a
resource aid for students and visitors to the College.
Administrative Building
Library: Information and Resource Centre (PCs)
Multimedia Lab: Information and Resource Centre/Music
Notation and Sequencing (PCs)
7
with a unique collection the library is also haven for both
the national and international communities of scholars,
researchers, artists and art philanthropists.
Opening Hours
Monday – Thursday:
8:30 a.m. – 1:00 p.m. / 3:30 p.m. – 6:00 p.m.
Friday: 8:30 p.m. – 1:00 p.m.
Saturday: 8:30 p.m. – 12 noon
Faculty, students and visitors to the campus are not allowed
to hang or place artwork in any of the campus spaces unless
authorized.
All exhibition and opening receptions are free and open to
the public. For information about the CAG(e), call ext. 2152
or email cage.gallery@emc.edu.jm. For information about
exhibitions in the School of Visual Arts, call ext. 2051.
ID Cards
ID Cards must be displayed at all times and must be shown
upon request by the Security Personnel.
Lost ID Cards must be reported immediately to the Registry
and an arrangement for replacement be made. The fee for
replacing the card is JMD$2500.00.
For additional information on the ID Cards, please contact
the registry Department, ext. 2171 or by email registry@
emc.edu.jm.
Library and Information Services
Overview
Library is an Academic Library with a specialized collection in
the visual and performing arts and other related areas.
The Library’s mission statement is as follows:
•
Summer Semesters: (June to July)
Mondays to Thursdays: 8:30 a.m. – 7:15 p.m.
Fridays: 8:30 a.m. – 4:00 p.m.
Saturdays: Closed
During the Month of August:
Mondays to Thursdays: 8:30 a.m. -5:00 p.m.
Fridays: 8:30 a.m. – 4:00 p.m.
Saturdays: Closed
All EMCVPA faculty, staff and students must have an
identification card. The ID is a single card that is used for
identification, access to authorized campus buildings and
spaces, access to funds deposited in the student’s account
for photocopying and book, meal and other purchases
provided by campus service providers.
•
Opening Hours
During Semesters I and II:
(January to May & September to December)
Mondays to Thursdays: 8:30 a.m. – 9:00 p.m.
Fridays: 8:30 a.m. – 4:00 p.m.
Saturdays: 9:00 a.m. – 3:00 p.m.
To support the teaching and research needs of the
institution’s students, faculty and other administrative
staff, through its collections and services.
To collect and preserve research materials
which will increase and enhance knowledge of
and appreciation of the region’s art forms and culture.
Library Staff
The library has staff complement of twelve persons who
are committed to providing a service of excellence to its
patrons.
Ms. Erica Davis
Ms. Beverly Campbell
Mr. Lindel Edwards
Ms. Juliet Facey
College Librarian
Deputy College Librarian
Librarian III {New}
Librarian II
Areas of the Library
The Multimedia Library is located in the Multimedia
Building. The Reference and Circulation Services Area is on
the ground floor. It includes the Reserved Books Collection
(RBC) and Ready Reference Books. There is also a Computer
Laboratory where students can do their assignments and
research. The Technical Services area is also on the ground
floor. This is where books are processed before they are
placed in the various collections.
On the Ground Floor
Technical Services Area | Reserved Books Collection |
Photocopy Centre | Baggage Room
Deputy College Librarian’s Office
ON THE UPPER FLOOR
Music Collection | Librarian’s Office
Open Shelves Collections | Periodicals Collection | Slides
Collection |Librarian’s Office
College Librarian’s Office
As an academic library the primary users of the library
are students and staff of the institution. Nevertheless,
8
The Collections
The Library’s Collection houses a variety of materials. The
collections are outlined below:
Reserved Books Collection
Reading Room/Reference only materials
Ready-Reference sources such as dictionaries,
encyclopedias, handbooks and manuals geared towards the
visual and performing arts curricula
Vertical Files
Overnight Materials
Open Shelf Collection
Books
Course Files
Newspaper Clippings
Periodicals
Journals
Slides Collection
Photographs
Music Collection
Vinyl phonographic records
CD-ROMs ,DVD-ROMs (inclusive of EMC produced
recordings)
VHS
Audiocassettes
Scores
Newspaper Archives of the Jamaica Gleaner
The Newspaper Archives of the Jamaica Gleaner provides
access to archived full text newspaper articles of the Jamaica
Gleaner from as far back as 1834 and can be searched
by keywords and dates. Authorized access is restricted
to EMC students, staff and faculty only. Contact your
Librarian for the username and password. {URL: gleaner.
newspaperarchive.com}
Open Access Journal
AERA SIG Communication of Researchhttp://aera-cr.asu.
edu/ejournals/ {See link http://aera-cr.asu.edu/ejournals/ }
Online Libraries
The Library now has one year subscription to two online
libraries: Naxos Music Library and Naxos Music Library.
Please click on the following links which will re-direct you
to the website. Music Library and Naxos Music Library Jazz
contain invaluable resources for staff and students of Music.
These span a range of standard and specialist repertoire
with over 40,150 CDs and over 574,500 tracks. Click on
‘Quick Tour’ tab for an overview of the service.
Naxos Music Library [Available on EMC campus]
{Hyperlink text: “Naxos Music Library” to go directly to
website’s url : http://EMCVPA.NaxosMusicLibrary.com
Special Collections
The Library has three special collections. These include the
Wycliffe Bennett Collection, Rex Nettleford Collection and
Vivian Virtue Collection.
Naxos Music Library Jazz [Available on EMC campus]
{Hyperlink text: “Naxos Music Library Jazz” to go directly to
website’s url : http://EMCVPA.NaxosMusicLibrary.com/Jazz
Databases
Due to restrictions in licensing agreements, access to certain
databases is restricted to registered students, staff and faculty at the Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts only. An indication will be given for such databases.
Ebooks COLLECTION - Ebrary (NEW)
The Library now has access to College Complete eBooks
collection. This is an arrangement with the College Libraries
Information Network for access to eBooks which span a
variety of subject areas.
Caribbean Artists Database: {http://emc.edu.jm/artlibrary/search An EMC
internal database link needed for Caribbean Artists
Database}
{Hyperlink text: “eBooks Collection” to go directly to the
website’s url http://site.ebrary.com/lib/colinet/home.action
EBSCOhost Research Databases
The Library has subscription to the following databases
through Ebsco Publishing:
Academic Search Elite
International Bibliography of Theatre and
Dance with Full Text
Professional Development Collection
Education Resource Information Centre
Caribbean Search
World Politics Review
{URL: http:// search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?authtype=ip}
9
Catalogue
The Jamaica Union Catalogue is hosted by the National
Library of Jamaica. Through this means a search can be
done to determine what is in the collection of contributing
special libraries in the Jamaica Libraries and Information
Network. A search can be done of the bibliographic
records to find what is housed in the Edna Manley College
of the Visual and Performing Arts and other libraries that
contribute their records.
{URL: http://198.170.76.2/juc/} Searching the Jamaica Union
Catalogue
Introduction to the Jamaica Union Catalogue
Please be advised that we now have access to the
bibliographic records of the Library through the Jamaica
Union Catalogue. The Jamaica Union Catalogue is
hosted by the National Library of Jamaica and holds the
bibliographic records of materials of special libraries that
have contributed their records and who fall in the Jamaica
Libraries and Information Network. It presents a search
interface that can be used to find titles, authors or subjects
of your interest, in addition to information on where these
materials are located in other libraries. Current awareness bulletins (Information on newly acquired
books and journals are circulated via email to lecturers and
staff. A list of new arrivals is placed on notice boards and a
small display is done upon new arrivals of textbooks.)
Internet access (Students and staff can access the Internet
by visiting the computer laboratory at the Library or other
locations on the campus such as the School of Visual Arts
Graphic Laboratory, or the computer laboratory upstairs in
the Multimedia Building. As well, students with laptops can
gain access to the Internet at various hot spots across the
campus.)
What does this mean?
This means that you can search the online catalogue to find
out where the materials are located; whether it is at the
EMCVPA library, the National Library of Jamaica or other
libraries in the network. You will also be able to search for
materials 24 hours, 7 days a week, any where in the world,
once you have Internet access. It is easy and convenient. Once you know where to access the materials you can
decide where you want to go to find the “physical” material.
Word processing and printing
Word processing (the Library provides access to computers
from which assignments may be printed at a cost)
Referral Letters to other academic libraries (Students
requiring access to other libraries off campus can pick up a
letter from the College Librarian.)
How do I get to the Jamaica Union Catalogue?
All you have to do is go to the following link at
http://198.170.76.2/juc/. There you will see the search
interface for the catalogue.
How do I search the Catalogue?
You can search the catalogue by typing in your terms
in the box and use fields such as ‘Title’, ‘Author’, ‘Year’,
‘Descriptor’, ‘Subject’, or ‘Library code’; as well as you
can select the display of your search results by “brief” or
“detailed”.
Reprography services
Students have access to the printing and photocopying
services at Copy Centre. They are able to send their
assignments for printing at a cost to the Copy Centre. They
will pick up their assignments at that location. Photocopy
machines are also available at the Copy centre where
they can submit their copy requests. Users are required
to comply with the Jamaica Copyright Act. Reservation
of books (Books on loan may be reserved by users and a
notification will be sent to them once materials become
available.)
Selective dissemination of information
Periodically information may be packaged for educational
and research purposes. Contact your Librarian.
Services Offered
The Library offers a wide range of services, geared towards
satisfying users.
Reference and circulation services
Reference services are aimed at matching the needs of
users with the available resources within the library. To
access Reference Services you may visit the Circulation
Desk during the Library’s opening hours. Also available is
our Personalized Research Consultation Service with our
Librarians during specified office hours.
Ask a Librarian via e-mail library@emc.edu.jm or telephone
1-876-968-0785.
Renewals
Open Shelf materials may be renewed for a further loan
period provided these have not been previously reserved by
another reader.
10
Information Literacy Sessions
At the beginning of each academic year the library provides
sessions on searching the Internet, databases and other
online resources that are available within the library.
Additionally, instructions are provided to help you improve
your research skills in order successfully identify information
for your research.)
E-mail Notices
Users are encouraged to submit their E-mail addresses
at the Circulations Desk in order to receive email notices,
bulletins, and happenings in the library.
Audiovisual Usage Forms
Persons interested in receiving extracts of EMCVPA
recordings are encouraged to fill out the forms and submit
them to the College Librarian’s office.
Book Orders
Faculty, staff and students may submit recommendations for
textbooks and other resources to support the curriculum. It
is advised that these recommendations are to be submitted
to the College Librarian in March of each academic year.
Once these items are ordered they will be a part of the
Library’s collection and will be available on various loan
periods.
Printing Services
Printing service is available at the Photocopy Centre in
the Multimedia Building on the ground floor. By using
the PaperCut Print Manager registered users will be able
to print assignments or print a wide range of articles and
documents directly from the networked computers around
the campus. Registered EMC students can send their prints
from any networked computers in the library or other
computer laboratories across the campus. Once students
are registered they will be able to use the library’s printing
facility.
Printouts must be picked up at the Photocopy Centre.
Paying for Prints
Payment for prints can be made using epay on your ID
cards. Your card may be top-up during opening hours at the
following areas and times:
Accounts Department
Mondays – Fridays: 8:30 a.m. – 3:00 p.m.
Rates : Printing rates are as follows:
Type
Size
Cost $
Black and
White
Letter
10 per page
Legal
15 per page
Ledger
(11”x17”)
20 per page
12” x 18”
25 per page
Letter
30 per page
Legal
50 per page
Ledger
(11”x17”)
80 per page
12” x18”
100 per page
Colour
printer to send the documents. The need to select a colour
option is vital, as it will be determined, whether or not the
document is to be printed in colour or black and white and
this will also determine the cost for printing and the amount
that will be deducted from the credit balance. A message
will be shown based on the cost of the print job, and
whether or not adequate funds are available on the account
to complete the transaction. Once print is successful the
amount will be deducted from the account. The balance on
your account will be indicated in the balance bar, located
on the desktop on initial logon. Details of print transactions
may be found on the student portal in Ralston.
Establishing an Account for Printing
All users are required to pay for prints using their epay ID
Card or at the Accounts Department during the specified
hours, where a receipt in triplicate will be generated. The
receipt will consist of the ID number, name and other
information including items being paid for. Of the three
ply receipt students will be given, a yellow copy and a
white copy. The yellow copy should be presented at the
Photocopy Centre only and the amount is credited by the
Office Clerk or Library personnel on duty.
Please note that payment for printing is at a minimum
balance of $50.00. The Office Clerk will apply this credit to
your account based on your identification number. When
you proceed to log on with your username and password
from a networked computer at the Library, the Multimedia
Computer Lab or Visual Arts Lab the credit balance will be
shown on the desktop screen. Once you send prints, the
balance will be reduced by the cost for printing based on the
rates outlined.
All students are to ensure that once they have paid for
prints that a copy of the receipt is kept and presented at
the Photocopy Centre to library personnel for the account
balance to be credited with the amount.
Computer Laboratories Location
Computer workstations available to students are located at
the Visual Arts computer laboratory, Computer laboratory
upstairs in the Multimedia Building and Computer room in
the Library.
Printing Procedures
Access to Printing services via PaperCut will only be available
to students who have logged into a workstation with their
credentials, ID number and Password. Once the required
document is ready for printing, the user must select the
11
Students
Students must present their IDs at the Photocopy Centre
when payments are made for prints. The Office Clerk or
Library personnel at the Photocopy Centre do the crediting
of your accounts. Once your balance has been topped up
you can send your prints from any computer workstation on
the campus.
Students will be required to login with their own
identification number and password, then select the option
to print and determine whether or not the document is to
be printed in colour or black and white.
The document will be queued for printing until it is released.
Once the print is successful the amount will be deducted
from your account.
Staff
1. Personal prints and photocopies
Administrative and Academic staff are required to pay for
personal prints at the Accounts Department or Photocopy
Centre at the scheduled rates during the hours mentioned
above. The requests for prints and photocopies are made at
the Photocopy Centre.
2. Official prints and photocopies
All requests for official prints and photocopies are to be
submitted at the Photocopy Centre. Where requests are
made for copies of copyrighted materials these are recorded
on the Licensee Digitrack Log Sheet.
All official prints and photocopies requested are duly
recorded in the applicable log books and the official bills
are handed to the staff member (faculty and staff) who has
requested the job. It is encouraged that photocopies or
print outs are verified by the Directors of Schools, Managers
or Heads of Departments to ensure that the request is
legitimate.
Photocopying Services
Photocopying service is available at the Photocopy Centre in
the Multimedia Building on the ground floor. There are two
photocopiers. You may photocopy in colour and/or black
and white.
Paying for Photocopies
Payment for photocopies can be made using epay on your
ID cards. Your card may be topped-up during opening hours
at the:
Finance and Accounts Department (at the Cashier)
Mondays – Fridays…...…. 8:30 a.m. – 3:00 p.m.
The Photocopy rates are similar to that of printing rates and
are as follows:
Colour
Letter
30 per page
Legal
50 per page
Ledger (11x17) 80 per page
12 x18
100 per page
Photocopying Procedures
Once it has been determined what is to be photocopied
and the cost calculated the payment for photocopies are
made at the Accounts Department. Once payment is
made a receipt is given to the students and the request
for photocopying is made at the photocopy centre. Please
note that payment for photocopying is at a minimum
balance of $50.00. The receipt is to be handed to the Office
Clerk/Library personnel at the Photocopy Centre, who
will photocopy based upon the request. The Office clerk/
Library personnel will check the receipts and complete
the job based upon the charges presented. Please note
that bibliographic information and usage information for
photocopies from copyrighted materials are recorded on
the Licensee Digitrack Log Sheet. The information is to be
clearly written for auditing purposes.
JAMCOPY
The College signed the JAMCOPY Tertiary Institutions
Licence on July 22, 2009 and as such is required to comply
with the licence and the Copyright Act of 1993. All users are
therefore required to comply with the requirements.
Membership:
All registered students, academic and senior administrative
staff of the college have access to the library and its services.
Students enrolled in other tertiary institutions such as the
University of the West Indies, who are pursuing joint EMC
courses, are registered students of the college and must
display a valid identification card to access the services of
the library.
Researchers, students and staff of other colleges and other
individuals may access the library at the discretion of the
College Librarian and upon payment of the necessary fees if
applicable.
Loans:
The loan periods and quantity of materials depend on the
type of material being borrowed.
Type
Size
Cost $
Black and
White
Letter
10 per page
Type of Materials
No. of
Items
Loan
Period
Legal
15 per page
Reserved Books (Overnight)
2
Overnight
Reserved Books Collection
(Reading Room)
2
3 Hours
Ledger (11x17) 20 per page
12 x 18
25 per page
12
Open Shelves materials
3
7 working
days
Periodicals
3
Overnight
Slides
No
limitation
*
•
•
•
•
•
* Slides are available for loan only for class presentations
or seminars. The following materials are not available for
external loans: DVDs and CD ROMs; Theses; Newspaper
clippings; Audio and Videocassettes; and Vinyl records.
Lockers
Fines:
Fines are charged for each day a circulating material is kept
past its due date.
Category of Material
Fines
Reserved Book
Collection
$60.00 per day
$20.00 per day
Periodicals
$60.00 per day
The following activities are prohibited within the
Library:
Smoking is strictly prohibited within the Library.
Food and/or drink are not allowed in the Library.
The use of cellular phones is strictly prohibited.
The use of compact disk players or other musical
devices is strictly prohibited.
Some lockers are available for student use within individual
Schools and students are assigned locker by the School’s
Director or designate to use them. Students must supply
their own locks and are advised to keep lockers locked at all
times. The College accepts no responsibility for items that
are lost, stolen, or damaged.
Students must remove contents from lockers at the end
of each Semester. If the contents are not removed by the
last day of each Semester, students may lose both the lock
on the locker and the locker’s content at no liability to the
College.
The borrowing rights of users will be revoked when fines
have reached a maximum of sixty dollars ($60.00). When
fines are outstanding the College Librarian is authorized to
advise the Registry and Bursary to charge the fine to the
student’s personal account with the college. Subsequent
penalties, such as the withholding of examination cards and
results, as well as the deferral of the award of qualification
upon graduation, will be administered.
Lost and stolen materials:
The report of lost or stolen materials should be submitted
promptly in writing to the College Librarian.
Lost and Found:
As a courtesy to our users, personal items found in the
library are held for pick up at the Circulation desks in the
library.
Library Rules and Regulations:
Use of the Library is subject to adherence to the following
rules and regulations:
• Students are required to carry their Student
Identification Card and must produce this when
required by authorized Library personnel.
• The ID card may be used only by its legitimate holder.
• The removal of any material from the Library must be
duly authorized and recorded.
• Bags, briefcase or parcels are not allowed in the Library.
• Silence is required within the Library at all times. Users
causing disruption will be required to leave the Library.
• Users caught defacing Library materials will be barred
from the Library for a specified period and caution fee
will be withheld to cover all damages.
13
Lost and Found
All possessions should be marked for identification purposes
in case of their loss, theft or damage. Students may turn
in articles that are lost by others to the Student Services
Department or the offices of the individual Schools. The
College accepts no responsibility and is not liable for
articles, including student artwork, which are lost, stolen or
damaged on campus.
Multimedia Services
Audio/Visual equipment is available for daily and overnight
loans. Faculty, staff and students who are duly registered,
in good financial standing and on recommendation of their
School’s Director of Studies, may borrow for short-term
periods, various pieces of audio-visual equipment which
is to be used to assist with preparation of their College
assignments. Equipment so loaned, is to be used on campus
only. Faculty, staff and students must present a valid College
ID to borrow equipment. Audio/Visual equipment and
support is available at the Multimedia Services Department
located downstairs the Administrative Block, ext. 2181 on
campus.
Parking and Registration of Vehicles
Parking at the College is on a first-come, first-serve basis,
except for marked reserved spaces. There should be no
parking on the yellow-painted curbs. The parking lots are
not attended, so cars should be locked. The Edna Manley
College of the Visual and Performing Arts is not responsible
for damage to vehicles or for the theft of valuables left
in vehicles. All residents on the Hall of Residence should
register their vehicles with the Assets and Facilities
Management Department.
ArtStock at EMCVPA Fine Jamaican Art
and Gift Shop
The Art Shop will feature works of students, graduates
and lecturers for sale including handcrafted items by
local artists/artisans. The Art Shop will also stock College
memorabilia and limited edition items of high quality.
The College will also produce performances by students,
faculty and graduates for specific audiences, several times
per year. These events will be scheduled and marketed to
the surrounding communities
The Writing Centre
The EMCVPA Writing Centre helps students in all disciplines
become more effective and confident writers. Writing
is not only used for communicating good ideas but also
for developing new ideas. Learning to write is a life-long
process and all writers’ benefits from sharing works with
others that are knowledgeable and attentive readers.
The College aim to provide excellence in teaching and
research. The Writing Centre therefore offers multi-faceted,
flexible and collaborative approaches to support students’
individual writing styles, talents and voice. Facilitators will
visit some classes that require written assignment as a
means of connecting with students and to determine their
needs.
The Centre therefore offers:
• Qualified faculty/individuals who work one-on-one
with students at all levels in their programme and in all
disciplines
•
Supportive peers tutors who work one-on-one with
students in writing courses across the curriculum
•
Online support providing electronic tutoring and
instructional materials
14
•
Short non-credit workshops about academic writing
•
Convenient access to reference materials on academic
writing for use by students
•
Students are encouraged to use the services of the
Writing Centre for help with organizing ideas for their
paper and/or receive constructive criticism of a draft.
Location:
The Writing Centre is located on the top floor Reference
Area of the Edward Seaga Library and Resource Centre.
Scheduling Visits
Scheduling your visit is easy. It is recommended that you
make an appointment as early as possible in the semester
to set up your visits. Facilitators will do their best to
accommodate all requests however limited resources
may prevent them fulfilling all requests. Students are
encouraged to reserve a spot for assistance with the by
requesting an appointment using the appropriate form and
submit it via email to the writingcentre@emc.edu.jm.
Facilities
List of Facilities available in Schools and Departments across the campus.
The College operates six Schools—Visual Arts; Music; Dance; Drama; Arts Management and Humanities; and Continuing
Education and Allied Programmes; which are supported by ten (10) administrative and academic Departments—
Procurement; Finance and Accounts; Student Services; Assets and Facilities Management, Information Technology;
Multimedia Services; Marketing, Human Resource; Library and Registry. The College also has an Internal Auditor.
The following tables highlight the facilities available in each School and Department.
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Facility
Description
ADMINISTRATION BUILDING
Offices for Director, Assistant Director, two (2) secretaries; Staff Lounge; Faculty
offices.
VERA MOODY CONCERT HALL
380 -seat Concert Hall for productions, classes and rehearsals.
FIVE(5) PRACTICE ROOMS
Practice Rooms with one (1) upright piano.
ELEVEN (11) TEACHING
STUDIOS/PRACTICE ROOMS
Seven(7) rooms with one (1) upright piano each and Four (4) rooms with one (1)
baby grand piano and one (1) upright piano each.
BAND REHEARSAL ROOM
Soundproof room for band rehearsals.
MUSIC EDUCATION ROOM
Music Education Room that doubles as Steel Band teaching and practice studio.
PERCUSSION ROOM
Teaching and practice studio for percussion instruments.
MUSIC TECH LAB
Computer Lab, with music technology software and hardware, that
accommodates approximately nine (9) students.
PIANO LAB
Teaching and practice studio with nine (9) electronic pianos.
STORAGE ROOM
Storage facilities for equipment.
15
SCHOOL OF DRAMA
Facility
Description
OFFICE SPACE 1
Offices for Director, Secretary, Stage Technician and two (2) Lecturers.
OFFICE SPACE 2
Offices for Assistant Director and two (2) Lecturers.
OFFICE SPACE 3
Offices for Technical Supervisor and Lighting Technician.
STAFF ROOM/LOUNGE
Offices and Lounge for Staff
STAFF LOUNGE
THREE (3) STUDIOS
For theory-based and practical classes for approximately thirty (30) students each.
LECTURE ROOM
For theory-based classes for approximately thirty (30) students.
AFTER DARK THEATRE
For theory-based classes and small theatre space for approximately twenty (20)
persons.
DENNIS SCOTT THEATRE
142-seat theatre that doubles as a classroom.
AMPHITHEATRE
440-seat outdoor theatre.
SCENE SHOP
Space to build sets.
COSTUME ROOM
Storage space.
DRESSING ROOM
ARTISAN DRESSING ROOM
SCHOOL OF DANCE
Facility
Description
OFFICE SPACES/STAFF ROOM
Offices for Director, two (2) Secretaries and Assistant Director; Staff
THREE (3) DANCE STUDIOS
For classes and rehearsals for approximately twenty (25) students in two (2)
studios and forty-five (45) in one (1) studio.
ONE (1) DANCE STUDIO
THEATRE – STUDIO’76
120-seat dance studio theatre for productions, classes and rehearsals.
TWO (2) LECTURE ROOMS
For theory-based classes for approximately twenty (20) students each.
GYM
Can facilitate five (5) persons.
COSTUME ROOM
Storage facilities for costumes.
16
SCHOOL OF VISUAL ARTS
Facility
Description
OFFICE
Offices for Director, Assistant Director and two (2) Secretaries.
STAFF LOUNGE
Holds approximately ten (10) persons with two (2) computer workstations.
JEWELLERY DEPARTMENT
Staff Office; jewellery lecture room; and small work room
2D AND 3D STUDIOS
Two (2) studios that doubles as classes and exhibiting spaces for
approximately forty (80) students.
LIFE DRAWING ROOM
One (1) large studio for approximately forty (40) students.
PAINTING STUDIO
One (1) large studio for approximately forty (40) students.
PAINTING DEPARTMENT
2-storey building with two (2) spaces that can be partitioned into
approximately four (4) rooms each for lecturing and exhibiting.
TEXTILE DEPARTMENT
Small office for Head of Department; small inner room with sewing machine
for approximately ten (10) students; outer studio for approximately thirty (30)
students.
THREE (3) SCULPTURE STUDIOS
One (1) small and one (1) large room for lecture and studio work.
CERAMICS DEPARTMENT
One (1) large studio with partitions for three (3) sections for lecture and
studio work.
SVA LECTURE ROOM
For theory-based classes for approximately forty (40) students.
SMART CLASSROOM
For Information Technology and Audiovisual classes for approximately thirty
(30) students.
PRINTMAKING DEPARTMENT
One (1) large studio for lecture and studio work.
PHOTOGRAPHY DEPARTMENT
One (1) computer room with five (5) computer workstations; one (1) studio
for lecture and studio work;
one (1) dark room.
COMPUTER LABS
Four (4) computer labs with approximately fifteen (15) work stations each;
small office for Information Technology
Technician.
ART HISTORY
One (1) small office for Faculty.
17
Administration
Facility
Description
PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE BLOCK
Houses the Office of the Principal with two (2) Secretaries, Two (2) Vice
Principals with one (1) Secretary each,
Internal Auditor
Human Resource Director with Human Resource Management System
(HRMS)
HR Officer
Secretary.
Multi-level building which houses;
MULTIMEDIA BUILDING
• Administration;
• Library;
• Gallery;
• School of Arts Management
and Humanities;
• School of Continuing
Education and Allied
Programmes
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Library
Copy Centre;
Finance and Accounts Department;
Registry;
Information Technology Department;
Multimedia Department;
Student Services Department;
Procurement Department;
Marketing Department;
College Gallery (CAGE);
School of Continuing Education and Allied Programmes; School of Arts
Management and Humanities.
18
Student Services
The Student Services Department is responsible for the
general student welfare. Included under the Department
are offices whose responsibilities differ widely from alumni
and career advisement to health and social activities.
Student complaints and/or queries regarding academic
and disciplinary matters should be first directed to the
Director of the School, and if not resolved, be forwarded to
the Registrar. Student complaints and/or queries regarding
financial matters should be directed to the Director, Finance
and Accounts.
The following offices and services are handled by the
Student Services Department. For more information on
any of the offices or services of the Student Services
Department, please call ext. 2201 or
email horace.prince@emc.edu.jm.
Football League (2007) champion and the Inter-collegiate
Knock-Out Competition (2006) champion.
To be eligible to participate in any of the inter-collegiate
sports teams, students must be registered full time with a
minimum GPA of 2.0.
Sports Day is held annually, generally in the second
semester, and provides opportunity for the wide-spread
participation in sporting competitions between houses.
Other inter-campus competitions are planned throughout
the school year. Students are encouraged to participate in
the variety of sports programming offered.
Clubs and Societies
Admissions and Orientation
The Registry is the point of entry for all new and returning
students to the EMCVPA and admissions information is
available all year round in the Department. Refer to the
Registry at ext. 2171 or by email registry@emc.edu.jm,
for the most current admissions information. Orientation
is normally held the week before the commencement
of the Academic Year. Orientation is a week-long event
which includes new parent orientation, general assembly,
freshman’s breakfast, sessions on financial, spiritual, and
health wellness, and a welcoming ceremony. Orientation is
MANDATORY for all new incoming students.
Alumni
The graduates of the EMCVPA have excelled locally and
internationally as arts educators and practitioners. Our
graduates are teachers in primary, secondary and tertiary
institution, particularly at the secondary level where
they support the CXC and ROSE syllabi—Dance, Music,
Drama, Visual Arts and Stage Craft. The graduates have
formed popular bands including Roots Underground and
Di Blueprint Band, Raging Fyah, C-Sharo and have also
supported internationally-acclaimed musicians. The EMC
Alumni Association invites graduates of the College to join in
the effective networking of its graduates by supporting all its
activities to enhance the quality of education and welfare of
the College.
Athletics
The sports department is managed by a Sports Director who
is responsible for both inter-collegiate and inter-campus
sports programme. Generally, there are three (3) intercollegiate sports team—football, netball and basketball.
The EMCVPA football team was the proud Inter-collegiate
19
The following are the current active student clubs and
societies on campus:
• Next Generation Art (visual and performing arts)
• Jamaica Teacher’s Association Professional Group
(teacher/professional)
• Rotoract (service)
• Circle K (service)
• Universities and Colleges Christian Fellowship (UCCF)
(religious)
• Universities and Colleges Apostolic Ministry (UCAM)
(religious)
Counselling
The Guidance Counsellor assists students with any
challenges brought on by their adjustments to College life.
We encourage students who are experiencing personal
difficulties to seek assistance at the earliest possible time so
that they have a better chance to regain a balance in their
lives.
The Guidance Counsellor provides psychological
counselling for a variety of issues including depression,
stress, interpersonal conflict, bereavement and crisis
management. Individual consultations are preferably done
by appointment.
The Counselling Unit also coordinates select programmes
designed to assist students with financial needs. The
Jamaica Values and Attitudes (JAMVAT) programme,
coordinated by the Ministry of Education, and the National
Youth Service, coordinated by the Ministry of Youth, is one
such where students conduct 200 hours of community
service in exchanged for 30% of their tuition. The Ministry of
Education’s needy student fund is another but is open to a
limited number of very needy students.
Information about and application forms for some work and
travel programmes can also be obtained at the Counselling
Unit. For assistance students may call ext. 2207, or visit the
Guidance Counsellor’s Office located beside the Marketing
Department. All services are confidential.
Housing is situated on campus and offers self-catering
accommodation to students. Nestled in the heart of the
Kingston metropolitan area, the College is in close proximity
to major shopping areas, such as New Kingston, Half-WayTree, Cross Roads and Downtown. Because of its location,
residents have easy access to supermarkets, restaurants,
stores, banks, galleries, theatres and hospitals.
The Hall of Residence comprises three blocks which
accommodate approximately ninety (90) residents. Each
block houses thirty (30) rooms. There are five (5) households
on each block with six (6) rooms in each household.
Accommodation on campus is usually single occupancy,
designed with the concept of six residents forming a
household, each having an individual bedroom while sharing
bathroom and kitchen facilities. Each bedroom is furnished
with a bed with drawers, a desk, chairs a closet and a night
table.
Housing fees are paid annually or per semester, plus a
Caution Fee which is held against damage to the facilities.
housing. For further information on housing call ext. 2204 or
email rudolf.rowe@emc.edu.jm.
Health
The Doctor’s office and the Sick Bay are located on the Hall
of Residence adjoining Block Two and immediately to the
right of the Hall of Residence Manager’s office. The sick
bay has a two-bed capacity. A part-time doctor is on staff
to cater to the medical needs of the campus community.
Currently, the doctor is on campus two days per week.
Students are required to complete medicals bi-annually. The
medical questionnaire, copy of the immunization card and
blood test results must be submitted prior to registration.
School of Dance and Drama students must also complete
and submit a physical fitness report.
The College nurse is full-time and caters to the health needs
of the college population in the following ways:
• Health screening
• Health education
• Attending to the emergencies occurring on campus
• Referring students to other health care personnel as
necessary
• Co-ordinating and assisting with the transportation of
students to the hospital
International Students
Eligibility for Housing
Accommodation on the Hall of Residence is limited.
Therefore housing is only available to full-time students
(those who have registered for twelve (12) or more creditshours per semester). Housing is not guaranteed for either
new or returning students. Each year, students are required
to re-apply for housing (by the stipulated deadline date) and
should know that housing for the next academic year is not
guaranteed. Student housing closes at the end of the second
semester (generally the weekend after the last final exam),
at which time residents are expected to vacate housing.
There is limited summer housing available. Students are
required to apply for summer housing by the stipulated
deadline date. Summer housing is not guaranteed.
Returning students who have an outstanding balance
on their housing fees are ineligible for housing the next
academic year.
Conditions of Acceptance
Upon acceptance, prospective residents are required to sign
a contractual agreement for the FULL College academic year.
Under the College’s Regulation, acceptance of a housing
placement is for the FULL academic year. NO refund will be
paid in the event of early departure. Residents are required
and expected to abide by all the rules governing student
20
embraces diversity and welcomes students from different
races, cultural backgrounds, countries and nationalities.
The Student Services Department provides services and
information to assist in a smooth transition to life at the
College and in Jamaica. Entry and arrival in Jamaica
The ports of entry by air are the Norman Manley
International Airport in Kingston and the Donald Sangster
International Airport in Montego Bay. Students are advised
to make reservations to land in Kingston rather than
Montego Bay.
Transportation
If prior arrangements have been made through the Student
Services department, a representative of the College will
meet overseas students upon their arrival at the Norman
Manley International Airport. These arrangements must
be made at least two weeks before scheduled arrival – full
arrival details (student’s full name, airline, flight number,
city/country of departing flight and time of arrival) must
be provided in order to facilitate pick up. Students will be
sent confirmation of airport pickup arrangements via email. This is a one-time, free service offered to new international
students, when they first arrive. Students who request
airport pickup and fail to notify the Student Services Office
of major delays/cancellations or change of plans in a timely
manner, will be assessed a fee for failure to cancel.
There is also a reliable taxi service at the airport offered
by the Jamaica Union of Travellers Association (JUTA) that
can provide transportation to the campus. Please note that
students are responsible for all costs associated with the taxi
service.
Immigration Policy
As stipulated by the Immigration Laws of Jamaica, foreign
nationals are required to hold a valid passport and entry
visa. Visas are required for international students (regardless
of the period of study). Students from CARICOM or
Commonwealth countries do not require a visa (except
those from the Cayman Islands, British Virgin Islands,
Pakistan, Sri Lanka and Nigeria). The student visa must be
obtained from the nearest Jamaican Consulate or Mission,
prior to arrival in Jamaica.
On arrival at the airport, the letter of acceptance, issued by
the College, must be presented to the Immigration Officers,
following which your passport will be stamped, granting
entry for two weeks. Once you are enrolled, the Registry
will issue you a letter confirming registration, which should
be submitted to the Immigration Office for processing an
Extension of Stay Approval. Foreign students attending the
College must report to the Immigration Department, 25c
Constant Spring Road, Kingston 10, within this two-week
period, and submit the following documents in order to
extend their stay:
approximately one month after the application is submitted. International students can check with the Office of Student
Services if they need assistance with the TRN process.
A letter from the College (Registry) confirming his/her
programme, and the year for which the student is registered
• A valid passport (for the duration of studies)
• An Alien Registration card (for non-Commonwealth
nationals)
• Two passport sized pictures (for non-Commonwealth
nationals)
• An Extension of Stay fee (Information on fee available at
www.pica.gov.jm)
Taxpayer Registration Number
The Taxpayer Registration Number (TRN), while not
necessary for admission to the College is required to carryout certain business transactions such as opening a local
bank account etc.
The leadership of the Student Council consists of:
• President
• Vice President
• Secretary
• Public Relations Officer
• School Representatives (6 individuals)
• Treasurer
• Sports Representative
International students can apply for a TRN at the Tax
Collectorate (Inland Revenue) Office. There is no fee to
apply for the TRN. However, students will need to:
• Complete and submit the “Application for Taxpayer
Registration (Individuals)” form, available at the Tax
Office.
• Show their passport at the time of submitting the
application form.
The TRN is issued immediately and is valid for use right
away. Students are advised to store the TRN slip carefully. A permanent TRN card will be issued by the Tax Office
21
Student Council
The College’s administration fully supports the Student
Council by facilitating participation in several areas of
college governance. Through the Council, students get a
chance to hone the leadership skills and articulate their
concerns at the highest level of College governance by way
of representation on the College Board, the Academic Board
and the Finance Committee of the College Board.
The Student Council promotes awareness of life on
campus and encourages students’ involvement in all
campus activities. Student Council representatives are also
encouraged to organize outreach activities and fund-raising
schemes to support activities beneficial to the student body
and the College.
The Student Council Executive is selected through an annual
election process, which usually takes place in April or the
week immediately following the Easter break. Only students
who are registered full-time, with a minimum GPA of 3.0,
and have no disciplinary actions pending, are eligible to
run for Student Council Executive. Students should also be
recommended by their Head of Department or Director
of School and are expected to complete a mandatory
leadership training post election.
Student Employment
Students are encouraged to register with the Student
Services Department for part-time employment on Campus.
Campus employment varies across the Departments on
Campus, and is available on a needs basis. In the event of
a vacancy, students’ current registration statuses are first
verified. Eligible students should be registered full-time with
a minimum GPA of 2.0. Eligible students are then selected
on the specified skills set and the needs of the Department.
Students are then interviewed by the Department
requesting the student employee and the successful
student/students are selected. Students can work up to
twenty-two (22) hours per week on campus.
Campus Directory
SWITCHBOARD LINES
876-754-8830-1/4; 876-619-EDNA (3362) | TELEPHONE OPERATOR - EXT. 0/2134
SECURITY
EXT.
NAME
POSITION
2222
Exit Gate
Security
2220
Entrance Gate
Security
2221
Hostel Gate
Security
2036
Dance
Security
2150
Security
STRAIGHT LINES
TELEPHONE NUMBER
DEPARTMENT
876-754-8915
Art Shop
876-960-2892
Finance & Accounts Department
876-968-7973/507-7262
876-926-9556
Human Resource Department
876-968-0785
Library
876-920-4633
Marketing and Public Relations Department
876-920-4051
Principal’s Office
876-920-5819
Procurement & Inventory Management Department
876-960-6171
Registry
876-968-0027
School of Dance
876-968-0028
School of Drama
876-920-8163
School of Music
876-968-0779
School of Visual Art
876-929-2581/920-1571
School of Arts Management and Humanities
876-960-3074
School of Continuing Education and Allied Programmes
876-968-7509
Office of V.P. Academic & Technical Studies
876-926-7464
Office of V.P. Administration & Continuing Studies
876-926-2266
Information Technology Department
876-929-0853
Office Services
876-920-0830
Assets and Facilities Management
22
ASSETS & FACILITIES MANAGEMENT
2130
Ryan Gayle
Director
2131-2139
Hope Daley
Secretary
PROCUREMENT
2100
Beverley Oliver-Cunningham
Purchasing & Inventory Manager (Acting)
2101
Andrea Anderson
Secretary
2030
Kerry-Ann Henry
Director
2031
Sharon McKinley
Senior Secretary
2032 - 2036
Simone Reid
Receptionist
2033
Marlon Simms
Asst. Director
2010
Pierre LeMaire
Director (Acting)
2011
Diana Duncan
Senior Secretary
SCHOOL OF DANCE
SCHOOL OF DRAMA
2012
Receptionist
2013
Janet Muirhead-Stewart
2014 - 2021
School Extensions
Asst Director (Acting)
SCHOOL OF CONTINUING EDUCATION & ALLIED PROGRAMMES
2040
Althea Smikle
Director
2041
Susana Stewart
Secretary
2080
Roger Williams
Director
2081
Kerry-Ann Latham
Senior Secretary
2082
Alicia Duncan-Williams
Receptionist
2083
Michael Sean Harris
Asst. Director
2084 - 87
School Extensions
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
23
2050
Miriam Smith
Director
2051
Georgia Thompson
Senior Secretary
2052
Sophia Thomas
Secretary
2053
Paula Daley
Asst Director
2054 - 2064
School Extensions
ARTS MANAGEMENT & HUMANITIES
2070
Phylis Drummond-Hemmings
Director
2071 - 2078
Karen Jones
Senior Secretary
2072 - 2077
School Extensions
FINANCE & ACCOUNTS
2110
Carlene Colville
Director, Finance
2111
Stephanie White
Senior Secretary
2112
Phillip Shaw
Budget Officer
2113
Accounting Technician
2114 - 2115
Senior Accountant 2
2116 - 2117
Accounting Technicians
2118
Payroll
2119
Cashier
LIBRARY
2140
Erica Davis
College Librarian
2142
Beverly Campbell Green
Deputy College Librarian
2143 - 2144
Librarian II
Librarian II
2145
Technical Services
2147
2146
Music Collection
2149
Library Assistant
2150
Library Security
2152
Cage Gallery
2153
Copy Centre
24
MARKETING & PUBLIC RELATIONS DEPARTMENT
2160
Coleen Douglas
Marketing/P.R. Manager
2161
Kay-Ann McKenzie
Senior Secretary
2162 - 2163
Publication/Research Officers/Designer
Publication/Research Officer
PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE BUILDING / HUMAN RESOURCES DEPARTMENT
1990
Marcia Donaldson Thomas
Director of Human Resources
1992
Norda Dillon
HRMIS Officer
1991
Janal McLean
Senior Secretary
2000
Nicholeen DeGrasse-Johnson
Principal
2001
Vashti Shaw Harris
Executive Secretary
2002
Wendy-Ann Brissett
Administrative Secretary
2003
Denise Salmon
Vice Principal Admininstration & Resource Development
2004
Donet Scott
Executive Secretary to VP, Admininstration
2005
Carol “Annie” Hamilton
Vice Principal Academic and Technical Studies
2006
Sonia Thorpe-Parkinson
Executive Secretary to VP, Academic
2007
Board Room
Boardroom
2008
Conference Room Downstairs
Conference Room
2009
2120
Lunchroom
Marcia Ricketts
Internal Auditor
REGISTRY
2170
Claudia Woon Chin
Registrar
2171
Opal Wallace
Senior Secretary
2172
Cavel Jackson
Assistant Registrar
2173
Patrice Thomas-Cameron
Registry Assistant-Students Affairs
2174
Kay Thomas- Smith
Senior Registry Assistant (Acting)
2175
Tanya Gordon
Registry Assistant-Examination (Acting)
2176
Lorraine Dixon
Registry Assistant-Students Affairs (Acting)
2177
Mauvalee Robinson
Students Records Officer
2178
Melody McDowell
Assistant Registrar Examination Officer
STUDENT SERVICES / HALL OF RESIDENCE
EXT.
NAME
POSITION
2200
Horace Prince
Director (Acting)
2201
Charmaine Small
Student Services Secretary
2202
Tisha Wilson
Student Services Officer
2203
Stacey-Ann Love
Hall of Residence Warden
2204
Rudolf Rowe
Hall of Residence
25
2205
Tian Palmer-McKoy
Nurse
2206
Senni Onunuju
Doctor
2207
Sharon Hare
Guidance Counsellor
2208
Errol Williams
Caretaker
2210
Student`s Council President
Hall of Residence,Blk 2
2211 - 2215
Common Rooms
Block 1, Household 2
2216 - 2219 + 2223
Common Rooms
Block 2
2220 - 2221
Security, Entrance/Exit Hall of Residence
Entrance Gate
2224 - 2228
Common Rooms
Block 3
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT
2180
Winston Henry
I.T. Manager
2181
Secretary
2182
Michael Walker
Systems Administrator
2183
Nyan Aung
Network Administrator
2184 - 2187
I.T. Administrator / I.T.Lab
2188
IT Administrators
I.T. Help Desk
2189
Michael Walker
Aeorion Help Desk
MULTIMEDIA SERVICES DEPARTMENT
2190
Radcliffe Powell
Technical Coordinator
2191
2192 - 2194
Secretary
Multimedia Services Technician
Multimedia Services Technician
26
Dep
LOCATION: WHERE WE ARE
The Edna Manley College is located at 1 Arthur Wint Drive, Kingston 5, and is within
easy reach of downtown and uptown shopping areas, banks, hospitals, galleries,
theatres, supermarkets, sporting facilities such as the National Indoor Sports Centre
and the National Stadium and Emancipation Park.
VISIO
Campus Maps
The De
student
Visual
opportu
respon
Edna Manley College Location Map
Our Location
MISS
The De
promot
The de
and co
psycho
SERV
Ultima
global
to mak
These
Progra
Affairs
Stude
M
M
M
M
M
M
Dr
M
11
27
College Campus Map
10
9
8
11
6
13
7
3
1
4
2
5
Key
1&2
3
4
5
6
School of Dance
Amphitheatre
School of Drama
School of Music
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
Multimedia Building
Hostel 1
Hostel 2
Hostel 3
Cafeteria
Principal’s Building
28
13
14
Facilities Department
Basketball Court
Bookshop (Shading without number)
ADMISSIONS
and FINANCE
Undergraduate Admissions Requirements
(EMCVPA) provides the highest quality tertiary education in
the Visual and Performing Arts. An education at the EMCVPA
prepares students for creative and executive positions in
the visual and performing arts and related industries, and
as such the College firstly selects candidates who show an
aptitude in these areas. All applicants must offer evidence
of creative ability and ability to complete tertiary studies
through the following requirements.
Grade V or equivalent and a minimum level of ABRSM Grade
V Theory or equivalent, in addition to the matriculation
requirements stated above.
* English Language is mandatory for all applicants to the
Certificate Programmes.
Studio Certificate Programmes
Studio Certificate Programmes in the Schools of Visual Arts
and Dance do not require CXC subjects.
Educational Background
Bachelor of Arts and Associate of Arts
Programmes
To pursue studies in the Degree Programmes at the
Schools of the Visual Arts, Dance, Drama, Music and Arts
Management and Humanities, (AA, BFA, BAE, BM, BME, BA
Arts Management, BA Drama in Education and BA Dance
Education), a minimum of five (5) subjects at the General
Proficiency Level, comprising of a combination of at least
two (2) CAPE subjects grades 1 to 5 and three (3) CXC/CSEC
subjects grades 1, 2, or 3 (Grade 3 will be allowed after
1998) or three (3) or two (2) G. C. E. ‘A’ level subjects grades
A to E, and three (3) ‘O’ Level subjects grades A, B or C or
equivalent OR a minimum of five (5) subjects at CXC/CSEC
grades 1, 2, or 3 (Grade 3 will be allowed after 1998) or five
(5) subjects at G.C.E ‘O’ level grades A, B or C.
* English Language is mandatory for all applicants to the
Degree Programmes.
** English Literature at the CXC or CAPE Level is mandatory
only for applicants to the School of Drama.
*** Applicants to the AA, BM and BME Programmes must
attain, on Principal Instrument, a minimum level of ABRSM
Grade V or equivalent and a minimum level of ABRSM Grade
V Theory or equivalent, in addition to the matriculation
requirements stated above.
Certificate Programmes
To pursue Certificate Programmes in Visual Arts, Dance
Performance and Music, a minimum of two (2) CXC/CSEC
subjects at the General Proficiency Level grades 1, 2, or 3
(Grade 3 will be allowed after 1998).
Interview
An interview is mandatory for all Programmes and is
conducted to determine applicant’s study objectives,
commitment and financial preparedness for the selected
Programme of Study. In addition to the interview the
following requirements apply to the specific Schools:
Portfolio Assessment/Drawing
Examination/Audition
Applicants for the School of the Visual Arts will be required
to present a portfolio of a minimum of fifteen (15) pieces
of artwork. The portfolio should represent the candidate’s
ability to draw and his/her technical development, while
providing the interview panel with an indication of interests,
commitment and strengths. The work presented might
include still-life, landscape, portraits and figure drawings
and should demonstrate use of colours and sense of
composition. Three-dimensional work, sculpture and applied
arts (Decorative Arts) may also be presented.
If succesful at the interview, applicants are also required to
sit a Drawing Examination. The final decision for acceptance
is based on the performance at the Drawing Examination,
portfolio standard and performance at the interview.
* Visual Arts at the CSEC or CAPE Levels is desirable for the
School of Visual Art. However, where a candidate does not
have a pass in CSEC Visual Arts or CAPE Art and Design,
Applicants to the Certificate in Music Programme must
attain, on Principal Instrument, a minimum level of ABRSM
30
his/her Portfolio should provide the assessment committee
with unequivocal proof of his/her potential.School of Music
Applicants to the School of Music are required to perform
an instrumental or vocal work of choice and take a short
written oral/aural examination in basic ear training and sight
singing and a written theoretical examination paper for the
School’s placement test.
* All instrumentalists (except pianists and drummers) are
required to bring their own instrument.
** All drummers are expected to provide their own drum
sticks.
*** Singers and instrumentalist should provide their own
accompanists/ accompaniment (track).
However, an accompanist will be available by prior
arrangement at an additional cost.
School of Dance
Applicants to the School of Dance are required to perform a
solo piece of choice and participate in two dance technique
classes (Caribbean Traditional Folk and Modern).
School of Drama
Applicants to the School of Drama are required to prepare
and present two dramatic monologues (one Dialect, the
other Standard English) and take a test in comprehension,
grammar and analytical skills.
31
Admissions Process
Application
College English Proficiency Test
Application forms can also be submitted online, however all
required documents must still be submitted to the Registry
for verification.
Auditions/Interviews/Drawing
Examination
Application forms can be obtained online at www.emc.
edu.jm or at the Registry Department. Application for
admission to the EMCVPA should be completed in duplicate
and returned, with the relevant supporting documents and
application fee to: The Registry Department, Edna Manley
College of the Visual and Performing Arts, 1 Arthur Wint
Drive, Kingston 5.
All applicants are required to sit the EMCVPA’s English
Proficiency Test as a part of the College requirement
for entrance. The test is administered by the Registry
and attracts a non-refundable fee. If an applicant fails
the College English Proficiency Test, but meet the other
requirements, they will be required to register for remedial
English courses.
After the sitting of the English Proficiency Test, applicants
are then invited for their interviews and audition/portfolio
assessment and drawing examination.
Application Period
The application period commences October 1 and ends on
January 31 of the following year. An extended registration
runs to March 31 at a fee.
Selection
Application forms are processed between January and June
of each year. The assigned Registry Assistant checks the
forms for completeness and consistency of responses and
certification presented. After completing the applicationprocessing checklist, applicants are invited to sit the College
English Proficiency Test.
Application Forms are processed between January and April
of each year. The assigned Registry Assistant checks the
forms for completeness and consistency of responses and
certification presented. After completing the applicationprocessing checklist, applicants are invited to sit the
College’s English Proficiency Test.
32
Selection will be made after the auditions are completed
in the respective Schools. The information on the selected
applicants is sent to the Registry from where letters of
acceptance/rejection/pending are disseminated with the
requisite information. Applicants who receive a pending
letter, should submit their examination (CXC) results as soon
as possible to the Registry Department, to facilitate further
consideration of their application.
Acceptance
Once applicants are accepted, they are sent an Acceptance
Package consisting of the Acceptance Letter, Tuition and
Ancillary Fee Schedule, an Application Form and bank
Voucher for Student Housing, A Medical Form to be
completed by a Physician, a Sagicor Medical Insurance
Application Form and an Orientation Schedule.
Special Admission Requirements
Mature Students
Mature students with other qualifications and/or significant
work experience are also welcome to apply.
Every application is considered on a case-by-case basis and
applicant’s life experiences are also taken into account.
To be eligible for Mature Student Entry, applicants should
satisfy the following requirements:
1. Be 25 years of age or older
2. Have at least five (5) years of experience in teaching
or practicing in the art form
3. Be successful at the audition or portfolio interview
4. Be successful in the entry exam of the School to
which application is made
5. Be successful in the English Proficiency Test
6. Demonstrate academic competence/readiness for
Programme
7. Demonstrate professional competence
The EMCVPA’s courses are tertiary-level, and all applicants,
regardless of age, are required to demonstrate the ability to
meet the full academic requirements.
International Students
The EMCVPA welcomes international students to its campus
as they contribute to the social, cultural and intellectual
diversity of the College community. International students
must complete the same undergraduate application form,
but it is also recommended that they liaise closely with the
assigned Registry Assistant regarding the submission of the
supporting documents and in the case of the Schools of
Dance and Drama, a videotape of performance; the School
of Music, a DVD/CD of their music; and the School of Visual
Arts, a portfolio.
Acceptance decisions are made only when all components
of the application are on file and are based on academic
record, English proficiency, acceptance of performance
demonstrated on video, DVD/CD as well as the guarantee of
sufficient finances to meet the attendance costs.
English is the language of instruction at the Edna Manley
College of the Visual and Performing Arts. Students must
be able to understand rapid, idiomatic English to express
themselves clearly in speech and in writing. Applicants
whose native language is not English must take the test of
English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Students should
submit proof of results of the TOEFL before registration.
Students should arrive at least one (1) week prior to the
start of the semester to sit the College English Proficiency
Test.
After notification of acceptance a tuition deposit is required
to confirm acceptance of the offer. The EMCVPA can provide
no financial assistance for an undergraduate international
student. Therefore it is imperative that the applicant have
sufficient financial support available to meet both academic
and living expenses for each year of study.
33
Transfer from the School of Continuing
Education and Allied Programmes
Candidates must meet the academic entry requirements set
by the UWI, Mona as well as the EMCVPA. See page no, for
further information.
Students who are enrolled or successfully complete
credits in the Studio Certificates (30-credit or 60-credit)
or any other credit-bearing courses in the School of Visual
Arts may have those credits transferred to the full-time
degree programme. Students will need to follow the
same application procedures for entry into the full-time
programme.
Readmission
Transfer Admission
The EMCVPA will consider credit transfer for all courses
taken through a recognized institution or accredited
programme where evidence is given that each course under
consideration has been satisfactorily completed with a
grade of ‘C’ or higher and that the courses are comparable
in content, nature and level of course(s) offered at the
College. Grades transferred from another institution are not
used in computation of the Grade Point Average (GPA) at
the College but credits will be applied towards graduation
requirement. See page no for the processes for requesting
transfer credits.
Transfer Admission for International
Students
The foreign government or state governmental agency of a
foreign country must formally recognize the institution as
offering post-secondary programmes comparable to that
offered at the EMCVPA. Equity will be maintained between
transferred credit and EMCVPA credit.
Credits Earned as a Transient Student
A student enrolled at the EMCVPA is not permitted to take
credit work as a transient student at another institution
to be applied toward a degree without prior permission
from the Director of School. The permission must be in
writing, specifying which courses are acceptable and their
equivalence at the EMCVPA. A copy of this permission must
be filed with the College Registrar. Students do not need
transient approval if they have not been enrolled at the
College for two or more consecutive semesters.
Joint Admission
The College currently offers a joint Bachelor of Arts, with
a Major or Special in any of the visual and performing
disciplines offered by the College, with the University of
the West Indies (UWI), Mona. The degree runs for three (3)
years and students attend classes on the campus of both
institutions.
34
Students who have previously attended EMCVPA (excluding
summer semester) as matriculated students may apply
for readmission. All previous academic records and
achievements at the College, grades from studies pursued
elsewhere, the reasons for which the student withdrew
are all considered in the readmission process. Application
for readmission must be done in advance of the semester
for which they wish to return. Applicants with outstanding
financial obligations to the College will not be eligible for
readmission until such financial obligations are cleared.
Students dismissed for academic reasons are eligible to
apply for readmission after two (2) semesters. However, in
the interview with the Director of School for readmission
the student must demonstrate a readiness to successfully
undertake College work at EMCVPA.
If a student in good academic standing applied for Leave
of Absence and is ready to return, such a student does not
need to apply for readmission but must submit a letter
to the Registrar and Director of School indicating their
intention to return in the upcoming semester. However,
if the Leave of Absence period for which the student had
applied expires and the student did not return in the next
regular semester such student must apply for readmission.
Readmission Application Forms are available in the Registry
and attracts an application fee.
Classification of Students
The number of credits for which a student is enrolled toward
the degree, diploma or certificate determines a student’s
classification. A student is classified as follows:
Full-Time Student
All full-time students are required to enroll a minimum
of 12 credits per semester. Normal progress for full-time
students enrolled at the EMCVPA shall mean the satisfactory
completion 30 semester hours of work in each academic
year from the date of first enrolment and the satisfactory
completion of all degree requirements within 4½ calendar
years from the date of first enrolment. No student will be
allowed to repeat any year more than once in the overall
four-year course.
Students pursuing studies full time must complete the
degree programme within five (5) academic years and
Diploma programme within four (4) years. However, if a
student fails to complete his/her programme within the
specified time due to extenuating circumstances such
as illness, the student is allowed one (1) additional year
in which to do so. A student may also apply for leave
of absence not exceeding one (1) year. Students must
complete their programme within five (5) years after the
initial duration of their programme.
Students pursuing studies on a part time basis must
complete the degree programme within six (6) academic
years, Diploma programme within five (5) years and
Certificate programme within four (4) years. However,
if a student fails to complete his/her programme within
the specified time due to extenuating circumstances such
as illness, the student is allowed one (1) additional year
in which to do so. A student may also apply for leave of
absence not exceeding one (1) year. Part-time students also
have the option of transferring to full-time status at any time
during his/her studies where conditions permit.
Part-Time Student
The courses offered for credit in the part-time programmes
are of the same content and semester credit hours to those
in the full-time programmes. Courses are tailored to enrich
any individual who seeks to gain knowledge for professional
advancement or personal enrichment. The classes are held
in the evenings and on week-ends for the convenience of
the working professional. Continuing Education programmes
are offered through the Schools of Visual Arts, Drama, Dance
Music and Arts Management and Humanities. Summer
sessions also give part-time students an opportunity to
enroll in courses offered for credits during the day and/
or evening as well as full time students the opportunity
to accelerate their programme. Courses are offered on
a matriculated and non-matriculated basis. However,
application to matriculated courses must be accepted
through the formal admission process.
Students pursuing part-time studies leading to a degree,
diploma or certificate are considered part-time if they are
enrolled in less than twelve (12) credits per year in the
degree programme, nine (9) credits per year in the Diploma
programme and six (6) credits per year in the Certificate
programme. Part-time students may also enroll in not more
than six (6) credits in the summer semester. While students
are able to pursue an EMCVPA on a part-time basis, parttime classes are not offered exclusively during evening
hours.
Student must have matriculated into a programme and may
be enrolled to complete a menu of additional courses that
are not within the specific year of the programme for which
he/she is registered observing pre-requisite requirement
where applicable. Students must complete their programme
within five (5) years after the initial duration of their
programme.
Fees are charged per credit for part-time students in
addition to ancillary charges according to courses offered.
Part-time students are encouraged to take advantage of all
services that will allow them to be fully immersed in the
College’s artistic and academic community.
It should be noted that in accordance with the policies of
the College, a student may not normally take courses which
are more advanced than the programme year in which he is
enrolled. However, the Director of School can grant special
permission.
Occasional Student
An occasional student is one who has attained the
competencies of a particular course(s), for which he/she
wishes to register. Occasional students are also required to
observe the part-time credit limit of a maximum of twelve
(12) credits per annum.
Specially Admitted Student
Private individuals or government sponsored employees
who wish to pursue ad hoc courses at the College are
considered specially admitted students. It should be
clearly understood that candidates must satisfy the normal
prerequisites for each course.
A specially admitted student may either audit courses, or
pursue courses in full (inclusive of the examination process.
He/she would be limited to a maximum of twenty-four (24)
credits per year under this designation. The credits earned
are transferable into the regular full-time, matriculated
structured programmes. Specially admitted students must
meet matriculation requirement if they wish to transfer to
full-time student status.
Visitor
A visitor is a person who is permitted to observe, free of
cost, no more than a total of three (3) sessions of one class
or studio activity (or group of classes or studios). Further
observation or participation would necessitate enrolment
and the payment of the appropriate fees.
Visiting Scholar
A visiting scholar is an individual manifesting the relevant
competencies in research and in the relevant art form,
who wishes to make use of the College’s facilities for the
purpose of private study. Such a person might ultimately be
35
preparing a paper for publication or thesis to be submitted
for undergraduate or graduate studies, or may wish to
acquire skills in aspects of the art form which are offered
at the College and would not be enrolled in any other
programme at the EMCVPA.
Services to be made available to the Visiting Scholar would
include:
i. Library, archives and special collections with the prior
permission of the relevant authorities.
ii. Leave to attend and observe specified classes for
a stated time period, usually one semester, or one
academic year. (Renewal is subject to re-application)
iii. Participation in practical classes in accordance with 1. &
ll. above.
iv. Fees payable should parallel the Post Graduate year’s
fee.
An application for permission must be lodged with the Office
of the Vice Principal Academic and Technical Studies in
the event that the scholar wishes to copy archival material
or record, interview, and videotape lecturers/students or
performances or exhibitions of the College.
A copy of any paper, thesis, documentary or other print
or audio-visual material published including research
undertaken at the College, should also be lodged at the
College Library.
The use of the College’s material shall be acknowledged, and
shall also be subject to the normal copyright regulations.
Visiting Student
This refers to all students accepted to study, research or
undertake practical and/or studios at the College under
formal agreements for student exchange without a formal
transfer. This also applies to overseas students who are
not covered by such formal overseas student exchange
agreement between their institution and the EMCVPA.
Visiting students should normally have met the College’s
matriculation requirements, and may also be required to sit
an English proficiency test in the case of non-native speakers
of English.
Visiting students remain students of their sending
institution and they have no automatic right to continue any
programme beyond the period of the agreed attachment at
the College.
A visiting student must present a portfolio or audition CD or
DVD for programmes in the visual and performing arts.
Graduate Students
The EMCVPA currently offers a Post-graduate Diploma
in Art Education and Master of Arts in Art Education, in
collaboration with the Ohio State University.
The Post-graduate Diploma is offered through the School of
Continuing Education and Allied Programmes. Please contact
continuinged@emc.edu.jm or 876-960-3074.
Interested applicants for the Master of Arts may apply
online to the Ohio State University and/or contact the
Registry at 876-960-6171 for further information.
36
Ancillary Fees, Hall of Residence and Expenses: Local Students
The following are approximate annual costs for attending the 2015-2016 academic year at the Edna Manley College of
the Visual and Performing Arts. While certain charges such as tuition and fees are College costs, amounts for books,
transportation and personal expenses are estimate. All fees are subject to change without notice.
EDNA MANLEY COLLEGE OF THE VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS APPROVED BY THE MINISTRY OF EDUCATION Tuition & Ancillary Fees Schedule for the 2015/2016 Academic Year for LOCAL STUDENTS Notes: (1) Add relevant Ancillary Charges to Tuition Fee below (2) 75% of Caution Fees are refundable at the end of the programme.
FACULTY OF THE VISUAL ARTS (please add Ancillary Charges overleaf) SCHOOLS FOUNDATION/ YEAR 1 PROGRAMMES Bachelor of Fine Arts School of the Bachelor of Art Education Visual Arts Associate of Arts in Visual Arts YEAR 2 YEAR 3 YEAR 4 301,870.80 296,643.60 296,643.60 296,643.60 301,870.80 296,643.60 296,643.60 296,643.60 301,870.80 296,643.60 -‐ -‐ FACULTY OF THE PERFORMING ARTS (please add Ancillary Charges overleaf) PROGRAMMES School of Dance School of Drama YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3 YEAR 4 B.FA. in Dance & BA Dance Edu.
284,621.04 279,655.20 279,655.20 279,655.20 ASc. in Dance Performance 284,621.04 279,655.20 -‐ -‐ Certificate in Dance Performance 117,612.00 117,612.00 -‐ -‐ -‐ -‐ 279,655.20 279,655.20 279,655.20 -‐ -‐ 117,612.00 117,612.00 (please add Ancillary Charges overleaf) -‐ -‐ Cert. in Fundamentals of Dance 124,146.00 -‐ Technique (Formerly PQ-‐Dance) (please add Ancillary Charges overleaf) B.F.A in Theatre Arts & BA Drama in 284,621.04 279,655.20 Education Associate of Arts in Theatre Arts* Certificate School of Music 284,621.04 BM in Performance & BME 301,870.80 296,643.60 296,643.60 296,643.60 Associate of Arts in Music 301,870.80 296,643.60 -‐ -‐ Certificate in Music 117,612.00 -‐ -‐ -‐ Fundamentals of Music Literacy & 124,146.00 -‐ -‐ Performance. (Former PQ-‐Music) SCHOOL OF ARTS MANAGEMENT & HUMANITIES (please add Ancillary Charges overleaf) FOUNDATION/ YEAR 2 YEAR 3 PROGRAMMES YEAR 1 Arts Management Bachelor of Arts in Arts Management & Humanities Associate of Arts in Arts Management -‐ YEAR 4 284,621.04 279,655.20 279,655.20 279,655.20 284,621.04 279,655.20 -‐ -‐ Please see the next page for Ancillary & other College related charges 37
Ancillary Fees Schedule for the 2015/2016 Academic Year ANCILLARY FEES FOR 2015-‐2016 ACADEMIC YEAR for LOCAL STUDENTS NEW & RETURNING STUDENTS NEW & RETURNING STUDENTS (cont’d) Library Fee 15,500 Accident Insurance 1,000 Health Insurance 11,200 Student ID Card 2500 Student Union 400 Technology Fee 9,500 Locker Fee 500 Registration 500 Examination Fee 10,000 Safety Gears -‐ SVA 3,000 Student Starter kit-‐ (Yr 1 students) –
3,500 (optional) Caution Fee 8,500 Text Books 7,000 (FMLP Music) Text Books (First year, Music) 45,000 Text Books -‐ CMS 50,000 Teaching Practice(2nd, 3rd& 4thyearly) 10,000 OTHER COLLEGE RELATED FEES FOR 2015-‐2016 ACADEMIC YEAR (Where applicable ) Late registration fees (students registering between August 24th – September 4) $1,500.00 Extended late registration (students registering September 7-‐25)
$3,000.00 Graduation Fee $15,000.00 Tuition Installment Fee (payable up-‐front) 1% of outstanding fees Late add/drop fee (per student request) (Max 2 subjects) $3,000.00 External Examiner $5,000.00 Audit fees (per student request) Studio 70% Extra Course Fee Theory 50% Extra Course Fee EXTRA COURSE (PER CREDIT COST) DEGREE/DIPLOMA/CERTIFICATE $11,000.00 (per credit) SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATION FEES FOR 2015-‐2016 ACADEMIC YEAR $5,000.00 NEW RESIDENTS Accommodation Fee Maintenance
Caution Fee HALL OF RESIDENCE ACCOMMODATION FEES FOR 2015-‐2016 ACADEMIC YEAR RETURNING RESIDENTS J$198,000 Accommodation Fee J$,3000 $5,250 38
J$198,000 2
Tuition, Ancillary Fees, Hall of Residence and Expenses: International Students
The following are approximate annual costs for attending the 2015-2016 academic year at the Edna Manley College of
the Visual and Performing Arts. While certain charges such as tuition and fees are College costs, amounts for books,
transportation and personal expenses are estimate. All fees are subject to change without notice.
EDNA MANLEY COLLEGE OF THE VISUAL & PERFORMING ARTS
Proposed Tuition & Ancillary Fees Schedule for the 2015/2016
Academic Year for INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
Notes:
(1) Add relevant Ancillary Charges to Tuition Fee below
75% Caution Fees are refundable at the end of the programme.
FACULTY OF THE VISUAL ARTS (Tuition & Ancillary Fees are quoted in US dollars)
SCHOOLS
School of
Visual Arts
& Music
PROGRAMMES
Degree
(Caribbean Nationals)
Degree (USA & Others)
YEAR 1
YEAR 2
YEAR 3
YEAR 4
10,981.30
10,981.30
10,981.30
10,981.30
13,176.90
13,176.90
13,176.90
13,176.90
Preliminary Qualifying-PQ
7,986.00
*Ancillary Fee
US$
990.00 (To be added to tuition)
Per Credit Rate
US$ 536.80
FACULTIES OF THE PERFORMING ARTS & ARTS MANAGEMENT
(Tuition & Ancillary Fees are quoted in US dollars)
PROGRAMMES
School of
Dance, Drama, Degree
(Caribbean Nationals)
& Arts
Management Degree (USA & Others)
YEAR 1
YEAR 2
YEAR 3
YEAR 4
9,982.5
9,982.5
9,982.5
9,982.5
10,998.90
10,998.90
10,998.90
10,998.90
7,986.00
-
-
-
Preliminary Qualifying-PQ
All Schools
Ancillary Fees
US$
990.00 (To be added to tuition)
Per Credit Rate
US$ 536.80
PART-TIME/VISITING STUDENTS’ RATE
Charge per 45 contact hours/3 credits
US$1,210.00
ACCOMMODATION FEES FOR 2015/2016 ACADEMIC YEAR
NEW RESIDENTS
Accommodation Fee
Maintenance Fee
Caution Fee
Total
RETURNING RESIDENTS
Accommodation Fee US$3,025.00
US$3,025.00
US$ 60.00
US$ 115.00
US$3,200.00
39
U.W.I./E.M.C.V.P.A. STUDENTS Tuition Fees for Academic Year 2015-‐2016 Tuition Fees for UWI/EMCVPA Students
NB: All Fees below are quoted in United States Dollars (US$) SCHOOLS OF THE VISUAL & PERFORMING ARTS (Caribbean Nationals) NEW RETURNING MAJOR SPECIAL MAJOR SPECIAL US$ 536.00per credit US$ 536.00 per credit US$ 536.00per credit US$ 536.00per credit USA & OTHERS NEW RETURNING MAJOR SPECIAL MAJOR SPECIAL US$605.00 per credit US$605.00 per credit US$605.00 per credit US$605.00 per credit SCHOOLS OF THE VISUAL & PERFORMING ARTS (Local Residents) NEW RETURNING MAJOR SPECIAL MAJOR SPECIAL J$11,000.00 per credit J$11,000.00 per credit J$11,000.00 per credit J$11,000.00 per credit 40
Special Fees
The following Registry services attract a fee and fees are
subject to change at any time. Please contact the Registry
for the current fees.
•
•
Registry Services
Transcript/ Statement Status Letter
Application Fee – hardcopy or online (local residents,
Caribbean Nationals, and residents of the USA & Other
Countries)
Late Application Fee (local residents)
Late Application Fee (Caribbean Nationals)
•
Late Application Fee (USA & Other Countries)
•
Application for Re-Admission
College English Entrance test
Application for Re-mark of exam script
Replacement Student ID Card
•
Replacement Degree/Diploma/Certificate
•
•
Tuition and Fees Increase
Tuition for the EMCVPA are set by the Ministry of Education,
Jamaica. However, students should budget for an annual
minimum 10% increase of tuition fees. Personal expenses
are estimated. Therefore the costs listed under Expenses
and Fees are the College’s best estimate at the time of
publication. Tuition and fees are subject to change without
notice.
Students will NOT be allowed to register for an
academic year with outstanding fees from previous
years.
All fees may be paid by:
• manager’s cheque or cash at any branch of the
National Commercial Bank (NCB) island-wide.
Absolutely NO personal cheques will be
accepted.
• online using Aeorion.
• at the Finance & Accounts Department (FAD)
Cashier if using a credit or debit card. The
normal opening hours for the FAD Cashier are
8:30 am to 3:00 pm Monday – Friday.
Your name and student identification number is to be
used for all fee payment transactions.
Students who have been awarded places at the Hall
of Residence must show proof of payment of ALL
ancillary fees and tuition fees for at least Semester One
(1) before they will be allowed access to the Hall of
Residence.
Financial clearance is to be obtained from the FAD to
facilitate registration.
Students are required to register for each Semester.
Students WILL NOT be allowed to sit exams, unless ALL
fees are paid in full.
Fee Structure
ALL students are required to pay fees indicated below.
Tuition Fees
Health & Accident Insurance
Third & Fourth Year Concert/Independent Study
Student Union Dues
Fee Payment Policy
Any student who does not pay his/her fees in the prescribed
time as set out in the fee policy will be de-registered unless
alternative arrangements have been made for payment with
the Registrar.
The only exceptions to these rules are STUDENTS WITH SLB
LOAN PENDING and STUDENTS SPONSORED BY CARIBBEAN
GOVERNMENTS OR OTHER ORGANIZATIONS RECOGNIZED
BY THE COLLEGE.
All students of the EMCVPA have a responsibility to fulfill
their financial obligations by adhering to the fee payment
policy of the College approved by the College Board.
General Guidelines
• ALL tuition, ancillary and Hall of Residence fees are due
and payable before or by the start of each academic
year.
41
Registration Fee
Caution fees (paid in Year 1) - 75% refundable at the end
of the Programme if there is no damage to or loss of
College property.
First year students in ALL Schools (excluding Dance PQ
and the Fundamentals of Music Literacy programme) are
required to pay a book fee of $35,000.
Hall of Residence Fees - due and payable before or by the
start of the academic year. However, students may opt to
pay by Semester.
Some Schools will have fees that are applicable to those
Schools only such as, locker, Teaching Practice (TP) and
external examiner fees.
Fee Payment Options
ALL tuition, ancillary and Hall of Residence fees are due
and payable before or by the start of the academic year.
Students will be invoiced for the academic year. Each
student is to review and select a payment option that is best
suitable to him/her. Once selected, the student will be held
liable for such fees.
Below are the fee payment options available.
A. Full Payment
B. Semester Plan
C. Student Loan Bureau (SLB)
D. National Youth Service (NYS) / JAMVAT
E. Full Scholarship
F. Partial Scholarship
G. International and Regional Students
A. Full Payment
• Full Payment must be made at any National Commercial
Bank (NCB) island-wide (cash or manager’s cheque
only); online using Aeorion or at the FAD Cashier if using
a credit or debit card.
• Take stamped voucher or receipt to the FAD to obtain
financial clearance to register.
B. Semester Plan
• This plan attracts a one percent (1%) tuition installment
fee and will be added to the total tuition.
• Obtain Semester Plan Contract from the FAD and read
carefully before completing in duplicate.
• Complete contract and submit to FAD for approval.
• SEMESTER ONE (1) - Fifty percent (50%) of the tuition
fees must be paid and the total of the relevant ancillary
fees prior to registration. ALL ancillary fees must be paid
in full.
• SEMESTER ONE (2) - The tuition installment fee and the
remaining fifty percent (50%) tuition fees are due by
February 15, prior to registration for Semester 2.
• Take stamped voucher or receipt to the FAD to obtain
• For students who will be residing at the Hall of
Residence, the applicable fees for Semester One (1)
must be paid in full before residence will be granted at
the Hall of Residence. Students are encouraged to make
ongoing payments and not wait until they have the full
balance before making additional payments.
42
C. Student Loan Bureau (SLB)
• The SLB does not pay Hall of Residence and ancillary
fees.
• All student loan recipients will be allowed to register for
Semester One (1) only provided ALL ancillary fees and
Hall of Residence fees (where applicable) have been
paid and communication has been received from the
SLB indicating the APPROVAL of the loan.
• Students should ensure that they have complied with
all the loan requirements stipulated by the SLB and
paid their ancillary and Hall of Residence fees (where
applicable) in order to obtain financial clearance from
the FAD.
• Students with loan applications PENDING will be
allowed to register only if they pay all ancillary fees, Hall
of Residence fees (where applicable) and fifty percent
(50%) of tuition fees.
D. National Youth Service (NYS) / JAMVAT
• NYS/JAMVAT does not pay ancillary or Hall of Residence
fees.
• ALL ancillary fees and Hall of Residence fees (where
applicable) must be paid to secure financial clearance
from the FAD.
• NYS pays twenty percent (20%) of the tuition fees;
JAMVAT pays thirty percent (30%) of the tuition fees.
• All NYS/JAMVAT recipients must submit to the FAD an
approved status or letter of commitment from NYS/
JAMVAT.
• NYS/JAMVAT students must pay fifty percent (50%)
of tuition fees to obtain financial clearance. The one
percent (1%) tuition installment fee will be applied to
the difference of tuition fees and the amount to be
received from NYS/JAMVAT.
Take stamped voucher or receipt to the FAD to obtain
E. Full Scholarship
• All students receiving a full scholarship must proof of
scholarship and amount to be covered by the donor/
sponsor to the FAD for their account to be updated and
financial clearance granted.
• Any sponsorship amount outstanding for prior year
must be paid before the student is allowed to register
for the new academic year.
• The payments for scholarships/sponsorships should be
received by the last working day in October.
• Students should ensure that their sponsors with the
stipulated payment deadline.
• If the student fails to comply with the payment
deadline, the student will not be allowed to sit
Semester One (1) examinations.
F. Partial Scholarship
• All students receiving a partial scholarship must present
proof of scholarship and amount to be covered by
the donor/sponsor to the FAD for their account to be
updated.
• Any sponsorship amount outstanding for prior year
must be paid before the student is allowed to register
for the new academic year.
• The student must pay the difference in full at any NCB
branch island-wide or online using Aeorion to secure
financial clearance.
• If the partial scholarship plan is joined with the
Semester Plan, the Semester Plan will be applicable.
G. International and Regional Students
• All fees are payable in full in United States Dollars (US$)
at the start of the academic year.
• Where the student is sponsored by Caribbean
Governments or other organizations (including the
OAS) recognized by the College, a letter of commitment
detailing the amount being paid, must be submitted to
the College to permit registration prior to the receipt
of payment. Such payments are to be received by the
last working day in October. Students should ensure
that their sponsors comply with the stipulated payment
deadline.
• Where the payment of ancillary fees is not covered, the
student is required to pay such fees prior to registration.
• Where fees are paid by telegraphic transfer, this
information is to be copied to the FAD to facilitate
prompt processing of the payment.
• Financial clearance is to be obtained from the FAD.
Allocation of Fee Payments
The payment of fees to the College will be applied to the
students’ accounts in the following order:
• Outstanding balance brought forward from previous
academic year(s)
• Ancillary Fees
• Tuition Fees – Semester One (1)
• Hall of Residence Fees - Semester One (1)
• Tuition Fees - Semester Two (2)
• Hall of Residence Fees – Semester Two (2)
Financial Penalties
These will be applied where a student fails to meet the
required payment deadlines. A late registration fee and
extended late registration fee will be charged if the student
fails to register by the stipulated time. There is also a late
add/drop fee.
A tuition installment fee of one percent (1%) is charged on
all fees paid by installment.
43
Fee Refund and Withdrawal
Overpayment of Fees
• Complete the Request for Refund Form.
• Attach ALL receipts and submit to the Registrar.
• Allow ten (10) to fifteen (15) working days for
processing after receipt of ALL documentation by the
FAD.
• Refunds will be made by cheque in the name of the
student unless the FAD is advised otherwise by the
student or to the donor (if applicable).
Caution Fee Refund
Seventy five percent (75%) of the caution fees paid
is refundable at the end of the programme of study;
graduation or the student withdrawing from a programme,
provided no damage/loss has been done to College
property. Students will be held liable for any damage/loss in
excess of the caution fee and NO refund will be granted.
• Obtain the Caution Fee Refund form from the Registry.
• Complete and obtain ALL relevant signatures.
• Submit the completed form to the Registrar.
• Registrar indicates that the course of study is completed
and degree awarded.
• Registrar submits form to the FAD for payment.
• Allow ten (10) to fifteen (15) working days for
processing after receipt by the FAD.
• Refunds will be made by cheque in the name of the
student unless the FAD is advised otherwise by the
student or to the donor (if applicable).
Hall of Residence Fee Refund
• Students who have paid Hall of Residence fees at the
start of the Semester but do not take up residence
within two weeks of the start of the Semester, will be
given one hundred percent (100%) refund.
• No refund will be made where students occupy the Hall
of Residence for two months or more within a Semester.
SLB Applicants
• Students with loan applications PENDING will be
allowed to register only if they pay all ancillary fees, Hall
of Residence fees (where applicable) and fifty percent
(50%) of tuition fees.
• Refund of payment for fees will be made when SLB has
approved the loan and at least payment for Semester 1
has been received.
Scholarships/Grants Awardees
• Refunds from scholarships and grants will be made only
after verification of the receipt and clearance of such
funds.
Withdrawal
• A student who seeks to withdraw from his/her course of
study at the College MUST INFORM THE REGISTRAR IN
WRITING stating (i) the reason for withdrawal and (ii) if
he/she is desirous of re-admission in another academic
year. This must accompany the form. A student
who verbally informs a member of faculty of his/her
non-attendance at classes or withdrawal will not be
regarded as official notification or approval.
• Complete the Withdrawal/Deferral Form and submit to
the Registrar.
• The date when the Registry receives a withdrawal
request will be used as the date for refund computation.
• All withdrawals, excepting those on medical grounds,
will attract a processing fee of Two Thousand Dollars
($2,000).
• Refunds will be made based on the following schedule:
Date of Submitting
Request to Registrar
Percentage of Fee
Refundable
Week 1-2 of Semester
80% refund
Week 3 of Semester
60% refund
Week 4 of Semester
40% refund
Week 5 of Semester
20% refund
ABSOLUTELY NO REFUND WILL BE GRANTED AFTER FIVE (5)
WEEKS OF THE START OF THE SEMESTER.
• Any student who wishes to withdraw from the second
semester of a programme must apply in writing to the
Registrar within the first two weeks of the semester.
There will be absolutely NO REFUND for persons who
withdraw after the first two (2) weeks with or without
permission.
• Additionally, a student who withdraws on medical
grounds is required to inform the College Nurse of the
circumstances surrounding such withdrawal and MUST
produce a Medical Certificate verified by a Medical
Doctor, a copy of which should be sent to the Registrar,
the respective Director of School and the Head of the
Department concerned. The decision to re-admit such
a student will be made by the Registrar in consultation
with the Vice Principal for Academic and Technical
Studies and/or Directors of Schools.
• Students who withdraw without the approval of the
Registrar will be considered to have abandoned his/
her studies and will be subject to the College’s formal
re-admission process. Any outstanding fees for the year
of withdrawal must be paid before the student will be
readmitted to the College.
44
Statement of Account
• Statements of Account are available online on the
Student Management System and are based on the
student’s current profile. All charges appearing online
are subject to change if there is a change in the
student’s profile e.g. status, additional courses etc.
Status Letters
• Student pays at the FAD Cashier for status letter.
• Student takes receipt to the Registrar and completes
relevant form.
• Registrar will advise student when the letter can be
collected.
Transcripts/Statements
• Student pays at the FAD Cashier for transcript/
statement.
• Student takes receipt to the Registrar and completes
the relevant form.
• Registrar will advise student when the transcript/
statement can be collected.
Transfer of Programme Fees
• A transfer fee will be charged for transfers from one
programme to another. The application of transfer
must reach the Registrar by the last working day in
April. Failure to comply will result in a charge of Three
Thousand Dollars ($3,000).
• Please be advised that any student who does not pay
his/her fees in the prescribed time given, or by the end
of October (Semester 1) and by mid February (Semester
2) will be barred from sitting examinations unless
alternative arrangements have been made for payment
with the Director, Finance & Accounts. Students in
arrears will NOT be granted normal student privileges
such as access to the library, status letters or official
transcript requests.
• Individuals who attend classes without being registered
are NOT students of the College.
Financial Aid and Scholarships
EMCVPA students benefit from scholarships from the
following organizations:
• Arts Foundation of the Edna Manley College
• Restaurant Associates Ltd. (Burger King)
• Carreras Ltd.
• Institute of Jamaica-Rex Nettleford Scholarship
• Mona Baptist Church-Douglas Samuels Memorial
Scholarship
• Jamaica Committee
• Grace Kennedy Foundation
• Louise Bennett Foundation
• Jah Jerry Foundation
• JPENT Studios Bursary
• Mandeville Art Fair
• Roy Hall Memorial Scholarship
• PATH Bursary
• Cecil Boswell Facey Foundation
• All-Stars Initiative
Student Loan Bureau
The Student Loan Bureau offers financing to students
ensuring that qualified, needy Jamaican students have equal
access to financial assistance to pursue tertiary education.
You may visit their website at www.slbja.com
National Youth Service (NYS)
The National Youth Service through its JAMVAT programme
provides the opportunity for students to participate in the
development of the nation’s social capital through their
contribution of 200 hours of public service. In response, the
government undertakes 30% of the student’s tuition cost.
You may visit their website at www.nysjamaica.org
45
ACADEMIC
POLICIES
Academic Responsibilities
•
Student Responsibility
Each student entering the Edna Manley College of the
Visual and Performing Arts (EMCVPA) is responsible for
reviewing and adhering to the academic procedures, policies
and regulations of the College. The following information
clarifies the EMCVPA student’s academic obligations. If there
are any further questions, you may contact the Director of
your School or the Registrar.
The College reserves the right
to make changes, as required, in course offerings, curricula,
academic policies, and other rules and regulations affecting
students, to be effective whenever determined by the
College. These changes will govern current and former
students. The appropriate College authorities, keeping in
mind the interests of the students and the College, will make
interpretations of these policies.
While the EMCVPA will endeavour to provide timely and
accurate advisement, it is the responsibility of the student
to know and satisfy the requirements of the academic
programme in which he/she has enrolled.
Students are responsible for:
• knowing the requirements of the degree they are
pursuing based on the date of entry into EMCVPA.
• meeting with their advisor on a regular basis
• keeping an active EMCVPA email account available and
checking e mail regularly
• using only EMCVPA email accounts for ALL course,
programmes and College activities
• keeping all contact information current and accurate
with the Registry and their School
• knowing the prerequisites to all classes
• knowing and understanding all fees (tuition, health
insurance, etc.) and resolving issues with the
appropriate office (Finance & Accounts, Registry; etc.)
• knowing and following all programme, course, and
EMCVPA policies, regulations, and procedures
• completing all reading and writing assignments on time,
and as specified in each course
• being responsive to the welfare of others, fostering a
positive classroom climate based on trust and mutual
responsibility, and exhibiting sensitivity to and respect
for multiple socio-cultural realities, diversity and
difference such as, but is not limited to, ability, class,
race, gender, ethnicity, and age
• participating in course discussions, paying attention and
listening to others, asking questions of their peers and
47
the lecturer, engaging their peers in conversation, and
taking responsibility for keeping the dialogue active and
relevant to class content.
Academic Resources
The EMCVPA is accredited by the University Council of
Jamaica to offer the following degrees:
Visual Arts
*Bachelor of Fine Arts in Visual Arts (Ceramics; Painting;
Sculpture; Jewellery; Textile and Fibre Arts including
Fashion Design; Visual Communications and Illustration;
Printmaking; Photography [new]; Design Studies [new];
Interdisciplinary Studies [new])
*Bachelor of Art Education
*Associate of Arts in Visual Arts (Ceramics; Painting;
Sculpture; Jewellery; Textile and Fibre Arts including
Fashion Design; Visual Communications and Illustration;
Printmaking; Photography [new]; Design Studies [new])
*Master of Arts in Art Education (in collaboration with
Ohio State University, USA)
Music
Bachelor of Music in Performance (Voice, Piano, Guitar,
String, Wind, Percussion, Contemporary Music Studies
[formerly *Bachelor of Music in Jazz and Popular Music
Studies])
*Bachelor of Music Education
*Associate of Arts in Music (Voice, Piano, Guitar, String,
Wind, Percussion)
Dance
*Bachelor of Fine Arts in Performance and Choreography
Bachelor of Fine Arts in Traditional and
Folk Dance Studies
*Bachelor of Arts in Dance Education
*Associate of Arts in Dance Performance
Drama
Bachelor of Fine Arts in Theatre Arts
(Acting and Directing)
*Bachelor of Arts in Drama in Education
Associate of Arts in Theatre Arts (Acting)
Arts Management
*Bachelor of Arts in Arts Management
*Associate of Arts in Arts Management
(*) Denotes Accredited Programmes
The EMCVPA also offers Certificates and Studio Certificates
in the following:
•
Certificate in Visual Arts (Ceramics, Painting, Sculpture,
Jewellery, Textile and Fibre Arts including Fashion
Design, Visual Communications and Illustration,
Printmaking, Photography)
•
Certificate in Dance Performance
•
•
Studio Certificate in (Ceramics, Painting, Sculpture,
Jewellery, Textile and Fibre Arts including Fashion
Design, Visual Communications and Illustration,
Printmaking, Photography)
•
Studio Certificate in Dance
The courses and other requirements for these programmes
are described under the section Academic Programmes.
Rules and Regulations
The College Rules and Regulations are applicable to all
students admitted to study for a Degree or Certificate.
Students enrolled in programmes will be furnished with the
relevant regulations, but, if for any reason students are not,
they are asked to collect copies from the Registry, relevant
department or the College website.
Additionally, students are subjected to the course
regulations governing the award of certification, and should
undertake to observe the regulations of the College. The
College Board reserves the right to make changes to these
regulations, as it may deem necessary.
The College does not, at any time, take responsibility if
information sent to a student’s last known address is not
received. It is the responsibility of students to contact the
College if a course, examination, entry or other details have
not reached them by a due date. Students are responsible
for informing the Registry if they have changed their
address.
48
General Conduct
Students are expected to conduct themselves respectfully
and appropriately, and exercise a sense of responsibility as
required by institutions of higher learning.
The possession and use of alcoholic beverages, other
illegal substances, weapons of any kind, tools and other
equipment not in keeping with the course of studies on
campus are strictly prohibited. The law strictly prohibits
smoking in public spaces.
Only under special circumstances is the consumption of
alcoholic beverages permitted on campus. Application and
special permission must be made before alcoholic beverages
are permitted for sale or use on the campus. Permission can
be obtained from the Principal via written application.
Registration
•
Students are to supply their current (temporary and
permanent) address at registration and should notify
the Registry immediately if there is any change in either
their current (temporary or permanent) address.
•
No student will be allowed to register for more than
one award at a time.
•
•
Students are allowed to register in one Major or Minor
programme only.
•
Students pursuing courses leading to the award of any
certification must comply with the relevant regulations.
•
Students are not permitted to enter any examination at
the College unless they have registered with the College
or made acceptable arrangements for the payment of
tuition fees.
•
All applicants to the College must register before the second
week of September. Failure to comply with the above will
result in the following:
• Any student who registers after the scheduled period
will be charged an additional late registration fee.
A student who has outstanding payments to the College
will not be registered or entered into any examination
until the sum owed has been paid in full or unless an
alternative arrangement for payment has been made
with the Finance and Accounts Department.
The EMCVPA’s registration takes place at the start of each
semester:
Semester 1
Registration – the third week in August
Semester 2
Registration – the first week in January
All new and returning students must be registered for
programme courses and examinations during the stipulated
period for registration.
NB: Registration for courses is also considered registration
for prescribed examinations.
A student may be registered at the College when he/she
has:
• Financial clearance from the Finance and Accounts
Department
Any student seeking to register after the second week
of September must show good cause why he/she
should be accommodated, and if so accommodated,
he/she shall be required to pay an additional fee of
$3,500.00 (representing an Extended Late Registration
Fee) in addition to the other prescribed fees.
Registration for International Students
International/exchange students must abide by all
registration procedures in order to ensure efficient
registration. A brief guideline is outlined below:
• Report to the Registry where a Registration Form will be
provided.
•
Students must take with them the first four (4) pages of
their passport and a copy of their student visa.
•
Complete the Registration Form in consultation with
the Director of School and/or Faculty Advisor assigned
by the School, who will give advice on the selection of
courses.
•
The Director of School or Faculty Advisor will then sign
Registration Form indicating approval of your courses.
At the EMCVPA, students are required to assume the
responsibility for their own education. To assist students in
accepting this responsibility, faculty members are assigned
as Faculty Advisors to a group of students. The purposes of
academic advisement are:
•
To help students to make appropriate decisions about
academic programmes and courses.
•
To encourage students to achieve academic excellence.
•
Completed academic advising with an Academic Advisor
•
•
Completed course selection on the Student
Management System
To assist students to integrate career goals with the
Programme of Study.
•
•
Submitted signed registration form to the Registry
•
Proof of medical examination from his/her doctor
To help students overcome academic difficulties by
making referrals to counselling and other appropriate
services.
•
Tax Registration Number (TRN)
49
Immigration Checklist for International Students
Thank you for your interest in EMCVPA. Along with
fulfilling admissions requirements, there are immigration
documentations and fees that are required.
Commonwealth Citizens (most Caribbean students, UK, Australia, Canada, etc.)
•
•
•
•
No student visa required.
Valid passport required.
Acceptance letter from the College.
Within 2 weeks of landing in Jamaica, must complete
and submit Extension of Stay form and a J$10,000 fee
(approx. US$116) to the Immigration Office. (Extension
of Stay forms is available from the Student Services
Office on-campus).
United States and Other Non-Commonwealth
Citizens
•
•
•
•
A student visa is required (regardless of the period of
study) and must be obtained prior to arrival in Jamaica,
from the nearest Jamaican embassy or consulate.
Students who arrive without the required visa will be
denied entry into Jamaica by Immigration. Persons
cannot pursue studies under visitor status.
Students in Europe and other parts of the world can
check the following website for Jamaican Embassies:
www.mfaft.gov.jm (click on Missions)
Non-Commonwealth Citizens are charged an additional
fee for Multiply Entry Visa. This fee varies according
to the country of residence. United States Citizens are
charged a fee of J$2,000.
In the United States of America, the student visa can be
obtained from the following: (Students should contact
the embassy or consulate regarding processing time,
50
fees and other details).
1. 1. The Jamaican Embassy in Washington DC http://www.
embassyofjamaica.org/VISbusinessstudyrecreation.htm
Tel: (202)-452-0660; Fax: (202)-452-0081
Email: firstsec@jamaicaembassy.org
2. The Jamaican Consulate in New York
http://www.congenjamaica-ny.org/visas/#Students
Tel: (212)-935-9000; Fax: (212)-935-7507 Email:
passport@congenjamaica-ny.org or registry@
congenjamaica-ny.org
3. The Jamaican Consulate in Miami http://www.
jamaicacgmiami.org/studentvisa.html
Tel: (305)-374-8431; Fax: (305)-577-4970
•
Within 2 weeks of landing, must also complete
Alien Registration Card (available from the Student Services
Office) and submit with 2 passport-sized pictures and a fee
of J$2,000 (approx. US$23) to the Immigration Office. Alien
Registration is applicable to students who staying for 6
months and longer.
Multiply Entry Visa Fees (Non-Commonwealth Citizens)
• United States of America
$2,000
• Belgium
$1,000
• Holland
$1,000
• France
$1,600
• Mexico
$1,500
• Venezuela
$1,200
• Spain
$800
• Israel
$600
• Switzerland
$600
• Others
$500
Registration Steps - Using Aeorion
AEORION
To access Aerion go to: www.aeorion.emc.edu.jm
SCHOOL:
DEPARTMENT:
ACADEMIC YEAR: 2015/2016 SEMESTER ONE
Cell#
NAME:
ID#:
YOU MUST SELECT YOUR COURSES ON THE AEORION SYSTEM TO COMPLETE YOUR REGISTRATION
1. New students will be required to submit their financial
clearance to the Registry Assistant to get their ID# and
to be able to gain access to the student management
system.
2. The student will then meet with the assigned Academic
Advisor to confirm course selection for the semester.
3. The student will then proceed to the registration area
where he/she will be required to log on to the system
(aeorion.emc.edu.jm) and click on “Activate Account”
(the student will be required to enter their assigned
student ID# and date of birth using the example shown
on the screen.
4. The student will then be asked to provide some
additional information such as password, security
question and secondary email address.
5. Once this process is completed the system will then
Course Code
Credits
Section
Course Title
IF YOU ARE REPEATING COURSE(S) PLEASE LIST BELOW
51
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
say that the student is now active and may proceed to
register for classes.
The student will be asked to select the term (Year:
2015/Term: Semester One/Schedule: Undergrad
Regular/Campus: Main)
The student will be told to begin registration (A
registration wizard will pop up and as the student
complete each section they will be prompted to move
to the next step).
When all the steps have been completed the student
will then log out of the system.
The final registration process will be completed by the
Accounts Representative.
Students who experience problems completing the
process are asked to speak to a Registry Assistant.
Academic Advisement
Before entering the College, students should study the
programme catalogue to determine the programme best
suited to their interests and needs. Before registering, each
student will select a Programme of Study. This decision will
determine the academic courses in which the student will
be advised. The designated academic advisor will counsel
with the student regarding the proposed programme and
choice of courses. This relationship continues as needed
throughout the student’s stay in the College, unless another
advisor is assigned or the student selects a new programme.
Declaring a Major
Full-time students normally declare their major upon
admission and registration to facilitate the planning needed
for an appropriate sequence of the courses required to
complete the major within four years. Students in School of
Visual Arts are expected to declare a major at the end of the
first semester of their first year. However, students may be
granted permission to change programmes.
Change of Programme
There is a Change of Programme form in the registry that
students must complete. It requires that the student
indicate the year they are in, list the courses already
completed and list the courses they would be required to
take to progress in the new programme. They must receive
the approval of the Director of School and the VP Academic
and Technical Studies to change programmes.
Declaring a Minor
Minor Studies is a coherent course of study that provides
minor concentration in a chosen field of study outside of the
Major. Unlike declaring a college major, choosing a college
minor is optional, however, it is hoped that many students
would avail themselves of this opportunity.
Completing a minor degree programme may serve several
purposes. Minors help to shape students’ future career path
and will take or even open other career options. In addition,
graduates having the right minor, in seeking employment
may serve as a deciding factor between the EMCVPA
graduate and another equally qualified candidate from
another institution competing for the same job/project. It is
likely that in the interview process, the person with a minor
will be better prepared to answer a wider range of questions
and offer wider skill sets than other candidates without a
minor. Pursuing a Minor may also place graduates in an
advantageous position for graduate admission.
A minor can broaden the content covered by the major. In
these days, when college majors can be very specific, the
minor can serve to develop another closely related area.
52
For students with diverse talents or students not completely
fulfilled by their major, a college minor is an opportunity
for these students to engage in a totally different type of
thought and exploration. For example, Visual Arts majors
can develop their knowledge of literature or Theatre Arts
using the College minor option. The minor can also be
used to carry on what students may have started as an
extracurricular activity at another institution, such as playing
an instrument, acting, dancing or voice.
Minor Studies Programme Requirement
Students may choose to pursue a Minor Studies (MS)
programme or may also choose Interdisciplinary studies
called Minor in Alternative Studies (MAS). The MS
Programme may be taken within or outside students’
Department/School. The credit requirement for MS ranges
from a minimum of fifteen (15) to a maximum of twentythree (23) credits depending of the chosen programme. A
maximum of nine (9) of the required credits may be used to
fulfill the credit requirements for both the Minor and Major.
However this is subject to the approval of the department(s)
or School offering the Minor.
The MAS programme allows students to select courses
from all five (5) Schools to satisfy the minor studies credit
requirement. Students who select the MAS are required to
fulfill a minimum of eighteen (18) credits to a maximum of
twenty (20) credits. A maximum of nine (9) credits of the
twenty-three (23) required credits may be used to fulfill
both major and minor requirement subject to the approval
of the department/programme.
In the case where a Minor is being pursued through two (2)
Departments/Schools, at least twelve (12) credits or more
than half the total credit requirement for the Minor must be
from outside the student’s Major Study/Department.
In the case where a Minor is offered by one (1) Department,
at least sixteen (16) credits or at least one third if the
totalcredit requirement must be from outside the student’s
Major Study/Department.
Courses prescribed in minor programmes may not be
offered each semester. The College reserves the right to
offer courses in any semester according to available resource
and number of enrollment.
The College reserves the right to approve or not to approve
the application for enrolling in a minor programme.
Students who, upon graduation, successfully fulfilled the
requirements specified in the curriculum of the Minor
Programme for which he/she has registered will have
the title of his/her Minor Programme indicated in his/her
transcripts.
Elective Courses taken to satisfy the requirements for a
Major may also be used to satisfy the credit requirements
for the MS and MAS.
Students must maintain a GPA of 2.0 or higher at the end
of each semester in their major as well as a cumulative GPA
of 2.0 or higher to be approved for minor studies by their
Department/School.
General Studies courses within a major are intended to give
breadth to students’ programmes. Where General Studies
courses are also within the list of courses approved for
the minor they may be used to fulfill both the minor and
General Studies requirements.
If a student declares a minor and does not complete it there
will be no penalty but it will not appear on their transcript
unless they complete all requirements.
There is no mandatory requirement for students opting to
pursue minor studies to attend summer session, however
summer sessions provide students with greater opportunity
to pursue required minor courses.
Procedures for Minor Programme
Enrollment
Students MUST declare their MS and MAS during the
registration period of the first year of study. However, if
a student chooses not to begin minor studies in their first
year; it is advised that students MUST declare a minor by
the registration period of the second year of study AT THE
LATEST.
Students should seek approval from their Department/
School to pursue a MS or MAS before submitting the
registration form with minor courses. Student must
also meet with the advisor for the minor studies before
registering for courses in the minor.
53
To earn a minor, students must attain a cumulative GPA of
2.0 or higher for the courses taken in the minor programme.
Registration for Minor courses must be done in the normal
registration period including the Add/Drop period set by
Registry. No late registration will be processed after the said
period.
Students MUST satisfy any audition, portfolio assessment or
pre-requisite requirements for the minor studies chosen.
Students are responsible for planning their own study
schedules and fulfilling the course requirements in
accordance with the academic structures and policies
as set in the respective minor programmes.
Students must complete all courses required in the minor
programme before graduation. PLEASE NOTE that a longer
study period of more than four (4) academic years may be
required for fulfilling both the major and the minor course
requirements before graduation.
Transfer Students & Credits
The EMCVPA will consider credit transfer for all courses
taken through a recognized institution or accredited
programme where evidence is given that each course under
consideration has been satisfactorily completed with a
grade of ‘C’ or higher and that the courses are comparable
in content, nature and level of course(s) offered at the
College. Grades transferred from another institution are not
used in computation of the Grade Point Average (GPA) at
the College but credits will be applied towards graduation
requirement. The processes for requesting transfer credits
are set out hereunder.
Transfer Process
The Registry shall evaluate all undergraduate, postsecondary school education course(s) or programme(s)
presented from outside the College for acceptance to the
College.
Factors Which Determine the
Acceptability of Transfer Credits
A regional, professional or national institutional accrediting
body must accredit the programme from which course work
is being considered for transfer credit.
Credit is transferred on a course-by-course basis. Courses
that are less rigorous than the minimum offering discipline
at the EMCVPA will not be eligible for transfer.
Course(s) must be comparable and appropriate to the
discipline to be considered for credit transfer. Courses that
must have specific topics to prepare students for particular
function must contain two-thirds (⅔) of the material of a
similar course at the EMCVPA to be judged comparable.
Any course submitted for transfer credit must have been
completed within five (5) years of the date that transfer
application is submitted to the College.
The Heads of Department or Academic Advisors determine
the appropriateness and applicability of accepted courses
specific to the programme. The Directors of Schools give the
ultimate approval of applicability towards the programme
requirement.
A maximum of sixty (60) credits will be transferred for those
pursuing a Bachelor degree and a maximum of thirty (30)
credits for those pursing an Associate degree at the College.
A formal application for credit transfer should be brought to
the Registry. The Registrar in consultation with the faculty
of the appropriate discipline will judge the comparability of
the course for transfer credit in all reviews.
The College will consider transfer credit to students who
earned credits outside of the five (5) year limit if they
can demonstrate proficiency in course material based on
submission of a portfolio demonstrating competency in
the objectives of the course and/or successfully pass an
examination.
A written response will be delivered to the student in a
timely manner once the Registrar and the appropriate
faculty has reviewed the course materials and the student’s
specific circumstances.
Transfer Credits for International Students
An appeal of the decision should be sent in writing to the
Vice Principal, Academic and Technical Studies setting out
a complete account of the review and decisions up to this
point. The Vice Prinicipal, Academic and Technical Studies
will review the information and give the final decision.
54
The foreign government or state governmental agency of a
foreign country must formally recognize the institution as
offering post-secondary programmes comparable to that
offered at the EMCVPA.
Equity will be maintained between transferred credit and
EMCVPA credit.
Required Documentation for Transfer
Credit Consideration
All course work presented for transfer must appear on an
official transcript sent directly from the original institution
to the Registrar at the EMCVPA. Copies, facsimiles or hand
delivered transcripts by students will not be accepted.
All foreign transcripts, not issued in English, must have
an accompanying translation certified by the original
transcribing institution or a professional translation service
approved by the EMCVPA.
All foreign institutions that provide only one original
document certifying attendance, course of instruction
and achievement should be asked to mail the certifying
documents directly to the College. The originals will be
retained until credit transfer has been completed. Certified
copies will be retained for the student’s record and the
originals will be returned to the student.
On completion of the course of study and prior to leaving
Jamaica, exchange students must complete a Transcript
Request Form and return it to the Registry. The transcript
will be sent directly to the requesting institutions while a
grade sheet will be sent directly to the student.
55
Credits Earned in other Colleges as a
Transient Student
A student enrolled at the EMCVPA is not permitted to take
credit work as a transient student at another institution
to be applied toward a degree without prior permission
from the Director of School. The permission must be in
writing, specifying which courses are acceptable and their
equivalence at the EMCVPA. A copy of this permission must
be filed with the Registrar. Students do not need transient
approval if they have not been enrolled at the College for
two or more consecutive semesters.
Maximum Credits Per Semester
A full course load is a minimum of fifteen (15) to a maximum
of eighteen(15) credits hours per semester. Permission
of the Director of School is required to take more than
eighteen credits. Students with cumulative GPA of at least
3.0 overall in the recently completed semester may be
permitted to take an extra course. However, please note
that students registered for courses in excess of the 15 or 18
credit (as applicable to your programme requirement) will
be charged for the additional number of credits at the per
credit rate.
Attendance
The purpose of the College attendance policy is to help
students develop a professional attitude toward their
studies during their college experience as well as to
maximize their educational opportunities.
Absence
Students are responsible for attending the classes in which
they are officially enrolled and are required to attend all
class meetings. At the beginning of each class, lecturers
must within the perameter of the College policy on Absence
define their policy on absences and assignments, and all
cases of illness and emergency shall be promptly reported
and verified by the lecturer.
N.B. A semester comprises fifteen (15) weeks inclusive of
one study week and thirteen (13) weeks of contact teaching
hours. Examinations commence in week fifteen (15). To
be eligible for sitting examination, a students must attend
a minimum of ten (10) weeks or eighty percent (80%)
of contact teaching hours and successfully complete all
coursework assignments.
56
Each lecturer must maintain an attendance record. A
student who is absent from College because of illness or any
other unavoidable cause for more than ten percent (10%) of
a course(s) or three (3) consecutive classes, should inform
the Registry through the Director of School on the first day
absence and immediately upon resumption.
A student must supply a medical certificate or just evidence
for absence of three (3) classes or more. If the student fails
to do so, he/she will not be eligible to sit examinations.
Students who absent themselves for more than three (3)
weeks of a course and do not supply a medical certificate
or other evidence acceptable to the College to cover such
an absence shall be deemed to have withdrawn from
the course and/or College and will not be allowed to sit
examinations.
Absence notices will be sent to the School and to each
lecturer notifying him/her of the reason for and the
approximate length of the absence.
Examination
All courses (written and studio/practical) are examined at
the end of each semester. Failure to sit examination at the
specified time will result in failing the course.
Independent Study (body of work/
showcase/production)
Examination timetables are posted on the College’s official
Notice Boards across the campus at least three (3) weeks
prior to the start of the examination period. Three (3) draft
Examination timetables and a final Examination timetable
are posted. It is students’ responsibility to read the Notice
Boards as this is the primary means of communicating
examination timetables and other such important
information with students. Students must inform their
course lecturers and/or the Registry where examination
clashes are identified on the draft examination schedules.
The Examination, Assessment and Curriculum Committee
ratify students’ grades at the end of each semester.
Any student who fails the final examination will be given
the chance to re-sit the examination once. Students will be
allowed to repeat any year for which they hold a 1.0 average
or less, but no student will be allowed to repeat a year more
than once in the overall four year course.
Final Year Examinations
Students are required to present an Independent Study – a
body of work (visual arts), showcase or production (dance/
drama/music); and write and present a research paper.
In the final year, all undergraduate students are required
to complete an independent study project as their major
studio requirement. This project or body of work is based
on a theme chosen by the student and approved by the
lecturer which allows the student to develop content,
realize ideas and initiate the individual thinking required of
professional artists and educators. Tutorials are scheduled
with the Heads of Department, to ensure the satisfactory
development of the project.
The independent study forms part of the final examination
and each student must be prepared to discuss the project in
depth with the examiners in front of the works and be able
to put into concise language the concept and ideas involved.
Research Paper
Research Paper requirements must be fulfilled by all four
(4) year degree students. The research should be related to
the student’s particular area of study or otherwise approved
area of study.
Final Research Papers are to be limited to 3000 – 5000
words (15 - 25 pages) to be typed, double-spaced, paginated
and appropriately bound using either the MLA style for
humanities, fine art and performance programmes and APA
style for education programmes.
Titles must be submitted to the research lecturer for
approval. Students are taught and guidance given for the
writing of these papers beginning in the third year through
research methods courses. Research papers are marked for
quality of ideas, methodology, language and presentation.
Grade Scheme
Grade / Point Percentage Equivalent Level of Pass
57
A 4.0
90 – 100
Honours
A- 3.7
80 – 89
Honours
B+ 3.3
75 – 79
Credits
B 3.0
70 – 74
Credits
B- 2.7
66– 69
Credits
C+ 2.3
60 – 65
Pass
C
2.0
55 – 59
Pass
C- 1.7
50 – 54
Acceptable Pass
D 1.3
45 – 49
Fail - Supplemental
F
44 – 0
Fail
0
Other Designations: The following symbols are substitutes
for grades. THEY ARE NOT GRADES.
I
Incomplete
NR
Not reported
AB
Absent
W
Withdraw
WP
Withdraw passing in good standing
WF
Withdraw failing
P
Pass
F
Fail
EX Exempt without credit
EC
Exempt with credit
Z
Course not offered
RE
Referred
DE
Deferred
AEG
Aegrotat
V
Course audited
NV
Course unsatisfactorily audited
the regular sitting. All other students who are absent from
examinations will be allowed to take the exams at the next
regular sitting. WP (WITHDRAW PASSING IN GOOD STANDING) – indicates
if a student, for whatever reason, ceases to attend a course
but was gaining passing grades up to that point.
WF (WITHDRAW FAILING) – indicates if a student, for
whatever reason, ceased to attend a course but was gaining
failing grades up to that point.
PLEASE NOTE, WITH REGARDS TO WP & WF, REASONS FOR
WITHDRAWING MUST BE STATED IN WRITING. STUDENTS
WITH THE WP DESIGNATION HAVE ONE (1)YEAR TO
COMPLETE THE COURSE(S).
P (PASS) – indicates a pass obtained in a course taken on a
Pass/Fail basis.
F (FAIL) – indicates a failed grade obtained in a course taken
on a pass/fail basis.
I (INCOMPLETE) – indicates that the student has made
progress in a course but at the end of the semester has not
finished the course work required to receive a grade. An “I”
designation is not counted in credit hours earned, or quality
hours, until a letter grade is reported. If neither a letter
grade nor notification of an extension time is received by the
Registry from the Director of the School, the “I” designation
is replaced by an “F” letter grade at the end of the first six
(6) weeks into the next semester the student is registered.
An extension of time may be granted but shall not normally
extend beyond the end of the semester in which the
extension is granted. Any remaining “I” symbol at the end of
the period of extension will be deemed an “F”.
Students must receive approval from the course lecturer
for an “I” grade. Students must submit a formal application
for an extension of the due date for assignments using the
AEA1 Form. If approved by the course lecturer the student
will receive an “I” grade. The use of this form will assist
in tracking and recording the status of the course. These
forms are available in the Schools and a copy of the signed
form must be sent to the Registry. Lecturers are required to
complete the forms for students and ensure that the AEA1
Forms are attached to the grade sheets.
EX (EXEMPT WITHOUT CREDIT) – indicates cases where
admissions is partially based on prior learning assessment,
advanced placement, etc.
EC (EXEMPT WITH CREDIT) – indicates where courses
being exempted were completed within five (5) years of
completing the course and credit accepted
Z (COURSE NOT OFFERED) – indicates the course is listed in
the course menu but is temporarily not offered
RE (REFERRED) – Faculty members are encouraged to
refer students early in the semester who exhibit academic,
social, or emotional difficulties that negatively impact their
academic performance.
DE (DEFERRED) - unable to complete course requirements
by end of semester.
AEG (AEGROTAT) - notation to be added to grade
indicating it was assigned under extenuating or exceptional
circumstances.
V (COURSE AUDITED) – indicates when the course has been
taken in accordance with regulations governing course
credit.
NR (NOT REPORTED) – indicates when a lecturer fails to
submit grades by the published deadline through no fault of
the student.
NV (COURSE UNSATISFACTORILY AUDIT) – indicates when
a student has been permitted to audit a course but has not
done so satisfactorily.
AB (ABSENT) – indicates when a student is absent from an
examination for medical or other acceptable reasons. In
such cases he/she may re-sit the exam as a first sitting, at
the next sitting of the supplemental examinations or at
MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE CUMMULATIVE GRADE IS GPA 2.0
TO GRADUATE.
58
Understanding your Grades and Transcript
The following table shows the grade scheme applicable
for all students entering the EMCVPA as of the 2011/2012
academic year. It also shows how the grades are calculated
to determine the Grade Point Average (GPA). This is
intended as a guide to help students determine their
academic standing in the College.
Grade Scheme
2009-Present
GRADE
GRADE POINT
PERCENTAGE CLASS OF
EQUIVALENT (GPE) RANGE
AWARD
A
4.0
90-100
HONOURS
A-
3.7
80-89
HONOURS
B+
3.3
75-79
CREDIT
B
3.0
70-74
CREDIT
B-
2.7
65-69
CREDIT
C+
2.3
60-64
PASS
C
2.0
55-59
PASS
C-
1.7
50-54
PASS
D
1.0
45-49
D - Supp
F
0.0
0-44
FAIL
Grade Point Averages (GPA’s) are computed by multiplying
the credits attempted by the grade point equivalent. The
grade point average is then computed by dividing the total
grade points by the total credits attempted. Below is an
example of computing a GPA for 7 courses or 16-credits
attempted in a semester.
Grade Credits GP
Drawing I
A-
3
x 3.7 = 11.1
Fundamentals of English
C+
2
x 2.3 = 4.6
Critical Analysis I
B-
2
x 2.7 = 5.4
Integrated 2D/3D
D
3
x 1.0 = 3.0
Time-Based Media
B
3
x 3.0 = 9.0
Vocal Skills
F
1
x 0.0 = 0.0
History of Art
A
2
x 4.0 = 8.0
TOTALS
= 16
All students may receive credit by special examination upon
approval of the appropriate academic personnel (statement
of application procedures may be obtained from the
Registry). A fee will be charged for each examination.
In addition, the student will be charged the current course
per hour of credit fees. Credit hours attempted will be
included in determining the student’s grade point average.
Students are allowed to sit the challenge examination if they
wish to register for a course that require a pre-requisite and
they feel that they have the knowledge needed to pursue
the course without doing the pre-requisite course. Although
pre-requisites are to be enforced, students have the right to
challenge pre-requisites based on very specific grounds.
The student can challenge the pre-requisite for one or more
of five (5) specified reasons:
• The pre-requisite approval did not follow College Policy;
or
• It is not necessary for success in the course, or
• It is unlawfully discriminatory; or
• The pre-requisite course has not been made reasonably
available and thus, if the student(s) has to wait to take
it, she/he will be delayed in the completion of her/his
official educational goal; or
• The student can substantiate having knowledge or skills
to be successful in the course despite not meeting the
pre-requisite.
A Faculty Advisor will help the student determine if she/he
would benefit from the challenge process. The student can
get a Prerequisite Challenge Form (PC110) from the Registry.
If the student elects to complete the Prerequisite Challenge
form then the form must be submitted along with any
documentation needed, to the Registrar. Once the petition
has been filed, the student will be allowed to provisionally
enroll in the course, pending outcome of the challenge.
If the challenge is not approved, the student will be
administratively dropped from the course. The Prerequisite
Challenge Form must be submitted to the Registrar at least
two (2) weeks prior to the start of the course.
Computing the Grade Point Average
Course
Challenge Examinations
QP’s
Once the student files a challenge he or she is eligible to
register in the course. If the student delays enrollment or if
the desired section is closed, he or she must find another
course or wait until the next time the course is offered.
= 41.1
Total Quality Points (41.1) QP divided by Total Credits
Attempted (16) = GPA
After the student submits the challenge application to the
Registrar or to the appropriate Director, the challenge must
be acted upon in a timely manner. Challenges must be filed
at least two (2) weeks prior to the start of the class.
Grade Point Average (GPA) =2.57
59
Supplemental Examinations
Supplemental are applicable to students who have failed
lecture courses, studio courses and projects. A provisional
pass list is to be sent to the Registry two (2) weeks after the
exams so that students who need to do supplemental could
be advised in time. If the final grades showed that the student
who had provisionally failed had passed, then those students
would be refunded fees paid for supplemental exams.
Students who achieve scores 40 - 44 (D) prior to
2009/10 academic year or 45 - 49 (as of the 2009/2010
academic year) qualify to sit supplemental examinations.
Supplemental for word-based examinations is held
within the first two (2) weeks of February for Semester 1
examinations and within the first two (2) weeks in July for
Semester 2 examinations.
examinations either because they have been certified to
be medically unfit or for other cause acceptable by the
College Board shall immediately withdraw from the whole
or any remaining parts of the final examination, and shall
be permitted to re-enter these at the next sitting. (Or may
apply for an aegrotat if they had sat fifty percent (50%) or
more of the examinations for the period.)
An alphabetical list of candidates who have satisfied the
examiners shall be published on or before the date specified
in the course regulations.
If a student has completed the last examination necessary
to qualify for the award of the Degree but has not settled
all outstanding accounts with the College, no report will be
made on the result of his/her examination until payment has
been made in full to the College.
Supplemental examinations must be taken immediately
following the failed examination. Failure to do so will result
in students having to repeat for the course. Students who
fail courses with scores 44 and below must re-register for
the course at the next available time that the course is
offered. A student who enters for a supplemental must take
the examination on the scheduled date, otherwise, such a
student will be deemed to have failed the course. Students
failing an examination or course with grade D (45% – 49%)
will be eligible to enter for a supplemental examination.
Students with grade less than C- (50%) in the supplemental
examination will be required to repeat the course.
Students failing one (1) but not more than two (2)
projects in any studio course may complete these in the
supplemental exam until they achieve a passing grade of Cor higher.
Supplemental exams must be taken as scheduled on the
academic calendar immediately following the first sitting of
the exam.
Students having outstanding academic requirements at
the end of four (4) years will be given a maximum of five
(5) additional years within which to complete all such
requirements to receive certification.
Aegrotat Policy for Word-Based Courses
The course of action to be taken when students are injured
or fall ill during or before the examination, is as follows:
•
If a student becomes injured/ill early in the semester
where the student has only completed 40% - 50% (4
– 6 classes) of coursework successfully, he/she is not
eligible to participate in final examinations. In this case
the student must withdraw passing (WP) and must
repeat the course at the next available time that the
course is offered.
•
If a student becomes injured or ill for not more than
fifty percent (50%) of the written examination and is
unable to complete the examination, the student may
apply to the Registrar for the course work grade to be
used as the final grade for the course. The Registrar will
investigate the circumstances and present a report to
the Academic Board. The report must also include the
course lecturer’s report on the student’s performance in
course work, college tests, whether or not the student
has satisfactorily covered the course content and any
other evidence of the students’ academic ability for
consideration. With the approval of the Academic
Board the student’s coursework grade will become the
final grade for the course.
•
If a student becomes injured or ill a day or two before
the examination and is unable to sit the examinations,
she/he must immediately inform the Director of School
or designate. In addition, the student must present
a medical certificate to the Director of School or
designate within twenty-four (24) hours of the injury or
illness.
Assessment
General Assessment Procedures
In order for a student to qualify for any award at the
College, that student must have pursued the course of
study approved by the Academic Board of the College,
satisfied the course regulations and fulfilled the following
requirements.
• Satisfactory attendance and performance throughout
the course of study.
• Attainment of the specified number of credits.
• Successful completion of all compulsory courses.
• Achievement of the required standard in the
examination and other forms of assessment prescribed
for the award of the Degree.
• Complete the course of study, unless special exemption
is obtained from the Registrar through the Examination,
Assessment and Curriculum Committee (EACC) or unless
the course regulations deem otherwise.
Students who are unable to complete the course or
60
•
If a student becomes injured or ill in any other situation
outside of those outlined in items 1 – 3 above, then he/
she is governed by the College’s general examination
regulations.
•
A candidate receiving an Aegrotat award shall be
granted the minimum pass of C-. An Aegrotat may be
awarded for Teaching Practice provided the student has
completed at least eight (8) weeks or seventy percent
(70%) of the practice. An Aegrotat will only be awarded
to students with good academic records and who
maintained at least a passing grade in the course work.
In no case will an Aegrotat be awarded for a course
in which a student is referred. If a student wishes to
subsequently sit the examination, having been granted
an Aegrotat, he/she will be required to give up the
Aegrotat status and the examination grade shall stand.
The student has the option of accepting an aegrotat grade
or to re-sit the course. The student must inform the Registry
in writing of their decision.
The course of action to be taken when students are injured
or fall ill during or before the practical/studio examination,
as follows:
•
If a student becomes injured or ill during or prior to a
practical/studio examination, he/she is governed by the
College’s aegrotat policy for studio/practical courses.
The Registrar will present the student’s case that must
include the response from the course lecturer to the
EACC for review. The EACC will determine whether or
not the student is eligible for an aegrotat grade and
present its recommendation to the Academic Board for
final approval. The Registrar would inform the student
of the Board’s decision.
The student has the option of accepting an aegrotat grade
or to re-sit the course. The student must inform the
Registrar in writing of their decision.
Reporting Grades
Official Final grades are available only through the Registry
at the completion of each semester.
Examination Grades
Aegrotat Policy for Practical/Studio
Courses
•
•
If a student becomes injured or ill early in the semester
where the student has only completed percent 40% 50% (4 – 7 classes) of coursework successfully, he/she
is not eligible to participate in final examinations. Is this
case the student must withdraw passing (WP) and must
repeat the course at the next available time that the
course is offered.
If a student becomes injured or ill one (1) to three (3)
weeks prior to the practical/studio examination period,
have attended more than eighty percent (80%) of the
course and is unable to participate in the final practical/
studio examination, the coursework grade will be
lowered by one letter grade e.g. “B” to “B-“, “A” to “A-“.
The student must be maintaining at least a “B” average
in coursework to be illegible for an aegrotat. In this
case the student’s coursework grade will become the
final grade for the course.
•
If a student becomes injured during the practical/
studio examination period and is unable to participate
in practical examinations, he/she must immediately
inform the Director of School or designate. In addition,
the student must present a Medical Certificate to the
Director of School or designate within twenty-four (24)
hours of the injury.
•
If a student becomes injured or ill in any other situation
outside of those outlined previously, then he/she
is governed by the College’s general examination
regulations.
61
Students are able to view their grades on the College
Student Management System. Faculty members or
administrative staff may not give grades verbally. Official
notification of grades are sent via semester/annual student
reports issued by the Registry (signed by the Registrar) or
issued in the form of a transcript/statement signed by the
Director of School and/or Registrar.
Change of Grade
Grades posted by lecturer on the Student Management
System or reported to the Registrar may not be changed
except in case of error in recording or determined during
ratification. Grade changes require the approval of the
Director of School and access granted by the Registrar as
well as the signature of the Head of Department and the
Director of School in which the course is taught. Grades on
record for one calendar year may not be changed for any
reason.
Progression in Programmes
All students are issued a printout of their grades at the end
of each semester and their academic standing is determined
at the end of the academic year according to the following
criteria:
• Foundation students who earn less than a 2.00 GPA
(Grade Point Average) but more than 1.7 will be allowed
to progress with academic probation. Foundation
students who earn less than 1.7 but more than 1.00
will be required to repeat the year. Students with less
than 1.00 GPA will be referred to the Director of Studies
committee for a decision.
•
Students in 2nd. and 3rd. year whose GPA is less than
2.00 but higher than 1.7 but whose cumulative GPA is
2.00 or higher will be issued an academic warning.
•
Students whose first semester GPA is less than 2.00 but
higher than 1.7 will be subject to academic warning.
•
Students whose GPA is less than 2.00 but higher than
1.7 for two consecutive semesters will be subject to
academic probation.
•
Students whose overall cumulative GPA is less than
2.00 but higher than 1.7 will be subject to academic
probation.
will be required to repeat the course or gain the credits from
an approved list of courses.
Should a student miss or fail a complete year’s course as a
result of financial problems, illness or any other extenuating
circumstances, he/she will be allowed the chance to repeat
or complete outstanding credits when the courses are next
offered.
Promotion of Education Students
•
Students receiving a semester GPA of less than 1.00 will
be subject to academic probation.
•
Students on academic probation who fail to acquire
a 2.00 GPA in the consecutive semester will be
academically dismissed.
•
2nd. and 3rd. year students whose cumulative GPA is
less than 1.00 at the end of an academic year will be
academically dismissed.
•
Final year students on academic warning or probation
must complete mid semester assessment and gain a
grade of 2.00 or higher to progress to final examination.
•
In order to graduate from the School of Visual Arts
students must achieve an overall cumulative GPA of
2.00 or higher.
•
Students who receive a course grade of less than
1.7 but higher than 1.00 will be required to sit
supplemental examination.
•
Students who receive a course grade of less than 1.00
will be required to repeat the course or gain the credits
from an approved list of courses.
•
If in the case of financial problems or illness or any
other extenuating circumstances a student misses
a year’s courses or fails to complete a years’ credit
requirements, he or she will be allowed the chance to
repeat or complete outstanding credits.
A qualitative evaluation instrument is used to assess
students for promotion to determine the disposition,
aptitude, attitudes and commitment necessary for success
in the teaching profession. Students are required to attend
an interview conducted by the Education Board of Studies
prior to determine admission to the department.
Students admitted to pursue studies in Education are
required to attend a compulsory orientation seminar prior
to the start of the academic year. Failure to attend the
orientation without an acceptable reason may result in nonadmittance to the Education Department.
Students must attain a minimum grade of ‘C’ to qualify for
admittance to the Education Programme as well as to qualify
for promotion annually.
The procedures used for promoting students will be
continuous and does not only rely on student’s GPA. A
series of formative and summative instruments will be
used to evaluate students to determine their eligibility
for promotion at the end of each academic year. Where
students do not display an appropriate disposition for the
teaching profession but has a passing GPA they will be
advised to select another area of specialization.
Teaching Practice/Practicum
Course Grades
Students who receive a course grade point of less than 2.0
but higher than 1.3 will be required to sit supplemental
examination. Students who receive a course grade point of
less than 1.3
62
This is a compulsory activity for third and fourth year
students pursuing a degree in Education. Practicum
consists of teaching practice in schools and other teaching
projects within the College. Students doing the Education
Programmes are required to cover a minimum of 405
hours in practicum. A minimum grade of C- is required
to successful complete teaching practice (TP). Students
must follow the Policies and Procedures as laid out in the
Practicum Handbook/CD.
Academic Honesty
Plagiarism and other forms of academic dishonesty are
considered very serious infractions; accordingly, no credit
will be given for work in which they are involved. In addition,
incidents of this nature may be reported to Examination,
Assessments and Curriculum Commitee (EACC) and
Academic Board for further disciplinary action.
As members of the academic community of the EMCVPA,
students are expected to recognize and uphold standards of
intellectual and academic integrity. Plagiarism is unethical
and will result in disciplinary action. The Plagiarism Cover
Sheet MUST accompany all written assignments. Please
note that you own the copyright of every piece of work you
produce.
The examples and definitions given below are intended
to clarify the standards by which academic honesty and
acceptable academic conduct are to be judged. The
following list is merely illustrative and is not intended to be
exhaustive.
PLAGIARISM—Plagiarism is presenting another person’s
work as one’s own. It includes paraphrasing or summarizing
the works of another person without acknowledgement,
including submitting another student’s work as one’s own.
CHEATING—This involves giving or receiving unauthorized
assistance before, during or after an examination.
UNAUTHORIZED COLLABORATION—Submission of work/
assignment for grade/credit, product or a part thereof,
represented as being one’s own effort that has been
developed in substantial collaboration with or without
assistance from another person or source is a violation.
FALSIFICATION—It is a violation to misrepresent material or
fabricate information in an academic exercise or assignment.
MULTIPLE SUBMISSIONS—It is a violation of academic
honesty to submit substantial portions of the same work for
credit more than once without the explicit consent of the
lecturer(s) to whom the material is submitted for additional
credit. In cases where there is a natural development of
research or knowledge in a sequence of courses, use of prior
work may be desirable or even required.
A student charged with academic misconduct may not
change registration in the course (e.g., drop the course,
change the grade) in which a charge is pending or in which a
finding of academic misconduct has been made.
Sanctions specified by the Director of School, by the lecturer,
Board of Studies, EACC or Academic Board (if an appeal has
63
been heard) shall take effect as specified in writing to the
student.
Sanctions for Academic Dishonesty
If students plagiarize or are found guilty of any form of
academic dishonesty, any of the sanctions below may apply.
Sanctions that may be imposed include, but are not limited
to:
• a letter of reprimand
• a defined period of disciplinary probation, with or
without the attachment of conditions
• workshop attendance
• a defined period of suspension, with or without the
attachment of conditions
• notation on either the student’s unofficial or official
transcript
• withholding of a degree, or revoking the student’s
degree.
• giving a lower grade on the paper or course.
• giving a failing grade on the paper or course.asking the
student to rewrite the paper/assignment/examination.
• set alternate/additional assignment(s).
• suspending the student for a period of time.
• expulsion of the student from the institution.
• putting the offense of plagiarism on the student’s
academic record.
• any combination of the above listed sanctions.
Any grade entered for a student in a course in which a
complaint of academic misconduct is pending, whether for
a specific course assignment, an examination, in-course test
or the final course grade, is subject to modification after
all proceedings and appeals are concluded. If the student
is found responsible for academic misconduct, the course
lecturer is free to determine the effect the violation will
have on grades assigned to the student for specific course
assignments, examination and/or the final course grade.
Depending on the severity of academic misconduct the
case is submitted to the Academic Board who will impose
sanctions.
Unsatisfactory Performance
Each course lecturer is required to do mid-semester
evaluations and recommendations for students taking
their course. Such evaluations individually inform students
of their status academically, in terms of attendance,
preparations and practical performance. This evaluation
is then forwarded in writing to the Director of School at
least six (6) weeks before the final assessment. Should
the students’ status be of grave concern the Director will
provide the student with additional advisement in advance
of the final assessment of the respective course.Academic
Probation
Students with a cumulative GPA below 2.0 but not less than
1.7 are having academic difficulties and are alerted to this
fact by being placed on academic probation. Students on
academic probation are restricted to taking not more than
15 credit hours per semester, unless exempted from this
regulation by the Director of School. Students with GPA’s
substantially below 1.7 are subject to academic dismissaL
Academic Dismissal
Academic dismissal for one calendar year will result if a
student who has been reinstated following a previous
academic probation or dismissal fails to make satisfactory
progress.
for a period of one academic year. If they need to extend the
time, then they need to write to the College for permission.
Students who withdraw without informing the College may
apply for re-admission to the College within one academic
year. Students who withdraw from the College for more
than five (5) academic years MUST reapply to the College.
Students will NOT be permitted to enter a Degree or
Certificate programme without having satisfied the
prescribed entry requirements and clear all financial
obligations to the College.
A student who seeks to withdraw from his/her course of
study at the College must inform the Registry in writing
stating the reason for withdrawal and if he/she will be
desirous of re-admission in another academic year. This
must accompany the Withdrawal Form.
Reinstatement Following Academic
Dismissal
Students academically dismissed from EMCVPA may be
considered for readmission on academic probation after a
period of one calendar year has passed. Readmission requires
Director’s approval. Students readmitted after dismissals are
subject to a second dismissal if they do not make satisfactory
progress. No student will be allowed to repeat any year more
than once in the overall four (4)-year course.
A student is considered to be making satisfactory progress
as long as they maintain a GPA for each semester of 2.0 or
above until their cumulative grade point average is above the
minimum required GPA for dismissal as outlined above.
Once a student achieves a GPA larger than the minimum
required GPA, he is subject to the requirement to maintain
his grade point average above the minimum value as listed
above. Returning students will remain on probation until the
cumulative grade point average is 2.0 or greater.
Students intending to seek readmission after dismissal must
first file a Readmission Form with the Registry by the official
deadline and consult with their Academic Advisor.
Please note that where a student withdraws from a course for
valid reasons or where a recommendation from the course
lecturer for a student’s withdrawal for non attendance or
misconduct, this must be reported to the Student Records
Officer through the Registrar so that the appropriate notation
can be made on the Student Management System. This
recommendation must be submitted in writing by the course
lecturer, first to the Director of School for approval who will
forward the recommendation to the Registrar in writing. The
reason(s) for withdrawal must be clearly stated. In cases
where withdrawal is as a result of poor attendance or nonattendance, evidence of the student’s attendance record must
be submitted with the report. The course from which the
student is withdrawn will not appear on his/her Examination
Card however; the course will appear on the students’
transcript designated as ‘W’ ‘WP’ or ‘WF’. In cases where
withdrawal is no fault of the student and special permission
is granted for the students’ withdrawal (Drop) from a course
after the registration and Add/Drop periods the course would
not appear on the student’s transcript.
Readmission
Withdrawal/Temporary Leave of Absence
from School
Official withdrawal (dropping all courses in progress) from
the College is initiated in the Director’s office. Complete
withdrawal from the College must be submitted in person
(not online) at the RegistrY. Clearance must be secured
from the College Library, the Registry and student housing
if applicable. The symbol “W” or “WF” or “WP” is recorded
for all courses when the student completes the Withdrawal
Form within the time limits listed in the official calendar.
A grade of “F” or “I” is recorded when an enrolled student
leaves the College without initiating and completing the
Withdrawal Form. This Form is available in the Registry.
Students who officially withdraw from the College may do so
64
Students who have previously attended EMCVPA (excluding
summer semester) as matriculated students may apply
for readmission. All previous academic records and
achievements at the College, grades from studies pursued
elsewhere, the reasons for which the student withdrew
are all considered in the readmission process. Application
for readmission must be done in advance of the semester
for which they wish to return. Applicants with outstanding
financial obligations to the College will not be eligible for
readmission until such financial obligations are cleared.
Students dismissed for academic reasons are eligible to
apply for readmission after two (2) semesters. However, in
the interview with the Director of School for readmission
the student must demonstrate a readiness to successfully
undertake College work at EMCVPA.
If a student in good academic standing applied for Leave
of Absence and is ready to return, such a student does not
need to apply for readmission but must submit a letter
to the Registrar and Director of School indicating their
intention to return in the upcoming semester. However,
if the Leave of Absence period for which the student had
applied expires and the student did not return in the next
regular semester such student must apply for readmission.
How to Apply for Readmission
An applicant should request the appropriate forms from the
Registry. The Readmission Application Form, including all
required credentials, should be filed with the Registry by the
end of the month of May prior to the start of Academic year
you plan to resume studies.
Requirements for Readmission
An applicant will be deemed eligible to return to College
on the basis of a previous EMCVPA academic record. If
the student has attended any other college or university
subsequent to last enrollment at the EMCVPA, the student
must also have the required transfer average or higher (as
computed by the EMCVPA) on work attempted, and must be
in good standing and eligible to return to the last institution
attended.
Appeal
If a student at anytime wishes to query his/her academic
standing in a course then he/she shall have the right of
appeal in writing to the Registrar who shall carry out a
preliminary investigation and provide a written report to
the VP, Academic and Technical Studies. Such an appeal
65
must be submitted in writing on or before fourteen (14) days
after the grades are published and must also set out the full
grounds for the appeal. The Appeals Committee consisting of
VP, Academic and Technical Studies, Directors of Schools and
the Registrar reviews all appeals. The course lecturer may
be consulted if necessary. If the VP, Academic and Technical
Studies believe that additional evidence has now been
deduced which may justify the reversal of the decision of the
College, he/she may refer the case to the Academic Board
through the EACC for consideration without prejudice to the
right of appeal.
In cases where grounds are established for appeal the
College will appoint an independent marker to remark
the assignment. The grade of the independent marker
will become final even if it is lower. The decision of the
Academic Board shall be final and the student will be
informed in writing thereof as soon as possible.
Adding/Dropping Courses
Students may add or drop courses, without penalty provided
the withdrawal occurs within the time limits listed in
the official calendar. Courses dropped or added must be
indicated on the prescribed Add/Drop Form signed by the
Directors of School or Designate and submitted in person
to the Registrar’s Office. The grade of “F” is recorded for a
course abandoned without an official withdrawal. Students
who drop courses after the last day for refunds may
continue to attend class.
Coursework/Assignments
Each Department has required coursework which students
complete. Students may be required to present coursework
in a portfolio at the end of the course. Visual Arts studio
courses coursework must be presented in a portfolio in
support of the student’s specific specialist study.
Two credit word-based courses are to be assessed on a
maximum of three (3) in course assignments and a final
examination/project, while three credit studio/practical
courses are to be assessed on a maximum of three (3)
assignments. One of these assignments may be divided
into four (4) mini projects to allow for concentration on
the technical components to be applied in two (2) of the
other assignments. Two (2) credit studio courses are to be
assessed on two (2) assignments.
will be completed. A student doing an internship during
the summer that won’t finish until September can register
for the internship in the second semester. The registrar will
not allow students to register for an internship after they
have totally completed the internship. However, the Head
of Department or Director of School must approve the
internship prior to commencing internships as set out below.
Requirements and Procedures
Arts Management and Humanities students are required to
complete eight (8) internship credits while students in the
other Schools are required to complete a minimum of three
(3) internship credits. The internship may be completed all
at once or in segments. Students will be allowed to bank
internship hour, however the student must declare this
intention. The internship site and internship hours to be
achieved, must also receive approval from the Internship
Coordinator prior to commencing the internship.
All written assignments must comply with the standard set
and must be handed in with the Coursework Cover Sheet.
Students must ensure that you receive a receipt when you
are required to hand in a hard copy assignment.
Tutorials
A minimum of three (3) one-to-one meetings per semester
will be held with the course lecturer to discuss with the
individual students their development process and progress
and to give guidance that would assist the student in the
development of their work. These meetings provide the
opportunity for the assessment of the student’s ability to
work through their process of translating their thoughts and
ideas.
Cummulative Grade-Point Average
A student must earn a minimum grade-point average (GPA)
of 2.0 (an average grade of “C”) based on all course work
taken at the College. Grades in pass-fail courses do not carry
quality points and are not used in determining the GPA.
Internship
The Bachelor of Fine Arts and Bachelor of Arts Internship
Programme is designed to introduce students to the overall
professional knowledge, skills and judgment necessary
in the real world environment. Internships support and
provide the opportunity for application of the curriculum to
real world experience. Students are required to complete a
minimum of three (3) credits (225 hours) up to a maximum
of eight (8) credits (600 hours) of the one hundred and
twenty (120) credits as determined by the programme of
study for the internship Programme.
Students may register for an internship during first, second,
or summer semesters. Students must register for an
internship at the beginning of the semester the internship
66
Prior to registering for an internship, students are required
to discuss the internship with the Internship Coordinator.
Both the Internship Coordinator and the on-site supervisor
need to approve the internship.
After approval of the internship, the student is required to
submit a completed and signed Internship Commitment Form
(ICF) to the School’s office. All sections of the ICF must be
filled out. Upon receipt of the completed and signed ICF, the
Director of School/Head of Department signs an Internship
Registration Form provided by the Registry for the student.
The student must return the signed form to the Registry to be
officially registered for going on the internship programme.
The submission of this document must be done in accordance
with College procedures and semester registration dates and
deadlines.
Unless advised otherwise, students should begin planning
their search for internships half way through their
programme. Students may not register for the internship
until they have acquired at least eighteen (18) credit hours
of satisfactory coursework, or as otherwise required by the
School, without the expressed permission of the Internship
Coordinator.
Each student can choose from one of the pre-approved
sites/organizations or may request obtaining an approval
on a site/organization of their selection. The student must
understand that coordinating the approval of the new site/
organization may take time and may not allow the student
to register for the experience in that particular semester.
Nonetheless, arrangements can be made to have a newly
approved site/organization.
The students’ faculty advisor may assist in their search for
an appropriate placement. The key is to be creative and to
plan ahead.
EDNA MANLEY COLLEGE OF THE VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS
Coursework
Coversheet
Coursework Coversheet
To be completed in duplicate the copy must be given to the student
Note: This coversheet and copy of your work will be retained in the office in case of queries. It
also confirms that you have read and complied with the guidelines on plagiarism. Attach and sign
this coversheet to the copy of your work before submission.
Student Name ………………… ………………………………………………………………….
Student Registration Number:… …………………………..…Year:……… Semester……………
Programme………………………………………… Course……………………………………...
Course Lecturer:……………………………………………………………………………………
Coursework Title: …………………………………………………………………………………
Word Count.. …………… No. of Pages………… Date of Submission …………………………
Plagiarism Declaration
I certify that the coursework attached to this sheet is written in my own words and is my own
work. I have read and complied with the College guidelines on plagiarism as set out in the student
handbook. I accept and understand that the College may make use of plagiarism detection
software in assessing my work. I certify that the word count and number of pages declared is
correct.
Please note that where plagiarism is suspected, a formal investigation will be carried out, and
action will be taken under the College’s rules on Academic Misconduct. This might result in
penalties ranging from mark deduction to withdrawal from the College. Please read the
policy on plagiarism and consequences.
Student’s Signature………………………………………………. Date……………………………
For Office use only
Date received form student: _______________________
Time Received:___________________
Received by::___________________________________
PRINT NAME
Signature:______________________
67
The Writing Centre
Purpose/Mission
Research Day, and to utilize the services of the Centre in
preparation for assignments and presentations.
The College Writing Centre helps students in all disciplines
become more effective and confident writers. Learning
to write is a life-long process and all writers benefit from
sharing works with others.
Individual Instruction
The Writing Centre therefore offers multi-faceted, flexible
and collaborative approaches to support students’ individual
writing styles, talents and voice. Facilitators will engage
with the students specifically about the writing activities
required as a part of their courses and any writing concerns
both lecturer and students may have. Talented and carefully
selected students will be engaged by the College Writing
Centre as Writing Fellows to work with faculty and serve as
peer writing tutors.
Facilitators will assist students to develop and organize ideas
for papers, theses and presentations and identify possible
problems with drafts papers and offer advice for revisions.
Workshop
The College Writing Centre may offer workshops periodically
on a variety of topics which will review basic principles and
common forms of writing. Faculty will be informed of the
workshops giving lead time for them to also inform their
students.
Schedule
Location and Operations
The Writing Centre is located on the top floor Reference
Area of the Edward Seaga Library and Resource Centre,
immediately facing the spiral stairs. The hours of operation
for the College Writing Centre are Monday through
Thursday, 8:00am to 7:00pm.
College Writing Centre Services
Use of the College Writing Centre is currently by
appointment mostly, due to limited space and resources. It
is therefore recommended that you make an appointment
as early as possible in the semester to schedule visits to
the Centre. To reserve a spot for assistance from a Writing
Centre facilitator submit a your Request Form via email to
the Deputy College Librarian at writingcentre@emc.edu.jm
The process is as follows:
The Centre offers:
• Qualified staff who work one-on-one with students at
all levels in their programme
• Supportive peers tutors who work one-on-one with
students in writing for various courses
• Short non-credit workshops about writing
• Convenient access to reference materials on academic
writing for use by students
Students are encouraged to use the services of the Writing
Centre for assistance with organizing ideas for papers and/or
receive constructive criticism of a draft.
Introduction of Services
At the start of each semester facilitators of the Writing
Centre will visit courses, which require written assignments,
to make presentations about the College Writing Centre and
how the instruction can assist students with their course
papers and encourage students to take advantage of the
Centre.
Referrals
If course lecturers have concerns about a student’s writing,
they are advised to schedule ongoing appointments for the
student at the Centre. Instruction at the College Writing
Centre will depend on collaboration with course lecturers
and their encouragement of students to participate in
conferences i.e. Rex Nettleford Arts Conference and
68
• Fill out the request form and submit it to the Deputy
College Librarian.
• The Deputy College Librarian will confirm requests
via college email and inform of the facilitator and arrange
schedule for working with the student
• The assigned facilitator will make direct contact with
the student and confirm the schedule for the meeting.
Appointment/Consultation
• Take your paper, rough draft, outline, notes, or
brainstorming ideas to your appointment. Papers should be
double-spaced. Take a printed copy of your work with you.
• Writing appointments last 50 or 55 minutes.
• No more than one appointment in a day for each
student.
• You may schedule two separate 1-hour appointments in
a week.
• Students will not be assisted with take-home exams
unless written permission from the course lecturer is
presented.
• If English is not your first language please indicate this
in the focus section of the appointment Request Form.
Students may also choose electronic assistance. There are
two options:
•
You can upload your draft on the Aeorion LMS site set
up for this purpose and receive email feedback from one
of the facilitators. You will receive feedback in fewer than
3 business days*. If this will not be possible you will be
informed. LMS site is emc-online-learning-support
the Writing Centre again during the semester without
approval from the Manager of the Writing Centre.
• If you are more than ten minutes late and do not
contact the facilitator, your appointment time may be given
to another student.
• You can work with an instructor via Skype by
speaking with the Deputy College Librarian to schedule an
appointment with an instructor who would be available to
work with you through a video call.
Students should receive a response to their request within
24 hours.
*The business days for the Writing Centre are Monday
through Friday.
CANCELLATION
• Please cancel at least 24-hours in advance; so that your
appointment can be given to someone else.
• If you no-show or repeatedly miss appointments
without calling in advance, you will not be allowed to visit
69
Standards
for
Academic
Writing
EMCVPA Standards for Academic Writing Presentation of Written Assignments including essays, reports and theses A Title Page with: •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Name of Institution Course Title Course Code: Assignment Title (Where Applicable) Lecturer’s Name Student’s Name and ID number Assignment Due Date Programme of Study The assignment must be handed in with: •
•
•
Full instructions and rubric for the Assignment issued by the lecturer Coursework Cover Sheet Students must receive a receipt when assignments are handed in. Formal Essay/Paper must have: •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Clear Introduction, Body, Conclusion and Reference in keeping with requirements of the task Apply APA Format for education course assignments or MLA Format for humanities course assignments In-‐text citing of sources using APA or MLA as required (Library team can assist) Left and right indentation for extended quotations. No contraction of words for formal papers Full meaning for initial use of an abbreviation then the abbreviation in brackets. A Reference of Works Cited page that accounts for all references in the body of the paper An evaluation of the course if required as part of the assignment Non-‐reflective formal essays must use third person unless the self is relevant to the topic or at any point in the essay/paper. Numbered pages at the upper right-‐hand corner one-‐half inch from the top Presentation •
•
•
•
•
•
•
All text on the title page, and throughout the paper, should be double-spaced. Font for text – 12 pt Times New Roman 1 inch Margin on all sides Bold Headings should not be underlined Colour Black font except for special requirements Presented in an appropriate cover/folder (Where required) Approved by EACC May 5, 2015 Ratified by Academic Board, June 11, 2015 70
Sample Title Page for General Papers/Projects
Sample Title Page for General Papers/Projects
Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts (CENTRED) Course Title: Course Code: Theory and Practice in Education PE301 Assignment Title (Where Applicable) Name of Lecturer: Mrs. M. Swaby Name & ID. #: Tom Cross 4113425 Due: April 30, 2016 Programme of Study: Bachelor of Education in Music Instructions: You are required to conduct a case study on an adolescent between the ages of
thirteen (13) and (19) years then write a written report on his or her development focusing on the
five (5) areas of development covered during the course delivery. (5 x 3 marks) = 15 marks.
Reflect critically on the theory of development that best explains each developmental milestone of
the subject you have studied (10 marks)
Begin your report with a brief reflection on your own development in each of these areas (5
marks). Total possible score:
30 marks
71
Sample Title Page for
Academic
Essay/Research Paper
Sample Title Page for Academic Essay/ Research Paper
Course Title: Research Paper Course Code: GS401 Name of Lecturer: Mrs. M. Swaby Name & ID. #: Tom Cross 4113425 Due: April 30, 2016 _______________________________________________________________
Title (summarizing or outlining the given instructions for the task or the paper’s main idea and the
variables under discussion and the relationships between them (CENTRED with use of 12 pt
Times New Roman Font, underlined or italized)
Author’s Name (CENTRED) Submitted to the Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts in Partial Fulfillment of a Bachelor of Fine Arts in Visual Arts Degree (CENTRED) Date (Month, Year) 72
Graduation
The College has graduation on the third Saturday in
November each year. Students completing programmes
in May – June are eligible to participate in the November
graduation. Students completing credits in the summer
programmes or December immediately after graduation
may be considered to participate in the November
graduation.
Re-Evaluation of Programme
Requirements
Certificates
Certificates are issued each year; however, these will be held
until all outstanding obligations to the College have been
cleared. Each final year student will have one official check of
remaining programme requirements following filing of the
application for graduation that includes the payment of
the application fee. This evaluation will be available from
the student’s Director of School. An additional fee will be
charged for any additional programme check necessitated
by a student’s subsequent change of Course Menu,
Programme of Study, or failure to complete programme
requirements by the prescribed term.
Procedures Governing Student
Misconduct
Application for Graduation
Students planning to graduate must make applications
according to the dates specified in the College Calendar.
Failure to make applications will result in a delay in
scheduled graduation dates.
The following conditions and procedures apply to academic
misconduct. These specifically apply to:
• College theory, oral or practical/studio examinations;
Departmental examinations, which include all tests,
assignments, oral and practical examinations related
to coursework and projects at the School/Department
level;
• A student charged with academic misconduct may
not change registration in the course (e.g., drop the
course, change the grade) in which a charge is pending
or in which a finding of academic misconduct has been
made.
A student must file an application for graduation with the
Registry the semester before expected degree completion.
The Director of School must undertake the programme
audit/official check and the VP, Academic and Technical
Studies must approve.
Choice of Programme under which a
Student Graduates
All candidates must fulfil the requirements for a Programme
of Study as specified in the Course Menu in effect during
the academic year of the student’s first matriculation
as a student. Students may select a subsequent Course
Menu during their matriculation with the approval of the
appropriate academic advisor. If a student does not attend
the College for a period of one (1) calendar year or longer,
the student will be required to fulfil the requirements of
their chosen programme as specified by the Course Menu in
effect during the year of the student’s return.
If a student prolongs the completion of a programme,
curricular or programmatic changes may occur to such an
extent that the requirements for the programme as outlined
in a Course Menu for which the student would otherwise be
eligible can no longer be fulfilled. If in the judgment of the
appropriate Director of School, such Course Menu cannot
be used for meeting their programme requirements, the
Director of School would designate the appropriate Course
Menu for determination of the programme requirements.
If a student changes programmes, the College may require
the student to fulfil the requirements of the Course Menu in
effect when the change of programme is approved.
73
Academic Misconduct
Generally, academic misconduct consists of academic
dishonesty or fraud. It includes acts that have the effect of
unfairly promoting or enhancing one’s academic standing or
assisting someone in the pursuit of such an end result. Acts
of academic dishonesty are serious matters, which subvert
the integrity and credibility of the educational process. The
College will therefore initiate action against students who
have engaged in acts of academic misconduct.
•
•
•
•
Categories of Academic Misconduct
The College, through the Registrar, shall have right to
classify offences. There are two (2) categories of Academic
Misconduct - Major and Minor offences.
•
Major Offences
•
Examination cheating constitutes an attempt on the part
of the student/candidate to undermine the College’s
examination exercise; that is, any act carried out during an
examination for the purpose of obtaining credit to which he/
she is not entitled. Irregularities in an examination include:
• Presenting oneself for another candidate for the
purpose of taking a test or examination; or by allowing
oneself to be represented by another for the same.
• Having prior knowledge of the content of an
examination question paper and using same in the
examination.
• Possessing/using unauthorized examination aid
devices/materials.
• Copying from another candidate’s paper.
• Knowingly allowing one’s work to be copied during an
examination.
• Collaborating with another candidate orally or in writing
during the examination/test without permission.
• Directly or indirectly giving assistance to another
candidate during the examination.
• Accepting unauthorized assistance whether directly or
indirectly from another individual in the sitting of an
examination.
• Any other act that would serve to subvert the
examination procedures and process and give unfair
advantage to the perpetrator.
Irregularities committed outside of an examination shall be
subject to the same disciplinary procedures as if committed
in an examination room, and include:
• Collaboration with another person in obtaining
un-administered examination papers prior to the
examination.
74
•
•
•
•
Selling or publishing un-administered examination
papers, or other work assigned for purposes of
academic credit.
Altering examination work after it has been evaluated.
Forging or altering or falsifying any academic record,
or making use of any such altered, forged or falsified
record for purposes of academic credit.
Fabricating research results. This includes false claims
regarding research results, interviews or procedures;
the omission of statements regarding interviews,
procedures or experiments, where the omission cannot
be justified.
Plagiarism: that is the offering of one’s own work,
words, data, ideas, arguments, calculation, designs or
productions of another, without appropriate citation.
Representing as one’s individual writing and/or final
product a jointly written or produced submission of
any description, unless the instructor as approved a coauthorization submission.
Submitting work for which credit has been previously
obtained or is being sought in another course or
programme of study in the College or elsewhere
without authorization from the School concerned.
Producing a paper, critique or other assignment for
another student.
Copying another person’s paper, critique or other
assignment.
Engaging in any other irregularity not specified in the
above regulations, but from which an unfair advantage
can be obtained.
Minor Offences
Minor offences include:
• Commencing to answer the paper before the official
“start” time of the Examination.
• Non-observance of the official “stop” time for the
Examination.
• Other acts so deemed by the Academic Board.
General Misconduct
•
The following conditions and procedures apply to general
misconduct that are categorized into gross misconduct,
major and minor offences.
•
•
•
Gross Misconduct
• Gross misconduct shall be, but is not limited to the
following:
• Persistent commission of offences classified as major
offences.
• Intentionally causing malicious damage to College
property or property of an employee of the College or
fellow student.
• Physical assault or battery of an individual on the
College premises.
• Falsification of report, record, or any other document.
• Stealing College property.
• Proven sexual immorality on College property.
• Provoking or inciting students to riot.
• Unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential
information.
• Sexual harassment of student, visitor or employee of
the College.
• Unauthorized possession of firearm or any lethal
weapon or instrument on the College property.
• Discharge of a firearm on College property.
• Commission or conviction of a criminal offence.
• Unauthorized access to records and databases of the
College or any member of staff or student.
• Impersonation or unauthorized possession of the
College’s identification cards.
• Non-compliance with punishment made under
disciplinary procedure.
• Conduct aimed at putting the College in disrepute.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Major Offences
• Major offences shall be, but are not limited to the
following:
• Persistent commission of the offences classified as
minor offences.
• Causing damage or destruction to College property.
• Causing damage to property or other person/s on
College premises.
• Failure to comply with a reasonable instruction given by
an academic staff member or senior administrative staff
member.
• Fighting on College property.
• Physical assault or battery of anyone on College
property.
• Threatening a College employee.
• Coming to College/School under the influence of illegal
drugs.
75
Indiscriminate use of alcohol and illegal drugs on
College property.
Stealing College property.
Stealing from a fellow College student or third parties.
Provoking or inciting students to riot or to behave in a
disorderly manner.
Verbal threats or assaults to fellow students or third
parties on College property.
Possession of dangerous substance or weapon on
College property.
Possession of College property without permission.
Obstruction of teaching and learning.
Malicious abuse (verbal or physical).
Infringing safety regulations or disregarding notices
concerning safety precautions in any part of the College.
Impersonation or unauthorized possession of College
Identification Card.
Conduct aimed at putting the College in disrepute.
Discrimination on grounds of sex, disability, race,
religion or class.
Non-payment of tuition or any other prescribed College
fee.
Use of illegal substances on campus.
Minor Offences
Minor offences shall be, but are not limited to the following:
Use of abusive, offensive or obscene language.
• Coming to school under the influence of alcohol.
• Failure to comply with a reasonable instruction given by
an employee of the College.
• Gambling on College property.
• Any conduct likely to cause injury to person or property.
• Disruption of legitimate College activities.
• Loitering in a prohibited zone.
• Playing of loud music on College property.
• Use of College property without permission.
• Parking in an un-authorized zone or area.
• Non-observance of College traffic regulations.
• Abuse of College internet facility.
• Smoking on campus.
• Refusal to provide identification when asked to do so by
an employee of the College in connection with security
or breach of discipline.
• Display of sexually suggestive or degrading material in
the classroom/studio/lecture theatre.
Classification of Penalties/Sanctions
•
•
•
•
The College, through the Registrar, shall have the right to
categorize types of penalty/sanction for either Academic
Misconduct or General Misconduct.
Penalty/Sanction for Gross Misconduct
For gross misconduct the College reserves the right to
penalize offenders using one or a combination of the
following:
• Withdrawal of College Certification.
• Suspension.
• Expulsion.
• Reimbursement to College/Employee/Student/Third
party for damage at replacement cost.
• Reimbursement of medical expenses resulting from
physical injury.
Penalty/Sanction for Major Offences
• For major offences the College reserves the right to
penalize offenders using one or a combination of the
following:
• Exclusion from College property or activities.
• Suspension not exceeding three years from the College.
• Written warning.
Binding student over to good behaviour.
Order/instruction to write and publish letter of apology.
Withdrawal of College privileges.
Withdrawal from College representation or Student
Union representation.
• Reimbursement of medical expenses resulting from
physical injury.
Penalty/Sanction for Minor Offences
For minor offences the College reserves the right to penalize
offenders using one or a combination of the following:
• Exclusion from designated areas and/or activities of the
College.
• Suspension from the College not exceeding one week.
• Oral reprimand.
• Written warning.
• Order/instruction to write and publish letter of apology.
• Withdrawal of College privileges.
• Withdrawal from College representation of Student
Council representation.
Other Policies and Procedures
Dress Code
(EMCVPA) is a creating, learning and doing space.
What can you learn by following our dress code?
•
The college culture, in which high standards translate
into good living and prepares students for the
professional world where they will need to follow
certain requirements and live up to certain expectations
even in dress and behaviour.
•
Discovery of self and individual of worth beyond
academic grades and financial status.
•
Expression of personal identity, attitude, passion, value
to the job.
•
EMCVPA’s dress code is a challenge to dress and act as
you are - ARTIST(E), PROFESSIONAL, MATURE.
This dress code helps to maintain an atmosphere conducive
to study and work. You have the opportunity to dress
according to your preferences, as long as they adhere to the
conventions of good grooming. The following are examples
of EMCVPA’s conventions:
•
Do-rags, stocking caps, skullcaps, bandanas and other
full head/facial coverings are prohibited at all times in
offices of EMCVPA.
•
No bare feet, unless in rehearsal or production.
•
No shorts/tights at functions dictating professional or
formal attire, unless a part of production.
•
No clothing with general derogatory, offensive and/or
lewd messages either in words or pictures.
•
No display of undergarments.
•
Staff, students and other users of the College will
be denied admission to various departments and
functions if our dress code is not followed.
76
Student Exchange Programme
The College has partnerships with the following institutions
for exchange study programme: State University of New
York (SUNY), Brockport; San Francisco State University; and
Pointe Avent in France.
SUNY Brockport
The SUNY Brockport exchange programme is available
to full-time Dance, Drama and SVA students (preference
is given to Dance students) and is valid for one semester
of study at Brockport. Information on the Brockport
programme is available at the Student Services.
Pointe Avent, France
The Pointe Avent programme is for study during the summer
in France and is open to SVA students. Information for the
Pointe Avent in France programme is available at the School
of Visual Arts.
ArtEZ Institute of the Arts at Arnhem
ArtEZ Institute of the Arts at Arnhem, exchange programme
is eligible for students in years 2 and 3 for one semester
exchange. They offer programmes in Fashion, Design, Fine
Art, Dance and Music. Information on the ArtEZ Institute
of the Arts exchange programme can be obtained from the
Registry.
San Francisco State University
The San Francisco State University exchange programme
is eligible for all students and is valid for one semester of
study at San Francisco State University. Information on the
San Francisco State University exchange programme can be
obtained from the Registry or Student Services Department.
77
Campus of the Arts, Martinique
Campus of the Arts, Martinique, exchange programme is
eligible for Visual Arts students in years 2 and 3 for one
semester exchange. They offer a programme of research
and multidisciplinary Arts. Information on the Campus of
the Arts exchange programme can be obtained from the
Registry.
Accountability Policy for Information
Technology (IT) Resources
Also relevant is the Jamaica Copyright Act 1993 available at
http://www.wipo.int/clea/docs_new/pdf/en/jm/jm001en.
pdf. Users are responsible for familiarizing themselves with
these laws
Purpose of the Policy
The purpose of the policy is to encourage accountability
and responsibility for use of the College’s Information
Technology (IT) Resources. This policy applies to all
registered students, employees and others who are
authorized to use the College’s IT resources. IT Resources
are provided to users for College-related activities. This
document will be reviewed from time to time by a team
comprising members of the IT Department and the Vice
Principal for Administration and Resource Development.
Rules and User Responsibilities
•
•
Persons Accountable for Use of Equipment
The Principal is ultimately accountable for the management
and use of IT resources. Notwithstanding, persons who
share responsibility for use and care of IT Resources include
employees, students or any other person authorized by the
College to use the equipment. These persons will stand the
consequences for failing to observe the rules of this policy.
•
•
•
Definition of I.T. Resources
IT Resources include computers, scanners, printers, laptops,
web cameras, servers, telephone communication resources
including cellular telephones, wireless network systems,
software, computer microphones, computer speakers
and any other hardware and software managed by or in
the care of the IT Department. Users of the equipment
include members of staff (academic and non-academic),
registered students and any other person authorized to use
the equipment. The general rules of this policy also apply to
computer labs.
Procedures
•
•
•
•
•
Legal Framework /Terms of Reference
Users will comply with all applicable laws including the
Cybercrimes Act 2010, available at http://www.japarliament.
gov.jm/attachments/341_The%20Cybercrimes%20Act,%20
2010.pdf.
The Cybercrimes Act provides legal guidance on the
misuse of computer systems and data and seeks to address
computer system sabotage. The law says it is an offence
to make devices or data available for the commission of an
offence under any law in Jamaica.
78
•
•
Users are responsible for any activity originating from
their accounts.
Computer passwords are provided to students and
employees with varying access rights according to
institutional role.
Accounts and passwords must not be shared with
others.
Except in isolated or occasional circumstances, IT
resources should be used only for purposes directly
related to or in support of the academic, research or
administrative activities of the College.
Data of a personal nature is not to be stored on the
College’s network drives.
The College reserves the right to remove personal data
from College’s network without notice.
The College will not be liable for the loss or corruption
of personal data stored on IT resources.
Users are allowed free access to IT resources as
necessary, to carry out their assigned responsibilities
subject to the use of these resources as described in
this policy.
Users should not attempt to undermine the security or
integrity of IT systems or telecommunications networks
and should not attempt to gain unauthorized use of
these resources.
The IT Department will ensure that documentation
is maintained to prove that all software installed on
computer workstations have been legally obtained and
installed in a manner that conforms to the applicable
license.
Excessive demands should not be made of IT resources
to the extent that this limits access to other users.
IT resources should be insured.
Acquisition of I.T. Resources
The head of the IT Department will ensure that the following
steps to acquisition of IT Resources are observed:
documented. The I.T. staff should not offer repair services
to computers, laptops or any similar electronic equipment
owned by staff and students.
•
Loss of Equipment
•
•
•
The procurement of IT equipment should adhere to
Government’s Procurement Policy which is available at:
www.ncc.gov.jm.
When IT Resources are purchased and delivered, the
delivery should match the specifications of what was
ordered.
An inventory of all I.T. equipment must be documented
and updated annually or as equipment is bought or
made obsolete. The information should include version
number, serial number and other related and relevant
details.
IT Resources must be kept in a safe and secure place.
Movement of I.T. Equipment
Requisition forms will be used for issuing I.T. equipment
and should bear the appropriate signatures including that
of the head of the department. Requisition forms must be
properly filed and made available for inspection periodically.
Computers, printers and scanners should not be moved
from one Department to another without the knowledge
of the I.T. Department. A request for movement should be
done using a Change Request Form which is available from
the Department.
Maintenance
Equipment should be inspected regularly for usability
and defects and sent for repairs where necessary. The
inspection and recommendation for repairs should be
79
Loss or theft of equipment should be reported to the Head
of the I.T. Department, the Assets and Facilities Manager the
Vice Principal of Administration and Resource Development
and the Principal within twenty four hours of the incident
occurring. Reports should also be made to the Police and
to the Ministry of Education. The report must have the
following details:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The date of theft or loss
Location from which equipment was lost or stolen
The type of equipment including the brand and model
The condition of the equipment
The age of the equipment
The purchase price
The replacement cost
The last person who had custody of the equipment
A copy of the requisition form used to issue the
equipment
Accountability Actions
Where equipment has been lost or stolen through
negligence, a committee of at least three senior members of
staff will meet and make recommendations to the Principal
who has the final say in the matter. Actions may be of a
disciplinary nature and may include instructions for financial
compensation, replacement or repair. External authorities
may be consulted where there is a breach of applicable law.
Email Use Policy
Purpose
The aim of this policy is to govern the use general of the
College’s email account and to outline the acceptable rule and
standards.
Scope
This policy covers appropriate use of any email sent from an
EMCVPA email address and applies to all employees, vendors,
and agents operating on behalf of the EMCVPA.
Prohibited Use
The EMCVPA email system shall not to be used for the
creation or distribution of any disruptive or offensive
messages, including offensive comments about race, gender,
hair color, disabilities, age, sexual orientation, pornography,
political beliefs, or national origin. Employees who receive
any emails with this content from any EMCVPA employee
should report it to their supervisor or the human resource
department
Glossary of Terms
Term
Definition
Email
The electronic transmission of information
through a mail protocol such as SMTP or IMAP.
Forwarded
email
Email resent from an internal network to an
outside point.
Chain email or
letter
Email sent to successive people. Typically
the body of the note has direction to send
out multiple copies of the note and promises
good luck or money if the direction is
followed.
Sensitive
information
Information is considered sensitive if it can be
damaging to The Edna Manley College or its
customers’ reputation or market standing.
Virus warning
Email containing warnings about virus or
malware. The overwhelming majority of these
emails turn out to be a hoax and contain bogus
information usually intent only on frightening
or misleading users.
Unauthorized
Disclosure
The intentional or unintentional revealing of
restricted information to people, both inside
and outside The Edna Manley College who do
not have a need to know that information.
Application
Administration
Any account that is for the administration of
an application
Account (e.g., Peachtree administrator, CDISIS
administrator).
Personal Use
Using the College email account is not restricted but it is
advisable not to use it for personal use (e.g. signing up on
social media sites).
Sending chain letters or joke emails from an EMCVPA email
account is prohibited. These restrictions also apply to the
forwarding of mail received by an ENCVPA employee.
EMCVPA email accounts may monitor/audit messages without
prior notice.
Upon resignation your email account will be disabled.
NEVER open any files or macros attached to an email from an
unknown, suspicious or untrustworthy source. Delete these
attachments immediately.
80
Password Policy
Overview / Purpose
Policy
The aim of this policy is maintain an acceptable standard
logical security through the enterprise computer and
network systems. The ICT department recognizes poor
security architecture can lead unauthorized access of
EMCVPA’s data\information.
The purpose of this policy is to establish a standard for
creation of strong passwords, the protection of those
passwords, and the frequency of change.
All user-level passwords (e.g. desktop computer, etc.) must
be changed at least once quarterly.
User accounts that have system-level privileges granted
through group memberships or programs such as “CDISIS”
must have a unique password from all other accounts held
by that user.
Scope
The scope of this policy includes all personnel (student,
faculty and staff) who EMCVPA computing resources, access
the EMCVPA’s network e.g. email, wireless, office365,
computers any other system that resides at any Edna
Manley College facility.
Password should not be disclosed to any employees,
students, faculty or any other individual unless written
authorization is given.
All user-level and system-level passwords must conform to
the guidelines described below.
• Passwords must be strong (uppercase, lowercase and
special character).
•
Passwords must eight (8) characters or longer.
•
New passwords must not be the same as recent old
passwords.
•
Data Storage: - Students will store their work on
external media. Data stored on a College computer will
be done at the student’s risk. ICT department do take
responsibility for the loss of student data.
Logging out: - It is recommended that students log out
of the machine to prevent other persons from using
their account.
Password: - Students are urged to keep passwords
secure to prevent unwanted users from gaining access
to their account.
Enforcement: - The College reserves the right to lock
students’ accounts that are found in violation of lab
rules. The student would then have to visit the IT
Office in order to unlock his/her account and may face
disciplinary action, which may include stipulations as
to when the student will regain access to College IT
resources.
Use of Lab Policy
Overview
Computer labs are used to facilitate the educational
development of the College. Labs may also be used
for project-related purposes in partnership with other
institutions. Lab monitors are assigned to classes to facilitate
orderly functioning of labs.
•
Scope
This use of labs policy covers all authorized users of the
computer labs these include registered students, lectures,
staff and any other authorized persons. All users of the
computer lab inherently accept the rules displays in the labs.
Policy
•
•
•
•
•
Food or Drink: There shall be NO food or drink nor any
liquid in the computer labs.
Smoking is strictly prohibit in the computer labs
No tampering with computer and its peripherals; this
includes switching of mouse or keyboard from one
computer to another, removal of computer peripheral
for use on personal equipment and the movement of
computers from one are to another.
Removal of furniture from the labs is strictly prohibited
81
•
Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) Policy
Overview
The ICT Department of EMCVPA is committed prepare
all students and lecturers to maximize learning by fully
integrating relevant technology into academic content to.
The ICT see the value proposition of having student and staff
to use their own device; it drives organizational efficiency
in the College as well as it fosters media and technology
literacy.
Purpose
BYOD policy seek govern how personal devices interfaces
with ICT resources of the EMCVPA and the protection the
organization data synchronized on an individual’s device.
Due to budgetary constraints the ICT department is not
able to provide adequate hardware for all student and
staff campus wide. Additionally, the consumerization
of technology (using of third-party cloud services and
applications has cause a proliferation of personal devices in
the organization.
Scope
The BYOD policy covers all student, staff, lecturers and any
other authorized tenant (guest) of Edna Manley College.
Device supported are Apple IOS 5.1 to newest release,
Android 4.0 to newest release, Blackberry OS 7 to newest
release, Apple Mac OSX and Windows.
Student: Students may use their own devices in the
classroom to access, interact and save information from
the Internet, communicate with other learners and use
productivity tools platform Office365 to create assignments/
projects or take classroom assessments.
Faculty\ Staff: Faculty and staff may use their own devices
in the classroom to access student management systems,
Office 365 platform, access and synchronize EMCVPA’s mail,
for presentation and general internet usage that is geared
toward making job function more efficient and productive.
Policy
Accessibility- Access to the Wireless Internet is made
available to the populace of the EMCVPA. To be granted
access, students must confirm they accept the Terms and
Conditions of the EMCVPA’s Wireless Access Security Policy
(WASP). By accepting the Terms and Conditions, users
will be expected to uphold the contents of the WASP as
well as the Student Code of Conduct on their studentowned devices while on College property. Additionally, the
Information Technology Department of the EMCVPA will
filter all content for users connected to EMCVPA’s network.
Theft, Loss or Damage - The EMCVPA is not liable or
responsible for any theft, damage or loss of any personal
82
device or the information on any such device. It is the
responsibility of the owner of the device to ensure that the
device is safe and secure. Electrical outlet is provided for the
charging of these devices.
It is recommended that tenant update their anti-virus
software before bringing their device(s) onto school
property. The EMCVPA will not provide antivirus solution for
personal devices.
End user support for tenant-owned devices is the
responsibility of the owner. EMCVPA IT staff members are
not responsible for technical issues. IT staff will only aid in
the wireless authentication of the device against the college
network. Tenants are asked to visit the IT helpdesk should
this need arises. Device Specific Instructions for Configuring
Wireless Access can be had from IT helpdesk.
Edna Manley College reserves the right to repeal all rights
given to sync data on personal device.
Passwords must be enabled on all devices used to sync
organization’s data. The devices will be scanned upon the
connection with the network.
Multimedia Services
Equipment For Use In Class
All requests for services and equipment for classes are to
be done through the class lecturer and on the appropriate
form. Requests from students will not be honoured.
Loan of Equipment
Students who are duly registered and are in good financial
standing may be allowed, on the recommendation of
their school’s director of studies, to borrow for short-term
periods, various pieces of audio-visual equipment which is
to be used to assist with preparation of their Edna Manley
College’s assignments. Equipment so loaned, is to be
used on campus only. Application must be made on the
appropriate form. (See attached). All terms and conditions
apply.
Services Provided by Department
The Multimedia Services Department does not assist
students with preparation of assignments or with other
services unless such a request comes from the respective
lecturer.
Employment in Department
The Multimedia Services Department invites students
who are at least in the second year of their studies and
who are in good academic standing to apply for part-time
employment. Skilled audio visual producers are especially
83
Security Regulations
1. These Regulations may be cited as the Edna Manley
College (Security) Regulations 2014.
2. In these Regulations –
3. “campus” means all that land known as the Edna
Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts in the
parish of Saint Andrew.
4. “security personnel” means –
5. an employee who performs security duties; or
6. a person assigned to the Campus to perform security
duties by the security company to which he is
employed, being a company contracted by the College
to carry out security services on the Campus.
7. “student” means a person who is registered as a
student of the Edna Manley College of the Visual and
Performing Arts (whether full-time or part-time) during
a current year for a first or higher degree, diploma,
Certificate or such other qualification or courses of the
College as may be approved.
8. (1) Unauthorized personnel are NOT allowed on the
campus at ANY TIME. Unauthorized personnel include
individuals who do not have legitimate business with
the College.
9. (2) All visitors to the College must declare their
intentions to the security personnel at the gates. If
visiting a staff, student or Department, said individual or
Department must be notified by the security personnel
before the visitor is allowed to proceed on campus.
10. All use of space on campus (for meetings, games
practice, clubs or get-togethers) must be authorized
by the Office Services Manager, Director of School/
Department and Principal.
11. Property belonging to the College should not be taken
from the campus without written authorization from
the Director of School/Department, and Director of
Assets and/or Facilities Management designate or the
Principal.
12. (1) The operating hours of the administrative offices
are:13. Mondays–Thursdays, 8:30 a.m.–5:00 p.m.
14. Fridays, 8:30a.m.– 4:00p.m.
15. Except the School of Continuing Education and Allied
Programmes which operates:16. Monday–Fridays, 8:00a.m.–8:30p.m.
17. Saturdays, 9:00a.m.–3:00p.m.
18. (2) Classes are generally scheduled between 8:00a.m.
and 8:30p.m., Mondays to Fridays. All registered
students and staff have access to the College twentyfour (24) hours a day, however there is limited access to
spaces and facilities which require special or supervised
access outside of operating hours.
84
19. (1) All registered students and staff are assigned
identification cards (ID) which must be shown to
the security personnel on entry to and exit from the
campus. IDs must be displayed at all times while
on campus and be shown upon request by security
personnel. Failure to comply will be in violation of
campus rules.
20. (2) Registered students and staff who do not have their
IDs will be issued temporary access cards for the period
of time that they are on campus. All temporary access
cards must be submitted to the security personnel
when exiting the campus. There is a fee applicable for
lost IDs or access cards.
21. (1) There should be no visitors on campus between
12:00a.m. and 6:00a.m., except in the case of an event
where written authorization and notification is given by
the Assets and Facilities Management Department.
22. All persons seeking entry to the campus will be
duly processed before they are allowed on campus.
For registered students and staff, this involves the
verification of identification cards and declaration of
possessions. For visitors, this involves the verification
of identification and purpose of visit, and declaration of
possessions.
23. All incoming and outgoing vehicles are logged by
the security personnel at the gate. The log includes
information on make of vehicle, registration number,
name of driver, ticket number assigned and date and
time of entry. Drivers are given a ticket on entrance and
must submit the ticket to the security personnel on exit.
Failure to produce ticket on exit will result in a fine and
verification of ownership of vehicle.
24. After processing at entrance, all vehicles are directed to
the designated parking, delivery or pick-up areas.
25. Random inspections will be conducted, including search
of bags or other parcels, pockets, and vehicles, leaving
the campus to determine if College property is being
illegally removed.
26. EMCVPA students, who commute or live on Hall, must
register their vehicles with the Assets and Facilities
Department upon registration.
27. All residents must display IDs when entering the Hall of
Residence. If residents are not in possession of their IDs,
verification of residency by the security personnel at the
Hall gate must be determined from the Hall Manager or
Block or Student Representative.
28. Residents are not to leave any access pass, ID, or room
key with the security personnel.
29. Visiting hours to the Hall of Residence is 7:00a.m. to
12:00a.m. No visitor, with the exception of the service
staff assigned to the Hall, the College doctor, College
nurse and the Student Council Executive, must enter
before 7:00 a.m., and leave after 12:00a.m. Overnight
visitors to the Hall must be granted permission in
writing by the Hall Manager.
30. Visitors to the Hall of Residence must first check with
the security personnel at the Hall gate, who will make
a log and issue a visitor’s pass. This process also applies
to persons going to the Doctor and the Student Council
office. However, in the event an emergency, persons
must be allowed to enter and particulars obtained after.
In the case of visitors to the Hall Manager, residents
and the Student Council office, the security personnel
must notify the respective individual before the visitor
is allowed to proceed on to the Hall. All visitors to
residents of the Hall must be received by the respective
resident at the Hall’s gate. Unless the resident comes
to the gate to accept the visitor, the visitor will not be
allowed on the Hall.
31. The visitor’s pass must be returned to the security
personnel on departure from the Hall. If the visitor is
planning to re-enter the Hall, a new log must be made
and a visitor’s pass re-issued.
85
32. In the case of emergencies, (the Hall Manager and)
the security supervisor on shift have access to all the
spaces on the Hall. Residents and visitors are expected
to follow the procedures and observe necessary
precautions to ensure the safety of themselves and
other individuals on the Hall.
33. Incidents on the Hall must be reported first verbally
then in writing to the Hall Manager within twenty-four
(24) hours.
34. The security personnel are on duty twenty-four (24)
hours a day, seven (7) days a week.
35. The security personnel will follow these regulations,
those in the student handbook and the regulations
under the laws of Jamaica, in regards to College
violations and resulting actions.
36. The security personnel should patrol all areas on
campus and should be given access when requested.
37. The security personnel are stationed at the entrance
and exit gate to the College, the Hall of Residence gate
and the entrance to the Library.
38. To contact the security personnel, call Ext. 2222 for exit
or Ext. 2220 entrance gates and Ext. 2221 for the Hall of
Residence gate.
Student Communication Policy
The Marketing and Public Relations Department
maintains several policies and forms that help maintain
the consistency of the College’s communications efforts and
overall brand. The College commits to communicate in clear
and simple language utilizing traditional and new media
formats. We will always speak respectfully to students and
establish procedures for complaints or queries.
Students are expected to respect and adhere to the
following guidelines.
Website Policy
The information provided on the college’s Web site is
provided for information purposes only and does not
constitute a legal contract between the College and any
person or entity unless otherwise specified. Information on
the official College Web site is subject to change without
prior notices.
Photo/Video Release Forms
The college will from time to time use names and images in
various publications, including print, radio, television, and
the Web, to help convey promotional messaging of our
College. Emails
All students must activate their College emails upon
registering at EMCVPA. The College email will be your
official communication channel with all departments and
lecturers. Students must check College mail frequently to
keep updated on important College information from time
to time.
Any individuals whose name or image is used for publicity
purposes must sign a photo release before the College can
use, reproduce and circulate their information.
Social Media Guidelines
Logo Use
Any use of the College logo must be authorized through
the Marketing Department by means of the Logo Use
Agreement. Permission is granted solely for the designated
project and students must request a new permission for
additional projects.
Brand Identity
The College has a standard for branding in order to ensure
that messages and designs are consistent. Students are
asked to adhere to the branding guidelines which are
available on the College’s website or by request from the
Marketing & Public Relations Department.
The Branding Guidelines are to be observed by all students
who create newsletters, brochures or any other publication
materials.
86
The College recognizes that the creation and administering
of College-affiliated social media profiles or pages are
important for social networking, sharing information and
promotion of the college.

Students are not allowed to create pages using the College’s
name on social media network without prior permission
from the Marketing & Public Relations Department.
Students may from time to time post content on college
managed social media properties but must clearly identify
themselves with name and affiliation. Copyright laws
must be observed when posting. Posts must be respectful.
Content with profanity, obscenity, personal insults or attacks
are prohibited.
Health Policy
Policy for the Provision of Emergency
Hospital Services
Objective of the Policy
This policy governs the College’s procedures for the
Corporate Contract with Andrew’s Memorial Hospital.
Periodic reviews, where necessary, will be the responsibility
of the Vice Principal, Administration and Resource
Development.
The Contract
The College remains committed to the health of the campus
community and has entered into a Corporate Contract with
the Andrew’s Memorial Hospital to facilitate emergency
services in urgent situations and in instances where students
are injured while representing the College off-campus.
The College will maintain a monthly credit of $50,000 at the
Andrew’s Memorial Hospital for the purpose and will require
students who use the service to repay all expenses billed to
the College’s Corporate Account. Students will reimburse the
College within thirty (30) days of the service for payments
made on their behalf, a payment plan will be arranged if
required. Students should be advised that notwithstanding
the foregoing the College will not pay for imaging services
such as Cat. Scans. Students are expected to pay for imaging
services up-front. Students will use Health Cards to access
services.
Definitions
Emergency is defined as a situation where someone is
incapacitated or likely to become incapacitated, a situation
where someone is having a severe asthmatic attack and
needs to be nebulized, a situation in which there is obvious
physical harm which has led to bleeding or broken limbs or
any condition which may lead to death.
Injury is defined as damage or harm done to or suffered by
a person. This includes evidence of wounds, severe cuts,
bruises and lacerations.
Services Provided Under the Contract
• Emergency & Outpatient Medical Service
• Laboratory
• Imaging (X-ray, Ultrasound, Cat. Scan – student to pay
upfront for this service)
• Pharmacy
Hospitalization
87
Eligibility for Service
Registered students of the College (both full-time and
part-time) are eligible for service under the contract.
Visitors to the campus can be transported to the Andrew’s
Memorial Hospital in an emergency however the contractual
agreement will not cover them and they will be required to
pay directly for all expenses incurred.
Scope of Coverage
The corporate contract is designed to facilitate emergency
services only. The College will not provide authorization
for follow-up treatment, on-going doctor’s visits or
medical reviews. The scope of coverage ends with the
initial emergency visit or hospitalization. Subsequent
appointments and follow-up visits to the doctor or after
discharge from hospitalization will not be covered under the
agreement and students will cover these costs directly.
Use of Medical Insurance Cards
Andrew’s Memorial Hospital accepts the following health
insurance cards:
• Sagicor
• Medecus
Persons authorized to give verbal or written permission for
service
The following persons are authorized to give verbal or
written permission:
• Principal
• Vice-Principal, Administration & Resource Development
• Vice-Principal, Academic
• Director, Finance & Accounts
Transportation to Hospital
Critical cases, or those requiring monitoring during
transport, will be taken by ambulance to the hospital based
on an agreement the College has with Ambucare Ambulance
Service. An emergency situation may arise where there
is no need for transport by ambulance, in such a case
transport will be provided by one of the following means:
• College Vehicle
• Taxi
• Personal Motor Vehicle (of staff member or possibly a
fellow-student)
Petty cash will be in place at each of the following places to
facilitate transportation of students by taxi:
• Cashier in the accounts department
• Health Office
• Office of the Hall of Residence
• School of Continuing Education and Allied Studies
Person to Accompany Student to Hospital
The person(s) expected to accompany a student to the
hospital or stay with the student through the process of
receiving care will vary according to the situation these
include:
• The College Nurse
• Halls Manager
• Lecturer/Staff
• Fellow student(s)
Duty to Inform
In the case where a student is unconscious or unable
to speak the emergency contact on file will be notified.
Otherwise, students will contact family themselves.
Choice of Hospital
Ultimately the student can decide which hospital they want
to use if they do not wish to receive care from the Andrew’s
Memorial Hospital they should be advised that the College
does not have an agreement with any other hospital and
must be prepared to cover all expenses incurred for services
received elsewhere.
SCHOOLS AND ACADEMIC
PROGRAMMES
The programme aims to provide training for persons
who wish to work in the areas of arts management or
arts administration and persons already involved in the
management and administration of arts and culture
organizations. The aim is to offer a distinctive
combination of theory; studio and project based
courses, as well as hands on experience.
The Philosophy of the BA Arts Management
programme is to create an environment that places
students’ academic development within a cultural,
social, religious, ethical and artistic context, facilitating
synergy with creative industry stakeholders both formal
and informal to steer programme quality and maintain
relevance.
The programme also aims to build a reserve of trained
arts managers and administrators with the vision,
foresight and creativity to move the arts forward in
Jamaica and the Caribbean.
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ARTS MANAGEMENT
General Information
The aim of the School of Arts Management and Humanities is
to prepare students for professional careers in education and
arts management in collaboration with the Schools of Visual
Arts, Dance, Drama and Music and the Arts Management
Department.
The School is responsible for the delivery of the Bachelor
of Arts in Arts Management, joint delivery of education
foundation and professional studies courses as well as
the delivery of the College’s General Studies Courses. The
durations of the degree programmes are as follows:
•
Bachelor of Arts in Arts Management – Four (4) years
•
Associate of Arts in Arts Management – Two (2) years
Students are challenged and supported at the same time, to
excel in the extremely demanding and incredibly rewarding
careers as arts administrators and managers. To qualify for
the BA Arts Management degree students must successfully
complete 124 Credits for over four (4) years.
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ARTS MANAGEMENT
To qualify for the B.A. Arts Management, full-time students are required to successfully complete a minimum of one hundred
and twenty-four (124) credits over four (4) years, as set out below:
YEAR 1
Credits
YEAR 3
Credits
Major
12
Major
21
General
11
General
0
Adjunct
3
Adjunct
7
Electives: Studio Rotation
4
3
Total
30
Total
31
YEAR 2
Credits
YEAR 4
Credits
Major
20
Major
22
General
5
General
2
Adjunct
6
Adjunct
3
2
3
Total
33
Total
30
COUSE MENU
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 1
YEAR 3
SEMESTER 1
Code
Course
AM101A
Introduction to the Visual and Performing Arts Practice I
Cr
Code
Course
Cr
2
AM302A
Arts, Culture and Tourism in the Caribbean
3
AM115A
AM104A
Introduction to Arts Management I
2
AM315A
Event Management and Media Strategies l
3
Principles of Accounting l
2
AM307A
Contemporary Issues in the Creative Industries
3
GS100A
2
AM313A
Project Management
3
GS102A
Introduction to Spanish I
2
AM318A
Arts Management Forum: 1 Creative Yaad
1
GS115A
The Self: Ethics and Creativity
3
AM305A
Quality in Arts Management
3
Elective
2
YEAR 3
SEMESTER 2
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 2
Code
Course
AM101B
Introduction to the Visual and Performing Arts Practice II
Cr
Code
Course
Cr
AM304B
Entrepreneurship and the Arts
3
AM115B
Introduction to Arts Management II
2
AM301B
Arts and Culture: Policy Development
3
AM105B
Principles of Accounting ll
2
AM317B
Issues In Community Arts Management
3
GS100B
Critical Thinking and Expository Writing
2
Electives
3
GS102B
Introduction to Spanish II
2
Electives
3
GS114B
Caribbean Culture & Identity
3
Elective
2
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 1
YEAR 4
SEMESTER 1
Code
Course
Cr
Code
Course
Cr
AM202A
Introduction to Arts Marketing
3
AM414A
Arts Management Seminar l
3
AM225A
Organizations and Human Resource Management I
2
AM408A
Independent Study l
3
AM219A
Financial Management for Arts Managers
2
GS300A
Research Methods l A
3
AM218A
Facilities Management for Arts Managers
3
AM303A
Product Design
3
AM216A
Technical Writing
2
Elective
3
AM214A
Managing Our Resources: Libraries,
Museums, Theatres and Art Galleries
3
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 2
YEAR 4
SEMESTER 2
Code
Course
AM226B
Organizations and Human Resource Management II
Cr
Code
Course
Cr
2
AM414B
Arts Management Seminar ll
3
AM222B
AM215B
Business and Professional Communication
3
AM408B
Independent Study ll
3
Fundamentals of Event Planning
2
GS300B
Research Methods l B
2
AM217B
Intellectual Property and the Legal Framework of
Business
3
AM406B
Internship
8
AM220B
Business & Strategic Planning for the Arts
3
AE207B
Museum and Art Education
3
Elective
2
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS IN ARTS MANAGEMENT
CREDIT STRUCTURE
YEAR 1
Credits
YEAR 2
Credits
Major
12
Major
20
General
11
General
5
Adjunct
3
Adjunct
6
4
2
Total
30
Total
33
COURSE MENU
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 1
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 1
Code
Course
Cr
Code
Course
Cr
AM101A
Introduction to the Visual and Performing Arts
Practice I
2
AM202A
3
AM115A
2
AM225A
Organizations and Human
2
AM104A
2
AM219A
Resource Management I
2
GS100A
2
AM218A
3
GS102A
2
AM216A
Technical Writing
2
GS115A
3
AM214A
Managing Our Resources: Libraries, Museums,
2
Elective
2
Theatres and Art Galleries
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 2
Code
Course
AM101B
Introduction to the Visual and Performing Arts
Practice II
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 2
Cr
Code
Course
Cr
2
AM226B
Organizations and Human Resource
2
Management II
AM115B
2
AM222B
3
AM105B
Principles of Accounting ll
2
AM217B
Intellectual Property and the Legal Framework of
Business
3
GS100B
2
AM215B
2
GS102B
2
AM220B
Business & Strategic Planning for the Arts
3
3
AE207B
Elective
2
GS114B
Museum in Art Education
3
Elective
2
ARTS MANAGEMENT MINOR OPTION
COURSE MENU
COURSE MENU
ARTS MANAGEMENT COURSES
GENERAL STUDIES (HUMANITIES)
CODE
COURSE
Cr
Cr
COURSE
Cr
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
GS101A
Introduction to Critical Analysis I
2
GS101B
Introduction to Critical Analysis II
2
GS102A
2
GS101B
2
GS102B
2
GS105
Critical Thinking & Creative Insight
2
GS110
English for Living
3
GS111
Information Technology for Artists and
Entrepreneurs
3
GS114
3
GS115
3
GS200A
Business of Art and Design I
2
COURSE MENU
GS200B
Business of Art and Design II
2
ARTS MANAGEMENT ELECTIVES
GS201A
Psychology I
2
CODE
COURSE
Cr
GS201B
Psychology II
2
AM104A
2
GS202A
Caribbean Literature I
2
Caribbean Literature II
2
AM104A
2
AM115A
2
AM115B
2
AM202A
3
AM215A
2
AM216A
Technical Writing
2
AM217B
Intellectual Property and the
3
Legal framework of Business
AM218A
3
AM315A
Event Management and Media Strategies I
3
AM316B
Event Management and Media Strategies II
3
AM105A
2
GS202B
AM219A
2
GS203
Academic and Professional Writing
3
Exploring Philosophies of Art
2
AM202A
3
GS205A
AM225A
Organizations and Human Resource Management I
2
GS206A
Introduction to Philosophy
3
Conversational Spanish
3
AM226B
Organizations and Human Resource Management II
2
GS 210
AM215A
2
GS212A
Conservation Theory I
3
Conservation Theory I I
3
AM217B
Intellectual Property and the Legal
3
GS212B
AM218A
3
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
Research Methods IA
2
AM302A
Arts Culture and Tourism in the Caribbean 3
3
GS300A
AM303B
Product Design
3
GS300B
Research Methods IB
2
Research Methods I
2
AM304B
3
GS300Y
AM305A
3
GS302A
World Literature I
2
World Literature II
2
AM313A
Project Management
3
GS302B
AM317B
Issues in Community Arts Management
3
GS303
Performance Research Forum
2
GS305
Gender in Society: Issues & Theoretical
Considerations
3
GS313B
Collections Management Care
3
GS314
Caribbean Dress Studies I: Survey of
Caribbean Textiles & Fashion Design
3
GS400A
Research Methods IIA
2
GS400B
Research Methods IIB
2
GS115A
3
AM224A
Artiste Management
3
GS213
Conversational French
3
Programmes
ARTS MANAGEMENT DEGREE 2008
Year One
CREDIT STRUCTURE
MAJOR
12 Credits
ADJUNCT
4 Credits
Introduction To Marketing
2 credits
Ethics Creativity and the Self
2 credits
Introduction to Practice of Visual and Performing Arts
4 credits
Psychology
2 credits
Organizational Structure and Arts Admin
4 credits
Basic Accounting
2 credits
GENERAL 8 credits
8 Credits
ELECTIVES 6 credits
College English
4 credits
Music Media
Spanish
4 credits
Beginners Studio course taken
from Cont. Ed.
2 credits
Programme: Dance, Drama, Music
or Visual Arts
ELECTIVES 6 credits
If you want to keep BOTH Ethics and Psychology, then that is 4 credits towards Electives.
COURSE MENU
SEMESTER I
Cr
SEMESTER II
Cr
Introduction to Practice of Visual and
Performing Arts
Introduction to Practice of Visual and Performing
Arts
4
Organizational Structure and Arts Admin.
4
Basic Accounting
2
College English
College English
4
Spanish
Spanish
4
Psychology
Psychology
4
Elective - Ethics Creativity and the Self
2
2
Elective - Ethics Creativity and the Self
2
Elective - Music Media
2
Total 30 Credits
Year Two
COURSE MENU
MAJOR
12 Credits
ADJUNCT
4 Credits
Organizational Structure and Arts
Admin.
4 credits
Principles of Marketing
2 credits
Managing Our Resources
4 credits
Financial Management and
Accounting
2 credits
National Identity and the Arts
2 credits
Arts and Social Development
2 credits
GENERAL
8 Credits
ELECTIVES
6 Credits
Communication Skills I
2 credits
Introduction to Event Planning
2 credits
Communication Skills II
2 credits
Facilities Management
2 credits
Technical Writing
2 credits
Introduction to Museum Studies
3 credits
Intellectual Property and the
Legal Framework
2 credits
Performing Arts Electives
2 credits
SEMESTER ONE
Cr
SEMESTER TWO
Cr
Introduction to Arts Management
2
2
2
2
2
Communication Skills II
2
Arts and Social Development
2
Technical Writing
2
Intro. to Event Planning
2
Intell. Property & the Legal Framework
2
Principles of Marketing
2
National Identity & the Arts
2
Financial Mgt & Acct’g
2
Elective - Intro. to Museum Studies
3
Elective Salsa
2
Elective- Facilities & Site Management
2
Total 30 Credits
Year Three
MAJOR - 13 credits
3 credits
Arts and Culture Policy Development
3 credits
Events Management/Managing Community Arts/
Media Relations
4 credits
3 credits
GENERAL 6 credits
3 credits
Photography and Multimedia Applications/
Multimedia for Museums
3 credits
ADJUNCT 4 credits
Research Methods I
2 credits
Product Design or Curatorial Studies or
Multimedia Applications
3 credits
ELECTIVES 6 credits
Box Office Management/Market Research/
Marketing Tools & Application
4 credits
Project Management
2 credits
Art Education for Museums
3 credits
Collections Management and Archiving
3 credits
Performing Arts Electives (i.e. Stage Management,
Sound, Light)
2 credits
19 Jan. ’09 SEMESTER ONE
Cr
SEMESTER TWO
Cr
3
Entrepreneurship & the Arts
3
Events Mgt/Managing Community Arts/ Media
Relations
Events Management/ Community Arts/Media
Relations
2
2
Arts and Culture Policy Dev.
3
3
Photography & Multimedia for Museums
3
Product Design or Curatorial Studies or Multimedia
Applications
2
Research Methods I
2
Elective
2
Elective /Resrh
4
Total 30 Credits
Year Four
MAJOR - 12 credits
Arts Management Seminar
6 credits
Independent Study
6 credits
GENERAL 8 credits
Internship
8 credits
ADJUNCT 4 credits
Research Paper
4 credits
ELECTIVES 6 credits
Managing Negotiations in the Cultural Industries
2 credits
Performing Arts Electives (i.e. Stage Management, Sound, Light) 2 credits
SEMESTER ONE
CR
SEMESTER TWO
CR
6
Independent Study
Independent Study
6
Res. Met’d. I/Research Paper
2
Research Paper
2
Electives:
2
Elective:
2
Elective
2
Internship (Summer)
8
Total 30 Credits
Year One
MAJOR - 14 credits
4 credits
4 credits
Organizational Structure and Arts Administration
4 credits
Basic Accounting
2 credits
GENERAL - 8 credits
College English
4 credits
Spanish
4 credits
ADJUNCT 4 credits
Ethics Creativity and the Self or
4 credits
Psychology
4 credits
ELECTIVES 4 credits
Music Media
4 credits
Beginners Studio course
taken from Cont. Ed. Programme:
Dance, Drama, Music or Visual Arts
If you want to keep BOTH Ethics and Psychology, then that is 4 credits towards Electives.
SEMESTER ONE
CR
SEMESTER TWO
CR
Arts
Performing Arts
4
Intro. to Arts Management
Intro. to Arts Management
4
College English I
College English II
4
4
Psychology I
Psychology II
4
or
Ethics Creativity and the Self I
2
Elective
2
Total 30 Credits
or
Ethics Creativity & the Self II
4
Elective
2
Year Two
MAJOR - 11 Credit
Organizational Structure and Arts Administration
-4 credits
3 credits
2 credits
2 credits
GENERAL – 8 credits
Communication Skills
3 credits
Technical Writing
2 credits
Intellectual Property and the Legal Framework
2 credits
ADJUNCT – 5 credits
3 credits
Financial Management and Accounting
2 credits
ELECTIVES – 6 credits
2 credits
Introduction to Museum Studies
3 credits
2 credits
SEMESTER ONE
CR
SEMESTER TWO
CR
2
2
3
Intel. Property & the Legal Framework
2
3
2
Technical Writing
2
Intro. to Arts Marketing
3
2
Financial Mgt & Basic Acct’g
2
Elective Facilities &Site Management
2
Elective
3
Elective
2
Total 30 Credits
Year Three
MAJOR – 15 credits
3 credits
Arts and Culture Policy Development
3 credits
Events Management/Managing Community Arts/
Media Relations
6 credits
Contemporary Issues in the Cultural Industries
3 credits
GENERAL 3 credits
3 credits
ADJUNCT 6 credits
3 credits
Product Design
3 credits
ELECTIVES 6 credits
Photography and Multimedia Applications/
Project Management
3 credits
3 credits
(i.e. Stage Management, Sound, Light)
2 credits
The Business of Music
SEMESTER ONE
CR
SEMESTER TWO
CR
3
3
Events Mgt/Managing Community Arts/
Media Relations I
3
Events Management/Community Arts/Media
Relations II
3
Product Design
3
3
3
Arts and Culture Policy Dev.
3
Elective
3
Elective
3
Total 30 Credits
Year Four
MAJOR 12 credits
6 credits
Independent Study
6 credits
GENERAL 8 credits
Internship
8 credits
ADJUNCT 4 credits
Research Method I
2 credits
Research Paper
2 credits
ELECTIVES 6 credits
6 credits
SEMESTER ONE
SEMESTER TWO
Independent Study
Independent Study
6 credits
6 credits
Research Paper
2 credits
Electives:
2 credits
Elective:
2 Credits
Elective
2 credits
Internship (Summer)
Total 30 Credits
8 credits
Year One
MAJOR 10 credits
Introduction to Practice of Visual and Performing Arts I & II
4 credits
Introduction to Arts Management I & II
4 credits
Basic Accounting
2 credits
GENERAL 8 credits
College English
4 credits
Introduction to Spanish I & II
4 credits
ADJUNCT 4 credits
Psychology I & II or
4 credits
Ethics Creativity and the Self I & II
4 credits
Introduction to Computer as a Tool
3 credits
Information Technology
2 credits
Beginners Studio course taken from Cont. Ed. Programme:
Dance
Drama Music or Visual Arts
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM101A
Introduction to Practice of Visual &
Performing Arts 1
2 credits
AM 101B
Introduction to Practice of
Visual and Performing Arts II
2 credits
AM115A
Intro. to Arts Management I
2 credits
AM115B
Intro. to Arts Management II
2 credits
GS100A
College English I
2 credits
GS100B
College English II
2 credits
GS102A
2 credits
GS102B
2 credits
GS106A
Ethics Creativity and the Self II
2 credits
GS106B
2 credits
AM103A
Basic Accounting
2 credits
GS103A
Information Technology or other 2 credits
Elective
EL244E
Elective: Computer Aided Design for
Artistsor other Computer Course
3 credits
Total 30 Credits
Elective
3 credits
Year Two
MAJOR 13 credits
Organizational Structure and Arts Admin. I & II
4 credits
3 credits
2 credits
2 credits
2 credits
GENERAL 8 credits
3 credits
Technical Writing
2 credits
3 credits
ADJUNCT 5 credits
3 credits
2 credits
ELECTIVES 5 credits
Museum in Arts Education
3 credits
2 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM204A
Organizational Structure & Arts
Admin. I
2 credits
AM204B
Organizational Structure and Arts Admin. II
2 credits
AM214A
3 credits
AM217B
3 credits
AM223A
Communication Skills 3 credits
AM215E
2 credits
AM202A
3 credits
AM213B
Financial Mgt & Accounting
2 credits
AM212A
2 credits
AM216A
Technical Writing
2 credits
AM218E
Facilities Management for Arts
Managers
2 credits
AE207A
Elective Museums & Arts Education
3 credits
Elective
2 credits
Total 31 Credit
Year Three
MAJOR – 12 credits
Events Management and Media Relations
6 credits
3 credits
3 credits
GENERAL 6 credits
3 credits
3 credits
ADJUNCT 6 credits
3 credits
Product Design
3 credits
6 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM302A
Arts, Culture and Tourism
3 credits
AM304B
3 credits
AM306A
Events Mgt and Media Relations I
3 credits
AM306B
Events Mgt and Media Relations II
3 credits
AM303A
Product Design
3 credits
AM305B
Quality in Arts Mgt
3 credits
AM307A
Contemporary Issues in the
Cultural Industries
3 credits
AM301B
Arts and Culture: Policy Dev.
3 credits
Elective
3 credits
AM312B
Elective Exhibition Management
3 credits
in the Caribbean
Total 30 Credits
Year Four
MAJOR 12 credits
6 credits
Independent Study
6 credits
GENERAL 11 Credit
Internship
8 credits
Managing Community Arts
3 credits
ADJUNCT 4c redits
Research Paper
4 credits
ELECTIVES 3 credits Performing Arts Electives
(i.e.Stage Management, Sound, Light)
Code
SEMESTER ONE
AM414A
Arts Management Seminar I
AM408A
3 credits
Code
SEMESTER TWO
3 credits
AM414B
Arts Management Seminar II
3 credits
Independent Study I
3 credits
AM408B
Independent Study II
3 credits
AM409A
Res. Method I
2 credits
AM409B
Research Paper
2 credits
AM410A
3 credits
Elective:
2 credits
Elective
1 credit
Internship (Summer)
8 credits
Total 30 Credits
AM406B
Year One
MAJOR - 13 credits
Introduction to Practice of Visual and Performing Arts I
& II
4 credits
4 credits
Basic Accounting
2 credits
Beginners Studio course taken from Cont. Ed.
Programme:
3 credits
Dance
GENERAL - 8 credits
College English I & II
4 credits
4 credits
ADJUNCT - 4 credits
4 credits
3 credits
2 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
AM101A
Introduction to Practice of Visual
Code
SEMESTER TWO
2 credits
AM 101B
Introduction to Practice of
Visual and Performing Arts II
2 credits
& Performing Arts I
AM115A
2 credits
AM115B
2 credits
GS100A
College English I
2 credits
GS100B
College English II
2 credits
GS102A
2 credits
GS102B
2 credits
GS106A
2 credits
GS106B
2 credits
AM103A
Basic Accounting
2 credits
Elective Information
Technology or
2 credits
Elective: Computer Aided Design for Artists or
other Computer Course
3 credits
Elective
3 credits
Total 30 Credits
Year Two
MAJOR 22 credits
4 credits
3 credits
2 credits
2 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
2 credits
GENERAL 5credits
3 credits
Technical Writing
2 credits
ADJUNCT 3 credits
Museum in Art Education I
3 credits
ELECTIVES 2 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
AM204A
Organizational Structure &
2 credits
Code
SEMESTER TWO
2 credits
AM204B
2 credits
Arts Admin. I
AM223A
3 credits
AM217B
3 credits
AM215A
2 credits
AM202A
3 credits
AM212A
2 credits
AM213B
2 credtis
AM218E
Facilities Management for Arts 3 credits
Managers
AM216A
Technical Writing
2 credits
Elective
AE207A
3 credits
AM214A
3 credits
Total 32 Credits
2 credits
Year Three
MAJOR 18 credits
Events Management and Media
Relations I & II
6 credits
3 credits
3 credits
Contemporary Issues in the Cultural
Industries
3 credits
Arts, Culture and Tourism in the
Caribbean
3 credits
GENERAL 3 credits
3 credits
ADJUNCT 3 credits
Product Design
3 credits
ELECTIVES 6 credits
(I.e. Stage Management, Sound, Light)
3 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM302A
Arts, Culture and Tourism in
the Caribbean
3 credits
AM304B
3 credits
AM306A
Events Mgt and Media
Relations I
3 credits
AM306B
3 credits
AM303A
Product Design
3 credits
AM305B
Quality in Arts Mgt
3 credits
AM307A
Contemporary Issues in the
Cultural Industries
3 credits
AM301B
3 credits
Elective
3 credits
Elective
3 credits
Total 30 Credits
Year Four
MAJOR - 20 credits
Arts Management Seminar I & II
6 credits
Independent Study Project Development I & II
6 credits
Internship
8 credits
GENERAL - 3 credits
3 credits
ADJUNCT - 4 credits
Research Paper
4 credits
ELECTIVES - 3 credits
3 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM414A
3 credits
AM414B
3 credits
AM408A
Independent Study I
3 credits
AM408B
3 credits
AM409A
Res. Method I
2 credits
AM409B
Research Paper
2 credits
AM410A
3 credits
AM406B
Internship (Summer)
8 credits
Elective
3 credits
Total 30 Credits
Year One
MAJOR - 13 credits
- 4 credits
- 4 credits
Basic Accounting
- 2 credits
Beginners Studio course taken from Cont. Ed. Programme:
- 3 credits
Dance
GENERAL - 8 credits
College English
- 4 credits
- 4 credits
ADJUNCT - 4 credits
- 4 credits
- 3 credits
- 2 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM101A
& Performing Arts 1
2 credits
AM 101B
Performing Arts II
2 credits
AM115A
2 credits
AM115B
2 credits
GS100A
2 credits
GS100B
Critical Analysis & Expository Writing
Skills
2 credits
GS102A
2 credits
GS102B
2 credits
GS106A
2 credits
GS106B
2 credits
AM103A
Basic Accounting
2 credits
Elective or Information Technology
2 credits
Elective: Computer Aided Design
for Artists or other Computer
Course
3 credits
Elective
3 credits
Total 30 Credits
Year Two
MAJOR - 22 credits
- 4 credits
- 3 credits
- 2 credits
- 2 credits
Facilities Management for Arts Management
- 3 credits
- 3 credits
- 3 credits
- 2 credits
GENERAL - 5credits
- 3 credits
Technical Writing
- 2 credits
ADJUNCT - 3 credits
- 3 credits
ELECTIVES - 2 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
AM204A
Admin. I
AM223A
- 2 credits
Code
SEMESTER TWO
2 credit
AM204B
Admin. II
2 credits
3 credit
AM217B
Intel. Property & the Legal
Framework
3 credits
AM215A
2 credit
AM202B
3 credits
AM212A
2 credit
AM213B
2 credits
AM218E
Managers
3 credit
AM216A
Technical Writing
2 credits
Elective
2 credit
AE207A
3 credits
AM214B
3 credits
Total 32 Credits
Year Three
MAJOR 18 credits
Events Management and Media Relations I & II
6 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
GENERAL 3 credits
3 credits
ADJUNCT 3 credits
Product Design
3 credits
ELECTIVES 6 credits
3 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM302A
Caribbean
3 credits
AM304B
3 credits
AM306A
Events Mgt and Media Relations I
3 credits
AM306B
3 credits
AM303A
Product Design
3 credits
AM305B
3 credits
AM307A
Industries
3 credits
AM301B
3 credits
Elective
3 credits
Elective
3 credits
Total 30 Credits
Year Four
MAJOR 20 credits
Arts Management Seminar I & II
6 credits
Independent Study I & II
6 credits
Internship
8 credits
GENERAL 3 credits
3 credits
ADJUNCT 4 credits
Research Method
2 credits
Research Paper
4 credits
ELECTIVES 3 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
AM414A
Arts Management Seminar I 3
credits
AM408A
3 credits
Code
SEMESTER TWO
3 credits
AM414B
3 credits
Independent Study I 3 credits
3 credits
AM408B
3 credits
AM409A
Research Method 2 Credits
2 credits
AM409B
Research Paper
2 credits
AM410A
Managing Community Arts 3
credits
3 credits
AM406B
Internship (Summer)
8 credits
Elective 3 credits
3 credits
Total 30 Credits
3 credits
ARTS MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATE DEGREE 2012
Year One
MAJOR 13 credits
Performing Arts/Popular Culture
4 credits
4 credits
Basic Accounting
2 credits
GENERAL 8 credits
College English
4 credits
Spanish
4 credits
ADJUNCT 4 credits
Psychology
4 credits or
4 credits
3 credits
2 credits
Beginners Studio course taken from
Cont. Ed. Programme:
Dance, Drama Music or Visual Arts
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM101A
Introduction to Practice of Visual & Performing
Arts I
AM 101B
II
2 credits
2 credits
AM115A
Intro. to Arts Management I 2 credits
AM115B
Intro. to Arts Management II 2 credits
GS100A
College English I 2 credits
GS100B
College English II 2 credits
GS102A
Introduction to Spanish I 2 credits
GS102B
Introduction to Spanish II 2 credits
GS106A
Ethics Creativity and the Self II 2 credits
GS106B
Ethics Creativity & the Self II 2 credits
AM103A
Basic Accounting 2 credits
GS103A
Information Technology or other Elective
2 credits
EL244E
Elective: Computer Aided Design for Artists 3
credits
Total 30 Credits
Elective 3 credits
ARTS MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATE DEGREE 2012
Year Two
MAJOR 28 credits
Organizational Structure & Arts Admin.
4 credits
3 credits
2 credits
2 credits
Events Management and Media Relations
6 credits
3 credits
2 credits
Facilities/Site Management
2 credits
3 credits
GENERAL 5 credits
3 credits
Technical Writing
2 credits
ADJUNCT 3 credits
Museums & Arts Education I
3 credits
ELECTIVES 2 credits
2 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM204A
Organizational Structure & Arts Admin. I 2 credits
AM204B
2 credits
AM214A
Managing Our Resources 3 credits
AM217B
Intel. Property & the Legal Framework 3 credits
AM223A
AM215E
Intro. to Event Planning 2 credits
AM202A
Intro. to Arts Marketing 3 credits
AM213B
Financial Mgt & Accounting 2 credits
AM212A
AM216A
Technical Writing 2 credits
AM218
Facilities Management for Arts Managers 3 credits
AE207A
Museums & Arts Education 3 credits
AM306A
Events Mgt and Media Relations I 3 Credits
AM306B
Events Mgt and Media Relations II 3 credits
Elective
Total 38 Credits
2 credits
2 credits
ARTS MANAGEMENT MINOR
Compulsory Courses
Course Code
Course Name
Credits
Semester
Offered
AM 215A/
AM215B
4
Two
AM216A
Technical Writing
2
One
AM218E
3
One
AM217B
Intellectual Property and the Legal
framework of Business
3
One
AM215B
2
One
AM202B
3
One
AM306A/
AM306B
Event Management and Media Relations
6
Two
AM103A
Basic Accounting
2
One
Total 25 Credits
Elective – a minimum of two credits from any other course on the BA Arts Management programme including Internship.
Year One
MAJOR 13 credits
Introduction to Practice of Visual and Performing Arts I & II
4 credits
4 credits
Basic Accounting
2 credits
3 credits
Dance
GENERAL 8 credits
2 credits
Critical Analysis and Expository Writing
2 credits
4 credits
ADJUNCT 4 credits
4 credits
3 credits
3 credits
Computer Aided Design for Artists
3 credits
Graduation Production
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM101A
AM 101B
Introduction to Practice of Visual and Performing Arts II 2
credits
& Performing Arts I 2 credits
AM115A
AM115B
GS100A
Fundamentals of English 2 credits
GS100B
Critical Analysis & Expository Writing Skills 2 credits
GS102A
GS102B
GS106A
Ethics Creativity and the Self I 2 credits
GS106B
Beginner’s Studio Course Elective 3 credits
AM103A
Elective 2 credits
Total 30 Credits
Elective 3 credits
Year Two
MAJOR 22 credits
4 credits
3 credits
2 credits
2 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
2 credits
GENERAL 5credits
3 credits
Technical Writing
2 credits
ADJUNCT 3 credits
3 credits
ELECTIVES 2 credits
2 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM204A
Admin. I
AM204B
Admin. II
2 credits
2 credits
AM217B
3 credits
Financial Management and
Accounting 2 credits
AM223B
Communication
Skills 3 credits
AM215B
Intro. to Event
Planning 2 credits
AM216B
Technical
Writing 2
credits
AM214B
Managing Our
Resources 3 credits
AE207B
Museum in Art
Education 3 credits
AM202A
GS103A
AM212A
3 credits
2 credits
AM218A
Managers
3 credits
Elective
2 credits
Total 32 Credits
Year Three
MAJOR 18 credits
Events Management and Media Relations I & II
6 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
GENERAL 3 credits
3 credits
ADJUNCT 6 credits
Product Design
3 credits
Project Management
3 credits
ELECTIVES 3 credits
3 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM302A
Caribbean
AM304B
Entrepreneurship & the Arts 3
credits
3 credits
AM306A
Events Mgt. and Media Relations I 3
credits
AM306B
Events Mgt. and Media Relations II 3
credits
AM305B
Quality in Arts Management 3
credits
AM303A
Product Design 3
credits
AM307A
Industries
AM301B
Arts and Culture: Policy Dev. 3
credits
AM312B
Elective
3 credits
AM313A
Project Management 3
credits
Total 30 Credits
3 credits
Year Four
MAJOR 20 credits
6 credits
Independent Study
6 credits
Internship
8 credits
GENERAL 3 credits
3 credits
ADJUNCT 4 credits
Research Method I
2 credits
Research Paper
2 credits
ELECTIVES 3 credits
3 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM414A
Arts Management Seminar I 3 credits
AM414B
Arts Management Seminar II 3 credits
AM408A
Independent Study I 3 credits
AM408B
Independent Study
3 credits
AM410A
Managing Community Arts 3 credits
AM406B
Internship 8 credits
AM409A
Research Method I 2 credits
AM409B
Research Paper 2 credits
Elective 3 credits
Total 30 Credits
II
ARTS MANAGEMENT DEGREE ASSOCIATE DEGREE 2013
Year One
MAJOR 13 credits
4 credits
4 credits
Basic Accounting
2 credits
3 credits
Dance Drama Music or Visual Arts
GENERAL 8 credits
College English
4 credits
Spanish
4 credits
ADJUNCT 4 credits
4 credits
3 credits or
3 credits or
3 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM101A
AM 101B
Arts II
& Performing Arts 1 2 credits
2 credits
AM115A
AM115B
GS100A
Fundamentals of English 2 credits
GS100B
Critical Analysis & Expository Writing Skills 2 credits
GS102A
GS102B
GS106A
Ethics Creativity and the Self II 2
credits
GS106B
Beginner’s Studio Course Elective
3 credits
AM103A
Elective 2 credits
Total 30 Credits
Elective 3 credits
ARTS MANAGEMENT DEGREE ASSOCIATE DEGREE 2013
Year Two
MAJOR 22 credits
4 credits
2 credits
2 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
2 credits
GENERAL 5credits
3 credits
Technical Writing
2 credits
ADJUNCT 3 credits
Museum & Art Education
3 credits
ELECTIVES 2 credits
2 credits
Code
SEMESTER ONE
Code
SEMESTER TWO
AM204A
Organizational Structure & Arts Admin. I 2
credits
AM204B
Organizational Structure and Arts Admin. II 2 credits
AM202A
Intro. to Arts Marketing 3 credits
AM217B
Intel. Property & the Legal Framework 3 credits
GS103A
Financial Management and Accounting 2
credits
AM223B
AM212A
National Identity & the Arts 2 credits
AM215B
Intro. to Event Planning 2 credits
AM218A
Facilities Management for Arts Managers 3
credits
AM216B
Technical Writing 2 credits
Elective 2 credits
AM214B
AE207B
Museum & Art Education or Elective 3 credits
Total 32 Credits
ARTS MANAGEMENT MINOR
Compulsory Courses
Course Code
Course Name
Credits
Semester
Offered
AM 215A/
AM215B
4
Two
AM216A
Technical Writing
2
One
AM218E
3
One
AM217B
Intellectual Property and the Legal framework of Business
3
One
AM215B
2
One
AM202B
3
One
AM306A/
AM306B
Event Management and Media Relations I & II
6
Two
AM103A
Basic Accounting
2
One
Total 25 Credits
Elective – a minimum of two credits from any other course on the BA Arts Management programme including Internship.
BA ARTS MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
CREDIT STRUCTURE
YEAR 1
Credits
Major
13
General
8
Adjunct
4
Electives Studio Rotation Total 30
5
YEAR 11
Credits
Major
22
General
5
Adjunct
3
Elective Studio Rotation Total 32
2
YEAR 111
Credits
Major
18
General
3
Adjunct
6
3
YEAR IV
Credits
Major
20
General
3
Adjunct
4
3
Course Descriptions
Bachelor of Art – Arts Management
Programme
YEAR I
AM101A
2 Credits
Introduction to the Visual and Performing Arts Practice
I The course will help students understand and become
familiar with artistic processes and issues surrounding the
evolution of the practice of the visual and performing arts.
The relevance of these issues must be understood by arts
managers.
AM101B
2 Credits
Introduction to the Visual and Performing Arts Practice II
(Pre-Requisite: AM101A)
This course is a continuation of Introduction to the Visual
and Performing Arts Practice I and further helps to sensitize
students to the practice of the visual and performing arts.
Students are exposed to the offerings of each School which
is designed to stimulate interest in and appreciation of the
practice of the arts.
AM104A
2 Credits
Principles of Accounting I
This course provides an introductory study of the
fundamental principles, concepts and techniques of
accounting. Students are introduced to the Peachtree
accounting software and will learn to use this software to
execute bookkeeping and accrual accounting processes,
prepare and interpret financial statements that summarize
balance sheets, and income statements, and the statement
of cash flows.
AM105B
2 Credits
Principles of Accounting II (Pre-Requisite: AM104A)
The course is designed for students who have successfully
completed Principles of Accounting I and expands on the
basic framework covered in the first course. Emphasis is
placed on specific areas of accounting: internal control,
receivables, long-term assets and liabilities, debt and equity
financing, and the statement of cash flows.
AM115A
2 Credits
This course introduces students to the scope of Arts
Management and the Arts and Entertainment industry.
Students will develop an understanding of management
theories and skills and will be introduced to issues and
challenges for creative producers, copyright laws and the
challenges that Arts Managers are facing in the twenty first
century.
AM115B
2 Credits
Introduction to Arts Management II (Pre-Requisite:
AM115A)
This course is a continuation of Introduction to Arts
Management I and further seeks to identify what is arts
management and its relevance for the development of
arts in relation to leisure pursuits. The course will examine
the process, best practices and standards associated with
Production Management. This course focuses on topics and
issues in Leadership, the Functions of Management and
Theatre Arts Production. Students will gain handson experience through the creation of a Theatre Arts
production and gain valuable insight about conflict, task and
team management.
YEAR II
AM202A
1 Credit
Introduction to Arts Marketing introduces students to
marketing essentials specific to audience and management
techniques for both for profit and not for profit arts ventures
while highlighting the role of marketing as a functional
component of management in the arts.
AM214B
3 Credits
Managing Our Resources: Libraries, Museums, Theatres
and Art Galleries
This course sensitizes students to the importance of and the
wealth of resources in libraries, museums, theatres and art
galleries as educational facilities, leisure and recreational
centres and repositories. It also involves an introduction
to media storage that captures information such as books,
films, photography, art, maps and plans.
AM215B
2 Credits
This course is designed to familiarize students with the
theories and best practices for planning, organizing and
coordinating an event; including strategic planning,
task identification and coordination, document design,
marketing, sponsorship, and post-event evaluation.
Topics covered will challenge students to apply theory in
creating and presenting a mock event proposal.
AM216A
2 Credits
organization. The course provides an understanding of and
hands- on development of the business plan through group
work and use of the software, business plan pro premier.
Technical Writing
This course focuses on a practical approach to technical
writing, such as proposals, project reports, abstracts,
technical correspondence delivered in both hard copy and
electronic media and gives students the opportunity to
practice writing technical documents.
AM222B
3 Credits
This course is designed to introduce and expose students to
the fundamentals of academic and professional
communication skills to allow them to more effectively apply
communication theories and best practices to meet their
academic and corporate communication needs.
AM217B
4 Credits
Intellectual Property and the Legal Framework of Business
This course introduces students to issues involving
Intellectual Property (IP) including copyright, patents,
and trademarks and examines how these issues relate to
the business practices of artistic expression. In addition,
the course provides an overview of the legal, regulatory
and ethical environment in which business decisions must
be made with particular attention to Jamaica’s role in the
promotion of intellectual property rights.
AM224A
3 Credits
Artiste Management
This course examines the way in which the arts are
represented in the development of Tourism and seeks to
evaluate whether its impact could be enhanced in an effort
to reinvent the Caribbean Tourism Product. To examine the
contribution of arts and culture to tourism in the Caribbean
and address issues of quality in terms of the way this is
AM218A
2 Credits
The course Facilities Management for Arts Managers is
geared towards equipping the learner with the skills to
manage facilities of any type but especially those engaged
in the visual and performing arts. It is structured to address
the three main concerns of facilities management – safety,
customer service and legality. Teaching units comprise:
facilities management as a business and management
function; tools and mechanisms necessary to achieve and
sustain quality facilities and adherence to Jamaican laws.
AM219A
2 Credits
Financial Management for Arts Managers (Pre-Requisite:
AM105B)
This course will help students learn fundamental concepts
of financial theory and apply these to management of
Arts Organizations. This will involve understanding and
applying concepts such as financial statement analysis,
profit planning, sources and forms of financing, cost of
capital, time value of money, capital budgeting and business
valuation.
AM220B
3 Credits
Business and Strategic Planning For the Arts
This is primarily a theoretical course which provides an
opportunity for students to understand the concepts of
business and strategic planning for development of the arts
AM225A
2 Credits
Organization and Human Resource Management I
This is primarily a theoretical course which provides an
opportunity for students to understand the concepts and
theories of organizational structures in arts organizations; it
introduces students to the process of administering the arts
and techniques for managing this process.
AM226B
2 Credits
Organization and Human Resource Management I (PreRequisite: AM225A)
This course provides an opportunity for students to
understand human resource theorists, Jamaican labor laws,
employer/employee relations, unions, grievance procedures
and industrial relations. The importance of contracts and
how they function in the organization is an important aspect
of this course.
YEAR III
AM301B
3 Credits
This course explores the impact of arts and cultural policy
development and implementation, both locally and
regionally and sensitizes students to the issues involved
in policy development and planning and its impact on
implementation.
AM302A
3 Credits
to reinvent the Caribbean Tourism Product.
AM303B
3 Credits Product Design
This course looks at the process of interpreting the arts in
commercial ways, making it commercially viable and income
generating. It also examines the commercialization of
sector development and the economic development of the
industrial sector in the Caribbean and addresses issues of
quality.
AM304B
3 Credits
This course examines the Arts under the banner of the
cultural and creative industries, as a commodity that can be
sold. It will explore policies, the supportive framework for
entrepreneurs, as well as the financial provisions available
to entrepreneurs and their creative start-ups. It aims to
explore the possibility of enterprising arts practitioners and
entrepreneurs developing new arts products and stimulating
new arts consumers.
AM305A
3 Credits
Exploring quality as an element of the creative product and
its effect or lack thereof on the creative experience is critical
to the success of the creative process. As such developing
an awareness of quality management and its positive impact
on arts development is necessary to any practice in arts
management.
AM307A
3 Credits
This course identifies, delineates and maps cultural
industries and explores the roles and impact these industries
have on society within a cultural policy framework.
AM315A
3 Credits
Event Management and Media Strategies I
This course builds on information presented in the second
year course, Introduction to Event Planning. It focuses on the
application of project management strategies to the creation
and execution of arts and cultural events including specific
knowledge areas of Administration, Operations Marketing
and Risk Management. The course will expose students to
best practices and monitoring of returns on investment,
sustainable event and media management, as well as staff
management.
Students will be required to start the thought process in the
planning of their event, involving industry professionals and
selected students from the schools of music, dance, drama
and visual arts. This event will be executed during the Event
Management and Media Relations II component of the
programme.
AM316B
3 Credits
Event Management and Media Strategies II (Pre-Requisite:
AM315A)
This course builds on the event management framework
introduced in Events Management and Media Strategies I.
Topics in this component will include integrated marketing
and communication, operations and risk assessment
management, applications to their planned and check listed
event. Students will examine the final sets of knowledge
areas and have opportunities to engage in the application
of these areas through field trips, hands on experience in
College and outside events, observation and the planning
of their own. Students will collaborate as a team on the
type of event that they want to present, design same and
manage all aspects of the planning and production under
supervision.
AM313A
3 Credits
Project Management
This course introduces students to the project management
framework and explores the application of project
management tools in arts management. Topics covered
include project integration management, scope, time, cost,
risk and quality management and evaluation.
AM317B
3 Credits
Issues in Community Arts Management
This course will involve an examination of issues concerned
with community arts management. It will provide an
overview of relevant management, policy, cultural, and
community issues while examining various community
based art models and processes that have been used to
tangibly transform communities through art.
AM318A
1 Credit
Arts Management Forum: 1 Creative Yaad
1 Creative Yaad – Arts Management Forum is a student
run; faculty supervised Arts Management Company that
has been designed to provide Arts Management majors
with practical experience in areas such as event production,
marketing, and project management. The company selects a
specific number of projects (on and off campus) each school
year and meets once per week to organize and execute
plans. This is a mandatory requirement of each student in
the School of Arts Management and Humanities. Students
will be awarded one credit for 3 units of work done across
the first three years of the programme.
YEAR IV
AM406B
8 Credits
Internship
This course allows students to secure attachment with arts
and culture organizations for a period of 3months to one
year (part-time.) or 520 hours. This will enable students to
secure valuable work experience that will enable them to
identify issues that arise within the process of managing and
administering the arts.
AM408A
3 Credits
Independent Study – PROJECT Development I (PreRequisite: AM313A)
This course allows students to conceptualize and document
ideas for an arts-based project which forms the basis/
background against which students can develop their own
projects. It involves, among other things, testing, research
and determining the financial viability of implementing the
project.
AM408B
3 Credits
Independent Study – Project Development II (PreRequisite: AM408A)
This course allows students to execute an arts based project
from idea through to implementation. It involves organizing
and implementing a project within a given timeframe.
It involves project evaluation strategies, networking and
interacting with industry personnel.
AM414A
3 Credits
This course explores ideas which impact on the process of
arts development by examining current trends and issues
within the Arts, Culture, Entertainment and Hospitality
sectors. It explores strategies for developing the arts
product, looking at the cultural context and the human
resource development, financing and marketing issues.
AM414B
3 Credits
Arts Management Seminar II (Pre-Requisite: AM414A)
This course is a continuation of Arts Management Seminar I,
which allows students to implement the seminar
ideas conceptualized in Semester 1. It involves planning,
organizing and executing a seminar within a given
timeframe and involves marketing, evaluation techniques
and interacting with experts. This course presents an arena
for audience and presenters to exchange views and ideas
around issues affecting art development.
HUMANITIES
YEAR I
GS100A
2 Credits
This course seeks to secure full tertiary-level English
competence to ensure success in all areas of academic and
social lives of students. The aim is to harness all human,
technical and on-line resources at the College to
provide individual and whole group support to all learners.
This course is designed to help students become skilled
in reading for meaning, speaking fluently and writing
confidently and coherently in any context.
GS100B
2 Credits
This course seeks to further develop students’ competencies
in writing freely and efficiently on any topic while being
guided by sound principles of efficient expository writing
skills as well as applying the appropriate linguistic resources
of vocabulary, mechanics , grammatical and syntactic
skills. As critical readers, they will thoughtfully assess the
effectiveness of a text by evaluating the author’s strategies
and intention. Students will, in time, become efficient and
independent readers and authors in their own rights.
GS102A
2 Credits
This course will introduce students to the rudiments of
simple sentences in Spanish that will provide basic survival
skills in a Spanish environment. The course will facilitate
students’ awareness of the social function of the language
and how to converse in specific contexts. Underlying the
delivery of the course will be the language skills: listening,
speaking and to a lesser extent reading and writing.
GS102B
2 Credits
Introduction to Spanish II (Pre-Requisite: GS102A)
This course further develops skills in understanding and
speaking Spanish through practice in using more complex
sentences. The course continues to facilitate students’
awareness of the social function of the language and the use
of appropriate gesture and grammar in specific contexts.
GS105
2 Credits
Critical Thinking and Creative Insight
This course introduces students to argument analysis,
definition, art theories and role of critical thinking and
analysis in the arts. Students are encouraged to develop a
system of reference and theoretical framework that
informs the understanding of their craft and its relationship
to factors that impact on their creative imagination. The
sessions are conducted within a laboratory environment
through which the artist is faced with contemporary issues,
theories and experiences, which inform, influence and
enhance art creation. The relationship among the arts
and the individuals understanding self, culture, religion,
economy and society are also emphasized.
emphasis will be placed on oral skills. Input will be based on
text books, web-based sources and authentic
reading materials. Texts and dialogues as well as grammar
and vocabulary exercises for class work will also be created
by the instructor.
GS101A
2 Credits
Caribbean Culture and Identity
This course seeks to introduce students to theories of
“Caribbeanness” through the framework of Caribbean
Cultural Studies. By engaging this multidisciplinary
approach the course highlights major historical, cultural
and aesthetical occurrences in the Caribbean. Students
are expected to analyse race, class and gender as frames
of reference for understanding cultural practices and
subsequent power relations. As such, the course also
offers students a platform from which to interpret cultural
expressions in its broadest political sense.
This course introduces students to critical thinking and
analysis, and encourages students to develop independent
theoretical points of view. Through lectures, class
discussions, video screenings and gallery visits, students
will be exposed to a broad range of visual culture as well as
basic concepts and vocabulary. Emphasis will be placed on
discussing and interpreting art in relation to its historical,
social, political, cultural and personal context.
GS110
2 Credits
English for Living
This course will immerse students in a variety of experiences
designed to facilitate opportunities to communicate
effectively in oral or written communication. Each student
will be assessed at the beginning of the course, and a
careful note of progress recorded in a range of skills
including listening, speaking, reading, writing, thinking and
researching. Attention will be given to vocabulary, grammar
and pronunciation. Activity will take into account culturally
relevant themes and experiences.
GS111
2 Credits
Information Technology for artists and Entrepreneurs
This course is designed to meet students’ practical and
educational needs within the College, their personal use and
within the wider society. It explores productivity software
such as: Microsoft Office Suite 2007 and their uses and
applications to the student within the education system as
well as for future job applications with the aim of gaining
proficiency in the above software.
GS113
3 credits
Conversational French The Beginners French course will cover basic grammar rules,
pronunciation and vocabulary acquisition. Students will
learn how to interact on a basic level in day-to-day situations
with French speakers. They will also learn about French and
Francophone music, art, dance and theatre in the Caribbean
Region and around the world.
The course will be based on the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing, but greater
GS114A
3 Credits
GS115A
3 Credits
This course seeks to facilitate the process of self
development and create awareness of the synergistic
relationship between the creative process and personal
development of the student. The emphasis is on holistic
development incorporating ethical and moral development,
the process of decision-making and choices, values
clarification and identity.
YEAR II
GS200A
2 Credits
Business of Art And Design I
This course introduces the concepts, ideas and practices of
business and commerce to students of Art.
GS200B
2 Credits
Business of Art And Design II
(Pre-Requisite: GS200A)
business and commerce to students of Art and guides them
to successfully manage a small business.
GS201A
2 Credits Psychology I
This course introduces students to general behavioural
psychology as it relates to personality, growth and
development. This course provides information on a broad
range of topics that illustrate how and why we think, feel
and act by introducing students to topics within the areas of
development, abnormal and social psychology.
GS201B
2 Credits Psychology II
(Pre-Requisite: GS201A)
This course introduces students to general behavioural
development. This course provides information on a broad
development, abnormal and social psychology.
students of the arts, the emphasis is on the critical analysis
of life issues from the perspective of the aspiring artist.
GS202A
2 Credits
This course exposes students to an overview of writers in
the Caribbean, knowledge and appreciation of Caribbean
authors, dramatists and poets. Students will compare and
contrast different themes and the development of literary
traditions across different islands.
GS 212A
3 Credits
This course provides an introduction to the basic theoretical
knowledge on which the field of conservation is based.
Students will explore the history of the field; the decisionmaking processes and ethical considerations involved in
conservation and basic preventative interventions and
treatments.
GS202B
2 Credits
GS 212B
3 Credits
Conservation Theory II
Prerequisite: Conservation Theory1 212A
This course follows on from Conservation Theory I. Students
will be introduced to a range of materials found in historic
objects and works of art, encountered by
conservators. Methods of manufacture and how they inform
conservation practices is a core component in understanding
applicable conservation practices. Students will also be
exposed to issues related to methods of examination and
documentation of objects based material as well as their
processes of deterioration and the conservation processes
and tools used to preserve them.
Caribbean Literature II (PRE-REQUISITE: GS202A)
This course exposes students to an overview of writers
from the Caribbean who create in the different genres of
literature, and explores the culture of orality which is a
foundation of Caribbean writing.
GS203
3 Credits
This course is a consolidation of the literacy, critical thinking
and communication skills of students. It places an important
focus on understanding academic language and using it
coherently and confidentially in discussions and arguments
in an exploration of non-fiction texts and context.
GS205A
2 Credits
Exploring Philosophies of Art
to reinvent the Caribbean Tourism Product. To examine the
contribution of arts and culture to tourism in the Caribbean
and address issues of quality in terms of the way this is
being presented.
GS206E
3 Credits
This course introduces beginners to three definitions of
philosophy, and to examples of these definitions in
practice. It covers issues in logic, aesthetics, metaphysics,
epistemology, ethics and Caribbean philosophy. Designed for
GS210
3 Credits
This course is designed for persons with little or no
knowledge of Spanish, who wish to be able to communicate
in the language about everyday matters at a basic level.
GS231
3 Credits
College Mathematics
This course will expose students to set theory, fundamental
concepts of algebra, relations, functions and graphs,
equations, matrices and systems of linear equations.
YEAR III
GS300A
3 Credits
Research Methods IA
This course offers exposure to research methods and
outlines procedures for conducting research in the arts. It
exposes students to various aspects of visual arts and visual
culture through qualitative research.
GS300B
2 Credits
Research Methods lB
Visual Arts practice through research presents the premise
that this discipline is a theoretically robust area of enquiry
and a transformative approach to creating and critiquing
knowledge. This course describes a range of strategies for
planning and conducting research in the Visual Arts.
GS300Y
2 Credits
Research Methods I
This course offers exposure to Research Methods and
procedures for conducting original research projects.
Research types and formats, language and terminology,
measurements and instruments are studied. Also
explored are the problems of validity and reliability and
the procedures and methods available for establishing
these. Planning, conducting and presentation of an original
research or thesis are studied through student seminars
based on preliminary research in selected topics. A practical
and uniform method to be followed in the writing and
presentation of the research paper is introduced.
GS302A
2 Credits
World Literature I
This course provides an opportunity for students to read and
analyze international literary works by writers from Europe,
Africa, Asia and the Americas. This course can be taken at
levels 2 and 3.
GS302B
2 Credits
World Literature II (PRE-REQUISITE: GS302A)
This course is a continuation of World Literature 1 with a
broadened scope of narratives representing diverse regions.
The human condition becomes a focal interest in the course
with close textual analysis on the different aspects affecting
and shaping the life of the main characters. Consideration
is therefore given to the underpinnings of political, cultural
or psycho-social, gender, class, ethnicity or race issues which
shape and inform the narrative and which provides the
framework for analysis and interpretation.
GS303
3 Credits
This course aims to articulate the various methods used in
collecting data-the quantitative and qualitative as well as
different sampling methods, such as random sampling- are
the key elements to defining the validity and characteristics
of effective research and analysis. As these methods are
taught and explored students will seek to critically analyze
and utilize primary and secondary sources in their own
research to bring depth, authoritative support and validity to
their own dance research.
GS305
3 Credits
Gender in Society: Issues and Theoretical Considerations
This course aims to familiarize students in the field of
Gender Studies and across a range of disciplines. Students
will encounter a number of different ways in which sex,
gender and sexuality have been, and can be understood
within the different cultures, especially the Caribbean
culture. Masculinities and femininities and the ways in which
these interact with other markers of difference such as ‘race’,
‘class’, ‘ethnicity’ and ‘nationality’ will be central themes in
this course. Culture, in this context, refers to the inherited
ideas, beliefs, values and knowledge about gender that
constitutes and contributes to the shared bases of social
action and activities of Caribbean peoples.
GS313
3 Credits
Collections Management Care
This course introduces students to the various aspects of
managing collections of historic objects or works of art;
collections care practices, handling, packaging &
transporting objects, methods of preventive conservation,
including pest management and disaster planning.
An introduction to factors, such as light, incorrect
temperature and relative humidity and pollutants that
cause deterioration of museum objects will be provided.
Assessment of the environment and generating methods
for minimizing the decay of artifacts by controlling
environmental factors will be explored, along with aspects
of the museum building, building services and management
that affect collections care.
YEAR IV
GS404B
2 Credits
Introduction to Caribbean Studies
This course is designed to expose students to a range of
forms from the psychological to the global, past to present,
elite to popular, everyday life to the city, and consumption
to production through methods of inquiry using a systematic
approach. Given out permanent place within cultural forms
of one kind or another, the Caribbean needs to stay abreast
of other manifestations within the wider disciplinary field
and students must stay interested in understanding these
forms and their interrelations.
AM400A
2 Credits
Research Methods IIA
measurements and instruments are studied. Also
explored are the problems of validity and reliability and
the procedures and methods available for establishing
these. Planning, conducting and presentation of an original
research or thesis are studied through student seminars
based on preliminary research in selected topics. A practical
and uniform method to be followed in the writing and
presentation of the research paper is introduced.
AM400B
2 Credits
Research Methods IIB
This course introduces students to the rudiments of writing
a research paper from data gathering through to preliminary
analysis and finalization of the research. Individual tutorials
and occasional seminars on specific methodological
problems, assist students with the research, writing and
presentation of the research paper.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
PE201
3 Credits
Theory and Practice in Education
This course is structured around 3 units which allow the
student teacher to think about and develop some principles
of and approaches to teaching, learning, and creating
classroom environments, and to engage in planning and
teaching in different curricular and learning environments.
Additionally, the course provides an introduction to
principles of and approaches to integration, to alternative
approaches to managing classroom environments and
specific approaches to dealing with students’ behaviour.
PE202
3 Credits
Understanding the Learner
This is an introductory course that focuses primarily on
understanding primary and secondary students as learners
in the teaching and learning environment, and as children
from different communities. This course is arranged in units
that examine the characteristics of students at different age
levels, the student and learner in classrooms, their various
socio-cultural settings and communities from which they
come, and characteristics of the exceptional students.
PE203
3 Credits
Technology and Learning
This course is designed to develop theoretical and practical
applications in the knowledge, design, development,
implementation, utilization, management and evaluation of
education technology and technologies for learning
thus increasing the opportunities for enhancing teaching
and learning experiences and improving instructional
communication strategies. The course also focuses on the
above specifically in an arts related lesson or context.
The course covers three components: Instructional
technologies, media and computers, multimedia tools and
e-learning in education and; Integrated Communication
Technologies
PE204
2 Credits
Emergent Teacher
This course seeks to provide opportunities for student
teachers to examine their beliefs, assumptions and
expectations about teaching and how these influence their
practice.
PE205
2 Credits
Teacher, School and Society
This course examines the obligations and responsibilities
that teachers have towards students and society, and
the relationships that exist and ought to exist among
teachers, students, and society. Student teachers will
gain an understanding of the culture of schools, and
an understanding of the historical, social, cultural, and
economic factors that affect school cultures.
PE206
3 Credits
Assessment in the Classroom
In this course, student teachers will critically examine the
teacher’s role as assessor, decision-maker and evaluator.
They will develop a better understanding of assessmentrelated terms, concepts and principles. They will gain
practice in the rudiments of assessment procedures,
conduct evaluation and prepare reports about the
performance of students.
PE302
3 Credits
Introduction to Educational Administration
This educational administration course emphasizes
the importance of leadership practices. Prospective
school administrators are expected to develop inclusive
decision making processes and continually reflect on the
effectiveness of these procedures. The participants in this
course will be exposed to a wide range of knowledge and
skills which will enable them to function, not only as the
heads of institutions, but as better classroom managers,
coordinators and heads of departments
PE303
3 Credits
Trends Issues and Perspectives in Education
This course seeks to develop your understanding for the
dynamic interplay of forces that revolve around the five main
themes. This should result in a heightened appreciation
of the critical and dynamic role played by teachers as the
educators of the citizens of tomorrow.
PE401
3 Credits
Practical Researcher
This course provides the opportunity for student-teachers
to examine their attitude towards research and any
misconceptions about research. In addition, learners are
allowed to assess their level of competence in applying
the principles of research in a variety of educational contexts with emphasis on the classroom; the intention being
to influence their professional development as teacherresearchers. It requires participants to apply relevant
research knowledge, skills and disposition to allow them to
address in practical ways, educational problems affecting
them and learners in their specialized fields. The general
vision is that the participants will begin to adopt a culture
of researching to guide their decisions. In light of this, the
course is organized around three main themes:
1. The Field of Educational Research and the Fundamental
Principles of Educational Research
2. The Teacher as Researcher: Practical Approach to
Educational Problems
3. The Teacher as Researcher Facilitator: Meeting the
learners needs as beginning researchers especially in
their acquisition of appropriate attitudes and skills for this
information driven era.
PE402
3 Credits
Reflective Practice and Action Research
Reflective Practicum requires student teachers to participate
in a variety of activities in a school in addition to observing
contextual elements and forces at work in this context. It
requires the participants to work as a learning community
while integrating professional, specialized, pedagogical and
collaborative research knowledge and skills to examine/
address issues related to (a) Curriculum (b) The Process of
Learning in the school assigned
or chosen. During the practicum, the participants will
assume full responsibility for the outcome of the process
although there will be formal supervision. As part of
taking responsibility, they should seek the advice of their
department on matters of concern to them
PE305
3 credits
Technology and Learning in the Classroom
implementation, utilization, management and evaluation
of education technology and technologies for learning,
The course will cover four components: Instructional
technologies, media and methods; Computers, Multimedia
tools and e-learning in education; Integrated Communication
Technologies and; Apps and Mobile devices in the
Classroom.
PE 207
3 credits
Psychology and Education
This course will address a range of topics in Psychology and
Education, which will enhance students’ understanding,
and application in illustrating what motivates how human
beings think, feel and act. Students will also be introduced
to developmental, abnormal, social and other areas of the
science and art of Psychology, while also being exposed
to the tenets of proper application and expectations of
professional impartation and conduct. Students will also be
exposed to current trends in and perspectives of Psychology
and Education.
PE304
3 Credits
Assessment and the Classroom
The Classroom Assessment course provides the opportunity
for student-teachers to understand both the assessment
emphasis of the constructivist and that of the behaviourist
which is normally associated with accountability in
education. The examination of various assessment
concepts that are relevant to classroom assessment forms
an important part of the course. So too are the critical
technical requirements of assessment instruments and
procedures. The course provides opportunities to explore
various instruments and procedures that are frequently used
and associated with constructivist assessment on the one
hand and accountability assessment on the other. It places as
much importance on the acquisition of skills in developing
and using assessment instruments and procedures as it
does on a good grasp of conceptual and theoretical issues.
Students are provided with the opportunity through their
coursework to apply the skills that they learn to authentic
situations.
PE403
3 credits
Fundamentals of Educational Administration
This educational administration course emphasizes
the importance of leadership practices. Prospective
school administrators are expected to develop inclusive
decision making processes and continually reflect on the
effectiveness of these procedures. The participants in this
course will be exposed to a wide range of knowledge and
skills which will enable them to function, not only as the
heads of institutions, but as better classroom managers,
coordinators and heads of departments.
PE400
15 credits
Teaching Practice
This course enables the pre-service artist teacher to gain
practice and confidence as well as develop educational units and lessons for implementation in assigned schools.
Throughout the process, students are guided by assigned
supervisors to conduct school observation exercises; to
complete behavioral, supervisory and material inventories;
to develop lessons and to teach them.
The course provides an opportunity for students to explore
developmental, behavioural, teaching and learning theories
in a practical setting. Within such a setting students have
a chance to see how theory is translated into practice and
the opportunities and challenges that this entails. Students
also have the opportunity to see how teachers provide
professional development for each other in the area of the
Visual and Performing Art.
PE203
3 credits
implementation, utilization, management and evaluation
of education technology and technologies for learning,
The course will cover three components: Instructional
technologies, media and methods; Computers, multimedia
tools and e-learning in education and; Integrated
Communication Technologies.
FACULTY
Phylis Hemmings
Director
MPhil/Ph.D Candidate
Master of Arts in Education,
University of the West Indies; 1996
Bachelor of Education, University of the West Indies; 1986
Janice Gore
Programme Coordinator
M.A. in Arts Administration and Cultural Policy, Goldsmiths
College, University of London, 2007;
M.A. in Publishing Studies, City University, London, 2008;
B.A University of the West Indies, 1989;
Dip. Ed., Mico University College, 2004
Melva Davids
Master of Education , University of the West Indies; 2006
Post Graduate Diploma in Learning and Teaching of English
and Literacy, University of London; 2005
Diploma in Sociology, University of West Indies; 1999
Diploma in Teaching (Primary Education),
Mico Teachers College; 1992
Keino Senior
PhD Candidate, UWI
Master of Philosophy and Bachelor of Arts, UWI
Lorna Ellis
Master of Education (Primary Education), University of the
West Indies; 2007
Anthea Octave
Ph.D., candidate (Cultural Studies) University of the West
Indies Trinidad; 2015
B.A. University of the West Indies 2005
Teacher Education Certification 1999; Sir Arthur Lewis
Community College
Shelley-Ann Morgan
Ph.D Cultural Studies University of the West Indies 2014
Master of Business Administration, Nova Southeastern
University; 2006
Bachelor of Science, University of the West Indies; 2000
Simone Harris
Bachelor of Science in Psychology,University of the West
Indies; 2004
Master of Science in Music Business Administration, Florida
Atlantic University; 2004
Master of Business Administration, General Management,
Everest University; 2008
Cislyn McLennon
EMBA Barry University,
B.Sc. University of the West Indies.
Dip. Ed. Mico University College
Denise Salmon
Master of Business Administration in General Management,
University of the West Indies; 2003
Bachelor of Science in Political Science, University of the
West Indies; 1997
Diploma in Textiles, School of Visual Arts; 1980
Radcliffe Powell
B.B.A. U Tech. 1997
MA. Mount St .Vincent University Canada, Dip. Ed. VDTI
Winston Ewart
Master of Art, University of London, UK.
Licentiate, Royal Schools of Music; 1989
Porter, Colin
Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering, UWI 1989
Kaydian Smith
MA in Law, Intellectual Property Law, George Washington
Univ. 2008
LLB; UWI, Mona
Vilya Thomas
BA Communications, UWI, 1984
Eric Ikeche
Master of Science in Public Relations & Marketing,
2001;University of Nigeria.
Higher National Diploma Institute of Management and
Technology, Nigeria 1990 Dip. Ed., Mico University 2007
Kay Anderson
Master of Business Administration, University of West Indies;
2000
M.A. in Art Education Rhode Island, School of Design 1992
Shawna-Kae Burns
Bachelor of Arts - Linguistics, University of the West Indies
2005
Marisa Benain
Master of Arts - Education, London Metropolitan; 2009
Iris Mutiz
BA Education, Felix Varela Higher Pedagogical Institute,
Santa Clara, Cuba;
Diploma in Spanish, Higher Education Institute of Arts,
Havana, Cuba
Margarita Garcia- Pitters
Master of Education, Conrado Benitez Higher
Pedagogical University Cuba; 1998
Nijer Henry
Bachelor of Engineering;
University of Technology, Jamaica 2004
Diploma; University of Technology, Jamaica 1995
Sylvia Green
Master of Education; University of Technology, Jamaica 2011
Bachelor of Arts; University of the West Indies 1997
Diploma in Teaching; University of the West Indies 1989
Diploma in Sociology; University of the West Indies 1999
Leonie Wallace
MA. French & English Institute of Paris
B.A. French & Spanish UWI. Mona
Diplome d’Etudes Approfondies (PG Diploma inTeaching)
Yolanda Becker
Master of Education, University of the West Indies; 1995
Diploma in Education, University of the West Indies; 1982
Anthea Octave
PhD Cultural Studies, (Pending)UWI St Augustine
B.A. Theatre Arts and Carnival Studies, UWI St Augustine
Coleen Douglas
Post Graduate Diploma in Arts Education , Edna Manley
College of the Visual and Performing Arts. 2014
Cert in Marketing and Sales University of the West Indies;
Mona 2002
B.A. Literatures in English University of the West Indies;
Mona 1999
The School of Dance had its early roots in the
Contemporary Dance Centre (CDC) established by
Sheila Barnett, Barbara Requa and Bert Rose in
the late 1960s. The CDC offered training in Dance
for physical education teachers as well as a junior
programme for children. In 1970, the National
Dance Theatre Company, which was founded by
Professor Rex Nettleford in collaboration with
Barnett, Requa and Rose, formed the Jamaica
School of Dance. Recognizing the need for
appropriate training in the art form of Dance, the
School offered professional training to performers,
choreographers and dance educators. Some of the
teaching staff included noted dance practitioners
such as Barnett, Nettleford, Barry Moncrieffe and
Yvonne Dacosta.
Programmes
The School of Dance offers a number of Bachelor, Associate
and Certificate programmes: Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA)
in Performance and Choreography (4 years) and Traditional
and Folk Dance Studies (4years), Bachelor of Arts in Dance
Education (BAE) (4 years), Associate of Arts (AA) in Dance
Performance (2 years), Certificate in Dance Performance (2
years) and a Certificate in Dance Technique (1year).
These developments were fuelled by the School’s mandate
to continually provide quality training in all aspects of dance
theatre and production (performance, choreography and
production), as well as the need to provide young people
in Jamaica and the Caribbean region with higher and more
globally recognized qualifications. Further focus on cultural
identity and folk forms and an increased fervor of the artist
as a cultural agent, particularly in indigenous genres that
have a significant sense of: identity, unique branding and
cultural presence, saw the development of the Bachelor of
Fine Arts (BFA) in Traditional and Folk Dance Studies at the
School of Dance which will commence September 2014.
Programmes are designed to create the ‘well-rounded and
informed artist’ and offer a strong balance between
academic and practical studies. Graduates are equipped
to pursue careers as professional dancers, choreographers,
teachers, dance administrators, dance advocates,
community dance practitioners, production managers,
events coordinators and writers and researchers in a variety
of organizations and sectors such as: corporate, government
agencies, media houses, tourism and entertainment
industries, Musicals, professional dance companies and
educational institutions.
SCHOOL OF DANCE POLICIES
ATTENDANCE POLICY
1. All students must be registered before attending classes.
2. No student should be involved in dance productions
outside the School which may take away from their studies
(unless permission is granted by the Director of the School)
All students are required to be punctual for all classes.
3. Students have a ten (10)-minute grace period in which
they will be allowed to participate in class but will be
marked late. After ten (10) minutes, students will be marked
as absent but will be allowed in class to sit and observe.
PRACTICAL CLASSES
If students are late and/or absent for twenty percent (20%) of
the course, five percent (5%) will be deducted from their final
grade. If students are absent for forty percent (40%)
or more of classes, they will not be allowed to take the final
exam and will be given an F for the course. Please note that
late/absent penalties will be pro-rated; for example, if late
and/or absent for fifteen percent (15%) of the course, three
point seven five percent (3.75%) will be deducted from their
final grade and similarly if late and/or absent for twenty
five percent (25%) of the course, six point two five percent
(6.25%) will be deducted from their final grade.
SUBMISSION OF WRITTEN ASSIGNMENT
1. All assignments are to be submitted on or before the
specified due date and before the time (e.g. 4 p.m.) noted.
2. Written assignments must be handed in with a
Coursework Cover Sheet. These sheets are available in the
School’s Administration Office.
3. If you submit after the due date (but before the hard
deadline), your submission will be penalized by five percent
(5%) for each day after the due date. Work submitted after
the hard deadline will not be accepted.
4. Students must ensure that they collect a receipt for all
written assignments when it is submitted.
DRESS CODE FOR DANCE CLASSES
Please note: Incorrect attire may result in students being
asked to sit-out or leave the class.
BALLET
Females
•
Black leotard
FOLK
Females
•
Black leotard
•
Full-length black tights
•
A wrap/lapa
•
Pink/flesh-coloured tights
Males
•
Fitted black tank top or black leotard
•
Pink ballet shoes
•
Folk/bongo pants
Males
•
White tank top or leotard
NOT ALLOWED
•
Shorts
•
•
T-shirts
•
White socks
•
White/Black ballet shoes
•
•
studs)
Baggy sweat pants
Jewelry (with the exception of small ear/nose-
MODERN TECHNIQUE
Females
•
Black leotard
•
Males
•
Fitted black tank top or black leotard
•
BACHELOR OF ART EDUCATION IN DANCE EDUCATION
To qualify for the BAE Dance Education, full-time students will be required to successfully complete a minimum of one
hundred and forty (140) credits, inclusive of 6 credits of electives over four (4) years, as set out below:
CREDIT STRUCTURE
YEAR 1
CREDITS
YEAR 3
CREDITS
Major
22
Major
20
General
12
General
3
Adjunct
2
Adjunct
0
Total
36
Professional Education
9
Total
32
YEAR 2
CREDITS
Major
14
YEAR 4
CREDITS
General
9
Major
0
Adjunct
5
General
0
9
Adjunct
0
Total
37
14
Teaching Practicum
15
Electives
Total
6
35
COURSE MENU
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 1
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 2
CODE
COURSE
CR
CODE
COURSE
CR
DP101A
Modern Technique I
3
DP101B
Modern Technique II
3
DP102A
DP103A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP102B
Ballet Technique II
1
Improvisation I
2
DE107B
Movement Theory and Analysis I
3
DP109A
Caribbean Traditional and Folk
3
DP109B
3
DP108B
Technique and Theory I
Technique and Theory II
DP104A
Kinesiology
3
Introduction to Dance Injury,
2
GS100A
2
GS105
Critical Thinking and Creative
2
GS100B
2
3
GS114
3
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 2
Prevention and Care
Insight
GS115
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 1
DP201A
Modern Technique III
3
DP201B
Modern Technique IV
3
DP202A
Ballet Technique lll
1
DP202B
Ballet Technique IV
1
DP209A
3
DP224
Traditional and Folk Technique
3
Technique and Theory III
and Performance I
DE202
Methods in Dance Pedagogy
3
DP205B
Drumming and Chanting
2
DH212
Dance Histories and Perspectives
3
PE207
3
GS203
Academic
and
ProfessionalWriting
3
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
GS210
Conversational Spanish OR
3
PE201
YEAR 3
SEMESTER 2
3
GS213
3
YEAR 3
SEMESTER 1
DP301A
Modern Technique V
3
DP301B
Modern Technique VI
3
DP311A
Jazz Technique 1
2
DE307B
Movement Theory and Analysis II
3
DP324
Traditional and Folk Technique
3
DE302
Movement Technique in the Teaching of Dance as Art
and Education
3
and Performance II
DE304
Methods in Dance Pedagogy and
Practicum
3
DP320
Traditional Dance and Culture of the Caribbean I
3
DP306
Art of Creating Dance
3
PE305
Technology & Learning in the Classroom
3
PE304
Assessment and the Classroom
3
YEAR 4
SEMESTER 1
DE401
Current Issues and Trends in
3
Dance Education
DE402
Dance Education Lab
2
PE403
Fundamentals of Educational
3
YEAR 4
SEMESTER 2
CODE
COURSE
CR
DE403
3
and Action Research
PE400
Teaching Practicum
15
Administration
PE401
3
Elective
---------------------------
6
As of August 2010, Reflective Practice and Action Research (PE402) was integrated into the Methods for Teaching Dance III
(DE332B) (now Methods in Dance Pedagogy and Action Research (DE403)). Therefore persons who have completed Methods
for Teaching Dance III prior to August 2010 would not have completed this component and are required to do DE03.
BACHELOR OF ART EDUCATION IN DANCE EDUCATION
Graduates who have successfully completed the Joint Board of Teacher Education (JBTE) Diploma in Dance Education
programme for the period 2004 to present will be required to complete a minimum of forty-four (44) credits towards the
BAE Dance Education. This Diploma upgrade is offered as a one-year programme full-time programme but may be longer
based on courses needed, entry competencies and/or required course fulfillment. The programme can also be completed on
a part-time basis for a period not exceeding two (2) years.
JBTE Diploma in Dance Education graduates will be required to submit their academic transcript for assessment. Each case
will be treated individually for equivalences and applicants will be advised
on their credit requirement for completion.
Transfer credits will be granted for all courses on their equivalents which were done in the JBTE Diploma Programme and are
in the BAE Dance Education.
CREDIT STRUCTURE
(* May vary according to courses needed/entry competencies and/or required course fulfillment)
ONE YEAR
CREDITS
Major
7*
Adjunct
0*
General Studies
11*
20*
Teaching Practicum
6
Electives
2*
Total
46*
COURSE MENU
The two-credit Elective can be taken in any either Semester 1 or 2.
SEMESTER 1
SEMESTER 2
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
GS105
2
DP202B
Ballet Technique IV
1
DP202A
Ballet Technique III
1
PE207
3
GS203
3
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
GS210
3
DE302
Movement Technique in the
DP311A
Jazz Technique I
2
DE401
Teaching of Dance as
Art and Education
3
Dance Education
3
DE307B
Movement Theory and Analysis 3
II
DE402
Dance Education Lab
2
DE403
PE401
3
PE403
Fundamentals of
Educational Administration
PE400B
3
and Action Research
3
Teaching Practicum
6
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS IN PERFORMANCE AND CHOREOGRAPHY
To qualify for the B.F.A. Performance and Choreography, full-time students will be required to successfully complete a
minimum of 132 credits inclusive of 3 credits of electives over four (4) years, as set out below:
CREDIT STRUCTURE
YEAR 1
CREDITS
YEAR 3
CREDITS
Major
19
Major
24
General
15
General
0
Adjunct
3
Adjunct
11
Total
37
Total
5
YEAR 2
CREDITS
YEAR 4
CREDITS
Major
23
Major
18
General
9
General
0
Adjunct
2
Adjunct
5
Total
34
Electives
3
Total
26
COURSE MENU
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 1
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 2
CODE
COURSE
CR
CODE
COURSE
CR
DP101A
Modern Technique I
3
DP101B
Modern Technique II
3
DP102A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP102B
Ballet Technique II
1
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
DE107B
3
DP104A
Kinesiology
3
DP109B
3
DP109A
3
GS100B
Critical Thinking and
2
Expository Writing
GS100A
2
GS105
Critical Thinking and Creative
2
GS111
Information Technology for
Artists and Entrepreneurs
3
3
GS114
3
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 2
Insight
GS115
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 1
DP201A
3
DP201B
Modern Technique IV
3
DP202A
1
DP202B
Ballet Technique IV
1
DP210
Traditional &Folk Technique
DP207
Folk Technique and
2
and Theory III
2
Performance I
DD230A
Dance Performance Techniques
2
DH212
3
GS206E
3
DD210
Performance and
3
Repertory Ensemble I
DP213
Music in Dance
2
GS210
GS213
3
DH213
Dance Histories: Evolution in
Artistic Practice and Education
3
3
3
GS231B
College Mathematics
YEAR 3
SEMESTER 2
3
DP301B
Modern Technique VI
3
Ballet Technique V
1
DP302B
Ballet Technique VI
1
Folk Technique and Performance II
1
DP317
Folk Fusion OR
1
DP327
Jamaican Street Dance Culture
YEAR 3
SEMESTER 1
DP301A
Modern Technique V
DP302A
DP325
Philosophies and Practices in
1
The New Millennium
DP307
Composition and Creative
Framework
3
DP311A
Jazz Technique I
2
DP304
Performance and Repertory
3
DD301
Fundamentals of Movement and
Body Therapies
2
Ensemble II
DP306A
3
DP308
The Craft of Theatre
3
DE305
Teaching Methods for Studio
3
GS305
Gender in Society: Issues
3
Dance
and Theoretical Framework
GS303
3
YEAR 4
SEMESTER 1
YEAR 4
SEMESTER 2
CODE
COURSE
CR
CODE
COURSE
CR
DP401A
DD403
Modern Technique VII
3
DP401B
Modern Technique VIII
3
Musical Theatre
2
DD402
DanceWorks Repertory
3
DD405
Internship
3
DD407A
Independent Study in
2
DD407B
3
DD404B
Ensemble: Design for Dance
Performance/Choreography I
Elective
------------------------------
4
Performance/Choreography II
Dance Production Planning and
Management
3
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS IN PERFORMANCE AND CHOREOGRAPHY
Graduates with a minimum of a C average in Diploma in Theatre Arts will be required to do a minimum of forty-three (43)
credits inclusive of specialization and electives.
Students with less than a C average in core dance courses may be required to repeat said courses (but are evaluated
individually).
CREDIT STRUCTURE
(* May vary according to courses needed/entry competencies and/or required course fulfillment)
ONE YEAR
CREDITS
Major
35*
Adjunct
7*
General Studies
11*
Electives
2*
Total
55*
COURSE MENU
SEMESTER 1
SEMESTER 2
CODE
COURSE
CR
CODE
COURSE
CR
GS115
3
GS105
2
DP301A
Modern Technique V
3
DH213
3
DP302A
Ballet Technique V
1
Dance Histories: Evolution in Artistic Practice
and Education
DP304
Performance and Repertory
Ensemble II
3
DP311A
Jazz Technique I
2
DP401A
DD403
DP307
Composition and Creative Framework
3
DD301
Fundamentals of Movement and Body
Therapies
2
3
DP301B
Modern Technique VI
3
Musical Theatre
2
DP401B
3
DD406
Internship
3
DD402
3
DD407A
2
DanceWorks Repertory Ensemble: Design for
Dance
DD407B
Independent Study in Performance and
Choreography II
4
GS305
Gender in Society: Issues and Theoretical
Framework
3
GS231
College Mathematics
3
DP308
The Craft of Theatre3
DP317
Folk Fusion1
DP302B
Ballet Technique VI1
DP404
Management
3
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS IN TRADITIONAL AND FOLK DANCE STUDIES
To qualify for the BFA Traditional and Folk Dance Studies full-time students will be required to successfully complete a
minimum of one hundred and twenty-eight (128) credits over four (4) years, including eight (8) elective credits, as set out
below.
CREDIT STRUCTURE
YEAR 1
CREDITS
YEAR 3
CREDITS
Major
22
Major
24
General
12
General
2
Adjunct
3
Adjunct
6
Total
37
Total
32
YEAR 2
CREDITS
YEAR 4
CREDITS
Major
20
Major
17
General
14
General
0
Adjunct
0
Adjunct
0
Electives
3
Electives
5
Total
37
Total
22
COURSE MENU
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 1
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 2
CODE
COURSE
CR
CODE
COURSE
CR
DP101A
Modern Technique I
3
DP101B
Modern Technique II
3
DP102A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP102B
Ballet Technique II
1
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
DE107B
3
DP109A
3
DP109B
Caribbean Traditional and Folk Technique and
Theory II
3
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
DP104A
Kinesiology
3
GS114
3
GS115
3
GS111
3
GS105
2
Entrepreneurs
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 1
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 2
DP201A
3
DH202B
Introduction to Folk Philosophy
3
DP209A
3
DP201B
Modern Technique IV
3
DP224
Traditional and Folk
3
DD230A
2
DH212
3
DP2O5B
Drumming and Chanting 2
GS203
3
GS231
College Mathematics
3
GS206E
3
Elective
---
3
GS210
3
Technique and Performance I
GS213
3
YEAR 3
SEMESTER 1
DE305
Teaching Methods for Studio Dance
3
DE306
3
DP320
Traditional Dance and Culture of the
Caribbean I
3
DP324
Traditional and Folk Technique and
Performance II
TT304B
Critiquing Performance
YEAR 3
SEMESTER 2
DE303
Movement Technique in the Teaching of Dance
as Art and Education
3
DP316B
Folk and Contemporary Fusion
3
3
DP321
Traditional Dance and Culture of the Caribbean
II
3
3
DD301
Fundamentals of Movement
2
and Body Therapies
GS305
Gender in Society: Issues and Theoretical
Framework
3
GS303
3
YEAR 4
SEMESTER 2
YEAR 4
SEMESTER 1
DP313B
Groundings Folk Repertory Ensemble
3
DP403B
Urban Folk: Traditional and Popular Dance
Expressions
3
DP402A
African-Caribbean Rhythm and
Percussion
2
DD407B
Independent Study in Performance/
Choreography II
4
DD406
Internship
3
Elective
---
2
DD407A
2
Elective
---
3
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS IN DANCE PERFORMANCE
To qualify for the AA Dance Performance, full-time students will be required to successfully complete a minimum of seventyfive (75) credits over two (2) years, including two (2) elective credits, as set out below.
CREDIT STRUCTURE
YEAR 1
CREDITS
YEAR 2
CREDITS
Major
19
Major
20
General
13
General
9
Adjunct
3
Adjunct
9
Electives
2
Total
40
Total
35
COURSE MENU
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 1
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 2
CODE
COURSE
DP101A
Modern Technique I
CR
CODE
COURSE
CR
3
DP101B
Modern Technique II
3
DP102A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP102B
Ballet Technique II
1
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
DE107B
3
DP104A
Kinesiology
3
DP109B
3
DP109A
3
GS100B
GS100A
2
GS115
3
2
Expository Writing
GS111
Information Technology for Artists
3
and Entrepreneurs
GS114
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 2
3
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 1
DP201A
3
DP201B
Modern Technique IV
3
DP209A
Caribbean Traditional and
3
DD210
Performance and Repertory Ensemble I
3
Folk Technique and Theory III
DD230A
2
DH212
3
GS210
3
GS231
College Mathematics
3
GS213
3
GS206E
3
DP308
3
DE305
Teaching Methods for Studio Dance
3
DP404
3
DE320
Traditional Dance and
Management
3
Elective
---
2
Culture of the Caribbean I
CERTIFICATE IN DANCE PERFORMANCE
To qualify for the Certificate Dance Performance, full-time students will be required to successfully complete a minimum of
sixty-three (63) credits and a maximum of sixty-five (65) credits over two (2) years, as set out below.
CREDIT STRUCTURE
YEAR 1
CREDITS
YEAR 2 CREDITS
Major
19
Major
24
General
6
General
3
Adjunct
2
Adjunct
6
Total
27
Electives
3
Total
6
COURSE MENU
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 1
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 2
CODE
COURSE
CR
CODE
COURSE
CR
DP101A
Modern Technique I
3
DP101B
Modern Technique II
3
DP102A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP102B
Ballet Technique II
1
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
DE107B
3
DP109A
3
DP109B
3
GS100A
3
DP110
Community Dance
2
GS111
Information Technology for Artists
and Entrepreneurs Credits
3
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 2
CODE
CREDITS
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 1
CR
CODE
COURSE
DD230A
2
DP201B
Modern Technique IV
3
DP201A
3
DP202B
Ballet Technique IV
1
DP202A
1
DP224
Performance I
3
DP209A
3
DP210
Performance
and
Repertory Ensemble I
3
DP225A
Community Dance Internship I
1
DP308
3
DP306
3
DP225B
Community Dance Internship II
2
DP311A
Jazz Technique I
2
Elective
3
GS206E
3
MINOR STUDIES: Dance Performance
The Dance Performance minor is comprised of eighteen (18) credits to be divided in eight (8) credit hours of technique and
ten (10) credit hours of other required courses. Students may choose between Modern and Traditional Folk technique or
may opt to take one semester of Modern technique and one semester of Traditional Folk Technique in fulfillment of the
requisite credit hours for technique.
COURSE MENU TECHNIQUE
COURSES
REQUIRED COURSES
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
DH212
3
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
DD210
Performance and Repertory Ensemble I
3
DD230A
2
MINOR STUDIES: Dance Education
The Dance Education minor is comprised of twentythree (23) credits in the following courses.
COURSE MENU
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
DE202
3
DE304
Methods in Dance Pedagogy and Practicum
3
DE303
Movement Technique in the Teaching of Dance as Art
and Education
3
DE307B
3
DE403
Methods in Dance Pedagogy and Action Research
3
DE401
Current Issues and Trends in Dance Education
3
DE402
Dance Education Lab
2
PE 207
3
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN DANCE EDUCATION 2011-2012
(140 CREDITS: 6 ELECTIVES AND 134 REQUIRED COURSES)
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
CR
YEAR I SEMESTER II
CR
DP109A
Caribbean Traditional & Folk Tech. &
Theory I
3
DP109B
Caribbean Traditional & Folk Tech. & Theory II
3
DP102A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP102B
Ballet Technique II
1
DP101A
Modern Technique I
3
DP101B
Modern Technique II
3
GS100A
College English I
2
GS100B
College English II
2
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
GS106E
Ethics, Creativity and Self I
2
GS107E
Ethics, Creativity and Self II
2
GS104A
Caribbean History, Aesthetics and
Culture I
2
GS104B
Caribbean History, Aesthetics and Culture II
2
DP104A
Kinesiology
3
DP108B
Introduction to Dance Injury, Prevention and
Care
2
Total
18
Total
18
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 2
DP209A
Theory III
3
DP209B
Caribbean Traditional & Folk Tech. & Theory IV
3
PE204
Emergent Teacher
2
PE205
2
GS203
Academic Writing
3
GS201A
Introduction to Psychology
2
DE107B
Movement Theory & Analysis I
3
DE307B
3
GS210
3
DH101B
Dance History I
3
PE201
3
PE202
3
PE203
Technology & Learning
3
Total
20
Total
16
YEAR 3 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 3 SEMESTER 2
DP201A
3
DP201B
Modern Technique IV
3
DP223A
Caribbean Traditional Dance and
Culture I
3
DE301
Applied Movement Technique for the
Classroom
2
PE206
3
DP212A
Dance Composition I
3
PE303
Trends, Issues & Perspectives in Education
3
DE207A
Methods for Teaching
Dance I (Observation)
2
DE207B
Dance II (2-week Episode)
2
DP309A
Theory V
3
DP2O5B
Drumming and Chanting OR African/
Caribbean Rhythms
2
Total
17
Total
12
YEAR 4 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 4 SEMESTER 2
DP311A
Jazz Technique I
2
PE301
Philosophies and Practice in Arts
Education
3
PE400
Teaching Practicum
(Easter & Summer Terms)
15
PE302
Intro. To Educational Admin.
3
DE332B
Methods for Teaching Dance III (Reflective
Practice and Action Research)
2
DE401
Current Issues and Trends in Dance
Education
3
DE402
Dance Education Lab
2
PE401
The Practical Researcher
3
Total
16
Total
17
The minimum elective requirement for this programme is 6 credits.
BFA PERFORMANCE AND CHOREOGRAPHY 2011-2012
(120 CREDITS: 114 REQUIRED CREDITS AND 6 ELECTIVES)
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
CR
YEAR I SEMESTER 2
CR
DP109A
Theory I
3
DP109B
Caribbean Traditional & Folk Tech.
& Theory II
3
DP102A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP102B
Ballet Technique II
1
DP101A
Modern Technique I
3
DP101B
Modern Technique II
3
GS100A
College English I
2
GS100B
College English II
2
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
DE107B
3
GS106E
2
GS107E
2
GS104A
Culture I
2
GS104B
Caribbean History, Aesthetics
and Culture II
2
Total
15
Total
16
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 2
CR
DP201A
3
DP201B
Modern Technique IV
3
DP202A
1
DP202B
Ballet Technique IV
1
DD230A
2
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
DP104A
Kinesiology
3
GS102A
*Introduction to Spanish I
2
GS102B
2
GS206E
3
DP211A
Performance and Repertory I
3
DE201A
Methods for Teaching Studio Dance
3
DD241B
Introduction to Movement and
Body Therapies
2
GS103A
*Information Technology I
0
GS103B
Information Technology II
2
Total
17
Total
16
YEAR 3 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 3 SEMESTER 2
CR
DP301A
Modern Technique V
3
DP301B
Modern Technique VI
3
DP311A
Jazz Technique I
2
GS107
Sex, Gender and Caribbean Culture
3
DP211B
Performance and Repertory II
3
DP212B
Dance Composition II
3
DP212A
Dance Composition I
3
DH201B
Dance History II
3
DH101B
Dance History I
3
GS203E
3
Elective
Elective
Total
14
Total
15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 4 SEMESTER 2
CR
DP401A
3
DP401B
3
DD403
Musical Theatre
2
DD402
Danceworks
3
DD405
Internship
4
DD404
Performance/ Choreography
6
Elective
Total
Elective
9
Total
12
The minimum elective requirement for this programme is 6 credits.* Students with passes in Spanish at the CXC level or
above may write for exemption from Introduction to Spanish I (GS102A). Students with passes in Information Technology at
the CXC level or above may write to the registry for exemption from Information Technology I (GS103A).
CERTIFICATE in DANCE PERFORMANCE 2 YEARS
(60 CREDITS MINIMUM, 65 CREDITS MAXIMUM)
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
CR
YEAR I SEMESTER 2
CR
DP109A
Theory I
3
DP109B
Theory II
3
DP102A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP102B
Ballet Technique II
1
DP101A
Modern Technique I
3
DP101B
Modern Technique II
3
GS110
English for Living
3
DP110
Community Dance
2
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
DE107B
3
DD230A
2
DD211A
3
15
Elective
Total
14
Total
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 2
CR
DP201A
3
DP201B
Modern Technique IV
3
DP202A
1
DP202B
Ballet Technique IV
1
DP209A
3
DP224
Performance I
3
GS103A
Information Technology I
2
DP225A
1
DP225B
2
GS206E
3
DP222A
Theatre Craft I
3
DP311A
Jazz Technique I
2
DP212B
3
Total
15
Elective
Total
15
Electives
Code
Course Title
DE201A Methods for Teaching Studio Dance
DD403 Musical Theatre
DP211A Performance and Repertory II
Credits
2 credits
2 credits
3 credits
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN DANCE EDUCATION 2012-2014
(140 CREDITS: 6 ELECTIVES AND 134 REQUIRED COURSES)
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
CR
YEAR I SEMESTER II
CR
DP109A
Theory I
3
DP109B
Theory II
3
DP102A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP102B
Ballet Technique II
1
DP101A
Modern Technique I
3
DP101B
Modern Technique II
3
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
DE107B
3
GS106E
2
GS107E
2
GS104A
Culture I
2
GS104B
Culture II
2
DP104A
Kinesiology
3
DP108B
Introduction to Dance Injury, Prevention
and Care
2
Total
18
Total
18
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 2
DP209A
Theory III
3
DP224
Traditional Folk Technique and
Performance I
3
PE204
Emergent Teacher
2
PE205
2
GS203
Academic Writing
3
GS208A
Fundamentals of Psychology
2
GS210
3
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
PE201
3
DH101B
Dance History I
3
PE203
Technology & Learning
3
PE202
3
Total
20
Total
16
YEAR 3 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 3 SEMESTER 2
DP201A
3
DP201B
Modern Technique IV
3
DP223A
Culture I
3
DE301
Classroom
2
PE206
3
DE307B
3
DP212A
Dance Composition I
3
PE303
Trends, Issues & Perspectives in
Education
3
DE207A
Dance I (Observation)
2
DE207B
Dance II (2-week Episode)
2
DP309A
Theory V
3
DP2O5B
Drumming and Chanting OR African/
Caribbean Rhythms
2
DP324
Traditional Folk Technique and
Performance II
3
Total
17
Total
12
YEAR 4 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 4 SEMESTER 2
DP311A
Jazz Technique I
2
PE301
Education
3
PE400
Teaching Practicum
(Easter & Summer Terms)
15
PE302
3
DE332B
Methods for Teaching Dance III (Reflective
Practice and Action Research)
2
DE401
Education
3
DE402
Dance Education Lab
2
PE401
3
Total
16
Total
17
BAE DEGREE COMPLETION/DIPLOMA UPGRADE
(45 credits: 44 required credits and 1 elective)
SEMESTER 1
CR
SEMESTER 2
CR
DP311A
Jazz Technique I
2
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
PE301
Education
3
GS208A
Fundamentals of Psychology
2
PE302
3
DE307B
3
GS210
3
DE301
Classroom
2
GS213
3
GS203
Academic Writing
3
DE401
Dance Education
3
PE303
Trends, Issues & Perspectives in
Education
3
DE402
Dance Education Lab
2
PE402
Reflective Practice and Action
Research*
3
PE401
3
PE400B
Teaching Practicum (Christmas
or Easter Term)
6
Total
22
Total
22
The minimum elective requirement for this programme is 1credit
*The Reflective Practice and Action Research course is required only for candidates of the Degree Completion programme.
This course has been integrated into the Methods for Teaching Dance III course in the BA in Dance Education degree.
Therefore, persons who have completed Methods for Teaching Dance III prior to August 2010 would not have completed this
component and is required to do the course.
BFA PERFORMANCE AND CHOREOGRAPHY 2012-2013
(120 CREDITS: 115 REQUIRED CREDITS AND 5 ELECTIVES)
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
CR
YEAR I SEMESTER 2
CR
DP109A
Theory I
3
DP109B
Theory II
3
DP102A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP102B
Ballet Technique II
1
DP101A
Modern Technique I
3
DP101B
Modern Technique II
3
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
DE107B
3
GS106E
2
GS107E
2
GS104A
Caribbean History, Aesthetics & Culture I
2
GS104B
Caribbean History, Aesthetics and Culture
II
2
Total
15
Total
16
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 2
3
DP201A
DP201B
Modern Technique IV
3
DP202A
1
DP202B
Ballet Technique IV
1
DD230A
2
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
DP104A
Kinesiology
3
GS102A
2
GS102B
2
GS206E
3
DD211A
3
DE201A
3
DD241B
Introduction to Movement and Body
Therapies
2
GS111
Artist and Entrepreneurs
3
19
Total
17
Total
YEAR 3 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 3 SEMESTER 2
DP301A
Modern Technique V
2
DP301B
Modern Technique VI
2
DP209A
Caribbean Traditional &Folk Technique
and Theory III
2
DP209B
Technique and Theory IV
2
DP311A
Jazz Technique I
2
GS107
Gender and Caribbean Culture
3
DP211B
3
DP212B
3
DP212A
Dance Composition I
3
DH201B
Dance History II
3
DH101B
Dance History I
3
GS203E
3
Elective
Total
Elective
15
Total
16
YEAR 4 SEMESTER 1
CR
DP401A
3
DP401B
3
DD403
Musical Theatre
2
DD402
BFA DanceWorks: Repertory
Ensemble/ Design for Dance
3
DD405
Internship
3
DD404A
Choreography
2
DD404B
Choreography
4
Elective
Total
YEAR 4 SEMESTER 2
Elective
10
Total
10
The minimum elective requirement for this programme is 5 credits.* Students with passes in Spanish at the CXC level or
above may write for exemption from Introduction to Spanish I (GS102A). Students with passes in Information Technology at
the CXC level or above may write to the registry for exemption from Information Technology I (GS103A).
BFA DEGREE COMPLETION/DIPLOMA UPGRADE
(34 credits minimum for 2005 to present graduates)
Graduates for the Period 2005 to Present
Graduates who have successfully completed the Diploma in Dance Theatre and Production programme between the periods
2005 to present will be required to complete a minimum of 34 credits towards the BFA in Performance and Choreography.
This cohort will benefit from critical thinking and writing discourse intended to further their intellectual capacity and fulfill
critical components of the BFA degree outcome.
Graduates Prior to 2005
Graduates who have successfully completed the Diploma in Dance Theatre and Production programme prior to 2005 (revised
diploma) will submit their academic transcript for assessment. Each case will be treated individually for equivalences and
applicants will be advised on their credit requirement for completion.
Courses to choose from for the BFA degree completion
Code
Course
Credits
GS 106E
2
GS 107E
2
DP 311A
Jazz Technique I
2
GS 231B
College Mathematics
3
DP 211B
3
DD 241B
Intro. To Movement and Body Therapies
2
DP 301B
Modern Technique VI
2
DP 401A
3
DP 401B
3
DD 403
Musical Theatre
2
GS 107
3
DD 405
Internship (as of academic year 2011-2012; prior to the credits =4)
3
DP 212B
3
DH 201B
Dance History II (Theatre Elective)
3
DD 402
BFA DanceWorks: Repertory Ensemble/ Design for Dance
3
DD 404A
Independent Study in Perf/Choreography I
2
DD 404B
Independent Study in Perf/Choreography II
4
N.B.
Students with a minimum of a C average in the Diploma in Theatre Arts will be required to do a minimum of 34 credits
inclusive of specialization and electives.
Students with less than a C average in core dance courses may be required to repeat said courses (but are evaluated
individually).
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS IN DANCE PERFORMANCE 2 YEARS
(70 CREDITS minimum: 69 REQUIRED CREDITS AND 1 ELECTIVE CREDIT)
ONLY 64 CREDITS ARE TRANSFERABLE INTO THE BFA DEGREE
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
CR
YEAR I SEMESTER 2
CR
DP109A
Theory I
3
DP109B
Theory II
3
DP102A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP102B
Ballet Technique II
1
DP101A
Modern Technique I
3
DP101B
Modern Technique II
3
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
DE107B
3
DP104A
Kinesiology
3
DH101B
Dance History I
3
GS106E
2
GS104A
Culture I
2
Total
18
Total
15
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 2
CR
DP201A
3
DP201B
Modern Technique IV
3
DP209A
3
DP315A
Theatre Arts Management
2
DD230A
2
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
DP223A
Culture I
3
DD211A
3
GS102A
2
DP222A
Theatre Craft I
3
GS206E
3
GS111
Entrepreneurs
3
DE201A
3
Total
19
Total
17
The current BFA in Performance and Choreography degree is 64 credits in the first two years of the programme. With this in
mind, the AA degree in Dance Performance consists of a large number of these 64 credits and includes other courses
(Theatre Craft I, Theatre Arts Management) which are not transferable, but which will support and strengthen the individual
who exits with the Associate Degree in Dance Performance.
NB. Student may attain an Associate of Arts Degree after successful completion of two years (70 credits) of the BFA in
Performance and Choreography. Students’ attainment of this degree will be contingent upon discussions with their advisors
and the Director of the School of Dance regarding required credits that fulfil the Associates of Arts in Dance Performance
degree.
CERTIFICATE IN DANCE PERFORMANCE 2 YEARS
(60 CREDITS MINIMUM, 65 CREDITS MAXIMUM)
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
CR
YEAR I SEMESTER 2
CR
DP109A
Theory I
3
DP109B
Theory II
3
DP102A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP102B
Ballet Technique II
1
DP101A
Modern Technique I
3
DP101B
Modern Technique II
3
GS110
English for Living
3
DP110
Community Dance
2
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
DE107B
3
GS111
Entrepreneurs
3
Elective
Total
12
Total
15
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 1
CR
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 2
CR
DP201A
3
DP201B
Modern Technique IV
3
DP202A
1
DP202B
Ballet Technique IV
1
DP209A
3
DP224
Performance I
3
DD230A
2
DD211A
3
DP225A
1
DP225B
2
DP212A
Dance Composition I
3
GS206E
3
DP222A
Theatre Craft I
3
DP311A
Jazz Technique I
2
Total
15
Elective
Total
18
Electives Code
DE201A
Course Title
Credits
2
DD403
Musical Theatre
2
DP211A
3
DP212B
3
DANCE MINOR PROGRAMME
STRUCTURE
DANCE PERFORMANCE MINOR
As mentioned earlier the four year degree programme also
allows for students to pursue minor studies in an area of
choice outside of their major. There are two opportunities
for minor studies as follows: Minor Studies (MS) where
students can focus on a particular area of study and
Minor Alternative Studies (MAS) where students may
select courses from all five (5) schools to satisfy the minor
studies credit requirement. Students who select the Minor
Alternative Studies are required to fulfill a maximum of 20
credits. A maximum of 9 credits of the 20 required credits
may be used to meet the requirements for both the Minor
and Major, subject to the approval of the department/
programme.
The Dance Minor offers a holistic treatment of the needs of
the interested student, spanning the practical, theoretical,
technical and performative elements of training in Dance.
A minimum of eighteen (18) credits drawn from both
the academic and practical courses are required for the
completion of the minor. Students pursuing a Dance Minor
are held to all programme regulations concerning interviews,
prerequisites, and auditions for classes.
Designated dance faculty members must, therefore, advise
students regularly before registering for courses. Programme
approval is required.
The School of dance offers two dance minor programmes:
Dance Performance Minor and Dance Education Minor
each requiring 18 credit hours for completion. Also listed in
this section are the dance courses available for the Minor
Alternative.
Programme Description and Requirements
All students interested in the Minor in Dance Performance
are to participate in the scheduled placement audition/s,
and subsequently are expected to attain and/or maintain the
high intermediate level of the chosen Dance Techniques
- Modern, Caribbean Traditional Folk, Ballet, and Jazz.
Twenty (20) documented hours total of Crew and/or
Performance work are required of each student who has
declared a Dance Minor. This may be completed at any time
during the four-year undergraduate experience.
Additionally, a student will be able to transfer 9 approved
credits from her/his Major after evaluation of relevance to
the Dance Minor’s objectives and content offerings.
Students must maintain a GPA of at least 2.00 each semester
in the minor.
DANCE PERFORMANCE MINOR
18 credits:
The dance minor is comprised of 18 to be divided as follows in the courses listed below: 8 credit hours of technique and 10
credit hours of other required courses. Students may choose between Modern and Folk technique OR may opt to take one
semester of Modern technique and one semester of Traditional Folk technique in fulfillment of the requisite credit hours for
technique.
TECHNIQUE
9
CREDITS
DP109A
Caribbean Traditional & Folk Tech. & Theory I
3
DP 109B
Caribbean Traditional & Folk Tech. & Theory II
3
DP102A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP101A
Modern Technique I
3
DP101B
DP311A
OR DD403
Modern Technique II
3
Jazz Technique I OR Musical Theatre
2
REQUIRED COURSES
9 CREDITS
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
DH101B
Dance History I
3
DD230A
2
DD211A
2
*Dance Education majors choosing a performance minor may include other dance courses not listed here to fulfill the minor
requirements
CODE
SEMESTER I COURSES
CR
SEMESTER 2 COURSES
CR
DP109A
Theory I
3
DP109B
Theory II
3
DP102A
Ballet Technique I
1
DP101A
Modern Technique I
3
DP101B
Modern Technique II
3
DP103A
Improvisation I
2
DH101B
Dance History I
3
DD230A
2
DD211A
3
DP311A
Jazz Technique I
2
DD403
Musical Theatre
2
`
DANCE EDUCATION MINOR
Rationale
The primary purpose of the Dance Education Minor is to broaden the students learning and to equip them with foundational
and necessary pedagogical knowledge and skills that are frequently demanded of dance graduates. It is also to satisfy the
general interest of undergraduate students in Dance, and to supplement the academic and professional requirements
of several Majors throughout the College. It strives to support the College’s multi- talented students in channelling their
enthusiasm for and aptitude in Dance into a specific training programme while still focusing on their chosen Majors.
Programme Requirements and Objectives
A minimum of eighteen (18) credits drawn from both the academic and practical courses are required for the completion
of the minor. Students pursuing a Dance Education Minor must be dance majors in the BFA Performance and Choreography
programme.
Students are held to all programme regulations concerning interviews, prerequisites, and auditions for classes where
applicable. Designated dance faculty members must, therefore, advise students regularly before registering for courses.
Programme approval is required.
Students must maintain a GPA of at least 2.00 each semester in the minor. Additionally a maximum of 9 credits may be used
to meet the requirements for both the Minor and Major.
DANCE EDUCATION MINOR
(for BFA Performance and Choreography Majors)
18 credits
Code
PE 204
PE 205
DE207B
DE332B
DE307B
DE301
DE401
DE402
Course
The Emergent Teacher
Methods of Teaching Dance II
Methods for Teaching Dance III
Applied Movement Technique for the Classroom
Current Issues and Trends in Dance Education
Dance Education Lab
CODE
SEMESTER I COURSES
CR
PE 204
2
DE401
Education
DE402
Dance Education Lab
Credits
2
2
2
2
3
2
3
2
SEMESTER 2 COURSES
CR
PE 205
2
3
DE207B
Methods for Teaching Dance II
2
2
DE332B
Methods for Teaching Dance III
2
DE307B
3
DE301
Classroom
2
Students must maintain a GPA of at least 2.00 each semester in the minor. A maximum of 9 credits may be used to meet the
requirements for both the Minor and Major.
Course Descriptions
DP100
2 Credits
Introduction to Dance (Elective for Non-Dance Majors)
This course is designed to offer non-dance majors a better
understanding of their bodies through the execution of a wide
array of Dance-related movement activities. It is also meant
to encourage an appreciation of the connections between
Dance and their own majors. Studio classes expose students
to fundamentals of movement through an introductory
treatment of Modern Dance technique, Jamaican and
Caribbean Folk Techniques, Improvisation, Performance
and beginning Dance Composition. Students will also hone
problem-solving skills through individual and group activities.
DH101B
3 Credits Dance History I
This course is designed to provide students of dance with an
understanding of the history of dance from the beginning
of the Stone Age to the 19th century. It allows students to
place historical events in logical order, which will assist them
to better understand how dance has evolved from its early
beginnings. Students will also be able to examine dance
across eras and cultures.
DP101A
3 Credits
Modern Dance Technique I
(Pre-Requisite: PQ and Jnr. Level Dance Skills)
This course is designed to provide students with the
knowledge and training in the area of Modern Dance.
The course is Graham-based but exposes the students to an
integral set of skills essential to the effective performance
of the fundamental movements found in a range of Modern
Dance techniques and styles. Classes comprise floorwork,
centrework and progressions, which develop the technical
and performance skills of the dance student. 3 CREDITS
DP101B
3 Credits
Modern Dance Technique II (Pre-Requisite: DP101A)
This course provides students with intermediary knowledge
and training in the area of Modern Dance. The core
component is Graham-based and is designed to build upon
the fundamental movement skills and principles learned
in DP101A. Classes are similar in design and structure to
DP101A but new principles are introduced in the floorwork,
centrework and progressions, which aim at strengthening the
dancer’s technical and performance competence.
DP102A
Ballet Technique I 1 Credit
(Pre-Requisite: PQ and Jnr. level dance skills)
This course is designed to give the Level 1 student an
introduction to the fundamental principles of classical ballet
technique and vocabulary. Specific attention is given to
attaining accurate alignment and placement of the body with
emphasis upon understanding the principles of turn-out,
transference of weight, stance, efficient core engagement
and the classical positions of the feet, arms, hands and body.
Through studio classes, lecturer and student demonstrations,
student-centred discussions and printed documentation,
students will engage the preparatory work needed to
establish their sound technical foundation.
DP102B
Ballet Technique II 1 Credit
(Pre-Requisite: DP102A)
In this course, the level 1 student continues the introduction
to fundamental principles of classical ballet technique and
vocabulary, maintaining emphasis on accurate alignment and
placement of the body, understanding the principles
of turn-out, transference of weight, stance, efficient core
engagement and the classical positions of the feet, arms,
hands and body. Studio classes, lecturer and student
demonstrations, student-centred discussions and printed
documentation continue to be used to allow students to
solidify the preparatory work needed to establish their sound
technical foundation.
DP103A
Improvisation I 2 Credits
This course is designed to give the dance student an
experience of self-discovery and self-expression through
movement exploration and movement interaction within
small and large groups. It allows the student to arrange
movement creatively, impulsively, spontaneously, and in a
generally unplanned manner, responding to an internal or
external stimulus. The dance student is encouraged to break
through stylistic barriers and movement so as to increase
expressive range and to experiment with new and exciting
approaches to communicating ideas through movement.
DP104A
3 Credits Kinesiology
This course is designed as a source for basic understanding of
motor skills in relation to ‘the body as a machine’
to produce work. It introduces Kinesiology principles:
anatomical (form), physiological (function) and biomechanical
(mechanic), which afford student teachers the opportunity to
understand larger Kinesiology concepts and human motion,
demonstrating how laws of movement are related to other
subject matter content, namely Dance Technique. It also
exposes students to simple movement analysis.
DE107B
3 Credits
Movement Theory and Analysis I (Pre-Requisite: DP103A)
This course provides students with a vocabulary for describing
and analyzing human movement and creates opportunities
for developing and refining their skills of observation and
articulation. Emphasis is also placed on creative movement
development using the theories and principles set out by
Rudolf von Laban. The methodology provides links between
improvisation skills, the science of movement and the
abstract elements of dance, thus allowing students to make
important connections that will help them to be better
performers, teachers and choreographers.
DP106A
2 Credits
Movement i (Offered to DRAMA students) (Pre-Requisite:
TT107A)
This course is designed to establish the mind and body
connection through the exploration of the integrated body’s
movement through space. Through experiencing, exploring
and visualizing movement the student will develop strength,
stamina and skill of using the body as an instrument of
expression in space.
DP107
2 Credits
Capoeira I (Elective for Dance Majors and Non-majors)
This course is designed to introduce students to the art of
Capoeira and to expose participants to the fundamental
aspects of this multifaceted art. Basic movements of attack
and defence, acrobatic techniques as well as musical skills
(chanting, playing of traditional Capoeira instruments) along
with the essential history of the art will be presented. The
course features basic skills of both traditional Capoeira styles
‘Capoeira Angola’ and ‘Capoeira Regional’ and also includes
an introduction to ‘Samba de Roda’ (a form of the Brazilian
Samba dance) and Maculelê (an Afro-Brazilian stick fight/
dance) – both part of the wider cultural environment of
Capoeira.
DP108B
2 Credits
Introduction to Dance Injury Prevention and Care (PreRequisite: DP104A)
This course addresses the critical need to inform students
about the epidemiology of dance injuries. It is designed
to assist them in becoming knowledgeable about the
functioning of anatomy and the prevention and rehabilitation
of dance injuries, and also to be conversant with methods
for maintaining a healthy and fit instrument (body). In
addition, students are encouraged to take conscious control
of their bodies and develop increased awareness of other
influential factors – including nutritional, psychological and
environmental concepts – as they relate to dance injuries,
attitude and quality of performance. Various techniques, such
as conditioning for strength, endurance, flexibility, strategies
for overcoming unsafe habits, motor imagery, weight and
resistance training will be introduced as corrective measures.
DP109A
3 Credits
Caribbean Traditional and Folk Technique and Theory I (PreRequisite: PQ and Jnr. Level Dance Skills)
This course develops practical studies and theoretical
knowledge of traditional/folk dance cultures as an art form,
for professional and personal objectives with emphasis on
Dance, its artistry, and cultural relevance. It is an introductory
course in Jamaican and Caribbean Folk Dance Forms and is
geared at equipping students with knowledge on AfricanCaribbean dance and culture, and the technical foundation
for efficient execution of traditional movement.
DP109B
3 Credits
Caribbean Traditional and Folk Technique and Theory II
This course further develops practice and understanding of
the tenets of Jamaican and Caribbean Folk Forms introduced
in DP109A. The aim is to develop further awareness of
the African retentions and European influences within our
Jamaican Traditional Folk culture. The general principles
of folk technique, vocabulary, style, characteristic, music,
performance, and other elements specific to selected dance
forms are central to studio work and are further enhanced
through lectures, viewing of videos and engagement with in
the field practitioners.
DP110
2 Credits Community Dance
This course will offer the Community Dance student a
basic understanding of the history of dance globally and
locally in order to approach the rudiments of communal
physical expressions and the basis of this expression being
an integral part of the fabric of the psyche of the Jamaican
community both locally and internationally. Students will
also explore processes of conceptualization and completion
of community dance initiatives. Support structures such as
funding agencies, partnership organisations and initiatives
for funding and structuring community dance projects will
also be explored.
DE201A
3 Credits
Methods for Teaching Studio Dance (Pre-Requisite: DE107B)
This course is theoretical and practical and provides students
with a historical survey of the role of dance in the general
education environment in Jamaica and other parts of the
World, specifically the USA, and the Caribbean. The course
also focuses on current philosophies and strategies for
teaching dance in the formal setting of a studio. Students will
identify and explore basic concepts of teaching and learning,
and apply these principles to the development of lesson
plans for studio dance.
DH201B
3 Credits
Dance History II
(Pre-Requisite: DH101B)
This course will allow students to review certain historical
events in dance from the end of the 19th century to present.
Students will record the works and contributions of dance
artists within the Caribbean and the world. The course will
also provide a medium through which Caribbean students
of dance can examine and analyze events in Caribbean
dance through critical thinking processes, thus providing the
students with adequate historical dance knowledge and an
informed outlook on the evolution of dance.
DH212
3 Credits
This course is designed to provide students of dance with an
understanding of the history of dance from the beginning
of the Stone Age to the 19th century. It allows students to
place historical events in logical order, which will assist them
to better understand how dance has evolved from its early
beginnings. Students will also be able to examine dance
across eras and cultures.
DH213
3 Credits
Dance Histories: Evolution in Artistic Practice and Education
(Pre-Requisite: DH212)
This course will allow students to review certain historical
events in dance from the end of the 19th century to present.
Students will record the works and contributions of dance
artists within the Caribbean and the world. The course will
also provide a medium through which Caribbean students
of dance can examine and analyze events in Caribbean
dance through critical thinking processes, thus providing the
students with adequate historical dance knowledge and an
informed outlook on the evolution of dance.
DP201A
3 Credits
Modern Dance Technique III (Pre-Requisite: DP101B)
This course is designed to build upon DP101B and students’
introductory knowledge and practical training in the
fundamental principles and movements found in a range
of Modern Dance techniques and styles. Classes comprise
of experiential anatomy labs, floor-based warm-up,
centrework and progressions, which is used to introduce
and highlight patterns of total body connectivity, efficiency
and organization (influenced by the discoveries of Irmgard
Bartenieff and Bonnie Bainbridge-Cohen—the creators
of Bartenieff Fundamentals™ and Body-Mind Centering ®
systems, respectively).
DP201B Modern Dance Technique IV (Pre-Requisite: DP201A)
This course is designed to build upon the knowledge
and practical training in the fundamental principles and
movements found in a range of Modern Dance technique
and styles introduced in DP201A. Classes continue to
comprise of experiential anatomy labs, floor-based warmup and progressions, which will make use of the total body
connectivity skills encountered in the previous semester.
Through modes of demonstration and discovery, students
will train and engage in barre and centrework intended
to develop a more aware, fearless and connected dancing
body/mind while increasing skills of virtuosity and technical
proficiency.
DH202B
3 Credits
Introduction to Folk Philosophy (Pre-Requisite: GS206E)
This course constitutes an academic tradition tailored to
our landscape and embodies the traditional African ‘Folk’
thought and dynamics tuned with the pulse of the people in
the midst of other influences (English, Indian, Chinese, Jewish
etc.). It is restricted to the African presence, aesthetics and
other cultural and artistic manifestations in select contexts
e.g. Jamaica, Haiti, and Cuba and gives students a context
in which to frame identity, resilience and survival strategies
that are peculiar to Caribbean experiences and environment,
coming from middle passage, plantation society, and since
emancipation. It deemphasises how Art serves people,
functions to the life of society, makes folkloric expressions
classical, affects the psyche of people, and helps people to
move forward.
DP202A
1 Credit
(Pre-Requisite: DP102B)
This course is designed to provide the DP102B student
with further development in the knowledge and practice
of classical ballet technique and vocabulary. At this level,
students will be required to make use of their previous
year’s study of accurate alignment and placement, principles
of turn-out, transference of weight, stance, efficient core
engagement and the classical positions of the feet, arms,
hands and body while learning more complex classical ballet
vocabulary.
DP202B
1 Credit
Ballet Technique IV
This course continues to provide the DP202A student with
opportunities for development in the knowledge and practice
of classical ballet technique and vocabulary. Students will be
required to intelligently assimilate their previous training
with the more complex classical ballet technique skills taught
at this level. 1 CREDIT
DP205B
2 Credits
Drumming and Chanting
In this course students will study Caribbean rhythms,
associated verbal utterances, songs and chants. It is
designed to provide students training as dancers, teachers
and choreographers with experiential knowledge of music
as an intrinsic partner in Caribbean dances and as such,
their personal skills. This is a practical course that demands
recognition of particular rhythmic patterns, melodic lines,
songs, breaks etc., and demonstration of basic voice and
percussion skills on drums.
DP206A
2 Credits
Movement ii (Offered to DRAMA students) (Pre-Requisite:
DP106A)
This course is designed to develop physical skills, versatility
and aesthetic awareness through exposure to a variety
of Folk forms. The student is encouraged to perform and
demonstrate knowledge of both pure and stylised Folk
dances which may be applied in theatre productions.
Activities will include the principles and vocabulary of the
Folk dance genre as applied to body awareness, and, stylistic
nuances, communication, musicality, performance skills and
other dance elements.
DE202
3 Credits
Methods in Dance Pedagogy (Pre-Requisite: DE107B)
This course focuses on current philosophies, methodologies
and strategies for teaching dance. It also provides students
with a historical survey of the role of dance in education
in general and in Jamaica in particular. Students will identify
and explore basic concepts of teaching and apply these
principles to the development of lesson plans for educational
(classroom and studio) dance.
DE207A
2 Credits
Methods for Teaching Dance I (Pre-Requisite: DE107B)
This course focuses on current philosophies, methodologies
and strategies for teaching dance. It also provides students
with a historical survey of the role of dance in education
in general and in Jamaica in particular. Students will identify
and explore basic concepts of teaching and apply these
principles to the development of lesson plans for educational
(classroom and studio) dance.
DE 207B
2 Credits
Methods for Teaching Dance II (Pre-Requisite: DE207A)
This course is a theory and practical course, which continues
the processes that students experienced in DE207A, that is,
history, philosophies, and methods for teaching dance. Issues
reflecting contemporary education will also be discussed,
for example, dance and gender and Gardner’s Multiple
Intelligence Theory. Students will identify and explore
concepts of teaching and learning and apply these principles
to the development of curricula for educational (classroom
and studio) dance. Students will also have three (3) weeks of
full-time practice in a formal primary or secondary institution.
DP207 Folk Technique and Performance I (Pre-Requisite:
DP210)
The course moves the intermediate folk dancer into the
study of artistry in traditional dance contexts reinforced
through Jamaican wake complex dances and other Caribbean
parallels, while conceptualizing, analysing and integrating the
dance styles and techniques for performance. It also exposes
dance artists, educators and cultural agents to the Traditional
technique and vocabulary of folk dances from other cultures.
Fundamental skills of specified ritualistic and social dances,
particularly through improvisation/versatility as manifested
in traditional performance in the yard’ space and origins
of Jamaican/ Caribbean Dance Theatre, is emphasised. 2
CREDITS
DP208
3 Credits
Jamaican Popular Dance Culture in the New Millennium
(Elective)
This course consists of lively dance practical, vibrant
discussions and other exchanges. Popular dance movements
from the 1980s through 2000s will be taught by some of the
culture’s most known and respected practitioners, allowing
for first hand encounters with some of the genre’s originators.
Emphasis will be placed on exploring the new Millennium
dance steps that have captivated and cultivated new
generations of Jamaican Urban/Street Dance practitioners
locally and internationally. This course is supported by field
trips to observe and participate in this enriched socio-cultural
space. Participants will experiment with creating their own
fusion Jamaican Street Dance steps and techniques, similar
to that which has manifested locally, as well as witnessed
among Europe’s Dancehall practitioners.
DP209A
3 Credits
Caribbean Traditional and Folk Technique and Theory III
This course provides the opportunity through which the
individual student/dancer will explore and experience
Jamaican/Caribbean wake dances within scopes of
traditional technique and vocabulary, music, and as an
art form. It will further equip Dance artists, educators and
cultural agents with comprehensive knowledge of Jamaican
and Caribbean religio-dance-music tradition. It also serves to
make theoretical links with dance and culture and provides
critical practical experiences through abstraction of authentic
material for creative and artistic explorations of these forms.
DP210
2 Credits
Traditional and Folk Technique and Theory III (Pre-Requisite:
DP109B)
This course provides the opportunity through which the
individual student/dancer will explore and experience
Jamaican/Caribbean wake dances within scopes of
traditional technique and vocabulary, music, and as an
art form. It will further equip Dance artists, educators and
cultural agents with comprehensive knowledge of Jamaican
and Caribbean religio-dance-music tradition. It also serves to
make theoretical links with dance and culture and provides
critical practical experiences through abstraction of authentic
material for creative and artistic explorations of these forms.
DP211A
1 Credits
Performance and Repertory I (Pre-Requisite: DD230A)
This course furthers the systematic study of performance
introduced in DD230A and asks students to become ever
more conscious of those with whom their performance
space is shared, i.e. other dancers and the audience.
Through the learning of selected dance repertory, practical
exercises, discussions, journaling/portfolio creation and
contextual research, students continue to investigate
practical ways in which small group and ensemble synergy
can be strengthened and supported, while still exploring their
personal contributions to the stage.
DD210
3 Credits
Performance and Repertory Ensemble I (Pre-Requisite:
DD230A)
This course furthers the systematic study of performance
introduced in DD230A and asks students to become ever
more conscious of those with whom their performance
space is shared, i.e. other dancers and the audience.
Through the learning of selected dance repertory, practical
exercises, discussions, journaling/portfolio creation and
contextual research, students continue to investigate
practical ways in which small group and ensemble synergy
can be strengthened and supported, while still exploring their
personal contributions to the stage.
DP 211B
3 Credits
Performance and Repertory II (Pre-Requisite: DP211A)
This course builds upon the students’ understanding of the
dance performance tools, strategies and aptitudes honed in
DP211A. Through the learning of selected dance repertory,
discussion, portfolio creation and guided research, students
focus on the application of personal, preparatory and
stage skills to the kind of solo and small ensemble dance
performance that is rich in emotional depth and clarity.
Sensitivity to the relationship between performer and
audience will also be garnered, so that communicative
aptitudes are further strengthened. In this leg of study, focus
will be placed on performance skills specific to auditioning
for dance employment locally and abroad.
DP212A
3 Credits
Dance Composition I (Pre-Requisite: DE107B)
This course is designed to introduce the principles of form
and structure that inform all artistic/aesthetic development.
Students will participate in lectures and practical activities
(including the creation of short dance studies), observe and
evaluate their work and that of their peers, and view the
works of local and international choreographers, in order to
gain knowledge of and insights into the composition process.
DP212B
3 Credits
Dance Composition II (Pre-Requisite: DP212A)
This course examines and evaluates the creative process
through exploration of movement improvisation skills and
critical study of the form and structure related to dance
composition. Various approaches to choreography will be
introduced through lectures, video and performance viewing,
discussion, critique and practical work. Students are expected
to apply movement analysis skills gained in previous courses
and will be required to choreograph solo and group dances
for presentation and assessment.
DP222A
3 Credits
Theatre Craft I
This course is designed to give the dance artist and teacher
the technical confidence and skill training as they visit and
study the theatre space and vital technical aspects therein.
They will develop the skill to manage people, things and
events and will gain practice in communicating clearly,
preparing work sheets and production cue sheets. They
should grasp the concepts of design in general, and that of
lighting and costume design in particular, and acquire handson experience in managing audio equipment. 3 CREDITS
DP223A
3 Credits
Caribbean Traditional Dance and Culture I
The course is lecture-based, drawing on old and new
scholarship on Caribbean dance and culture, with an
experiential component through studio work, video and
field trips. It provides students an exciting, in-depth study
of traditional dance forms of the Caribbean, its people,
cosmologies and behavioural practices - rooted in the
aesthetics and shared historical experiences of Caribbean
ambit. Through exposure to traditional folk beliefs and
practices; social function, structural and performance, this
course offers comprehensive study of selected traditional /
folk dance forms of the Caribbean.
DP224
3 Credits
Traditional and Folk Technique and Performance I (PreRequisite: DP209A)
The course moves the intermediate folk dancer into the
study of artistry in traditional dance contexts reinforced
through Jamaican wake complex dances and other Caribbean
parallels, while conceptualizing, analysing and integrating the
dance styles and techniques for
performance. It also exposes dance artists, educators and
cultural agents to the Traditional technique and vocabulary
of folk dances from other cultures. Fundamental skills of
specified ritualistic and social dances, particularly through
improvisation/versatility as manifested in traditional
performance in the yard’ space and origins of Jamaican/
Caribbean Dance Theatre, is emphasised.
DP225A
1 Credit
Community Dance Internship I (Pre-Requisite: DP110)
Within the Internship component of the Community Dance
course, students will be exposed to actual communities for a
period of four to six (4-6) weeks. Students will explore their
idea of a project they would like to embark upon, scope
which communities they propose to impact and execute their
projects on a trial basis. Students will also visit at least two
communities within the semester as a field trip. Students will
be assigned to said communities and are expected to write a
proposal for a small project which they would be responsible
for executing from conceptualization through to execution.
This aspect will be executed in partnership with another
student.
DP225B
1 Credits
Community Dance Internship II (Pre-Requisite: DP225A)
This course follows on from work completed in DP225A
creating a platform for students to work independently on
the full scale execution of a solo project within their selected
communities. Students will see the full scale execution of said
project for observation and evaluation. 2 CREDITS
DD230A
3 Credits
Dance Performance Techniques (Pre-Requisite: DP103A)
An intimate knowledge of the performing self is essential to
every dancer who aspires to not only perform, but to also
transform. This course begins the dance student’s journey
towards this vital inner awareness, with a view to nurturing
individual habits of focus, mindfulness and presence in the
dance space. Through writing and practical studio-based
classes, students will spend time exploring and becoming
comfortable with their performing selves while critically
observing and considering the more physical performance
skills introduced. 3 CREDITS
DD241B
2 Credits
Introduction to Movement and Body Therapies (PreRequisite: DP104A)
This course introduces dance students to the knowledge
and skills necessary to use dance in a therapeutic setting.
It incorporates, through creative explorations technique,
theory, improvisation, somatic-derived approaches and other
interdisciplinary modes that harness the power of movement
as a visual communication form to further the physical,
emotional, cognitive and social skills of the individual and
ultimately personal growth, health and well- being are
promoted.
DE301
2 Credits
Applied Movement Technique for the Classroom (PreRequisite: DE207A or DE207B)
This course is designed to provide the student with the
knowledge and skill necessary to apply movement technique
in the classroom. Students will continue to explore natural
movements of the body with an understanding of the
development of dance skills/technique. Students will gain
practical experience in deconstructing various types of
movement structures (Jamaican traditional dance forms e.g.
Kumina; Popular dance forms e.g. Dancehall; and Modern
dance), and reconstructing for teaching. Movement will
be observed primarily from a physicality of the technique
perspective, focusing specifically on fundamental principles,
the root or the essence of movement.
DP301A
1 Credits
Modern Dance Technique V (Pre-Requisite: DP201B)
This course is designed to build upon the DP201B knowledge
and practical training in the intermediate movements found
in a range of Modern dance techniques and styles. Students
continue to focus on the total embodiment of the mind/ body
connection through movement experiences on the floor, at
the barre, and through exercises across the floor.
DP301B
3 Credits
Modern Technique VI (Pre-Requisite: DP301A)
This course is designed to build upon the DP301A knowledge
and practical training in the intermediate movements found
in a range of Modern dance techniques and styles. Classes
continue to comprise floorwork, barre, centrework and
progressions, with special emphasis on developing strong
memory skills, deep kinaesthetic understanding and a
strong professional approach to movement studies, analysis,
performance and technique.
DP302A
1 Credit
Ballet Technique V
This course is an introduction to RAD Intermediate
Foundation Syllabus, which provides the Level III student with
opportunities for development in the knowledge and practice
of classical ballet technique and vocabulary towards sitting
RAD Intermediate Foundation vocational exams. Students
will be required to intelligently assimilate their previous
training with the more complex classical ballet technique
skills taught at this level. Through studio classes, lecturer
and student demonstrations, student-centred discussions,
videos and printed documentation, students will be guided
towards mastery of the vocational work needed to cultivate
the dancers’ solid technical foundation.
DP302B
1 Credit
Ballet Technique VI
This course continues the RAD Intermediate Foundation
Syllabus, focusing on detail and mastery in preparation for
the knowledge and practice of classical ballet technique and
vocabulary required for eligibility for sitting RAD Intermediate
Foundation vocational examinations. Through studio classes,
lecturer and student demonstrations, student-centred
discussions, videos and printed documentation, students will
be guided towards mastery of the vocational work needed to
cultivate the dancers’ solid technical foundation.
DP 304
3 Credits
Performance and Repertory Ensemble II (Pre-Requisite:
DD210)
This course builds upon the students’ understanding of
the dance performance tools, strategies and aptitudes
honed in DP211A. Through the learning of selected dance
repertory, discussion, portfolio creation and guided research,
students focus on the application of personal, preparatory
and stage skills to the kind of solo and small ensemble
dance performance that is rich in emotional depth and
clarity. Sensitivity to the relationship between performer
and audience will also be garnered, so that communicative
aptitudes are further strengthened. In this leg of study, focus
will be placed on performance skills specific to auditioning for
dance employment locally and abroad.
DP306
3 Credits
Art of Creating Dance (Pre-Requisite: DE107B)
This course is designed to introduce the principles of form
and structure that inform all artistic/aesthetic development.
Students will participate in lectures and practical activities
(including the creation of short dance studies), observe and
evaluate their work and that of their peers, and view the
works of local and international choreographers, in order to
gain knowledge of and insights into the composition process.
DP307
3 Credits
Composition and Creative Framework (Pre-Requisite:
DP306)
This course examines and evaluates the creative process
through exploration of movement improvisation skills and
critical study of the form and structure related to dance
composition. Various approaches to choreography will
be introduced through lectures, video and performance
viewing, discussion, critique and practical work. Students are
expected to apply movement analysis skills gained in previous
courses and will be required to choreograph solo and group
dances for presentation and assessment.
DP308
3 Credits
This course is designed to give the dance artist and teacher
the technical confidence and skill training as they visit and
study the theatre space and vital technical aspects therein.
They will develop the skill to manage people, things and
events and will gain practice in communicating clearly,
preparing work sheets and production cue sheets. They
should grasp the concepts of design in general, and that of
lighting and costume design in particular, and acquire handson experience in managing audio equipment.
DE301
3 Credits
Movement Technique in the Teaching of Dance as Art and
Education
(Pre-Requisite: DE202 or DE304)
This course is designed to provide the student with the
knowledge and skill necessary to apply movement technique
in the classroom. Students will continue to explore natural
movements of the body with an understanding of the
development of dance skills/technique. Students will gain
practical experience in deconstructing various types of
movement structures (Jamaican traditional dance forms e.g.
Kumina; Popular dance forms e.g. Dancehall; and Modern
dance), and reconstructing for teaching. Movement will
be observed primarily from a physicality of the technique
perspective, focusing specifically on fundamental principles,
the root or the essence of movement.
DE 304
3 Credits
Methods in Dance Pedagogy and Practicum (Pre-Requisite:
DE202)
This course is a theory and practical course, which continues
the processes that students experienced in DE202, that is,
history, philosophies, and methods for teaching dance. Issues
reflecting contemporary education will also be discussed,
for example, dance and gender and Gardner’s Multiple
Intelligence Theory. Students will identify and explore
concepts of teaching and learning and apply these principles
to the development of curricula for educational (classroom
and studio) dance. Students will also have three (3) weeks of
full-time practice in a formal primary or secondary institution.
DE305 Teaching Methods for Studio Dance (Pre-Requisite:
DE107B)
This course is theoretical and practical and provides students
with a historical survey of the role of dance in the general
education environment in Jamaica and other parts of the
World, specifically the USA, and the Caribbean. The course
also focuses on current philosophies and strategies for
teaching dance in the formal setting of a studio. Students will
identify and explore basic concepts of teaching
DE307B
3 Credits
Movement Theory and Analysis II (Pre-Requisite: DE107B)
This course continues the movement exploration process,
working further with Rudolf von Laban’s principles and
theories of movement. In this course, greater emphasis
is placed on the body-mind connection as a means for
experiential learning, through the use of feelings, expression
and communication. Students will engage in deeper study
of the analytical process and of the Language of Dance
together with Labanotation techniques as a source of creating
and recording dance phrases, sequences and studies.
DP311A
2 Credits
Jazz Technique I (Elective)
This course introduces dancers to the principles and skills
fundamental to beginning/intermediate jazz dance technique.
There is shared emphasis on the development of technical
and expressive skills. The course provides students with the
opportunity to develop both a historical and kinaesthetic
understanding of the jazz idiom. 2 CREDITS
DP311B
2 Credits
Jazz Technique II (Elective) (Pre-requisite: DP311A)
This course continues the development of jazz dance
technique at the beginning/intermediate level. Emphasis
is on increased coordination, strength, control, flexibility,
performance qualities and improvisation in the jazz dance
vocabulary, which includes more challenging combinations.
2 CREDITS
DP313B
3 Credits
Groundings Folk Repertory Ensemble II (Pre-Requisite:
DP324)
This is a performance workshop and ensemble course in
which students will be required to learn repertory from
faculty and guest artists. Groundings will present a full
concert each semester, of choreographies representative of
Africa and the Diaspora. Students in Groundings (Repertory
and Workshop Ensemble) will also perform a minimum of
two outreach performances to include but not limited to
lecture demonstrations in selected Jamaican public schools,
host on and off campus workshops and mini concerts.
DP 315A
2 Credtis
Theatre Arts Management
This course focuses on the principles of management related
to the operation of Dance and Dance Theatre. Such topics
as planning, marketing, budgeting, budgetary control,
entrepreneurship, and self-management and promotion
are explored. Students are given hands-on experience in
the various specialised areas related to the development of
administration skills.
DP316B
3 Credits
Folk and Contemporary Fusion (Pre-Requisite: DP324)
In this course students will experience traditional work
in contemporary spaces (hybrid choreographies) and will
additionally learn and perform creolised movement
vocabularies from the Caribbean (of non-African and nonEuropean origins). This course focuses on the technique and
performance of these and other variances as important to
the understanding of the Caribbean performer as
the resulting synthesis of all these cultures. The course also
introduces contemporary fusions developed out of traditional
movement as source.
DP317
1 Credit Folk Fusion
(Pre-Requisite: DP325)
In this course students will experience traditional work
in contemporary spaces (hybrid choreographies) and will
additionally learn and perform creolised movement
vocabularies from the Caribbean (of non-African and nonEuropean origins). This course focuses on the technique and
performance of these and other variances as important to
the understanding of the Caribbean performer as
the resulting synthesis of all these cultures. The course also
introduces contemporary fusions developed out of traditional
movement as source.
DP320
3 Credits
Traditional Dance and Culture of the Caribbean I The course
is lecture-based, drawing on old and new scholarship on
Caribbean dance and culture, with an
experiential component through studio work, video and
field trips. It provides students an exciting, in-depth study
of traditional dance forms of the Caribbean, its people,
cosmologies and behavioural practices - rooted in the
aesthetics and shared historical experiences of Caribbean
ambit. Through exposure to traditional folk beliefs and
practices; social function, structural and performance, this
course offers comprehensive study of selected traditional /
folk dance forms of the Caribbean.
DP321
3 Credits
Traditional Dance and Culture of the Caribbean II (PreRequisite: DP320)
This course builds on DP320 in further exploration of the
perception and reality of folk and traditional practices across
this diverse Diaspora. It revises and reinforces forms already
studied in DP320, and gives particular focus to Rastafari,
Spiritual Baptist, among other religious forms to include the
Revival complex, and Pentecostalism. The development
of the Masquerade Complex and Caribbean Carnival,
particularly in the case of Trinidad, as well as other social
forms of the region, will also be explored.
DP323B
3 Credits
Caribbean Traditional Dance and Culture II (Pre-Requisite:
DP223A)
This course builds on DP223A in further exploration of the
perception and reality of folk and traditional practices across
this diverse Diaspora. It revises and reinforces forms already
studied in DP223A, and gives particular focus to Rastafari,
Spiritual Baptist, among other religious forms to include the
Revival complex, and Pentecostalism. The development
of the Masquerade Complex and Caribbean Carnival,
particularly in the case of Trinidad, as well as other social
forms of the region, will also be explored.
DP324
3 Credits
Traditional and Folk Technique and Performance II (PreRequisite: DP224)
In this course students will continue technical training in
Caribbean movement, augmented by the study of West
African dances, from which many Caribbean traditional
dances are derived. The course also focuses on an advanced
study of the strongest African retentions in the Caribbean
with in-depth research and artistic presentation of songs
and dances of these aspects of African cultures, retained in a
diverse Caribbean space and culture.
DP324
1 Credit
Folk Technique and Performance II (Pre-Requisite: DP207)
In this course students will continue technical training in
Caribbean movement, augmented by the study of West
African dances, from which many Caribbean traditional
dances are derived. The course also focuses on an advanced
study of the strongest African retentions in the Caribbean
with in-depth research and artistic presentation of songs
and dances of these aspects of African cultures, retained in a
diverse Caribbean space and culture.
DP326
3 Credits
Worl’ Dance: Jamaica’s Street Dance Culture and Global
Transformations (Elective)
This course will expose participants to several cultural
studies thoughts and theories namely Identity, Globalisation‘Boundarylessness’, ‘Territoriality’ and ‘(In)visibility’. The
lifestyles of the culture’s most noted practitioners inclusive of
the dance steps; fashion; and music among other aesthetics
will be interrogated. Earlier Dancehall eras of 1980s and
1990s will be explored
providing an introductory platform from which to reference,
scrutinize and compare the identified transformations that
manifest during the 2000s. The course is complemented
by an experiential component allowing participants to gain
personal experiences from immersing themselves
among the actual street dance space. Students will engage
physically with the dance form’s movements throughout
the eras 1980-2000s, while experimenting with new cultural
influences from other genres.
DP327
1 Credit
Jamaica’s Street Dance Culture: philosophies and
practice in the new millennium (Elective)
This course will expose participants to several cultural
studies thoughts and theories namely Identity, Globalisation‘Boundarylessness’, ‘Territoriality’ and ‘(In)visibility’. The
lifestyles of the culture’s most noted practitioners inclusive of
the dance steps; fashion; and music among other aesthetics
will be interrogated. Earlier Dancehall eras of 1980s and 1990s
will be explored providing an introductory platform from
which to reference, scrutinize and compare the identified
transformations that manifest during the 2000s. The course
is complemented by an experiential component allowing
participants to gain personal experiences from immersing
themselves among the actual street dance space. Students
will engage physically with the dance form’s movements
throughout the eras 1980-2000s, while experimenting with
new cultural influences from other genres.
DE332B
2 Credits
Methods for Teaching Dance III (Pre-Requisite: DE207B)
This is a seminar type course where student teachers reflect
on their teaching practice experiences and knowledge gained
over the course of their educational program and probe a
particular topic/question about the practice of teaching and
learning dance and dance education. The aim of which is to
find answers to pedagogical issues of interest or concern to
the student teacher that further illuminates the daily practice
of dance education in Jamaica, and in general. This course
continues the research process from the Practical Researcher’s
course. A summary of the findings is presented in a lecture
demonstration format and the research documented as a
standard research document. The topics offered in the units
are suggested topics and are by
no means exhaustive.
DE401
3 Credits
Current Issues and Trends in Dance Education (Pre-Requisite:
DE207B)
This course, through theory, deals with further development
of knowledge gained in DE207A and DE207B. Philosophies,
methodologies and curriculum development related to dance
education are reviewed from a broader framework. Current
issues such as dance and socio-cultural and technological
changes affecting contemporary dance education will also
be addressed. Students will identify and explore issues and
trends in teaching and learning and apply these principles to
the development of inclusive curricula for dance in secondary
education in Jamaica.
DE403
2 Credits
Methods in Dance Pedagogy and Action Research (PreRequisite: DE304)
This is a seminar type course where student teachers reflect
on their teaching practice experiences and knowledge gained
over the course of their educational program and probe a
particular topic/question about the practice of teaching and
learning dance and dance education. The aim of which is to
find answers to pedagogical issues of interest or concern to
the student teacher that further illuminates the daily practice
of dance education in Jamaica, and in general. This course
continues the research process from
the Practical Researcher’s course. A summary of the findings
is presented in a lecture demonstration format and the
research documented as a standard research document. The
topics offered in the units are suggested topics and are by
no means exhaustive.
DP401A
3 Credits
Modern Technique VII (Pre-Requisite: DP301B)
The dance techniques and movement principles imparted
in DP301B provide the foundation on which this course is
built. Knowledge and practical training in intermediate and
advanced movements found in a range of Modern Dance
techniques and styles, including Modern Contemporary
Cuban Dance technique, are given primary focus. Classes,
which continue to comprise floorwork, barre, centrework
and progressions, help to shape the student as performer
and artist who will, at the end of process, be competent
technicians with rich performance intelligence. S
DP401B
3 Credits
Modern Technique VIII (Pre-Requisite: DP401A)
The student as an intelligent and competent performer, artist
and technician is moulded throughout the content and focus
of this course. Bolstered by Modern Contemporary Cuban
Dance Technique and supported by previous knowledge from
DP401A the student will experience a range of advanced
movement principles and experimental concepts reflective
of the global movement in Modern Dance technique and
performance. The course also continues to build on the
acrobatic and partnering skills explored in DP401A.
DD402
3 Credits
DanceWorks Repertory ensemble: design for dance (PreRequisite: DP211B)
In this course, students are introduced to technical theatre
concepts and skills necessary for fleshing out and presenting
choreographic works. Through the study of selected
repertory, they explore the essential relationships between
choreography, basic design elements and principles, and the
various dimensions of craft in the theatre. The rudiments
of stage management, costume design and lighting design,
as well as practice in clear communication, worksheet
preparation and production cue sheet preparation are
therefore introduced in view of their particular application
to design for dance. The course seeks to have students
gain technical insight, confidence and skill training by using
repertory as a point of reference for understanding dancemaking from a technical support perspective.
DE402
2 Credits
Dance Education Lab
This course is a teacher development course for dance student
teachers in training and artists interested in developing their
dance teaching skills. Students will be engaged in teaching
practice experiences in a laboratory setting with experienced
dance educators and students from partnering schools.
The course will enable students to reflect on their teaching
skills and together with the facilitator to address individual
weaknesses and challenges
in their pedagogy. The course will therefore require student
teachers full commitment to the learning process.
DP402A
2 Credits
African-Caribbean Rhythm and Percussion (Pre-Requisite:
DP205)
This course offers an exciting, introductory study of selected
African-based folk forms of the Caribbean while primarily
focusing on West African rhythms. Students will have the
opportunity to read about, discuss, view and
play select West African rhythms. This is a practical course
that demands recognition of particular rhythmic patterns,
melodic lines, songs, breaks etc., and demonstration of basic
voice and percussion skills on drums and other instruments.
DD403
2 Credits Musical Theatre
This course will explore the techniques required for
understanding and performing in musical theatre through
the exploration of character work, voice and movement and
how to apply these disciplines equally and simultaneously,
culminating in the wonderful multifaceted experience that
is Musical Theatre. This will be done within the context of
a journey through the history of musical theatre and paying
particular attention to specific Musicals in the Caribbean and
internationally. Coursework will include techniques of
and performance in singing, acting and dance and culminate
with an integrated performance musical.
DP403B
3 Credits
Urban Folk: Traditional and Popular Dance Expressions (PreRequisite: DP224)
This course is central to the practices and production of
shared meanings the people engage in urban folk. Students
will be engaged in articulating the distinct Jamaican style
of dance expression; pose, mannerism, vitality, and other
characteristic features of urban traditional and urban popular
dances and a continuous dialogue between these dance
forms. The source of urban and the correlation between
the traditional and popular/contemporary beginning with
earlier roots such as Mento to present popular dancehall
will be explored as representations of dance theatre. It also
examines artistic cues that facilitate the expressions of Urban
Folk philosophy, aesthetics, sense of identity, and how the
folk form facilitates the creation of celebrity in Jamaica’s
urban centres.
DP404
3 Credits
Dance Production Planning and Management
This course focuses on the principles of management related
to the operation of Dance and Dance Theatre. Such topics
as planning, marketing, budgeting, budgetary control,
entrepreneurship, and self-management and promotion
are explored. Students are given hands-on experience in
the various specialised areas related to the development of
administration skills.
DD406
3 Credits Internship
Internship is a significant component of the BFA programme,
which will involve observation and practice while being
assigned to professional, private or public organizations.
Within the organization, the prospective graduate will be
assigned particular administrative and technical functions
aimed at expanding his or her broader understanding of
a professional environment. The supervisor, who is keen
on the responsibilities of the student, will serve as his or
her mentor and assessor and will provide key support and
guidance in the student’s application of relevant skills to
complete assigned tasks. At the end of the work period, an
assessment sheet will be completed by the supervisor who
will include in their final report an overall assessment grade,
which is in partial fulfillment of the final course grade.
DD407A
2 Credits
Independent Study in performance/choreography i (PreRequisite: GS303)
This first leg of the Independent Study course will give
final year BFA Performance and Choreography student the
opportunity to transfer the research information and skill
sets gathered in Performance Research Forum into a
choreographic and production-related context. Students
will be asked to conduct the necessary research that will
inform the creative works which will be performed at the
end of the second semester as part of their Independent
Study II showcases. This research-based course will also
have practical applications as students will be expected to
submit a completed paper/proposal and a presentation on
their research at the end of the semester. Formal research
methodologies will have to be declared, investigative
approaches specific to the field of dance articulated and as an
extension of their inquiry, students will be required to create
several movement studies as derived and inspired by their
findings.
DD407B
4 Credits
Independent Study in performance/choreography ii (PreRequisite: DD404A)
DD407B is designed to guide the final year BFA Performance
and Choreography student in the completion of an
Independent Study project of their choice. This project has
two components, a practical project (which can be a solo
or small group dance performance project/ solo or small group
choreography project/ multimedia, physical theatre project/
performance art, live installation type project) related to her/
his major and a research proposal out of which the project
evolved, which also reflects, evaluates
and documents the process. The project should be based on
themes, style, content and location, chosen by the student
and must reflect the type of innovative, individual thinking
and creative treatment required of professional artists.
The project will be showcased and students will mount,
market and produce the showcase, while creating necessary
artefacts such as posters, tickets etc.
Faculty
Nicholeen Degrasse-Johnson
Phd., Temple University; LASPAU/OAS Fellowship 2002-2004
Masters of Art (M.A.) in Dance Education, State University of
New York; 1993
Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in Dance, SUNY Brockport
Diploma in Dance Teacher Education,
Kerry-Ann Henry Director
Master Education Technology (MET),
University of British Columbia, Vancouver Canada, 2012
Master of Arts (MA) in Theatre and Development, University
of East Anglia, UK, 2003
Diploma Dance Education, Edna Manley College, 2009
Bachelor of Science (BSc), UWI, Mona, 1998
Marlon Simms Assistant Director
Master of Fine Arts (MFA),
Southern Methodist University, Texas, USA; 2005
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), University of the West Indies;1998
Post Graduate Diploma in Education,
University of Technology; 2003
Neila Ebanks
Masters of Art (M.A.) in Physical Theatre (Merit), University
of Surrey; 2003
Bachelors of Science (B.Sc.) University of the West Indies;
1997
Certificate Dance Theatre and Production,
Oniel Pryce
Master of Arts (MA) , Laban Centre, UK; 2008 Diploma in
Dance Education,
Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts; 2001
Alice Berry-Gayle
Master of Arts in Dance, State University of New York; 2003
Diploma in Dance Education,
Bachelor of science in Dance,
State University of New York; 1995
Lorna Ellis
MA, BA, The University of the West Indies, Mona, Jamaica
Keino Senior
PhD Candidate, UWI
Master of Philosophy and Bachelor of Arts, UWI
Barbara Requa
Certificate in Education –
London University Institute of Education Diploma in Physical
Education
Dartford College of Physical Education Kent, United Kingdom;
1958
Barry Moncrieffe
Martha Graham School of Dance, USA;
Diploma in Dance Education, Edna Manley College
Coretta Brown-Johnson
PhD Candidate Clinical Psychology, Walden University,
Minnesota, USA; Master of Arts in Clinical Psychology,
Walden University, Minnesota USA Bachelor of Science
(B.Sc.) in Psychology, International University of the
Caribbean
Diploma in Dance Education, Edna Manley College
Elizabeth Vickers-Samuda
Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Teacher Certification; 2002
Imperial Society of Teachers of Dancing (ISTD) certification
Neisha-Yen Jones
Professional Diploma in Performance, Millenium Performing
Arts; 2002
Kevin Moore
Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in Dance, SUNY College at
Brockport, Rochester, USA
Diploma in Dance Theatre and Production and Teacher
Education, Edna Manley College of the Visual and
Performing Arts
Abeldo Gonzales
Diploma, Consejo provincial Des Las Artes Escenias, Cuba;
2003
Dennis Eckart
Diploma, Republic of Brasil; 2003
Kay Anderson
Master of Business Administration, University of West Indies;
2000
M.A. in Art Education Rhode Island, School of Design 1992
Shawna-Kae Burns
Bachelor of Arts - Linguistics, University of the West Indies
2005
Marisa Benain
Master of Arts - Education, London Metropolitan; 2009
Melva Davids
Master of Education , University of the West Indies; 2006
Post Graduate Diploma in Learning and Teaching of English
and Literacy, University of London; 2005
Diploma in Sociology, University of West Indies; 1999
Diploma in Teaching (Primary Education), Mico Teachers
College; 1992
Phylis Hemmings
Master of Arts in Education, University of the West Indies;
1996
Sophia McKain
Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) in Performance and
Choreography in Dance, Edna Manley College of the Visual
and Performing Arts, 2011; Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.),
University of the West Indies, Mona, 2004
Iris Mutiz
BA Education, Felix Varela Higher Pedagogical Institute, Santa
Clara, Cuba;
Diploma in Spanish, Higher Education Institute of Arts,
Havana, Cuba
Nadia Roxburgh
Master of Arts (MA) in Theatre Practices, University of
Manchester, UK, 2009
Nijer Henry
Bachelor of Engineering; university of Technology, Jamaica
2004
Diploma; University of Technology, Jamaica 1995
Sylvia Green
Master of Education; University of Technology, Jamaica 2011
Bachelor of Arts; University of the West Indies 1997
Diploma in Teaching; University of the West Indies 1989
Diploma in Sociology; University of the West Indies 1999
Asha Giwa-Agbomereile
Bachelor of Arts in Education (BAE) in Dance,
Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts, 2008
Henry Miller,
Master Drummer
ACCOMPANISTS
Sean Anderson
Aesriah Barnett
Kevan Douglas
Oneil Green
Jordache Jones
Henry Miller
Michael Morgan
Kemoy Outar
The School of Drama, formerly the Theatre School,
was established in 1968 by Henry and Greta Fowler
and operated as a part-time institution run by the
Little Theatre Movement. The institution grew out of a
need for a centre where the already native theatrical
talents of the Caribbean people could be trained and
directed into an art form; consequently the School
provides opportunities for developing talent in
performance. Intrinsic to the history of its formation,
the School of Drama also trains teachers sensitive to
the developing artist in a developing nation.
Programmes
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN DRAMA INEDUCATION
To qualify for the B.A. Drama in Education, full-time students will be required to successfully complete a minimum of 139
credits over four (4) years, as set out below.
CREDITSTRUCTURE
YEAR1
CREDITS
YEAR2
CREDITS
Major
16
Major
19
General
12
General
9
Adjunct
2
7
Total
30
Electives-------------------Total
35
YEAR3
CREDITS
YEAR4
CREDITS
Major
22
Major
9
General
0
General
0
12
12
Teaching Practicum
15
Electives--------Total
34
Electives---------------Total
36
BA Drama in Education
CODE
Year I: Semester I
CR
CODE
Year I: Semester II
CR
TT102A
Voice & Speech IA
2
TT102B
Voice & Speech IB
2
TT101A
Acting IA
3
TT101A
Acting I B
3
GS100A
2
GS100B
Critical Analysis & Expos. Writing
2
TH101A
Western Theatre History I
2
GSGS207
3
GS209
3
TT109B
Textual Studies I
3
TT108A
Foundations Of Dramatic
Literature
0
DP106B
Movement I
2
TT107A
Improvisation
2
GS105
2
LS101
Information Literacy Skills
0
14
17
Year II: Semester I
Year II: Semester II
TE241A
Drama in Education IA
3
TE241B
Drama in Education IB
3
TT202A
Voice & Speech IIA
2
TT202B
Voice & Speech IIB
2
TT201A
Acting IIA
3
TT201B
Acting IIB
3
GS210
3
PE207
3
GS213
3
GS203
Academic Writing
3
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
TT203B
Production I
3
PE203
3
ELECTIVE
-
TT203B
Production I
3
14
34
20
Year III: Semester I
Year III: Semester II
TE341A
Drama in Education IIA
3
TE341B
Drama in Education IIB
3
TT308A
Playwriting I
3
TE303B
Literature for Children
3
TT306A
Directing I
4
TT311B
Caribbean Culture in Performance II
3
TT311A
Caribbean Culture in Performance. 3
I
PE206
3
PE201
3
TE32B
Children Theatre Workshop
3
TE301A
The Professional Drama Teacher
3
TE243B
Theatre Crafts for The School
Production
3
19
37
18
Year IV: Semester I
Year IV: Semester II
PE401
3
PE402
Reflective Prac & Action Research
3
PE403
Fundamentals of Ed. Admin.
3
PE400
Teaching Practice [Practicum]
15
TE404A
Story Drama
3
TT407B
Cooperative Learning
1
TE401A
Teaching Csec T/Arts - Drama
3
ELECTIVE
-
ELECTIVE
12
Mandatory courses: 133cr
Elecitves: 6cr
Total Credits: 139cr
31
19
31
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN DRAMA INEDUCATION
Degree Completion/DiplomaUpgrade
Graduates who have successfully completed the Joint Board of Teacher Education (JBTE) Diploma in Drama in Education
programme for the period 2004 to present will be required to complete a minimum of 39 credits towards the B.A. Dramain
Education.
Graduates who have successfully completed the JBTE Diploma in Drama in Education programme prior to 2004 will be required
to submit their academic transcript for assessment. Each case will be treated individually for equivalences and applicants will
be advised on their credit requirement forcompletion.
CREDITSTRUCTURE
ONEYEAR
CREDITS
Specialisation
18
General Education
9
9
Electives
6
Total
42
COURSEMENU
SEMESTER1
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
TT107A
Improvisation
2
TT306A
Directing I
4
TE401A
Teaching CSEC Theatre Arts-Drama
3
TE404A
Story Drama
3
GS203
Academic & Professional Writing
3
GS210
Conversational Spanish or
3
GS213
PE403
Fundamentals of
Education Administration
3
PE401
3
Electives
---------------------------
6
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
TE303B
3
TT311A
3
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
PE402
Reflective Practices
3
SEMESTER2
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS IN THEATRE ARTS (ACTINGTRACK)
To qualify for the B.F. A. Theatre Arts full-time students will be required to successfully complete a minimum of 122 Credits
including 9 credits of electives over four (4) years, as set outbelow.
CREDITSTRUCTURE
YEAR1
CREDITS
YEAR2
CREDITS
Major
18
Major
16
General
8
General
12
Adjunct
4
Adjunct
5
Electives---------------------
Electives--------------
Total
30
Total
33
YEAR3
CREDITS
YEAR4
CREDITS
Major
21
Major
18
General
6
General
0
Adjunct
5
Adjunt
0
Electives--------------------Total
Electives
32
Total
18
SCHOOL OF DRAMA PROGRAMME PROGRESSION
BFA Theatre Arts: Acting Track
Yr
SEMESTER I
GS100A
1
Cr.
SEMESTER II
Critical Analysis & Expository
Writing
2
GS100B
TT101A
Acting IA
3
TT101B
Acting IB
3
TH101A
(Survey)
2
TH101B
Western Theatre Hist. II (Survey)
2
TT102A
Voice & Speech IA
2
GS207
3
TT107A
Improvisation
2
TT102B
Voice & Speech IB
2
TT108A
Foundations of Dramatic
Literature
0
DP106A
Movement I
2
GS115
The Self: Ethics &
Creativity
3
TT109B
Text. Stud. I (Dram Lit)
3
GS105
Critical Thinking & Creative
Insight
2
LS101
0
TT209A
Textual Studies II
2
TT202B
Voice & Speech IIB
2
GS210
GS213
Conversational Spanish or
3
TT204B
Theatre & West Indian Society
2
GS206E
3
TT201B
Acting IIB
3
TT201A
Acting IIA
3
GS103B
Info. Tech. for Artist &
Entrepreneurs
3
TT202A
Voice & Speech IIA
2
TT208B
Movement for Actors II
2
TT203A
Movement for Actors I
2
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
TT203B
Production I
-
TT203B
Production I
3
Applied Drama & Theatre
2
GS107
3
TT306A
Directing I
4
TT311B
Carib. Culture in Perform. II
3
TT301A
Acting IIIA
3
TT303B
Production II
3
TT303B
Production II
-
GS303
3
TT311A
Caribbean Culture in
Performance I
3
TT301B
Acting IIIB
3
TT302B
Theatre & Development
3
ELECTIVE
One Design Course
12
4
2
Independent Study I
3
TT402B
3
TT403A
Musical Theatre
2
TT407B
Cooperative Learning
1
TT404A
Internship
-
TT404B
Internship
4
TT304A
Devising Theatre
2
7
32
20
TT402A
Mandatory courses: 113
Electives:
9
33
18
TT312A
One Design Course
33
17
15
3
2
16
2
Cr.
ELECTIVE
8
15
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS IN THEATRE ARTS
Graduates who have successfully completed the revised Diploma in Theatre Arts of 2005/2006 will be required to complete a
minimum of 45 credits towards the B.F.A. Theatre Arts (ActingTrack).
Graduates who have successfully completed the Diploma in Theatre programme prior to 2005 will be required to submit their
academic transcript for assessment. Each case will be treated individually for equivalences and applicants will be advisedon
their credit requirement forcompletion.
This upgrade will take a minimum of three semesters. If a student begins this upgrade in the January – April Semester witha
cohort of students (4 minimum) the earliest completion of the Independent Study can be achieved by the end of May ofthe
following academic year (3 semesterduration).
If a student begins the upgrade in the August–December semester with a cohort of students(4minimum)the earliest completion
can be achieved by the end of May of the following academic year(4Semesterduration).
CREDIT STRUCTURE
Three semesters
CREDITS
Major
18
General Education
9
Adjunct
9
Electives
9
Total
45
COURSE MENU
SEMESTER (Jan -May)
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
GS303
3
GS231B
College Math
3
GS111
3
GS107
3
TT204B
Theatre and West Indian Society
2
Electives
---------------------------
SEMESTER (Aug -Dec)
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
TT312A
Applied Drama and Theatre
2
TT403A
Musical Theatre
2
TT304A
Devising Theatre
2
TT404A
Internship
4
TT410A
Independent Study I
3
GS206
3
Electives
---------------------------
SEMESTER (Jan -May)
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
TT302B
Theatre and Development
3
TT410B
3
Electives
---------------------------
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN DRAMA (EMCVPA/UWI)
Students are provided with twooptions:
1. The Special in Drama which requires 18 credits In Drama/Theatre atEMCVPA per year/level(total 54 credits)or
2. The General in Drama/Theatre which requires 12 credits the completion in Drama/Theatre at EMCVPA per year/
level(total 36credits).
COURSE MENU
YEAR1
SEMESTER1
YEAR1
SEMESTER2
CODE
COURSE
CR
CODE
COURSE
CR
THEA1006
Theatre History I
3
THEA1007
Theatre History II
3
THEA1110
Drama in Education I
3
THEA1107
Production I
3
THEA1301
Basic Acting Technique I
3
THEA1302
Basic Acting Technique II
3
THEA1401
Vocal Awareness &Deportment
3
THEA1402
Vocal Interpretation
3
THEA1501
Introduction to Set Design
3
THEA1502
Introduction to Costume
3
THEA1200
Movement I
3
YEAR2
SEMESTER2
YEAR2
SEMESTER1
CODE
COURSE
CR
CODE
COURSE
CR
THEA2206
Movement in Caribbean Folk
Forms
3
THEA2106
Production II
3
THEA2301
Acting Styles I
3
THEA2302
Acting Styles II
3
THEA2401
Vocal Performance I
3
THEA2402
Vocal Performance II
3
THEA2901
Writing Scenes, Skits and
THEA2902
Writing the Full Length Play
3
YEAR3
SEMESTER2
CODE
COURSE
CR
One – Act Plays
3
YEAR3
SEMESTER1
CODE
COURSE
CR
THEA3101
Production III
3
THEA3301
Professional Acting I
3
THEA3302
Professional Acting II
3
THEA3303
Directing from Text to Stage
3
THEA3304
Directing the Actor
3
THEA3305
Community Drama I
3
THEA3306
Community Drama II
3
THEA3719
Caribbean
in Culture
3
THEA3701
Independent Study
3
Performance
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS IN THEATRE ARTS
To qualify for the A.A. Theatre Arts full-time students will be required to successfully complete a minimum of66 credits over two (2)
years, as set outbelow.
CREDITSTRUCTURE
YEAR1
CREDITS
Major
18
General
8
Adjunct
4
Total
33
YEAR2
CREDITS
Major
16
General
17
Total
33
COURSEMENU
YEAR1
SEMESTER1
YEAR1
SEMESTER2
CODE
COURSE
CR
CODE
COURSE
CR
TH101A
2
TH101B
Western Theatre History II
2
TT101A
Acting IA
3
TT101B
Acting IB
3
TT102A
Voice and Speech IA
2
TT102B
Voice and Speech IB
2
TT107A
Improvisation
2
TT109B
Textual Studies I
3
GS100A
2
DP106B
Movement I
2
GS115
The Self: Ethics &Creativity
3
GS100B
GS105
Critical Thinking & Creative Insight
2
TT108A
Foundations of
Expository Writing
2
GS114
Caribbean Culture &Identity
3
YEAR2
SEMESTER2
Dramatic Literature
0
LS101
0
YEAR2
SEMESTER1
CODE
COURSE
CR
CODE
COURSE
CR
TT201A
Acting IIB
3
TT201B
Acting IIB
3
TT202A
Voice and Speech IIB
2
TT202B
2
TT203A
2
TT204B
Theatre and West Indian Society
2
TT209B
Textual Studies II
2
GS111
GS210
3
GS206
3
3
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
TT208B
Movement for Actors II
2
TT203B
Production I
3
MINOR: DRAMA INEDUCATION
18 credits (minimum)
The minor in Drama in Education will involve theoretical instruction and practical exploration of methods of teaching drama and
using drama as a teaching tool across the high school curriculum. Students will also be exposed to foundational professional
education courses. In addition students will be required to select courses from a menu of specialized child drama courses that
are geared to develop skills in creating material and productions for children.
The minor in Drama in Education will involve theoretical instruction and practical exploration of methods of teaching drama and
using drama as a teaching tool across the high school curriculum. Students will also be exposed to foundational professional
education courses. In addition students will be required to select courses menu of specialized child drama courses that are
geared to develop skills in creating material and productions for children.
Minor - Drama in Education
(For Majors BFA theatre Arts, BFA Performance and Choreography and BA DanceEducation)
a). Mandatory courses[electives transferable]: 18credits
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
TE241A
3
TE241B
3
TE341A
3
TE341B
Drama In Education IIB
3
TE320B
3
TE303B
3
Practicum: 60hrs
1. Observation: [Linked to Drama in Education IB]
2.
Team Teaching: 60 hrs [Linked to Drama in Education IIA and IIB]
MINOR: THEATRE ARTS
18 credits (minimum)
The Minor in Theatre Arts will provide exposure to some of the basic theoretical and practical demands ofthe process of
creating theatre. This minor concentration will include courses that will treat the expressiveness of the student’s instrument,
fundamentals of textual analysis and interpretation for stage as well as the ensemble process(on and off stage)from text to
production.
FOR MAJORS IN BFA PERFORMANCE ANDCHOREOGRAPHY)
COURSEMENU
a).Major Courses in School of Dancethat may be
transferred from major [4 Credits]
b). Other Mandatory courses [electives transferable] 10 Credits
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
CODE
COURSE
DD403
Musical Theatre
4
TT101A
Acting IA
2
DP103A
Improvisation
4
TT101B
Acting IB
3
TT102A
Voice and Speech IA
2
TT201A
ActingIIA
3
c).Additionalcourses[electivestransferable]tobeselectedfrom:
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
TT102B
Voice and SpeechIB
2
TT202A
Voice and SpeechIIA
2
TT202B
Voice and SpeechIIB
2
TT203B
ProductionI
3
TT306
DirectingI
4
TT201B
ActingIIB
3
TT401B
Acting for Screen andTV
3
CREDITS
(For Majors in the BFA and BA - Schools of Music & Visual Arts)Mandatory Courses
(electives transferable)
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
TT101A
Acting IA
3
TT101B
Acting IB
3
TT106A
Voice and Speech IA
2
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
TT102B
Voice and Speech IB
2
TT107A
Improvisation
2
TT201A
Acting IIA
3
TT202A
Voice and Speech IIA
2
TT202B
2
TT203A
3
TT203B
Production I
3
TT403A
Musical Theatre
3
TT401B
Acting for Screen and TV
3
Other mandatory courses
(electives transferable)
TO be selectedfrom:
CODE
COURSE
CREDITS
TT102B
Voice and Speech IB
2
TT107A
Improvisation
2
TT201A
Acting IIA
3
TT202A
Voice and Speech IIA
2
TT202B
2
TT203A
3
TT203B
Production I
3
TT403A
Musical Theatre
3
TT401B
Acting for Screen and TV
3
BFA Theatre Arts: Acting Track Cohort starting (2012-2013)
Yr
1
Yr
2
CODE
COURSE
CR
CODE
SEMESTERII
CR
TOTAL
GS100A
2
GS100B
Skills
2
30
TT101A
ActingIA
3
TT101B
ActingIB
3
TH101A
Western Theatre History I(Survey)
2
TH101B
Western Theatre History II(Survey)
2
GS104A
Caribbean History
Culture&AestheticsI
2
GS104B
Caribbean History Culture & Aesthetics
II
2
TT102A
Voice & SpeechIA
2
TT102B
Voice & SpeechIB
2
DP106A
MovementI
2
DP206B
MovementII
2
TT107A
Improvisation
2
TT109B
Textual Studies I (DramaticLiterature)
2
TT108A
Foundations of Dramatic Literature
0
CODE
COURSE
CODE
SEMESTERII
15
CR
15
CR
TOTAL
33
TT209A
Textual StudiesII
2
TT202B
Voice & SpeechIIB
2
GS102A
Introduction to SpanishI
2
TT204B
Theatre &West IndianSociety
2
GS206
3
TT201B
ActingIIB
3
GS106A
Ethics Creativity & SelfI
2
GS102B
Introduction to SpanishII
2
TT201A
ActingIIA
3
GS231B
CollegeMath
3
TT202A
Voice & SpeechIIA
2
GS106B
Ethics Creativity & SelfII
2
TT203A
Movement forActors
2
GS103B
Information Technology for Artist&
Entrepreneurs
3
ELECTIVE
16
Yr
17
CODE
COURSE
CR
CODE
SEMESTERII
CR
TOTAL
TT207A
Culture & Community
Developmentor Managing
Community Arts
2
TT309B
Intro to Cultural Studiesor
Intro to Performance
Studies or Gender and
CaribbeanCulture
3
31
TT306A
DirectingI
4
TT305B
TT311B
Intro to West IndianDrama or Caribbean
Culture in Perfor.II
2
3
TT301A
ActingIIIA
3
TT203B
ProductionI
3
One DesignCourse
2
GS203E
Performance ResearchForum
3
Caribbean Culture in PerformanceI
3
TT301B
ActingIIIB
3
TT204B
Theatre &Development
3
3
TT311A
ELECTIVE
14
Yr
4
CODE
COURSE
CR
17
CODE
SEMESTERII
CR
TOTAL
18
TT402A
Independent StudyI
-
TT402B
Independent StudyII
6
TT403A
MusicalTheatre
2
TT303B
ProductionII
3
TT404A
Internship
4
TT401B
Acting for Screen &Television
3
ELECTIVE
ELECTIVE
6
Electives: 9 credits
12
BFA Theatre Arts: Acting Track Cohort Starting (2013/2014)
Yr
CODE
SEMESTERI
CR
CODE
SEMESTERII
CR
TOTAL
1
GS100A
Fundamentals ofEnglish
2
GS100B
Critical Analysis &Expository
Writing
2
32
TT101A
ActingIA
3
TT101B
Acting IB
3
TH101A
2
TH101B
Western Theatre HistoryII
(Survey)
2
GS104A
Caribbean History Culture&
AestheticsI
2
GS104B
Caribbean History Culture&
Aesthetics II
2
TT102A
Voice & Speech IA
2
TT102B
Voice & Speech IB
2
TT107A
Improvisation
2
DP106A
MovementI
2
TT108A
Foundations of DramaticLiterature
0
TT109B
Text. Stud. I (DramLit)
2
GS106A
Ethics Creativity and Self I
2
GS106B
Ethics Creativity and SelfII
2
15
17
Yr
CODE
SEMESTERI
CR
CODE
SEMESTERII
CR
TOTAL
2
TT209A
Textual Studies II
2
TT202B
Voice & Speech IIB
2
29
GS102A
2
TT204B
Theatre &West Indian Society
2
GS206E
3
TT201B
ActingIIB
3
TT201A
ActingIIA
3
GS102B
2
TT202A
Voice & Speech IIA
2
GS231B
CollegeMath
3
TT203A
2
GS111
Information Technologyfor
Artist &Entrepreneurs
3
ELECTIVE
14
15
Yr
CODE
SEMESTERI
CR
CODE
SEMESTERII
CR
TOTAL
3
TT207A
Culture & Comm.Development
2
GS107
Gender and CaribbeanCulture
3
31
TT306A
Directing I
4
TT311B
Caribbean Culture in Perf. II
3
TT301A
Acting IIIA
3
TT203B
ProductionI
3
One Design Course
2
GS303
3
Caribbean Culture in Performance I
3
TT301B
Acting IIIB
3
TT302B
Theatre &Development
3
TT311A
ELECTIVE
14
1718
Yr
CODE
SEMESTERI
CR
CODE
SEMESTERII
CR
TOTAL
4
TT410A
Independent Study I
3
TT410B
3
18
TT403A
Musical Theatre
2
TT303B
Production II
3
TT404A
Internship
4
TT401B
Acting for Screen &Television
3
ELECTIVE
ELECTIVE
9
Electives: 9credits
Minor: 18 credits (ARTS)
9
23 credits(DIE)
BA Drama in Education Cohort Starting (2012-2013)
CODE
Year I: SemesterI
CR
CODE
Year I: SemesterII
CR
TT102A
Voice & Speech IA
2
TT102B
Voice & Speech IB
2
TT101A
Acting IA
3
TT101A
Acting IB
3
LA141GE
2
GS100B
Critical Analysis & Expository WritingSkills
2
Caribbean History, Aesthetics and CultureII
2
Caribbean History, Aestheticsand
CultureI
GS104A
2
GS104B
TH101A
2
TT109B
Textual Studies I
2
GS106A
Ethics, Creativity & Self I
2
GS106B
Ethics, Creativity & Self II
2
TT106A
Movement I
2
TT107A
Improvisation
2
TotalCr.
17
TotalCr.
13
Year II: SemesterI
Year II: SemesterII
TE241A
TT202A
Voice & Speech IIA
2
TT202B
Voice & Speech IIB
2
TT201A
Acting IIA
3
TT201B
Acting IIB
3
ED243GE
3
PE205
Teacher School and Society
2
GS210
3
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
PE204
Emergent Teacher
2
TE242B
Designing The School Production
3
GS203
Academic Writing
3
TotalCr.
19
3
TE241B
3
ELECTIVE
TotalCr.
Year III: SemesterI
16
Year III: SemesterII
TE341A
3
TE341B
3
TT308A
Playwriting I
3
TE303B
Literature forChildren
3
TT306A
Directing I
4
PE303
Trend, Issues & Perspectives in Ed.
3
PE206
3
PE202
3
PE201
3
TE320B
3
TT203B
Production I
3
ELECTIVE
TotalCr.
ELECTIVE
16
TotalCr.
18
Year IV: SemesterI
Year IV: SemesterII
PE401
3
PE402
Reflective Practice & Action Research
3
PE301
Philosophies and Prac in Arts Ed.
3
PE400
Teaching Practice[Practicum]
15
PE302
Introduction to Ed. Administration
3
TT311B
3
TT311A
3
TE404A
Story Drama
3
ELECTIVE
ELECTIVE
TotalCr.
15
Electives: 6credits
TotalCr.
21
BA Drama in Education Cohort Starting [2013/2014]
CODE
Year I: SemesterI
CR
CODE
Year I: SemesterII
CR
TT102A
Voice & Speech IA
2
TT102B
Voice & Speech IB
2
TT101A
Acting IA
3
TT101B
Acting IB
3
GS100A
2
GS100B
Critical Analysis & ExpositoryWriting
2
Culture II
2
Culture I
GS104A
2
GS104B
TH101A
2
TT109B
Textual Studies I
2
GS106A
Ethics, Creativity & Self I
2
GS106B
Ethics, Creativity & Self II
2
TT107A
Improvisation
2
DP106B
Movement I
2
TT108A
0
TotalCr.
15
TotalCr.
15
Year II: SemesterI
Year II: SemesterII
TE241A
3
TT202A
Voice & Speech IIA
2
TT202B
Voice & Speech IIB
2
TT201A
ActingIIA
3
TT201B
ActingIIB
3
PE203
3
PE205
Teacher School and Society
2
GS210
3
GS231B
College Mathematics
3
PE204
Emergent Teacher
2
TE242B
Designing The School Production
3
GS203
Academic Writing
3
TotalCr.
19
TE241B
3
ELECTIVE
TotalCr.
Year III: SemesterI
16
Year III: SemesterII
TE341A
3
TE341B
3
TT308A
PlaywritingI
3
TE303B
3
TT306A
DirectingI
4
PE303
Trend, Issues & Perspectives in Ed.
3
PE206
3
PE202
3
PE201
3
TE320B
3
TT203B
ProductionI
3
ELECTIVE
ELECTIVE
TotalCr.
16
TotalCr.
PE401
3
PE402
3
PE301
Philosophies and Prac in Arts Ed.
3
PE400
Teaching Practice[Practicum]
15
PE302
Introduction to Ed. Administration
3
TT311B
3
TT311A
3
TE404A
Story Drama
3
Year IV: SemesterI
18
Year IV: SemesterII
ELECTIVE
ELECTIVE
Total
15
Credit
Electives:
Minor:
Total
Credit
6 credits
18 credits (ARTS) 23 credits(DIE)
21
Course Descriptions
TH101A
2 Credits
In this course students will be engaged in a survey of the
philosophical, historical and political developments ofthe
evolving movements of western theatre tradition, andhow
these have informed the aesthetic manifestation of theplay,
the production and theperformance.
TH101B
2 Credits
Western Theatre History II (Survey) (PreRequisite:TH101A)
Through a survey of the significant philosophical, political and
historical movements/developments that have influenced
western theatre from the renaissance to the nineteenth
century this course provides an over-view of the manifestation
of these essential ideas in theatricalrepresentation.
TT101A
3 Credits
4 Acting1A
This course is designed to enable liberation of the students’
instrument and spontaneous expressivity through
improvisation and theatre games. The course wills takethe
students through a progressive process of exploration and
discovery while building trust and groupdynamics.
TT101B
3 Credits
ActingIB
(Pre-Requisite:TT101A)
This course develops on the work done onliberation,
spontaneity and awareness in the previous semesterand
introduces the student to the fundamentals ofapproaching
a character. Students are introduced to basics oftransferring
spontaneous impulse into a scriptedrole.
TT102A
2 Credits
Voice and Speech1A
The course explores the richness of spoken language in
both the dialect and standard forms without prejudice. It
recognizes that students whose first language is West Indian
Creole (WIC) have particular difficulty in attempting tospeak
effectively in Standard English (SE), because of differences
between the two forms of communication. In view of the
importance, however, in the West Indian situation, of being
Bi-lingual, the course aims to address thisdifficulty.
TT102B
2 Credits
Voice and Speech IB (Pre-Requisite:TT102A)
This course continues with the regular exercises to
strengthen and enrich vocal energy connected with text
work. Through
practical exercises and games the student will work on
developing the quality of voice production and listening skills
focusing on strengthening the use of voice and language .This
semester will go more deeply into the work withconnected
speech and will focus on practical elements in orderto
enhance the sense of thewords.
TT104A
2 Credits
Introduction to SetDesign
This course will introduce students to general skillsand
approaches in Set Design. They will developcreative
processes and design concepts through text analysisand
visual metaphors. Visual communication of concepts willbe
developed through visual tools of model-making, technical
rendering, storyboard production anddrawings.
TT105A
2 Credits
Acting for Non-Majors I
This course will introduce students to general skillsand
approaches in Set Design. They will developcreative
TT105B
2 Credits
Acting for Non-Majors II
This course will introduce students to general skills and
approaches in Set Design. They will develop creative
processes and design concepts through text analysis and
visual metaphors. Visual communication of concepts will be
rendering, storyboard production and drawings.
TT106A
2 Credits
Voice and Speech for Non-Majors I
processes and design concepts through text analysis and
visual metaphors. Visual communication of concepts will be
TT106B
2 Credits
Voice and Speech for Non-Majors II
rendering, storyboard production and drawings.
TT107A
2 Credits
Improvisation
This course will be centred on exploring the internal resources
of performance. Students explore through theatrical games
how to interact with a partner and to solve alone and ingroup, different dramatic situations. They will be asked to
solve on the spot and in action scenarios that convey different
conflicts between: characters- space, space-objects, physical
obstacles-space, objects-situations, etc.
TT107B
2 Credits
Introduction to Costume Design
This course will examine the psychology of clothesin everyday
life in relation to the character inperformance. Creative
processes and design concepts will developthrough text
analysis, character analysis and visualmetaphors.
TT108A
0 Credit
In this course students will learn to use their critical thinking
to ascertain meaning and understanding from text at the
literal and inferential levels. They will become familiarwith
basic literary terms and be able to identify and commenton
their impact in givenscripts.
TT108B
2 Credits
Introduction to Lighting Design
This involves lectures, visits to theatres and hands-on activity
in which students will be exposed to the basic mechanisms of
electricity the aesthetic elements of lighting, basic equipment
and processes of interpreting lightingfrom
a dramatic text. They will also examine possibilities ofusing
inexpensive and availablematerials.
TT109B
1 Credit
Textual Studies I
In this course, students will focus on how to read, comprehend
and critically analyze a literary/artistic text for itsaestheticand
dramatic value. Becoming familiar, understanding and using
important literary terms and concepts will be part of the
discipline of the analytical process beingdeveloped.
TT110B
2 Credits
In this course, students will focus on how to read, comprehend
and critically analyze a literary/artistic text for its aesthetic
and dramatic value. Becoming familiar, understanding and
using important literary terms and concepts will be part of
the discipline of the analytical process beingdeveloped.
TT201A
1 Credit Acting IIA
(Pre-Requisite:TT101B)
In this course instrumental liberation and nurturingof
spontaneity is continued, while focusing on the shift to
interpretation of role. Through continued use oftheatre
games, improvisation and the application of the techniques
of the Stanislavsky’s Method, students will be engaged in the
transformative process of delineating character inrealistic/
naturalisticdrama.
TT201B
3 Credits Acting IIB
This course develops on the principles established inthe
previous semester--The Stanislavsky method for acting
realism/naturalism, along with ‘outside in’ approaches to
building a character. Much emphasis will be placed on rigorous
physical dilation and imaginative expressiveness of the body.
This will be integrated with work on the discovery and use
of energy through structured breathing techniques. Students
will be exposed to more challenging texts from among the
modern classics of the genre with an intensified focus on
playing the complexity of inner action,space/ environment,
use of objects and the aesthetic corporeal demands of a role.
TT202A
2 Credits
Voice and Speech IIA (Pre-Requisite:TT102B)
This course is designed to give students of theatrea
fundamental grasp of how the human voice maybe
manipulated for use in performance and presentation.
It advances the knowledge and skill acquired in Voice and
Speech IA and IB. The exploration of various linguistic patterns
and the dynamics of language use in social, professionaland
creative contests will take major focus. Additionally students
will be exposed to the process the voice as a communicative
tool, from a personal as well as instructional perspective.
TT202B
2 Credits
Voice and Speech IIB (Pre-Requisite:TT202A)
This course will consolidate and advance the techniques (the
art and science) of vocal presentation. Specific attention
will be paid to analysis of texts, the use of the voice as a
motivational tool and the management of teaching strategies.
Students will be guided through the process of recognizing
and executing particular genres of vocal performance and the
diversity of speech styles.
TT203B
1 Credit Production I
This course involves the mounting of a majorstudent
production process directed by a member of the faculty or a
guest director. Students registered for the course is engaged,
stage manager of the technical crew. The education process
beginswith auditions and continues through the process of
rehearsals and performances, culminating with the summary
evaluation where the relevant course lecturers in acting,
voiceand speech and movement are required toparticipate.
TT204A
2 Credits
Stage Management
This course is designed to help students to become awareof
the dramatic uses of the body, and to understand thebody’s
limitations andpossibilities.
TT204B
2 Credits
Theatre and West IndianSociety
This course is designed to help students to become awareof
the dramatic uses of the body, and to understand thebody’s
limitations andpossibilities. Philosophies, movements and
aesthetic principles that have characterized significant 20th
Century theatrestyles and how they have been realized
through the idiosyncratic perspectives of some of the leading playwrights and directors of the period.
TE241A
2 Credits
This course is fundamental to the development of all
students of Theatre Arts who may elect to teach drama in
a studio, community or classroom. It will introduce students
to a variety of drama strategies and the philosophies and
practices of well known drama advocates. It will alsoprovide
the opportunity for students to examine the philosophies
and practices of well known educator and show how their
beliefs underpin the teaching and learning ofDrama.
TE241B
3 Credits
Drama in Education IB (Pre-Requisite:TE241A)
This course will provide the opportunity for students to
develop their skills as Drama in Education Specialists. Itwill
enable them to use drama as a method of integration across
the curriculum through process drama. It will also prepare
them to teach the theatre arts based curriculum, usedrama
toteachliterarytextandunderstandtherolethatdrama plays in
developing the totalindividual.
TT203A
2 Credits
MOVEMENT FOR ACTORS I
This course is designed to help students to become aware
of the dramatic uses of the body, to understandthe
body’s limitations and possibilities, to develop theactor’s
physical expressivity, and to develop a consciousness ofthe
relationships between the actor and the playing spaceand
the other members of theensemble
TT203B
2 Credits
MOVEMENT FOR ACTORS II
This course is designed to help students to focus and tune
the general movement vocabulary and skills sets learned in
the previous course into clear physical dramaturgy to be used
to clarify the actors’ expressivity on the stage, or in any other
theatrical constructs.
TT301A
3 Credits Acting IIIA
Realism/naturalism is exposed in this course to themore
demanding techniques of classic poetic drama with specific
focus on the demands of working in a choral ensemble.
Using classic Greek texts, other cultural texts as well as
contemporary Caribbean classic ritualistic texts, thecourse
will focus on the generative source of the ritual action thatis
manifested through the chorus and the protagonist’s andthe
technique of ensemble playing that is beingdemanded.
TT301B
3 Credits
Acting IIIB
This course serves to extend the exploration of Caribbean
performance signifiers while consolidating and diversifying
the students’ grasp of the demands of postcolonial CircumAtlantic drama, using the Brechtian model of performance as
a launching pad and theoretical base for a culturally affirming
method of acting.
TT302B
3 Credits
Theatre and Development (PREREQUISITE: TT312A)
This course is conceptualized on the basis o fa perceived need
for an approach that integrally involves the arts as a tool to
promote social development. Theatre as an art that
examines the human and social condition is aptly poised to
play such a role. The course approaches this concept from
an analysis of political and social structures in Jamaica and
related concepts of citizenship and community development.
It investigates how theatre can be used as a practical tool
to empower individuals and achieve social change. The
course requires the creation and conduction of a final
projectincorporatingtheseconcepts.
TE303B
3 Credits
LiteratureforChildren
This course has been developed to give teachersthe
opportunity to analyze, explore, create and understand
various elements of literature and apply these when
developing and teaching literature at different levelsof
education.
TT303B
3 CreditsProduction II
(PRE-REQUISITETT203B)
This course involves the mounting of a major student
guest director. Students registered for the course are engaged
as members of the cast, stage manager or senior member
of the technical crew. The education process beginswith
auditions and continues through the process of rehearsals
and performances, culminating with the summary evaluation
where the relevant course lecturers in acting, voice and
speech and movement are required toparticipate.
TE301A
3 Credits
THE PROFESSIONAL DRAMA TEACHER (PRE-REQUISITE
TE214A&B)
Today’s school faces numerous challenges as the society
becomes increasingly complex and technologically based. In
addition drama teachers are being asked to use their craft
to educate diverse students. This course therefore seeksto
examine the obligations and responsibilities that teachers
have toward students and society and the relationshipsthat
exist and ought to exist among teachers on a whole, the
school andsociety.
It will furnish Student teachers with an understanding ofthe
culture of schools and the varying factors that affect school
cultures. It will help student teachers of Drama to develop an
understanding of the major roles and responsibilities they are
expected to assume in carrying out their duty teacher. They
will also be encouraged to envisage the roles they can play as
agents of change and how best they can become involved in
the implementation ofcurriculum
Innovations and re forms through the use of drama strategies
and conventions that will create and sustain participatory,
student centred school cultures.
TE243B
3 Credits
THEATRE CRAFTS FOR THE SCHOOL PRODUCTION
Each 3 hour class period is broken down into two segments.
The first hour or segment is devoted to a lecture/discussion
of various internationally approved stage technology
procedures and practices.
The remaining two hours or second segment is devoted
to reinforcing the topic of the day by “hands-on” projects
relating to the implementation of design aspects for Drama
School productions completed in Drama School shops and
labs.
Students must come to class dressed appropriately for the
work being done on that day.
TT305B
3 Credits
Introduction to West Indian Drama
This course has been developed to give teachersthe
opportunity to analyze, explore, create and understand
various elements of literature and apply these when
developing and teaching literature at different levels of
education.
TT306A
1 Credit Directing I
(PRE-REQUISITE:TT109B)
This course introduces the students to the fundamentals of
the theatre directors’ art. Students will be provided with a
model for approaching textual analysis as director, as wellas
some basic techniques in director –actor communication. In
the process of doing scene work, basic stage composition and
the function of the floor plan as a creative instrument will
also be dealt with.
TT306B
4CreditsDirectingII
(PRE-REQUISITE:TT306A)
This course introduces the students to the fundamentals of
the theatre directors’ art. Students will be provided with a
model for approaching textual analysis as director, as well as
some basic techniques in director –actor communication.
The process of doing scenework, basic stage composition and
the function of the floor plan as a creative instrument will
also be dealt with.
TT308A
3 Credits Playwriting I
This course Introduces students to the fundamentals of
playwriting, and teaching the writing of skits and short plays
(10 - 20 minutes long.)
TT308B
3 Credits Playwriting II
In this course students build on fundamentals of playwriting
taught In Playwriting I and learn how to write the longplay
(60 minutes to full length).
TT311A
3 Credits
Caribbean Culture in Performance 1
of the technical crew. The education process begins with
where the relevant course lecturers in acting, voiceand
speech and movement are required to participate.
TT311B
3 Credits
Caribbean Culture in PerformanceII
(Pre-Requisite:TT311A) In this course students will explore
theoretically and practically three models for employing
selected cultural forms of the region to generate playmaking,
playwriting and production concepts as playwrightsand
directors.
TE320B
3 Credits
This course is a laboratory type experience in which
student teachers will be exposed to two types oftheatrical
opportunities geared toward Educating and Entertaining
children at all levels. In the first opportunity the teacher will
be required to “put on the shoes” of the children as they
experiment, explore, imagine and create theatre in a casual
way.
TT401B
3 Credits
ActingforScreenandTelevision
This course introduces students to specific film and
television acting techniques including script analysis
techniques, practical scene study while workingfrom
their own reality and personal history. Students will begin
applying themselves to interpretation of produced textsreaching into a world outside of their personal experiences.
They will also be introduced to workingwith the microphone
and camera
TT310
3 CreditsProduction III
of the technical crew. The education process begins with
where the relevant course lecturers in acting, voiceand
speech and movement are required toparticipate.
TT403A
2 CreditsMusicalTheatre
TE341A
3 Credits
Drama in EducationIIA (Pre-Requisite:TE241B)
This course is regarded as the major component ofthe
education core course for the Drama in Education Specialist,
therefore, it is specifically designed to further equip teachers
with the knowledge, attitude and skills required to planand
teach drama as a subject in its own rights, drawing fromits
own body of knowledge which is obtained from theatreand
theatrearts.
This course will explore the techniques requiredfor
understanding and performing in musical theatrethrough
the exploration of characters in musical theatre scenes.This
will be done within the context of a survey of the history of
musical theatre in the Caribbean and elsewhere, examination
of song and the relationship to the singer, the demand on the
musical theatre actor as well as text and verse analysis.
TE341B
3 Credits
Drama in EducationIIB (Pre-Requisite:TE341A)
This course will enable students to focus on understanding
the roles and responsibilities of the Drama Educator in the
changing society. They will be afforded the opportunity to
develop their own theory and practice of Drama teaching.
It will also provide the opportunity for students to obtain
vicarious or hands onexperiences.
This course will provide the opportunity for students at the
undergraduate level to employ the use of one of the world’s
oldest art form in their teaching. The course is divided into
four units which are geared towards providing handson
experience forstudents.
TE404A
3 Credits
• Story Drama
TT407B
1Credit
COOPERATIVE LEARNING
Cooperative learning is a production related categoryof
training in which students will be exposed tosupplementary
processes and develop necessary support skills forthe
mounting and presentation of a production. This is a
mandatory requirement of each student of the School of
Drama. Students will be awarded one credit for 3units of
work done across the following areas during their fouryears
ofstudy:
PE400
15Credits
TEACHING PRACTICE (PRACTICUM)
(Pre-Requisite:TE241B)
This course is regarded as the major component of the
education core course for the Drama in Education Specialist,
therefore, it is specifically designed to further equip
teachers with the knowledge, attitude and skills required to
plan and teach drama as a subject in its own rights, drawing
from its own body of knowledge which is obtained from
theatre and theatre arts.
TT304A
2 Credits
DEVISINGTHEATRE
Students will be engaged in the process of researching,
devising, writing and staging a performance piece that gives
political credence to the notion that each individual is a
thinking creative being able to bring maximum benefits to the
collective. The intention is to encourage a democratized model
of perspectives and dramaturgical options that challenge the
conventional model of the illustrious playwright as the voice
of the people and to spotlight contemporary issues from the
point of view of the student and theaudience.
TT404A
4Credits
INTERNSHIP
Internship is a significant component of the BFA programme,
which will involve observation and practice while being
assigned to a professional private or public organization. In
practice the student is expected to be engaged in theatre
related activity that enhances their appreciation of the
professional environment and allows for personalethical
development.
TE401A
3 CREDITS
TEACHING CSEC THEATRE ARTS-DRAMA
The course is designed to provide the fourth year Drama in
Education student with the laboratory and frame-work to
aid in the effective delivery of CSEC Theatre Arts with focus
on Drama. The student will be given the opportunity to
participate in variouspractical demonstration of methodology
used by experienced teacherof this examination. Field trips
to schools to observed best practices,observing an episode
of the school base assessment and schemeof grading will also
be in cooperated in thecourse.
TT402A
3 Credits
INDEPENDENT STUDYI
Students will be required to research, create and performan
original solo-dramatic piece based on issues and a statement
that the student wants to address as an artist; through critical
research. Duration 50-60 Minutes. Students will have to
create or develop literary/plastic, etc. materials that they will
work on through the process. The completed project/study
will include a written research component and an audiovisual recording of the performance.
TT402B
3 Credits
INDEPENDENT STUDY II(PRE-REQUISITE:TT402A)
Students will be required to research, create and performan
original solo-dramatic piece (Duration 50-60minutes) based
on issues and a statement that the student wants to address
as an artist; through critical research. Students will have to
create or develop literary/plastic, etc. materials that they
will work on through the process. The completed project/
study will include a written research component and an
audio-visual recording of the performance.
Faculty
Director
Pierre Lemaire Assistant Director
Bachelor of Arts in Language and Literature (Teaching Level),
University of Paris;1977
Assistant Director
Janet Muirhead Stewart
Bachelor of Science inTheatre, State University of New
York;2001
Diploma in Education, Edna Manley College;1997
Elizabeth Montoya Stemann
Bachelor of Science,
Libre Theatre of Bogota Foundation; 1973
Post Graduate Diploma in Voice Studies, Central School of
Speech and Drama;1998
Carolyn Allen
MA English University of the West Indies (1989)
MA Comparative Literature University Bordeaux (1988)
BA English, University of the West Indies (1982)
Robert Clarke
Diploma, Jamaica School of Drama; 1983
Trevor Nairne
Diploma – MicoTeacher’s College
Diploma – School of Drama, Edna ManleyCollege (Cultural
Training Centre)
Coretta Brown-Johnson
PhD Clinical Psychology, Walden University, Minnesota, USA;
Master of Arts in Clinical Psychology, WaldenUniversity,
MinnesotaUSA
Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in Psychology, International
University of the Caribbean
Diploma in Dance Education Edna Manley College
Camille Quamina
MPhil. Cultural Studies – Univ. of The West Indies (St.
Augustine) –Awaiting graduation.
BA Literatures in English - Univ. of The West Indies (St.
Augustine)
Doraine Reid
MSc. Public Sector Management – Univ. of the West Indies
(Mona)
BA. Education - Western Carolina University
Diploma in Drama in Education – Edna Manley College
Michael Reckord
MA Transformational Leadership, 2012
MFA in Creative Writing, Fairleigh Dickenson
University (2007)
B.A English and BJ in Journalism, Carlton University,
Ottawa (1969)
Marvin George
MPhil. Cultural Studies – Univ. of the West Indies (St.
Augustine)
The School of Music was established in 1961 as
a statutory body supported by the Government
under the leadership of the first Director
and Registrar Peter Burges and Vera Moody
respectively. The School was located at 50 Hope
Road, Kingston, and was staffed by mainly British
nationals engaged in the teaching of music
of the European (Classical) tradition, offering
tuition in practical and theoretical subjects. The
training offered focused on instrumental and
vocal lessons, which prepared students for entry
into the Royal Schools of Music in the United
Kingdom.
Policies Specific To Music Programmes
PRACTICAL EXAMINATIONS
Students enrolled in performance and music education
programmes are required to do a performance examination
(jury) on their principal instrument and second instrument
at the end of each semester. The jury panel will determine
the level of performance, grade the performance, and
submit a written evaluation that will be included in the
student’s file. Students who fail the juried examination will
be placed on probation. Students who fail two consecutive
juries will be suspended from the programme. On their
return after the suspension, if the student fails the jury
on their next attempt, they will be dismissed from the
programme of study. Students are required to perform at the
appropriate level of competence as established by the Music
faculty, and may perform required recitals/concerts only
after attaining the appropriate jury levels.
Performance majors who specialize in Contemporary
Music Studies must also take a contemporary music jury
each semester. Contemporary Music Studies majors may
opt to take a second study in classical studies in the first
year only (see Principal Instrument Studies policy below).
However, they are expected to pass the required levels in
both the jazz and classical juries prior to performing their
third year concert. Contemporary Music Studies students
should demonstrate their ability to Interpret, improvise, and
arrange their pieces and the repertoire should be chosen
under the guidance of their Principal Instrument instructor.
The student will be graded on their technical competence,
accuracy, musicianship, stage deportment and overall
execution.
CONCERT ATTENDANCE POLICY
All music majors are required to attend a number of
professional concerts and recitals each semester in order
to maintain good standing in the School. Failure to meet
the requirements of this policy can result in probation and
suspension.
INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL LESSON POLICY
Students pursuing the Bachelor of Music in Performance,
the Bachelor
of Music Education and the Associate of Arts degree are
required to enroll for private (individual) instruction in their
principal instrument each semester until the requirements
have been fulfilled. Individual instruction in voice or an
instrument will attract an additional fee per semester.
Students are given weekly instrumental lessons with an
instructor who guides the student in developing technique,
musicianship and style in support of the curriculum goals.
LUNCH HOUR CONCERT
All music majors are required to perform on his/her principal
instrument in a Lunch Hour Concert once per semester. First
year students will be exempt from performing in their first
semester only. The student’s attendance, stage deportment
and performance will factor in the grade awarded for the
principal instrument study each semester.
THIRD AND FOURTH YEAR CONCERTS
Music Education Majors are required to successfully
perform a short solo recital (20 - 30 minutes of music)
when registered for Principal Instrument VI (Semester 6).
Students are expected to show a range of performance
pieces demonstrating a variety of historical styles, technical
competence and musicianship.
Performance Majors must satisfactorily complete a short
recital (30 minutes of music) in the third year (Semester
6) and a full recital in the final year (Semester 8). The
final recital, 50 minutes of music, must include at least 40
minutes of solo performance. All recitals/concerts must
show a range of performance pieces demonstrating a variety
of historical styles, technical competence, improvisation
(where appropriate) and strong musicianship. If a student
fails
the performance, he/she will be allowed to repeat the
course only once. The student is required to change the
entire repertoire used in the previous recital/concert.
A student will be dismissed from the programme if he/
she fails the same recital level twice. Refer to the Principal
Instrument curricula for the full requirements and scheme of
assessment.
PRINCIPAL INSTRUMENT STUDIES
In the first year of study, instrumental students who
specialize in Contemporary Music Studies may divide their
principal instrumental studies between classical studies and
contemporary music studies in brass, woodwinds, guitar,
piano, bass, or percussion, by taking the following:
A Contemporary Music Studies student whose primary
instrument is voice, electric guitar or electric bass may elect
to take the following:
•
a 45-minute lesson in contemporary music each week
in each semester and
•
a 30-minute lesson in classical music each week in
each semester (second study) in year one only
OR
•
a 60-minute lesson in contemporary music each week
in each semester
In years two, three and four, the Contemporary Music
Studies students are required to take 60-minute lessons
each week each semester on their principal instrument
only. All other Performance and Music Education majors
are required to take a 60-minute lesson on their principal
instrument each week in each semester for the duration of
their programme.
SECOND INSTRUMENT STUDIES (OPTIONAL)
All music majors who study a Second Instrument will receive
a 30-minute lesson each week each semester for one credit
hour. They are required to take a jury at the end of each
semester.
APPLIED MUSIC (OPTIONAL)
This course is designed for music majors and non-majors
who qualify by an audition process for instrumental or vocal
lessons. The student should be at an intermediate level on
their instrument or voice. This is an individual lesson that
can be repeated for credit.
There are two types of Applied Music lessons:
•
a 60-minute lesson each week – Two (2) credits per
semester (MP131)
•
a 30-minute lesson in each week – One (1) credit per
semester (MP132)
Students are required to practice a minimum of six (6) hours
a week in each semester.
Students will receive guidelines or a course outline at the
beginning of each semester.
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Our graduates are expected to contribute to the
documentation, analysis and development of musical
culture and history, particularly within the Jamaican and
Caribbean context, although not limited to it. To this end,
the Independent Study course provides final year music
students an opportunity to explore an area of music of
their choice through in-depth research and analysis. This
exploration culminates in an extensive written document.
The students have an opportunity to develop a historical
question based upon a topic of their choice, conduct
research and write their findings in an extensive paper.
The student is expected to meet regularly (weekly) with
her/ his project supervisor for guidance in the research
and writing process. Hence the student is expected to work
independently to complete an extensive research paper
of 4,500 – 5,500 words on the topic of their choice. The
student’s final paper must include a fair amount of musical
analysis relevant to the topic.
MASTER CLASS & PERFORMANCE LAB
The Master Class is a compulsory class in which students
develop performance techniques and critical thinking.
Students will have the opportunity to perform and critique
themselves and each other in a large group setting. The
Performance Lab is required for all third and fourth year
students who specialize in Contemporary Music Studies.
Students will be given the basics on lead sheet preparation
and microphone technique, audio terminology, show
planning and how to work with other musicians, stage crew
and other areas related to their production and performance.
These classes are conducted by lecturers from the
department who assist students to develop musicianship,
technique, interpretive skills and overall stage presentation.
TEACHING PRACTICUM
All Music Education students are required to undergo
supervised classroom teaching at specific points during
the programme. This will take place in the form of teaching
observation and at least two opportunities for classroom
teaching internship, which are supervised by the Music
Education specialists. Classical Performance majors are
required to undergo supervised studio teaching after
completing studies in Literature and Pedagogy of their
Principal Instrument.
This will be supervised by a specialist from the Performance
Studies department.
HONOURS RECITAL
The School of Music sponsors an annual Honours Recital
which highlights and recognizes outstanding soloists In
the School. It also celebrates the diversity of genres and
instruments taught at the institution.
9. The music must be memorized (where appropriate) for
both the auditions and the recital.
The School of Music will publish dates for entry, audition and
recital on the Academic Calendar.
11. Students must provide three (3) copies of their musical
selection for jury members at least two (2) days before their
audition.
1.
All School of Music students registered in a full time
programme, years 1 – 4, are eligible for auditions.
12. The grading scheme for auditions is as follows:
2. Only the top six (6) to ten (10) performers from
the auditions will perform at the Honours Recital. The
adjudicators will determine this.
3. Persons who have participated in previous Honours
Recitals are still eligible to audition.
4. The Honours Recital is for soloists. Accompaniment
must be no more than four (4) performers.
10. Any contestant who is unable to attend their scheduled
auditions for any reason will be disqualified.
a.
Accuracy & Technique (30): Correct Notes,
Expression Marks, Steadiness of Beat, Time Values/
Rhythm, Tempo; Hand Position, Fingering, Pedal, StickingMusicianship (70): Articulation, Phrasing, Balance, Tone,
Dynamics, Memory,Interpretation/Style
13. The performance should have a sense of assuredness,
be persuasive, communicative and intuitive, and
demonstrate artistic integrity and technical command in all
areas of the performance.
5. Students may audition only after their piece and their
readiness has been assessed and approved by their principal
instrument teacher.
14. The results of the auditions will be announced within
two (2) days of the final audition.
6. Entrants’ selected works must be at least four
(4) minutes and no longer than ten (10) minutes. The
auditionee may select more than one piece in order to meet
the minimum time limit.
16. The Honours Recital will be open to the public and it is
a paid event for the benefit of the College.
7. Suitable genres include arias, songs, concerti (piano
accompaniment), folk, jazz, reggae, pop, etc. are allowed.
8.
15. The decisions of the jury members are final.
17. There is no monetary reward for participating in the
auditions or the Honours Recital.
18. This Honours Award will become a permanent part of
the students’ academic record.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE
The Bachelor of Music in performance is used as the overarching title for all degrees that have a performance emphasis.
The performance degrees focuses on classical and/or contemporary studies in the various instruments and additionally, the
classical degrees will include courses in literature of the principal instrument, pedagogy and a pedagogy practicum.
The Contemporary Music Studies specialization will focus on popular, jazz, Traditional folk and other contemporary music
forms. However, the main emphasis will be on Jamaica and the wider Caribbean. Students will be allowed to integrate both
the classical and contemporary studies within their programme of study. This will be done through careful advisement. The
specializations are listed below:
Bachelor of Music (BM) in Performance
•
Piano
•
Voice
•
Violin
•
Wind (clarinet, flute, saxophone, trumpet, trombone)
•
Steel Pan & percussion
•
Contemporary Music Studies (formerly Jazz and Popular Music Studies)
CONTEMPORARY MUSIC STUDIES
The Bachelor of Music in Performance with a specialization in Contemporary Music Studies is designed to train students for
careers in jazz, popular and commercial music performance. Students will also be prepared for graduate studies
in contemporary music performance and literature. The programme aims to develop a thorough understanding of
contemporary music (including Jazz) and its relationship to contemporary Jamaican and Caribbean societies. Principal
Instrument, improvisation, jazz harmony and arranging, jazz and Jamaican music history, and contemporary music ensembles
are emphasized in this programme of study.
This degree is designed to train students for careers in jazz, popular or commercial music performance and/or instruction.
The programme aims to develop a thorough understanding of contemporary music and its relationship to contemporary
Jamaican and Caribbean societies. Principal Instrument, improvisation, jazz harmony and arranging, jazz and Jamaican
music history, and jazz and popular ensembles are emphasized in this programme of study. The minimum number of credits
required for graduation is 123 credit hours inclusive of the Colleges’ General Studies offerings. In order to be considered full
time, a student is required to register for a minimum of twelve (12) credits and a maximum of eighteen (18) credits. With
permission from the director, students are allowed to register for credits in excess of eighteen.
To qualify for the BM in Performance specializing in Contemporary Music Studies, students will be required to successfully
complete a minimum of 123 credits over four (4) years, as set out below.
CREDIT STRUCTURE
FOUR YEARS
CREDITS
Specialization
81
Adjunct
9
General Studies
27
Electives
6
Total
123
COURSE MENU
CODE
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ
Principal Instrument I
3
MJ
Principal Instrument II
3
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I (non-piano majors)
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II (non-piano majors)
1
MU111
Keyboard Harmony I (piano majors
only)
1
MU112
Keyboard Harmony II (piano majors only)
1
MU103
Vocal Skills I (non-voice majors only)
1
MH105
Survey of Traditional Jamaican Folk Music
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU110B
Aural and Sight Singing II
2
MU109
Traditional Jamaican Drumming
1
MT111B
Music Theory II
3
MU110A
Aural and Sight Singing I
2
MU134
Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble II
1
MT111A
Music Theory I
3
GS100B
Critical Thinking & Expository Writing
2
MU133
Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble I
1
GS111
Information Technology for Artist and
Entrepreneurs
3
GS100A
2
GS105
2
GS115
3
CODE
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ
Principal Instrument III
3
MJ
Principal Instrument IV
3
MH200
Western Music: An Overview
3
MH201
The Evolution of Jamaican Popular Music
3
MU201
Computer Music Notation
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU210B
Aural and Sight Singing IV
2
MU210A
Aural and Sight Singing III
2
MT212B
Jazz Theory II
3
MT212A
Jazz Theory I
3
MU243
Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble IV
1
MU242
Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble III
1
GS114
3
GS201A
Psychology I
2
Ensemble
1
GS210
3
GS206
3
CODE
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ
Principal Instrument V
3
MJ
Principal Instrument VI
3
MT312A
Harmony and Arranging I
2
MT312B
Harmony and Arranging II
2
MH304
Music of the Americas I
2
MH305
Music of the Americas II
2
MU329
Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble V
1
MU330
Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble VI
1
MU307
Music Technology 1
2
MU308
Music Technology II
2
MU309
Music Business
2
GS203
3
AM104
Principles of Accounting I
3
GS231
College Mathematics
3
Elective
2 or 3
CODE
YEAR 4 SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ
Principal Instrument VII
3
MJ
Principal Instrument VIII
3
MU401
Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble VII
1
MT400
Song Writing
2
MU409
Music Technology III
2
MU404
Independent Study
3
GS303
3
MU402
Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble VIII
1
Elective
2 or 3
MU410
Music Technology IV
2
Elective
*NB: Psychology I can be substituted by Introduction to Philosophy or Psychology and Education – 3 credits each
*College Mathematics (GS231) can be used as a substitute for Principles of Accounting I (AM104).
*Conversational French (GS213) can be used as a substitute to Conversational Spanish (GS210) in order to fulfil the foreign
language requirement.
*Electives: Students are encouraged to take electives in intra-Disciplinary (courses in music outside of their specialization)
and cross-disciplinary courses (courses in drama, dance, visual arts or education).Please note electives maybe completed in
any year. Only 4-6 credits are needed to complete the elective requirement.
CONTEMPORARY MUSIC STUDIES DIPLOMA UPGRADE
Graduates with a minimum of a C Average in the Diploma in Jazz and Popular Music Studies will be required to do a
minimum of 30 credits inclusive of specialization and electives.
CREDIT STRUCTURE
ONE YEAR
CREDITS
Major
17
Adjunct
7
General Studies
3
Electives
3
Total
30
COURSE MENU
YEAR 4
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ4--7
3
MJ4--8
3
MU401
Jazz and Popular Music
Ensemble VII
1
MT400
Song Writing
2
MU409
2
MU404
Independent Study
3
GS303
Performance Research
Forum
3
MU402
Jazz and Popular Music
Ensemble VIII
1
Elective
2 or 3
MU410
Music Technology IV
2
Principles of Accounting I*
3
AM104
Elective
Piano, Voice, Guitar, Wind and Steel Pan
This programme of study is designed for those who wish to pursue a career in music performance and/or private studio
teaching, and will also prepare students for graduate studies in performance and pedagogy. Course offerings include
individual lessons, chamber and large ensemble performance, literature, pedagogy of the principal instrument, music theory
and musicology.
The Bachelor Degree in Performance is ascribed a minimum of 123 credits over four years and is structured as set out below:
CREDIT STRUCTURE
FOUR YEARS
CREDITS
Specialization
79 – 83
Adjunct
11 – 15
General Studies
27
Electives
3–6
Total
123
COURSE MENU Cont.
*NB.
Psychology I can be substituted by Introduction to Philosophy or Psychology and Education – 3 credits each
*Electives
Students are encouraged to take electives in intra-Disciplinary (courses in music outside of their specialization) and crossdisciplinary courses (courses in drama, dance, visual arts, arts management or education).Please note electives maybe
completed in any year. Only 4-6 credits are needed to complete the elective requirement.
Ensemble
Students are required to take a prescribed number of credits in the ensembles. The ensembles offered are: Vocal,
Woodwind, Brass, Steel Pan, and Drumming.
Piano, Voice, Guitar, Wind
Degree Completion/Diploma upgrade
Graduates with a minimum of a C Average in the Diploma in Performance will be required to do a minimum of 30 credits
inclusive of specialization and electives.
CREDIT STRUCTURE
ONE YEAR
CREDITS
Major
17
Adjunct
6-7
General Studies
3
Electives
2-3
Total
30
COURSE MENU
YEAR 4
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ
3
MJ
3
MH400
Twentieth Century Western
Music
3
MU309
Music Business
2
MT313
Arranging and Composing I
2
MU404
Independent Study
3
MU434
Pedagogy Practicum
2
Ensemble or Accompanying
1-2
GS303
3
Elective
2-3
1
GS231
College Mathematics*
3
MU201
1
MU328
Diction for Singers II I (Voice
majors only)
1
AM104
Principles of Accounting I*
3
BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION (BME)
The Bachelor of Music Education is a general music degree that offers two areas of concentration within the programme.
They are:
•
Choral
•
Instrumental
This degree programme prepares students for careers in music teaching primarily at the secondary level. The philosophy of
the programme is based on the principle that a person must first be a good musician in order to be a good music educator.
Therefore the programme includes substantial work in music theory, aural training, musicology, instrumental/vocal studies,
ensembles, and conducting, in addition to music education methods courses and teaching practicum. Students elect either
an instrumental concentration or vocal concentration, or a combined program which includes a mixture of the instrumental
and vocal concentrations. In addition to fulfilling the School of Music requirements for graduation, all music majors must
complete the list of General Studies courses offered by the college, and all Music Education majors must also complete
the list of Professional Education courses prescribed by the School of Music in collaboration with the School of Arts
Management and Humanities.
To qualify for the BME degree, full-time students will be required to successfully complete a minimum of 140 to a maximum
of 145 credits over four (4) years, as set out below:
CREDIT STRUCTURE PIANO
FOUR YEARS
CREDITS
Major
62
Adjunct
6
General Studies
24
28
Practicum
15
Electives
5
Total
140
VOICE, RECORDER, GUITAR
FOUR YEARS
CREDITS
Major
64
Adjunct
6
General Studies
23
8
Practicum
15
Electives
6
Total
140
WIND, PERCUSSION, STRINGS
FOUR YEARS
CREDITS
Major
66
Adjunct
6
General Studies
23
28
Practicum
15
Electives
2
Total
140
COURSE MENU
CODE
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MI
2
MI
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH105
3
MU111
Keyboard Harmony I
1
MU112
Keyboard Harmony II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU109
1
MU110B
2
MU110A
2
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100B
2
GS100A
2
GS114
3
GS105
2
GS115
3
MU106A
Pop Ensemble I
1
CODE
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MI
2
MI
2
MH200
3
ME203
Foundation of Music Education
3
MU201
1
MH201
3
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU104A
Guitar Skills I
1
MU104B
Guitar Skills II
MU210A
2
MU210B
2
MT211A
Music Theory III
3
MT211B
Music Theory IV
3
GS210
3
GS231
College Mathematics
3
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
CODE
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MI
2
MI
2
ME307
Methods and Materials in Music I
3
ME309
Methods & Materials in Music II
3
MT314
Arranging and Composing for Classroom I
1
MT315
Arranging and Composing for Classroom II
1
MT311A
Form and Analysis I
2
MU240
Conducting I
1
ME315
Instrumental Techniques
1
MU323
Recorder II
1
ME314
Choral Techniques
1
GS203
3
ME308
Steel Band Techniques
1
PE207
3
MU322
Recorder I
1
ME317
Measurement and Evaluation in the
Music Classroom
3
PE201
3
Ensemble
1
PE305
Technology and Learning in the
Classroom
3
**Teaching Practicum & Lab
Ensemble
1
**Teaching Practicum & Lab
CODE
YEAR 4 SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MI
2
MI
2
PE401
3
ME401
Methods & Materials in Music III
1
PE400
** Teaching Practicum and SLP
15
PE402
3
PE403
Administration
3
Elective
3
or
4
NB: **Teaching Practicum, Observation and Teaching Labs = 15 credits spread over years three and four. Practicum Lab and
Observation – 3 credits in Year 3; Practicum - Nine credits in Year 4; Service Learning Project – 3 credits in Year 4. All areas are
compulsory to complete the Teaching Practicum credits.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION
35 Credit Programme
JBTE Double Option Graduates from 2008 CREDIT STRUCTURE
ONE YEAR
CREDITS
Major
14
General Studies
6
12
Electives
3
Total
35
Cr
Specialization Courses
Cr
3
Principal Instrument VII – VIII*
4
3
1
3
Pop Ensemble I
1
3
Form and Analysis I
2
Guitar Skills I
1
General Education
3
Music Elective
5
3
Electives
3
COURSE MENU
Students are expected to take three (5) credits of Music Electives in any semester of their choice Total number of credits:
Thirty Five (35)
Fifty Six (56) Credit Programme
JBTE Double Option Graduates from 2001 - 2007
CREDIT STRUCTURE
TWO YEARS
CREDITS
CREDITS
Major
33
Specialization Courses
General Studies
6
Principal Instrument V – VIII
8
12
Music Theory I – II
6
Electives
5
Music Theory III – IV
6
Total
56
Jazz Theory I – II
6
Aural and Sight Singing I – IV
8
1
3
Pop Ensemble I
1
3
Form and Analysis I
2
3
Guitar Skills I
1
3
Electives
3
3
General Education
Other specialization courses may be chosen from the School of Music’s menu of courses.
COURSE MENU
CODE
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MI
2
MI
2
MT111A
Music Theory I
3
MT111B
Music Theory II
3
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
PE305
3
GS203
3
MU104A
Guitar Skills I
1
Elective
2 -5
MU106A
Pop Ensemble I
1
MU201
1
GS210
3
CODE
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MI
2
MI
2
MT211A
Music Theory III
3
MT211B
Music Theory IV
3
MU210A
2
MU210B
2
MT311A
Form and Analysis I
2
PE403
Administration
3
PE401
3
PE402
3
Elective
03
Students are expected to take five (5) credits of Electives in any semester of their choice. Total number of credits: Fifty Six
(56)
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS IN MUSIC (AA)
The Associate of Arts (AA) degree offers music courses in a curriculum intended to lead, by transfer, to a professional
bachelors degree programme. This two-year degree focuses on intensive work in music supported by a programme in
general studies. The programme is designed to meet the common pre-requisites required for students transferring with an
Associate of Arts (AA) degree to the Bachelor’s degree in Music at the Edna Manley College.
The programme aims to prepare students for general careers in music and also for further study in music performance
or music teaching. Therefore the programme includes substantial work in music theory, aural training, musicology,
instrumental/vocal studies, and ensembles, in addition to other general studies. Students elect either an instrumental
concentration or vocal concentration, or a combined programme which includes a mixture of the instrumental and vocal
concentrations. In addition to fulfilling the School of Music requirements for graduation, all music majors must complete
the list of Specilization and General Studies courses prescribed by the college. In order to progress to the bachelor’s degree,
all requirements from the associate degree must be completed. Hence, the programme is comprised of a two-year associate
degree (years one and two) which, on completion, smoothly articulates into the BM and BME degrees (years three and
four). The Associate of Arts Degree in Music is ascribed a minimum of 70 credits over two years.
To qualify for the Associate of Arts in Music Studies students will be required to successfully complete a minimum of 70
credits over two (2) years, as set out below:
CREDIT STRUCTURE PIANO
COURSE MENU
CODE
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ1--
Principal Instrument I*
3
MJ1--
Principal Instrument II*
3
MI1--
2
MI1--
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU111
Keyboard Harmony I
1
MU112
Keyboard Harmony II
1
MU103
Vocal Skills I
1
MH105
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU110B
2
MU109
1
MT111B
Music Theory II
3
MU110A
2
GS100B
Critical Thinking & Expository Writing
2
MT111A
Music Theory I
3
GS111
Information Technology for Artist and
Entrepreneurs
3
GS100A
2
1
GS105
2
GS115
3
1
CODE
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ2--
Principal Instrument III*
3
MJ2--
Principal Instrument IV*
3
MI2--
2
MI2--
2
MH200
3
MH201
3
MU201
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU210B
2
MU210A
2
MT211B
Music Theory IV
3
MT211A
Music Theory III
3
GS114
3
GS206
Introduction to Philosophy*
3
1
GS201A
Psychology I*
2
Foundation of Music Education**
3
GS210
3
1
ME203
*Associate of Arts optional courses.
*Electives
Students are encouraged to take electives in intra-disciplinary (courses in music outside of their specialization) and crossdisciplinary courses (courses in drama, dance, visual arts or education).
Please note electives maybe completed in any year.
**Transfer Credits
All credits are transferable to the Bachelor of Music in performance, Bachelor of Music in Jazz and Popular Music Studies,
and the Bachelor of Music Education degrees at the Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts.
***Skills Courses
Skills courses are chosen based on the students’ specialization and on the recommendation of their advisor.
CERTIFICATE IN MUSIC (CM)
The Certificate in Music (CM) offers music courses that focus on the basic elements of contemporary music performance,
aural skills, and its related theory. This one-year programme mainly focuses on intensive work in the art form. The
programme aims to introduce students with an interest in pursuing a career in contemporary music performance to the
convention of Jamaican Popular Music. Therefore the programme includes level-one courses in music theory, aural training,
Jamaican Music history, listening and appraising, instrumental/vocal studies, and ensembles. Students may elect either an
instrumental or vocal concentration. In order to qualify for entry into the Certificate in Music (CM), a student must
successfully complete the Preliminary Qualifying Programme then apply for the certificate. Qualified students may also gain
acceptance into the programme through the open audition, have a minimum of two CSEC subjects including English, and the
equivalent of Grade 5 music theory (ABRSM). In order to graduate from the programme, all certificate requirements must be
completed. The Certificate in Music is ascribed a minimum of 31 Credit over one year.
To qualify for the Certificate in Music full-time students will be required to successfully complete a minimum of 31 Credit
over one (1) year, as set out below.:
Credits
Specialization
23
Adjunct
4
General Studies
4
COURSE MENU
Credits
Credits
Specialization/Major
23
Music Elective (optional)
1-3
Principal Instrument (Music Education)
4 OR
Adjunct
4
Principal Instrument (Performance)
6
Keyboard Harmony I - II (piano majors only)
2
Music Theory/Aural
Keyboard Skills I – II
2
Music Theory I – II
6
Vocal Skills I
1
Aural and Sight Singing I – II
4
1
General Studies
4
2
2
Musicology
3
Performance Ensembles
Pop Ensemble I
1
Ensemble
2
MUSIC MINOR
The Minor in Music is a general music programme designed for the non-music major who has an intermediate level grounding
in music and performance. This programme of study is intended to supplement the academic and professional requirements
of several majors outside of the School of Music. The programme is a thorough integration of the practical, theoretical, and
performance elements of music. A minimum of 23 credits, drawn from both the academic and practical courses offered by
the programme, is required for the completion of the minor. Students pursuing a Music Minor are held to all programme
regulations concerning interviews, prerequisites, and auditions. Therefore, all students interested in pursing a Music Minor
are required to participate in a scheduled audition before they can be accepted to the Music Minor programme. Prior to
registering for music courses, the student will be assigned an advisor from the music faculty.
COURSE MENU
Code
Course
Credits
MI
2
MI
2
MT111A
Music Theory I
3
MT111B
Music Theory II
3
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU107
Listening and Appraising
2
Students should select their additional seven (7) music credits from the following areas:
*One 200–Level course (Word based)
Ensemble
2–3
1–2
*Musicology
2–4
*compulsory requirement
Total credit requirements:
23 credits
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE UWI/EMC
BA – General Arts, Faculty of Humanities & Education
The University of the West Indies, Mona, in association with the Edna Manley College offers a BA Degree with a Major
or Special in any of the Visual or Performing Arts disciplines offered by the College. The degree runs for three years and
students attend classes on the campuses of both institutions. Candidates must meet the academic entry requirements set by
the University as well as the Edna Manley College. Students are required to select courses according to credit requirements
laid down for the BA Degree Major or Special as set out below.
To qualify for a Major the students will be required to successfully complete at the Edna Manley College:
• 36 credits over three years
• achieve a minimum grade average of Bare Pass (40%-43%)
To qualify for the Special, students will be required to successfully complete at Edna Manley College:
- 54 credits over three years,
- achieve a minimum grade average of Bare Pass (40%- 43%) Strict attention must be paid to the prerequisite requirements
for all courses.
UWI/EMC BA – General Arts, Humanities & Education Degree - Music Major
COURSE MENU
Year 1
Code
Course
Credits
MU110
Principal Instrumental Study
6
MU111
Musicianship Studies I
6
MU112
Keyboard/fretboard Harmony
6
MU120
Introduction to Music
6
Code
Course
Credits
MU212
Orchestration
6
MU23A
Ceremony and Spectacle
3
MU23B
Beethoven to the Romantics
3
MU210
6
MU211
Musicianship Studies II
6
Code
Course
Credits
MU317
Arranging
6
MU31A
Historical Perspectives in Jazz
3
MU310
6
MU311
Musicianship Studies III
6
MU312
Study of Western Classics
6
Year 2
Year 3
The General Arts courses are taken at The University of the West Indies.
SCHOOL OF MUSIC ELECTIVE COURSES (NON-MAJORS)
Code
Course
Credits
MP131
Applied Music
2
MP132
Applied Music
1
MU107
2
MU120
Choir
1
MU126
Drum Orchestra I
1
MU127
Drum Orchestra II
1
MU102 A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU104 A
Guitar Skills I
1
MU104 B
Guitar Skills II
1
MU204A
Guitar Skills III
1
MU204B
Guitar Skills IV
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU103 B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU203 A
Vocal Skills III
1
MU203B
Vocal Skills IV
1
MU105A
Recorder I
1
MU105B
Recorder II
1
MU205A
Recorder III
1
MU205B
Recorder IV
1
PRINCIPAL INSTRUMENT
Performance & Music Education
CODE
SUBJECT
INSTRUMENT
YEAR
DEGREE
CREDIT
MJ 101
Piano
Year 1
Performance
3
MJ 102
Piano
“
“
3
MJ 203
Piano
Year 2
“
3
MJ 204
Piano
“
“
3
MJ 305
Piano
Year 3
“
3
MJ 306
Piano
“
“
3
MJ 407
Piano
Year 4
“
3
MJ 408
Piano
“
“
3
MI 101
Piano
Year 1
Music Ed.
2
MI 102
Piano
“
“
2
MI 203
Piano
Year 2
“
2
MI 204
Piano
“
“
2
MI 305
Piano
Year 3
“
2
MI 306
Piano
“
“
2
MI 407
Piano
Year 4
“
2
MI 408
Piano
“
“
2
MJ 111
Voice
Year 1
Performance
3
MJ 112
Voice
“
“
3
MJ 213
Voice
Year 2
“
3
MJ 214
Voice
“
“
3
MJ 315
Voice
Year 3
“
3
MJ 316
Voice
“
“
3
MJ 417
Voice
Year 4
“
3
MJ 418
Voice
“
“
3
MI 111
Voice
Year 1
Music Ed.
2
MI 112
Voice
“
“
2
MI 213
Voice
Year 2
“
2
MI 214
Voice
“
“
2
MI 315
Voice
Year 3
“
2
MI 316
Voice
“
“
2
MI 417
Voice
Year 4
“
2
MI 418
Voice
“
“
2
MJ 121
Guitar
Year 1
Performance
3
MJ 122
Guitar
“
“
3
MJ 223
Guitar
Year 2
“
3
MJ 224
Guitar
“
“
3
MJ 325
Guitar
Year 3
“
3
MJ 326
Guitar
“
“
3
MJ 427
Guitar
Year 4
“
3
MJ 428
Guitar
“
“
3
MI 121
Guitar
Year 1
Music Ed.
2
MI 122
Guitar
“
“
2
MI 223
Guitar
Year 2
“
2
MI 224
Guitar
“
“
2
MI 325
Guitar
Year 3
“
2
MI 326
Guitar
“
“
2
MI 427
Guitar
Year 4
“
2
MI 428
Guitar
“
“
2
MJ 131
Bass Guitar
Year 1
Performance
3
MJ 132
Bass Guitar
“
“
3
MJ 233
Bass Guitar
Year 2
“
3
MJ 234
Bass Guitar
“
“
3
MJ 335
Bass Guitar
Year 3
“
3
MJ 336
Bass Guitar
“
“
3
MJ 437
Bass Guitar
Year 4
“
3
MJ 438
Bass Guitar
“
“
3
MI 131
Bass Guitar
Year 1
Music Ed.
2
MI 132
Bass Guitar
“
“
2
MI 233
Bass Guitar
Year 2
“
2
MI 234
Bass Guitar
“
“
2
MI 335
Bass Guitar
Year 3
“
2
MI 336
Bass Guitar
“
“
2
MI 437
Bass Guitar
Year 4
“
2
MI 438
Bass Guitar
“
“
2
MJ 141
Woodwind
Year 1
Performance
3
MJ 142
Woodwind
“
“
3
MJ 243
Woodwind
Year 2
“
3
MJ 244
Woodwind
“
“
3
MJ 345
Woodwind
Year 3
“
3
MJ 346
Woodwind
“
“
3
MJ 447
Woodwind
Year 4
“
3
MJ 448
Woodwind
“
“
3
MI 141
Woodwind
Year 1
Music Ed.
2
MI 142
Woodwind
“
“
2
MI 243
Woodwind
Year 2
“
2
MI 244
Woodwind
“
“
2
MI 345
Woodwind
Year 3
“
2
MI 346
Woodwind
“
“
2
MI 447
Woodwind
Year 4
“
2
MI 448
Woodwind
“
“
2
MJ 151
Brass
Year 1
Performance
3
MJ 152
Brass
“
“
3
MJ 253
Brass
Year 2
“
3
MJ 254
Brass
“
“
3
MJ 355
Brass
Year 3
“
3
MJ 356
Brass
“
“
3
MJ 457
Brass
Year 4
“
3
MJ 458
Brass
“
“
3
MI 151
Brass
Year 1
Music Ed.
2
MI 152
Brass
“
“
2
MI 253
Brass
Year 2
“
2
MI 254
Brass
“
“
2
MI 355
Brass
Year 3
“
2
MI 356
Brass
“
“
2
MI 457
Brass
Year 4
“
2
MI 458
Brass
“
“
2
MJ 161
Steel Pan
Year 1
Performance
3
MJ 162
Steel Pan
“
“
3
MJ 263
Steel Pan
Year 2
“
3
MJ 264
Steel Pan
“
“
3
MJ 365
Steel Pan
Year 3
“
3
MJ 366
Steel Pan
“
“
3
MJ 467
Steel Pan
Year 4
“
3
MJ 468
Steel Pan
“
“
3
MJ 171
Percussion
Year 1
Performance
3
MJ 172
Percussion
“
“
3
MJ 273
Percussion
Year 2
“
3
MJ 274
Percussion
“
“
3
MJ 375
Percussion
Year 3
“
3
MJ 376
Percussion
“
“
3
MJ 477
Percussion
Year 4
“
3
MJ 478
Percussion
“
“
3
MI 171
Percussion
Year 1
Music Ed.
2
MI 172
Percussion
“
“
2
MI 273
Percussion
Year 2
“
2
MI 274
Percussion
“
“
2
MI 375
Percussion
Year 3
“
2
MI 376
Percussion
“
“
2
MI 477
Percussion
Year 4
“
2
MI 478
Percussion
“
“
2
MJ 181
Strings
Year 1
Performance
3
MJ 182
Strings
“
“
3
MJ 283
Strings
Year 2
“
3
MJ 284
Strings
“
“
3
MJ 385
Strings
Year 3
“
3
MJ 386
Strings
“
“
3
MJ 487
Strings
Year 4
“
3
MJ 488
Strings
“
“
3
MI 181
Strings
Year 1
Music Ed.
2
MI 182
Strings
“
“
2
MI 283
Strings
Year 2
“
2
MI 284
Strings
“
“
2
MI 385
Strings
Year 3
“
2
MI 386
Strings
“
“
2
MI 487
Strings
Year 4
“
2
MI 488
Strings
“
“
2
MJ = Performance Majors - Three (3) Credits MI = Music Education Majors - Two (2) Credits First digit = Year
Second digit = Assigned Instrument Number Third digit = Semester in programme
SECOND INSTRUMENT
CODE
SUBJECT
INSTRUMENT
YEAR
DEGREE
CREDIT
MS 101
Second Instrument I
Piano
Level 1
Non-Major
1
MS 102
Second Instrument II
Piano
“
“
1
MS 203
Second Instrument III
Piano
Level 2
“
1
MS 204
Second Instrument IV
Piano
“
“
1
MS 305
Second Instrument V
Piano
Level 3
“
1
MS 306
Second Instrument VI
Piano
“
“
1
MS 407
Second Instrument VII
Piano
Level 4
“
1
MS 408
Second Instrument VIII
Piano
“
“
1
MS 111
Voice
Level 1
Non-Major
1
MS 112
Voice
“
1
MS 213
Voice
“
1
MS 214
Voice
“
1
MS 315
Voice
“
1
MS 316
Voice
“
1
MS 417
Voice
“
1
MS 418
Voice
“
1
MS 121
Second Instrument I
Guitar
Level 1
Non-Major
1
MS 122
Guitar
“
“
1
MS 223
Guitar
Level 2
“
1
MS 224
Guitar
“
“
1
MS 325
Second Instrument V
Guitar
Level 3
“
1
MS 326
Guitar
“
“
1
MS 427
Guitar
Level 4
“
1
MS 428
Guitar
“
“
1
MS 131
Second Instrument I
Bass Guitar
Level 1
Non-Major
1
MS 132
Bass Guitar
“
“
1
MS 233
Bass Guitar
Level 2
“
1
MS 234
Bass Guitar
“
“
1
MS 335
Second Instrument V
Bass Guitar
Level 3
“
1
MS 336
Bass Guitar
“
“
1
MS 437
Bass Guitar
Level 4
“
1
MS 438
Bass Guitar
“
“
1
“
Level 2
“
Level 3
“
Level 4
“
MS 141
Second Instrument I
Woodwind
Level 1
Non-Major
1
MS 142
Woodwind
“
“
1
MS 243
Woodwind
Level 2
“
1
MS 244
Woodwind
“
“
1
MS 345
Second Instrument V
Woodwind
Level 3
“
1
MS 346
Woodwind
“
“
1
MS 447
Woodwind
Level 4
“
1
MS 448
Woodwind
“
“
1
MS 151
Second Instrument I
Brass
Level 1
Non-Major
1
MS 152
Brass
“
1
MS 253
Brass
“
1
MS 254
Brass
“
1
MS 355
Second Instrument V
Brass
“
1
MS 356
Brass
“
1
MS 457
Brass
MS 458
Brass
MS 161
Second Instrument I
Steel Pan
MS 162
MS 263
“
Level 2
“
Level 3
“
“
1
“
1
Level 1
Non-Major
1
Steel Pan
“
“
1
Steel Pan
Level 2
“
1
MS 264
Steel Pan
“
“
1
MS 365
Second Instrument V
Steel Pan
Level 3
“
1
MS 366
Steel Pan
“
“
1
MS 467
Steel Pan
Level 4
“
1
MS 468
Steel Pan
“
“
1
MS 171
Second Instrument I
Percussion
Level 1
Non-Major
1
MS 172
Percussion
“
1
MS 273
Percussion
MS 274
Percussion
MS 375
Second Instrument V
Percussion
MS 376
Percussion
MS 477
Percussion
MS 478
Percussion
MS 181
Second Instrument I
Strings
MS 182
Strings
MS 283
MS 284
Level 4
“
“
“
1
“
1
“
1
“
1
“
1
“
1
Level 1
Non-Major
1
“
“
1
Strings
Level 2
“
1
Strings
“
“
1
MS 385
Second Instrument V
Strings
Level 3
“
1
MS 386
Strings
“
“
1
MS 487
Strings
Level 4
“
1
MS 488
Strings
“
“
1
MS = Non-majors only, any school
Level 2
“
Level 3
“
Level 4
“
BM, BME, AA, Cert. & PQ COURSE SEQUENCE 2010/11 & 2011/12
BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN JAZZ & POPULAR MUSIC STUDIES
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP100A
3
MP100B
3
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
Survey of Jamaican Folk Music
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU106A
Pop Ensemble I
MU106B
Pop Ensemble II
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
College English I
2
GS100B
College English II
2
GS106A
Ethics, Creativity and the Self I
2
GS106B
Ethics, Creativity and the Self II
2
GS102B
2
YEAR 2
MP200A
3
MP200B
3
MH102
History of Jamaican Popular Music
3
MH103
Survey of Western Music
3
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU213A
Jazz Improvisation I
1
MU213B
Jazz Improvisation II
1
MU210A
2
MU210B
2
MT212A
Jazz Theory I
3
MT212B
Jazz Theory II
3
GS201A
Psychology I*
2
GS206
3
GS102A
Introductory Spanish I
2
GS102B
Introductory Spanish II
2
GS104A
Caribbean History, Culture &Aesthetics I
2
GS104B
Caribbean History, Culture and Aesthetics II
2
MP300A
3
MP300B
3
MT312A
2
MT312B
2
MH304
2
MH305
2
MU306A
Jazz and Pop Ensemble I
1
MU306B
Jazz and Pop Ensemble II
1
MU307
Music Technology 1
2
MU308
Music Technology II
2
MU309
Music Business
2
AM103A
Basic Accounting*
3
GS203
3
GS231
3
MU201
Music Notation and Sequencing
1
Elective
2 or
3
MP400A
3
MP400B
3
MU406A
Jazz and Pop Ensemble III
1
MU406B
Jazz and Pop Ensemble IV
1
MU415A
Jazz Improvisation III
1
MU415B
Jazz Improvisation IV
1
MU409
3
MU410
Music Technology IV
3
GS303
3
MT400
Song Writing
2
Elective
2 or
3
MU404
Independent Study
3
YEAR 3
YEAR 4
Elective
BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE Piano, Voice, Percussion, Guitar
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP100A
3
MP100B
3
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
Ensemble
1
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
Ensemble
1
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
College English I
2
GS100B
College English II
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
YEAR 2
MP200A
3
MP200B
3
MH102
3
MH103
3
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU126
Accompanying (piano majors)
1
MU126
1
MU210A
2
MU210B
2
MT211A
Music Theory III
3
MT211B
Music Theory IV
3
GS201A
Psychology I*
2
GS206
3
GS102A
2
GS102B
2
GS104A
Caribbean History, Culture
and Aesthetics I
2
GS104B
2
MJ
3
MJ
3
MT311A
Form and Analysis I
2
MT311B
Form and Analysis II
2
MH306
Western Music I
3
MH307
Western Music II
3
MH
Repertoire and Literature
2
Pedagogy
2
MU228
Diction for Singers I (voice majors)
2
MU328
Diction for Singers II (voice majors)
2
GS231
3
MU240
Conducting I
1
AM103A
Basic Accounting*
3
GS203
3
MT313
YEAR 3
Elective
1
MJ
3
MH400
Twentieth Century Western Music
3
MT413A
Arranging and Composing II
2
MU434
Pedagogy Practicum
GS303
1
MJ
3
MU309
Music Business
2
MU404
Independent Study
3
2
1
3
Elective
2
1
YEAR 4
Elective
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP101A
2
MP101B
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
College English I
2
GS100B
College English II
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
YEAR 2
MP201A
2
MP201B
2
MH102
3
ME101
Introduction to Music Education
1
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MH103
3
1
GS206
3
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
MU210A
2
MU104A
Guitar Skills I
MT211A
Music Theory III
3
MU210B
2
GS201A
Psychology I*
2
MT211B
Music Theory IV
3
GS102A
2
GS102B
2
GS104A
Caribbean History, Culture and
Aesthetics I
2
GS104B
2
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
YEAR 3
MP301A
2
MP301B
2
MT311A
Form and Analysis I
3
PE206
3
MU322
Recorder I
1
MU323
Recorder II
1
Ensemble
2
Ensemble
1
MU100
Percussion: Conga
1
ME308
1
ME310
Choral Techniques I
1
ME311
Choral Techniques II
1
ME312
Instrumental Techniques I
1
ME313
Instrumental Techniques II
1
ME305
Music Methods & Materials I
1
ME306
Music Methods & Materials II
2
PE204
3
PE205
2
PE201
3
PE202
3
MU104B
Guitar Skills II
1
GS203
2
MT314
Arranging and Composing for
Classroom I
1
MT315
1
MU201
1
ME302
Technology in Music Education
1
**Teaching Observation & Lab
**Teaching Lab
YEAR 4
MP401A
2
MP401B
2
PE401
3
ME401
1
PE400
** Teaching Practicum and Lab
15
PE402
3
PE302
3
Elective
3 or
4
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS - MUSIC
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP100A
3
MP100B
3
MP101A
2
MP101B
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
College English I
2
GS100B
College English II
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
YEAR 2
MP200A
3
MP200B
3
MP201A
2
MP201B
2
MT211A
Music Theory III*
3
MT211B
Music Theory IV*
3
MT212A
Jazz Theory I*
3
MT212B
Jazz Theory II*
3
MU207
2
MU210B
2
MH102
3
MH103
3
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
GS102A
2
MU104B
Guitar Skills I*
1
GS104A
Caribbean History Culture
and Aesthetics I
2
GS102B
2
GS201A
Psychology I
2
GS104B
Caribbean History Culture and Aesthetics II
2
GS206
3
ME101
Introduction to Music Education*
1
CERTIFICATE IN MUSIC
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP100A
3
MP100B
3
MP101A
2
MP101B
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
College English I
2
GS100B
College English II
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
1
PRELIMINARY QUALIFYING PROGRAMME
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MU001A
Principal Instrument
2
MU001B
2
MU002A
Music Theory
3
MU002A
Music Theory
3
MU003A
Vocal Skills (Non-majors only)
1
MU003A
1
MU004A
Aural and Sight Singing
2
MU004A
2
MU006A
Keyboard Skills (Non-majors only)
1
MU006A
1
MU109
Introduction to Listening
and Appraising
2
MU109
Introduction to Listening and Appraising
2
MU008A
Keyboard Sight Reading
1
MU008A
1
MU009A
Sight Reading for Singers
1
MU009A
1
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
BM, BME, AA, Cert. & PQ COURSE SEQUENCE 2012 - 2013
BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN JAZZ & POPULAR MUSIC STUDIES
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP100A
3
MP100B
3
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU106A
Pop Ensemble I
MU106B
Pop Ensemble II
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
YEAR 2
MP200A
3
MP200B
3
MH102
3
MH103
3
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU213A
1
MU213B
1
MU210A
2
MU210B
2
MT212B
Jazz Theory II
3
2
MT212A
Jazz Theory I
3
GS201A
Psychology I*
2
GS206
3
GS102A
2
GS102B
2
GS104B
GS104A
Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics I
Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics II
2
YEAR 3
MP300A
3
MP300B
3
MT312A
2
MT312B
2
MH304
2
MH305
2
MU306A
1
MU306B
1
MU307
Music Technology 1
2
AM103A
Basic Accounting*
3
GS231
3
MU201
1
MU308
Music Technology II
2
MU309
Music Business
2
GS203
3
Elective
2 or 3
YEAR 4
MP400A
3
MP400B
3
MU406A
1
MU406B
1
MU415A
1
MU415B
1
MU409
3
MU410
Music Technology IV
3
GS303
Elective
3
2 or 3
MT400
MU404
Song Writing
Independent Study
2
3
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP100A
3
MP100B
3
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
MP200B
3
YEAR 2
3
MP200A
MH102
History of Jamaican Popular Music 3
MH103
3
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU126
1
MU126
1
MU210A
2
MU210B
2
MT211A
Music Theory III
3
MT211B
Music Theory IV
3
GS201A
Psychology I*
2
GS206
3
GS102A
2
GS102B
2
GS104A
Aesthetics I
2
GS104B
2
MJ
3
MJ
3
MT311A
Form and Analysis I
2
MT311B
2
MH306
Western Music I
3
MH307
Western Music II
3
MH
2
Pedagogy
2
MU228
2
MU328
2
GS231
3
MU240
Conducting I
1
AM103A
Basic Accounting*
3
GS203
3
MT313
YEAR 3
Elective
1
1
MJ
3
MJ
3
MH400
3
MU309
Music Business
2
MT413A
2
MU404
Independent Study
3
MU434
Pedagogy Practicum
2
1
GS303
3
Elective
2
1
YEAR 4
Elective
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP101A
2
MP101B
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B Aural and Sight Singing II
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B Music Theory II
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
MP201B
2
YEAR 2
MP201A
2
MH102
3
ME101
1
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MH103
3
GS206
3
MU202B Keyboard Skills IV
MU210A
2
MU104A Guitar Skills I
MT211A
Music Theory III
3
MU210B Aural and Sight Singing IV
2
GS201A
Psychology I*
2
MT211B
Music Theory IV
3
GS102A
2
GS102B
2
GS104A
Aesthetics I
2
GS104B
Caribbean History, Culture and Aesthetics
II
2
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
MP301A
2
MP301B
2
MT311A
Form and Analysis I
3
PE206
3
MU322
Recorder I
1
MU323
Recorder II
1
Ensemble
2
Ensemble
1
1
YEAR 3
MU100
Percussion: Conga
1
ME308
1
ME310
Choral Techniques I
1
ME311
1
ME312
1
ME313
1
ME305
1
ME306
2
PE204
3
PE205
2
PE201
3
PE202
3
MU104B
Guitar Skills II
1
GS203
2
MT314
Classroom I
1
MT315
Arranging and Composing for Classroom
II
1
MU201
1
ME302
Technology in Music Education*
1
**Teaching Lab
YEAR 4
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP401A
2
MP401B
2
PE401
3
ME401
1
PE400
15
PE402
3
PE302
Introduction to Educational
Administration
3
Elective
3
or
4
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
MP100A
3
MP100B
3
MP101A
2
MP101B
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B Aural and Sight Singing II
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B Music Theory II
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
1
Choir
CR
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
YEAR 2
MP200A
3
MP200B
3
MP201A
2
MP201B
2
MT211A
Music Theory III*
3
MT211B
Music Theory IV*
3
MT212A
Jazz Theory I*
3
MT212B
Jazz Theory II*
3
MU207
2
MU210B Aural and Sight Singing IV
2
MH102
3
MH103
3
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B Keyboard Skills IV
Ensemble
1
GS102A
2
MU104B Guitar Skills I*
1
GS104A
Caribbean History Culture and
Aesthetics I
2
GS102B
2
GS201A
Psychology I
2
GS104B
Caribbean History Culture and Aesthetics
II
2
GS206
3
ME101
1
Ensemble
1
1
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP100A
3
MP100B
3
MP101A
2
MP101B
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
1
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MU001A
2
MU001B
2
MU002A
Music Theory
3
MU002A
Music Theory
3
MU003A
1
MU003A
1
MU004A
2
MU004A
2
MU006A
1
MU006A
1
MU109
Introduction to
Listening and
Appraising
2
MU109
Introduction to Listening and
Appraising
2
MU008A
1
MU008A
1
MU009A
1
MU009A
1
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
BM, BME, AA, Cert. & PQ COURSE SEQUENCE 2013 - 2014 BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN JAZZ
& POPULAR MUSIC STUDIES
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ1--
3
MJ1--
3
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
3
MU106A
Pop Ensemble I
MU120
Choir
GS100A
GS106A
MU111B
Music Theory II
MU106B
Pop Ensemble II
1
MU120
Choir
1
2
GS100B
2
2
GS106B
2
GS111
Information Technology for Artist and Entrepreneur
2
3
YEAR 2
MJ2--
3
MJ2--
MH102
3
MH103
3
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU213A
1
MU213B
1
MU210A
2
MU210B
2
MT212A
Jazz Theory I
3
MT212B
Jazz Theory II
3
GS201A
Psychology I*
2
GS206
3
GS102A
2
GS102B
2
GS104A
2
GS104B
Caribbean History, Culture & Aesthetics II
2
YEAR 3
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ3--
3
MJ3--
3
MT312A
2
MT312B
2
MH304
2
MH305
2
MU306A
1
MU306B
1
MU307
Music Technology 1
2
MU308
Music Technology II
2
MU309
Music Business
2
AM103A
Basic Accounting*
3
GS203
3
GS231
3
MU201
1
Elective
2 or 3
MJ4--
3
MJ4--
3
MU406A
1
MU406B
1
MU415A
1
MU415B
1
MU409
3
MU410
Music Technology IV
3
GS303
3
MT400
Song Writing
2
Elective
2 or 3
MU404
Independent Study
3
YEAR 4
Elective
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ1--
3
MJ1--
3
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
MJ2--
3
YEAR 2
MJ2--
3
MH102
3
MH103
3
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU126
1
MU126
1
MU210A
2
MU210B
2
MT211A
Music Theory III
3
MT211B
Music Theory IV
3
GS201A
Psychology I*
2
GS206
3
GS102A
2
GS102B
2
GS104A
2
GS104B
2
MJ3--
3
MJ3--
3
MT311A
Form and Analysis I
2
MT311B
2
MH306
Western Music I
3
MH307
Western Music II
3
MH
2
Pedagogy
2
YEAR 3
MU228
2
MU328
2
GS231
3
MU240
Conducting I
1
AM103A
Basic Accounting*
3
GS203
3
MT313
Elective
1
1
MJ4--
3
MJ4--
3
MH400
3
MU309
Music Business
2
MT413A
2
MU404
Independent Study
3
MU434
Pedagogy Practicum
2
1
GS303
3
Elective
2
1
YEAR 4
Elective
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MI1--
2
MI1--
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
YEAR 2
MI2--
2
MI2--
2
MH102
3
ME101
1
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MH103
3
GS206
3
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU210A
2
MU104A
Guitar Skills I
MT211A
Music Theory III
3
MU210B
GS201A
Psychology I*
2
MT211B
Music Theory IV
3
GS102A
2
GS102B
2
GS104A
Caribbean History, Culture and Aesthetics I
2
GS104B
2
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
MI3--
2
MI3--
2
MT311A
Form and Analysis I
3
PE206
3
MU322
Recorder I
1
MU323
Recorder II
1
Ensemble
2
Ensemble
1
MU100
Percussion: Conga
1
ME308
1
2
YEAR 3
ME310
Choral Techniques I
1
ME311
1
ME312
1
ME313
1
ME305
1
ME306
2
PE204
3
PE205
2
PE201
3
PE202
3
MU104B
Guitar Skills II
1
GS203
2
MT314
Arranging and Composing for Class room I
1
MT315
1
MU201
1
ME302
Technology in Music Education*
1
**Teaching Lab
YEAR 4
MI4--
2
MI4--
2
PE401
3
ME401
1
PE400
15
PE402
3
PE302
3
Elective
3 or 4
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ1--
3
MJ1--
3
MI1--
2
MI1--
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
YEAR 2
MJ2--
3
MJ2--
3
MI2--
2
MI2--
2
MT211A
Music Theory III*
3
MT211B
Music Theory IV*
3
MT212A
Jazz Theory I*
3
MT212B
Jazz Theory II*
3
MU207
2
MU210B
2
MH102
3
MH103
3
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
GS102A
2
MU104B
Guitar Skills I*
1
GS104A
Aesthet- ics I
2
GS102B
2
GS201A
Psychology I
2
GS104B
Caribbean History Culture and Aesthetics II
2
GS206
3
ME101
1
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ1--
3
MJ1--
3
MI1--
2
MI1--
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
2
GS100B
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
1
GS102B
2
BM, BME, AA, Cert. & PQ COURSE SEQUENCE 2010/11 & 2011/12
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP100A
3
MP100B
3
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU106A
Pop Ensemble I
MU106B
Pop Ensemble II
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
College English I
2
GS100B
College English II
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
MP200B
3
YEAR 2
MP200A
MH102
3
MH103
3
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU213A
1
MU213B
1
MU210A
2
MU210B
2
MT212A
Jazz Theory I
3
MT212B
Jazz Theory II
3
GS201A
Psychology I*
2
GS206
3
GS102A
2
GS102B
2
GS104A
Aesthetics I
2
GS104B
Aesthetics II
2
MP300A
3
MP300B
3
MT312A
2
MT312B
2
MH304
2
MH305
2
MU306A
1
MU306B
1
MU307
Music Technology 1
2
MU308
Music Technology II
2
MU309
Music Business
2
AM103A
Basic Accounting*
3
GS203
3
GS231
3
MU201
1
Elective
2 or 3
3
YEAR 3
YEAR 4
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP400A
3
MP400B
3
MU406A
1
MU406B
1
MU415A
1
MU415B
1
MU409
3
MU410
Music Technology IV
3
GS303
3
MT400
Song Writing
2
Elective
2 or 3
MU404
Independent Study
3
Elective
YEAR 1
MP100A
3
MP100B
3
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
College English I
2
GS100B
College English II
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
YEAR 2
MP200A
3
MP200B
3
MH102
3
MH103
3
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU126
1
MU126
1
MU210A
2
MU210B
2
MT211A
Music Theory III
3
MT211B
Music Theory IV
3
GS201A
Psychology I*
2
GS206
3
GS102A
2
GS102B
2
GS104A
Aesthetics I
2
GS104B
Aesthetics II
2
YEAR 3
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ
3
MJ
3
MT311A
Form and Analysis I
2
MT311B
2
MH306
Western Music I
3
MH307
Western Music II
3
MH
2
Pedagogy
2
MU228
2
MU328
2
GS231
3
MU240
Conducting I
1
AM103A
Basic Accounting*
3
GS203
3
MT313
Elective
1
1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MJ
MH400
3
MJ
3
3
MU309
Music Business
2
MT413A
2
MU404
Independent Study
3
MU434
Pedagogy Practicum
2
1
GS303
3
Elective
2
1
YEAR 4
Elective
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP101A
2
MP101B
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
College English I
2
GS100B
College English II
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
YEAR 2
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP201A
2
MP201B
2
MH102
3
ME101
1
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MH103
3
GS206
3
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
MU210A
2
MU104A
Guitar Skills I
MT211A
Music Theory III
3
MU210B
2
GS201A
Psychology I*
2
MT211B
Music Theory IV
3
GS102A
2
GS102B
2
GS104A
Aesthetics I
2
GS104B
Aesthetics II
2
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP301A
2
MP301B
2
MT311A
Form and Analysis I
3
PE206
3
MU322
Recorder I
1
MU323
Recorder II
1
Ensemble
2
Ensemble
1
MU100
Percussion: Conga
1
ME308
1
ME310
Choral Techniques I
1
ME311
1
ME312
1
ME313
1
ME305
1
ME306
2
PE204
3
PE205
2
PE201
3
PE202
3
MU104B
Guitar Skills II
1
GS203
2
MT314
Classroom I
1
MT315
Classroom II
1
MU201
1
ME302
Technology in Music Education
1
YEAR 3
**Teaching Lab
YEAR 4
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP401A
2
MP401B
2
PE401
3
ME401
1
PE400
15
PE402
3
PE302
Introduction to Educational
Administration
3
Elective
3 or
4
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP100A
3
MP100B
3
MP101A
2
MP101B
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
College English I
2
GS100B
College English II
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
YEAR 2
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MP200A
3
MP200B
3
MP201A
2
MP201B
2
MT211A
Music Theory III*
3
MT211B
Music Theory IV*
3
MT212A
Jazz Theory I*
3
MT212B
Jazz Theory II*
3
MU207
2
MU210B
2
MH102
3
MH103
3
MU202A
Keyboard Skills III
1
MU202B
Keyboard Skills IV
1
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
GS102A
2
MU104B
Guitar Skills I*
1
GS104A
Aesthetics I
2
GS102B
2
GS201A
Psychology I
2
GS104B
Aesthetics II
2
GS206
3
ME101
1
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
MP100A
3
MP100B
3
MP101A
2
MP101B
2
MU102A
Keyboard Skills I
1
MH101
3
MU107
1
MU103B
Vocal Skills II
1
MU103A
Vocal Skills I
1
MU102B
Keyboard Skills II
1
MU110A
2
MU110B
2
MU111A
Music Theory I
3
MU111B
Music Theory II
3
MU120
Choir
1
MU120
Choir
1
GS100A
College English I
2
GS100B
College English II
2
GS106A
2
GS106B
2
GS102B
2
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
1
YEAR 1
CODE
SEMESTER I
CR
CODE
SEMESTER II
CR
MU001A
2
MU001B
2
MU002A
Music Theory
3
MU002A
Music Theory
3
MU003A
1
MU003A
1
MU004A
2
MU004A
2
MU006A
1
MU006A
1
MU109
Appraising
2
MU109
Appraising
2
MU008A
1
MU008A
1
MU009A
1
MU009A
1
Ensemble
1
Ensemble
1
Course Descriptions
MJ
Principal Instrument (Performance Major)
3 credits per semester
MI
Principal Instrument (Music Education Major)
2 credits per semester
Students are required to undertake intense study in voice
or an instrument on which he / she has demonstrated
reasonable performing skills. The course will be tailored
to the individual student’s level and needs and will cover a
broad repertoire relevant to the particular choice of study. A
juried examination is held each semester in which students
are expected to display satisfactory progress from one
semester to the next; the grade given at the examination
will go towards a percentage of the student’s overall semester
grade for the course. A student Is required to pass both the
course work and the examination in order to pass the course.
One hour lessons.
Available Options: Piano, Voice, Guitar, Clarinet, Flute,
Trumpet, Trombone, Violin, Steelpan, Modern Guitar, Electric
Bass and Drum Kit & Percussion in Traditional or Jazz/pop
concentrations.
MS
Second Instrument
1 Credit
Students will undertake instrumental or vocal studies on a
secondary instrument and on which He/she has demonstrated
reasonable performing skills. The course will be tailored to
the individual student’s needs. An
audition and recommendation by the Director or Head of
Department is required. 30-minute lessons.
MP 131
Applied Music
2 Credits per semester (One hour lesson)
MP 132
Applied Music
1 Credit per semester (Half hour lesson)
Instrumental and Vocal lesson designed for the non-music
major who has demonstrated at least an intermediate level
on their instrument or voice. Basic music theory and ear
training will be included in the lesson. An audition is required.
May be repeated for credit.
MU 228
Diction for Singers I
2 Credits
Principles of Italian and English diction through use of the
International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and the application of
these symbols to early, intermediate and advanced repertoire.
MU 328
Diction for Singers II
2 Credits Principles of German and French diction through
use of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and the
application
of these symbols to early, intermediate and advanced
repertoire. Prerequisite: MU 228.
MU 110A
2 Credits
Aural perception and sight-singing skills developed mainly
through scalar and triadic patterns within tonal music utilizing
mainly primary chord progressions in the major key and basic
rhythmic patterns.
MU 110B
2 Credits Prerequisite: MU 110A.
This course further develops the students’ aural perception
and analysis and the emphasis will be placed on the practical
application to the written aspect of music theory. The students
will explore the minor scale, dominant chord, compound time
and dotted rhythms.
MU 210A
2 Credits Prerequisite: MU 110B.
Dominant 7th patterns, larger diatonic intervals within the
octave, and early advanced rhythmic patterns are the focus.
MU 210B
Aural & Sight Singing IV
2 Credits Prerequisite: MU 210A.
Modulations, two part dictation and chromaticism are
introduced at this level.
MT 111
Music Theory I
3 Credits Principles of notation, scales (major and minor),
keys, intervals, and triads; identification of triads and seventh
chords in inversion; part-writing using root position and
first inversion triads are taught mainly through music of the
common practice period (1600-1900).
MT 111B
Music Theory II
3 Credits Prerequisite: MT 111A.
Focus will be on the use of second inversion triads and
cadences; harmonization of soprano and bass lines; phrase
forms; non-chord tones (non harmony notes) and diatonic
seventh chords.
MT 211A
Music Theory III
3 Credits Prerequisite: MT 111B.
Chromatic harmony, the use of secondary dominants,
secondary leading tone chords, modulations, mode mixture
and the Neapolitan chord are the emphases.
MT 211B
Music Theory IV
The study of, augmented sixth chords, chromatic alterations,
Bach chorale harmonizations, and compositions using the
simple forms of the 18th and 19th centuries, is the focus at
this level.
MT 212A
Jazz Theory I
Writing, and aural recognition, of scales, triads, chords,
progressions and compositional devices commonly utilized
in jazz as well as notation and performance of rhythms
(including Latin claves and other syncopated patterns), and
analysis of jazz performances.
MT 212B
Jazz Theory II
3 Credits Prerequisite: MU 212A
MT 312A
Study of the musical elements and devices commonly utilized
in Jazz / Pop forms and the acquisition of skills leading to
the development of a personal style in arranging for various
combinations of instruments / voices.
MT 312B
2 Credits Prerequisite: MT 312A
Study of the musical elements and devices commonly utilized
in Jazz and Popular music forms and the acquisition of skills
leading to the development of a personal style in arranging
for various combinations of instruments and voices. This
is a continuation of the principles studied in “Harmony and
Arranging I”.
MT 400
Song Writing
2 Credits Prerequisite: MT 211B or MT212B
This course teaches the principles of song writing by guiding
the student through the creative process of song writing.
Topics to be covered include creativity and inspiration,
choosing and manipulating a subject matter, song
construction (structure), writing the music, creating demos,
publishing the score and marketing.
MT 313
2 Credits Prerequisite:
MT 211B or MT212B
Study and use of fundamental arranging and composing
devices and techniques for various instrumental and vocal
combinations. Assignments are scored and performed.
MT 413
2 Credits Prerequisite: MT 313.
Study and use of advanced arranging and composing
devices and techniques for various instrumental and vocal
combinations. Assignments are scored and performed.
MT 314
Arranging and Composing for Classroom I
1 Credit Prerequisite: MT 211B or MT212B
Study and use of fundamental arranging and composing
devices and techniques for various classroom instruments
and the voice. Assignments are scored and performed.
MT 315
2 Credits Prerequisite: MT 314
This course focuses on the study and use of fundamental
arranging and composing devices and techniques for various
instrumental and vocal combinations. This will be explored
through the use of music notation and sequencing software.
MT 311A
Form and Analysis I
2 Credits Prerequisite: MT 211B or MT 212B.
Homophonic forms and styles mainly, of the Baroque,
Classical, Romantic and Contemporary periods are studied
and analyzed.
MT 311B
Larger forms mainly of the Classical and Romantic periods are
studied and analyzed
MT 401
Orchestration
Study of the individual capabilities of standard orchestral,
and other common instruments as well as writing / arranging
for small ensembles.
MU 107
Listening and Appraising 2 Credits
The development of foundational listening and appraising
skills as well as the acquisition of appropriate vocabulary to
describe musical features heard in different genres and
styles of music are the objectives of this course. Elective and
Music Minor course.
MH 101
3 Credits
The Traditional Music Folk Forms of Jamaica are investigated
through lectures, demonstrations, research projects and
presentations.
MH 102
3 Credits
The evolution of Jamaica’s popular music forms and the
diverse, dynamic cultures that influenced them are
investigated. Listening, analysis, independent research and
reporting are required
MH 103
3 Credits
An overview of the development of Western Art music from
the Middle Ages to the 20th century through the main forms
and styles of each period. Listening, analysis, independent
research and reporting are required.
MH 401
Survey of World Music Cultures
3 Credits
Music of various regions of the world (mainly Africa, Asia,
and the Americas) is explored with the aim of developing
an understanding of the relationship between music and
the culture within which it is created. Listening, analysis,
independent research and reporting are required.
MH 306
Western Music I
3 Credits
The major influences and styles of the Medieval, Renaissance,
Baroque and Classical music (up to Haydn and Mozart) are
studied through works by the major composers of these
periods. Listening, analysis, independent research and
reporting are required.
MH 307
Western Music II
3 Credits Prerequisite: MH 306.
The major influences and styles of late Classical (Beethoven),
Romantic, Impressionistic and an introduction to 20th
century art music are studied through works by the major
composers of these periods. Listening, analysis, independent
research and reporting are required.
MH 304
2 Credits
This course gives a historical overview of the origins and
evolution of the significant musical forms found in the
Americas. Listening, analysis, independent research and
reporting are required.
MH 305
2 Credits Prerequisite: MH 304
The impact and influence of African music on the
contemporary music of the Americas is the main focus.
Listening, analysis, independent research and reporting are
required.
MH 400
2 Credits Prerequisite: none
This course covers the history of Western music from 1900 to
the present. The elements of musical language and
style are traced through representative composers’ works.
Listening, analysis, independent research, and writing are
required.
2 Credits
Mainstream literature of the principal instrument / voice
being studied is explored and discussed. Listening, analysis,
independent research and reporting are required. Offered in
the following areas:
MH 310 Piano
MH 311 Voice
MH 312 Guitar
MH 313 Woodwind
MH 314 Brass
MH 315 Percussion
Pedagogy of Principal Instrument
2 CreditsMethodologies and materials used for teaching
instruments/ voice are explored through lectures, workshops
and demonstration lessons. Offered in the following areas:
MU 314 Piano
MU 315 Voice
MU 316 Guitar
MU 317 Woodwind
MU 318 Brass
MU 319 Percussion
MU 321
Pedagogy Practicum
2 Credits Prerequisite:
Individual instruction given by the student to beginning
/ elementary level instrumentalists / vocalists under the
supervision of a faculty member, with ongoing assessment
of lesson planning, teaching strategies, choice of repertoire,
and performance evaluation.
MU 120
Choir
1 Credit per semester
A variety of choral arrangements, mainly for SATB voices, will
be attempted each semester. May be repeated for credit.
MU 109
Foundation conga drumming techniques taught through the
use of Jamaican rhythms and those from our African heritage.
Ensembles of Principal Instruments 1 Credit per semester
Students are required to take a prescribed number of credits
in the ensemble related to their principal study and area
of specialization. The experience provides the opportunity
for the development of musicianship skills and knowledge
associated with the particular ensemble. Ensembles may be
repeated for credit. Main ensembles offered are:
MP 121 Vocal Ensemble
MP 220 Recorder Ensemble MP 124 Woodwind Ensemble
MP 125 Brass Ensemble
MP 122 Steel Pan Ensemble MP 123 Drumming Ensemble
MP 221 Chamber Music Ensemble
MP 222 Mixed Instrumental Ensemble MP 126 Accompanying
MP 133 Percussion Ensemble
MP126
Accompanying
A compulsory course for all classical piano performance
majors, conducted as a workshop in which students hone
skills for accompanying the voice and instruments in a range
of musical styles. May be repeated for credit.
MU 240
Conducting I
1 Credit
Fundamental conducting gestures, score reading for choirs
and instrumental ensembles, form the main content of this
course.
MU 241
Conducting II
1 Credit Prerequisite: MU 240.
More advanced conducting skills and rehearsal techniques
for more idiomatic groups are attempted.
ME203
Foundation of Music Education
3 CreditsThe course is an introduction to the music education
profession in general and as it has been practiced in Jamaica.
Students will explore historical, social, and philosophical
considerations and foundations that relate directly to the
Caribbean music educator, and include a critical evaluation of
some contemporary trends in the field. Students will explore
the history of Jamaican music education, and curricular
achievements in school music programmes. Other topics
include a broad look at different music educator philosophers
and theorists, understanding the self, the roles of the music
teacher, and tools of teaching. The course will place emphasis
on practical approaches to teaching both in the classroom
and rehearsal setting.
ME 307
Methods and Materials in Music I
3 Credits Prerequisite: ME 203
This methods course reflects the historical, social and
cultural milieu in which music takes place in the schools of
our nation. The course focuses not only on giving our
students the necessary musical tools needed for a career in
music education but also prepares them for the pedagogical
skills needed to effectively design, and manage learning
and instruction at the secondary level in a Jamaican school.
Emphasis is given to planning, teaching and evaluating
music lessons and to utilizing techniques and materials from
a variety of approaches. The cultural framework in which
music education takes place is focused on so that students
will not only be exposed to musical ideas from outside the
geographical region in which they live but an emphasis will
be placed on materials and musical ideas from Jamaica and
the Caribbean region. The course will operate as a learning
laboratory where students will function as both student and
teacher. Students will be asked to teach mini-lessons and
be involved in pedagogical practice modules in schools. The
course is a two part one: the first part focuses primarily on
giving students the methods and materials that they will
need in their career as music educators; the second part
will broaden the offerings to include more intense work on
pedagogy and educational organization aimed at preparing
students for teaching practice and the ultimate goal of being
effective educators in secondary school music.
ME 309
Methods and Materials in Music II
3 Credits Prerequisite: ME 307
This methods course reflects the historical, social and cultural
milieu in which music takes place in the schools of our nation.
The course focuses not only on giving our
students the necessary musical tools needed for a career in
music education but also prepares them for the pedagogical
skills needed to effectively design, and manage learning
and instruction at the secondary level in a Jamaican school.
Emphasis is given to planning, teaching and evaluating
music lessons and to utilizing techniques and materials from
a variety of approaches. The cultural framework in which
music education takes place is focused on so that students
will not only be exposed to musical ideas from outside the
geographical region in which they live but an emphasis will
be placed on materials and musical ideas from Jamaica and
the Caribbean region. The course will operate as a learning
laboratory where students will function as both student and
teacher. The course is a two part one: the first part focuses
primarily on giving students the methods and materials that
they will need in their career as music educators; the second
part will broaden the offerings to include more intense
work on pedagogy and educational organization aimed at
preparing students for teaching practice and the ultimate
goal of being effective educators in secondary school music.
ME 401
Methods and Materials in Music III
1 Credit Prerequisite: ME 309
During this section of the course, the class and course work
will broaden to include more intense work on pedagogy and
educational organization aimed at preparing students for
their careers as music teachers. There will be some attention
given to exposing students to the curriculum requirements
of primary music; namely, music from the sounds in the
environment, music from musical and extra-musical stimuli
and music in everyday life. These requirements are of course
focused on the parameters of music teaching in Jamaican
schools, namely, Performance, Listening and Appraising, and
Composing. In addition, course materials will focus on the
CSEC syllabus, and Competitions in Jamaican schools and
the role of the music teacher in delivering and preparing for
these tasks. Students will be exposed to the skills needed
to effectively design, and manage learning and instruction
at the secondary level. The goal of the course is to prepare
students to be effective educators in school music.
ME 317
Measurement and Evaluation in the Music Classroom 3
Credits
Prerequisite: ME 307
This course will offer a broad foundation of all aspects of
assessment and measurement as well as evaluation
including, but not limited to, other forms of data collection
applied in music education. Topics in this course will
include psychometrics; measurement of musical aptitude,
achievement, performance, and affect; measurement
tools, including assessment instrument development;
administration and scoring of assessments; and reporting
systems.
ME 314
Choral Techniques
1 Credit
This course is designed to provide students with the
theoretical knowledge and practical skills required to teach
choral ensembles in secondary schools. Among topics to be
addressed in this phase of the course are vocal production, an
introduction to effective rehearsal techniques, the changing
voice, musicianship skills, choral conducting, and evaluation
and assessment.
ME 315
Instrumental Techniques
1 Credit
This course is designed to established techniques
(methods) and materials necessary for running a successful
Instrumental Music Program at the secondary school
level. It exposes students to the brass/woodwind family of
instruments as well as hands-on experience playing selected
instruments from these families. Instruction will focus on the
policies, procedures and challenges faced by instrumental
music educators; program administration, planning, and
development; recruitment of students;
selection of musical literature and method books; teaching
strategies; equipment selection and repair; and personal/
professional preparation.
ME 308
1 Credit
This course is designed to provide students not only with
basic steel pan playing techniques but also the theoretical
knowledge, historical background, and practical skills
required to teach steel bands in secondary schools. Students
will be introduced to the instruments in the steel band family
and must be actively involved in the class’ steel band for the
duration of the semester.
Instrumental and Vocal Skills Classes 1 Credit per semester
Students develop secondary instrumental and vocal skills
that will enable them to function in the classroom and group
settings primarily as accompanists and ensemble performers.
Offered in the following areas:
MU 102A Keyboard Skills I MU 102B Keyboard Skills II
Prerequisite: MU 102A
MU 202A Keyboard Skills III Prerequisite: MU 102B
MU 202B Keyboard Skills IV Prerequisite: MU 202A
MU 104A Guitar Skills I MU 104B Guitar Skills II Prerequisite:
MU 104A
MU 103A Vocal Skills I MU 103B Vocal Skills II
Prerequisite: MU 103A MU 322 Recorder I
MU 323 Recorder II Prerequisite: MU 322
MU 306A/B & MU406A/B
MU111
Keyboard Harmony I
1 Credit
This course will develop keyboard skills which will enable piano
students to transpose music. They will also be harmonizing
melodies which involves the use of chord progressions and
cadences. The students will also gain an understanding of the
circle of 5ths which demonstrates how keys are related. The
course is delivered in a keyboard lab setting.
MU112
Keyboard Harmony II
1 Credit
This course will further develop keyboard skills which will
enable piano students to transpose and harmonize melodies.
Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble I – VIII
These courses focus on the fundamentals of jazz improvisation
and performance practice of jazz and pop music repertoire,
performed on students’ principal instruments collectively and
in an ensemble setting. This is an eight semester sequence
ending with advanced level improvisation and complex
arrangements.
MU133 Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble I
MU134 Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble II
MU242 Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble III
MU243 Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble IV
MU329 Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble V
MU330 Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble VI
MU401 Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble VII
MU402 Jazz and Popular Music Ensemble VIII
MU 201
1 Credit
This course involves using music notation software to create
a variety of scores for voice and instruments (including the
drumset), and educational charts and test sheets for the
classroom.
MU 307
Music Technology I
1 Credit
This course examines the science of sound production, the
history, development and techniques of analog and digital
recording, live audio mixing, MIDI, sequencing and the
basics of record production. The first semester of the course
is a basic introduction to the properties of sound, number
systems and computers. The course will also introduce filters
and spectrum processors like equalizers and the uses of delay;
transducers- microphones and their polar patterns; MIDI,
sequencing, recording considerations and synchronization;
Synthesizers and signal flow. There is an introduction to
notation software.
MU 308
Music Technology II
2 Credits Prerequisite: MU 307
This course takes a more in-depth look at synthesis systems,
sequencing, sampling, the Digital Audio Workstation (DAW),
audio editing and Digital Signal Processing (DSP) concepts.
MU 409
2 Credits Prerequisite: MU 308
This course focuses on music composition and production
with the aid of a Digital Audio Workstation. Several small
projects along with a large project are required.
MU 410
Music Technology IV
2 CreditsThis course takes a more in-depth look at the studio
process and practical applications of concepts learned in
the Music Technology III. A final thesis/project is required.
Prerequisite: MU 409
MU 309
Music Business
2 CreditsThe business and professional practices of musicians
as well as artist and event production and promotion are
studied.
MU 404
Independent Study
3 Credits Prerequisites: GS303
The course provides students with an opportunity to develop
an historical question based upon a topic of their choice,
conduct research and write their findings in an extensive
paper. The student is expected to meet regularly (weekly)
with her/his project supervisor at times that are mutually
convenient for guidance in the research and writing process.
This is not a formal class, as students are expected to work on
their own initiative. The student’s final paper must include a
fair amount of musical analysis.
MU 108
Musical Instruments of Africa and the Diaspora 3 Credits
This Studio Seminar course develops students’ awareness of
a wide range of stringed and percussion instruments
from ancient Africa up to the African Diaspora. Each student
will create a variety of instruments from this area of study.
Emphasis will be placed on the various materials, power
tools, hand tools and techniques used in the creation of their
own musical instruments
FACULTY
FULL-TIME LECTURERS
Roger N. Williams, Director
Lecturer - Piano and Music Theory
MM (Performance) – Butler University, BM Summa Cum Laude
(Performance) University of Southern Maine,
Diploma in Music Education (Hons) – Jamaica School of Music
(Edna Manley College)
Michael Sean Harris, Assistant Director
Lecturer - Music Technology and Voice BM (Music Synthesis
and Arranging) - Berkelee College of Music
MM (Music Technology) Berkelee College of Music
Allison Wallace
HOD, Department of Music Theory and Musicology
Lecturer
Piano, Music Theory and Aural MM (Performance)
Florida International University, BM (Performance &
MusicEducation) - Lewis and Clark College
Michael Dyke HOD, Department of Music Education
Lecturer - Music Research Unit, Music Education Musicology
DJSM (Adv.) - Jamaica School of Music
Orville Hammond
HOD, Department of Performance Studies Lecturer – Piano
and Jazz Studies
MM (Jazz Performance) – Eastman School of Music, University
of Rochester
BM (Performance) - Oberlin Conservatory of Music
Pauline Watson – Coordinator of Vocal Studies
Lecturer - Voice
MFA (Singing) - Moscow Tchaikovsky Conservatoire,
Certificate (Teaching) -The Mico Teachers’ College
Ann McNamee – Coordinator of Keyboard Studies
Lecturer - Piano and Conducting
BM (Organ Performance) - University of Ottawa, FTCL
(Accompanying) - Trinity College, London
Maurice E. Gordon – Coordinator of Guitar Studies
Lecturer - Modern Guitar, Contemporary Music Studies
BA (Jazz Performance) - York University
Angela Gay Magnus – Coordinator of Percussion Studies
Lecturer – Steel Pan and Percussion
MM (Performance) – Northern Illinois University
BA (Musical Arts Special) – University of the West Indies, St.
Augustine
BSc. (Botany) – University of the West Indies, Mona
Rafael Salazar
Coordinator of Wind Studies
Lecturer – Clarinet & Wind
BM (performance, teaching & band conducting) –
Conservatorio de Musica Estaban Salas,
Santiago de Cuba, Cuba
Advanced Certificate – Associated Board of the Royal Schools
of Music
Debra-Ann Davidson
Lecturer - Musicology and Piano
Masters in Educational Technology – University of British
Colombia, Vancouver
MM (Historical Performance) - Oberlin Conservatory of Music,
MM (Performance) - University of North Carolina
(Greensboro),
BM (Performance) - University of North Carolina (Greensboro)
Lori Burnett Lecturer – Voice
BM (Performance) – State University of New York, Fredonia
Diploma in Performance – Edna Manley College of the Visual
and Performing Arts
Michael Fletcher
Lecturer - Contemporary Music Studies
Graduate Diploma in Arts Education - Edna Manley College of
the Visual and Performing Arts
Performing artist, songwriter and Band leader for the
internationally acclaimed artiste, Shaggy
Ruth Royes
Lecturer - Voice and Jazz studies
BA in Contemporary Music
Performance (Voice) Honours - Humber College
Certificate in Commercial Jazz Music - Humber College
Andre Adman
Lecturer - Piano, Music Theory & Aural Bachelor of Music
Education –
Edna Manley College, Diploma in Music Education (JBTE) Edna Manley College, Diploma ABRSM
(Piano Performing) - Associated Board of the Royal Schools of
Music
Stephen Shaw-Naar
Lecturer – Piano and Music Theory
BM in Performance - Texas Christian University
MM in Performance - University of Southern California
FTCL (performance) - Associated Board of the Royal Schools
of Music
PART-TIME LECTURERS
Michael “Ibo” Cooper
Lecturer - Piano and Contemporary Music Studies MPhil.
(pending) - The University of the West Indies
Performing artist, songwriter and founding member of the
Third World Band.
Angella Elliott
Lecturer - Piano & Music Theory
BM - Florida International University
Albert Shaun Hird
Lecturer - Flute and Band Instruments BM (Conducting),
Advanced Certificate Associated Board of the Royal Schools of Music
Noel Dexter Lecturer - Voice
BA (Economics) - University of the West Indies, Mona; ATCL Trinity College,London
June Lawson Lecturer - Voice
FTCL - Trinity College, London; LRSM Associated Board of the Royal Schools of Music
Ouida Lewis
Master Drummer (hand drum/Djembe)
Curtis Watson Lecturer - Voice
Certificate in Teaching - Mico Teachers’ College, Certificate in
Solo Singing -Tchaikovsky State Conservatory,
FTCL - Trinity College
Major Joseph Williams Lecturer - Woodwinds
Diploma (Bandmastership) - Royal Military School of Music,
Kneller Hall,
ARCM – Royal College of Music, Diploma (Journalism) Bennett College,
Sheffield
Stephanie Williams Lecturer - Music Education
MA (School Music) - McGill University, Canada, Mus. Bach.
(Hons.) Music
Education - University of Toronto, Canada, LRSM (Piano
Teaching)
Devon Richardson Lecturer - Drum Kit
Performer and recording artiste
Derrick Stewart Lecturer - Drum Kit
Performer and recording artiste
Janet Ismay-Kerr – Music Education
Lecturer – Music Methods and Practicum
Bachelor of Arts, University of the West Indies
Master of Arts – University of the West Indies
Nomali Lumsden - Music Education
Lecturer – Music Methods and Jamaican Traditional Folk
Music
Master of Music (Music Education); University of Miami
Diploma in Music Education – EMCVPA
BA (geography) – University of the West Indies
Kyran O’Connor - Music Education
Lecturer – Music Education
BME – Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing
Arts
Jillian Castle
Lecturer – Keyboard Skills and Aural & Sight Singing
MBA, University of New Orleans
BME – Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing
Arts
Alistair Petrie
Lecturer – Cello
Graduate Diploma - Royal Northern College of Music
Jillian Castle
Lecturer – Keyboard Skills and Music Education
MBA – University of New Orleans; BSc. (Economics and
Management) – UWI, Mona
Bachelor of Music Education; Diploma in Music Education –
Edna Manley College
Kyran O’Connor
Bachelor of Music Education; Diploma in Music Education –
Edna Manley College
Adrian Hemans Accompanist - Piano
Diploma in Jazz and Popular Music Studies – Edna Manley
College of the Visual and Performing Arts
Jon Williams Lecturer – Piano
DipRCM (Piano) – Royal College of Music, London; ARCM
(Violin Teaching); LRSM (Piano Performance), Royal College
of Music
Janet Ismay Kerr
MA in Education – University of the West Indies BA in
Education – University of the West Indies
Certificate in School Music Teaching – Jamaica School of
Music (EMCVPA)
Darren Young – Viola & Violin
Lecturer – Strings and Musicology
MA (pending - Musicology); BM (Performance) – SUNY,
Fredonia;
Diploma in Performance (Viola) – Edna Manley College
Nomali Lumsden
MM in Music Education – University of Miami
Diploma in Music Education – Edna Manley College of the
Visual and Performing Arts
Teresita Iraneta Ruiz Lecturer - Piano
MA (Performance) - Instituto Superio de Arte, Havana, Cuba,
BA (Teaching) - Havana, Cuba
Alistair Petir
Lecturer – Cello & Double Bass
Graduate Diploma – Northern College of Music
The earliest attempt at promoting visual arts was
in 1889, when Miss Long held classes in the library
at the Institute of Jamaica, a “certificated” teacher
from the South Kensington Art School, London, who
was visiting the island. Miss Long held both day and
evening classes, in drawing and painting, for ladies
and children.
By 1942, when the nationalist art movement was in
full swing, the Hon. Edna Manley, a co-opted member
of the Art and Craft Committee, sought and received
permission to hold adult classes in Art at the Junior
Centre. These classes were a resounding success.
The success of the art activities at the Junior Centre
led to the establishment of the Jamaica School of Art
and Craft in 1951.
Programmes
CREDIT REQUIREMENTS
To qualify for the B.F.A. - Visual Arts, full-time students are
required to successfully complete 132 credits including
electives:
GENERAL INFORMATION
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS PROGRAMME PHILOSOPHY
The philosophy of the BFA Degree programmes in the studio
art is centered on the provision of the conceptual and
critical framework that underpins contemporary practice
in visual arts, and the technical skills that facilitate the
development of ideas. The programme combines rigorous
investigation of current theoretical perspectives, media and
process that students wish to pursue.
The BFA Programmes prepare students to undertake careers
in the areas of Visual Communication, Painting, Ceramics,
Sculpture, Textile, Fibre Arts, Fashion, Photography, Design
and Interdisciplinary Studies.
The School of Visual Arts offers Degrees, Associate Degrees
in Fine Arts and Minor programmes, Certificate programmes
and B.A.E. in Art Education which seek to produce
individuals who will have significant impact on the cultural
sphere.
Bachelor of Fine Arts - Four (4) years
Associate Degree – Fine Arts (2) years
Minor Programme – 20 credits
Bachelor of Art Education - Four (4) years
Certificate Programme - Fine Arts - Two (2) years
Studio Certificate - Fine Arts - One (1) year
UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education
Degree - Visual Arts Major - Three (3) years
Students are required to select courses according to the
specific credit requirement for the Bachelor of Fine Arts,
Bachelor of Art Education, Associate of Arts, Certificate and
Studio Certificate programmes.
REGISTRATION PROCEDURES
Upon registration a Student Information Handbook listing
courses, credits and course descriptions will be issued to
students. This will aid students in selecting their courses.
Registration forms must be collected in the office of the
Registry.
Registration forms must be accurately completed and signed
by the Lecturer / Head of Department.
Department Heads and Lecturers will be available to assist
and advise students during registration week.
Note UWI/EMC Students: Registration is not complete until
you have registered at The University of the West Indies
(UWI) and returned a copy of your UWI registration form
and all other pertinent documents to the Edna Manley
College Registry.
261
To qualify for the Associate of Arts Degree in Visual Arts
full time students are required to complete a minimum of
66 credits over two (2) years. This includes a minimum of 6
credits of electives as set out.
Achieve a minimum grade average of 2.0 (C-) for all courses
completed in order to earn the credits.
To qualify for the B.A.E. – Visual Arts, full-time students will
be required to successfully complete:
A minimum of 140 credits over four (4) years, as set out.
completed in order to earn the credits.
To qualify for the UWI/EMC (Major) students will be
required to successfully complete at the Edna Manley
College: 36 credits over three years,
Achieve a minimum grade average of Bare Pass (40% - 43%)
To qualify for the UWI/EMC (Special) students will be
required to successfully complete at the Edna Manley
College: 54 credits over three years,
Achieve a minimum grade average of Bare Pass (40% - 43%)
Students are reminded to pay strict attention to prerequisite
requirements for all courses.
A minimum of 96 credits over three (3) years, as set out.
completed in order to gain the credits.
To qualify for the Studio Certificate, students will be
required to successfully complete a minimum of 30 credits
over one year (and 2.0 minimum grade point average).
To qualify for the Certificate, students will be required to
successfully complete a minimum of 60 credits over two
years (and 2.0 minimum grade point average).
B.F.A. STUDIO MAJOR: This is your department of
specialization in which a minimum of 18 credits including
drawing per year MUST be taken.
B.A.E. STUDIO MAJOR: This is your department of
specialization in which a minimum of 12 credits including
drawing in years 2 & 3 and 6 credits in Year 4 MUST be
taken.
ELECTIVES
Electives may be chosen from any department across the
College within the same year level or the previous year i.e.
second year students may choose a second year course from
any department across the College, and third year students
may select from the second year courses but not vice versa.
It is advised that you discuss your choice of electives with
your Department Head or Coordinator.
NB. Some departments may also have recommended
courses for electives.
ABSOLUTELY NO WITHDRAWAL AFTER THE DEADLINE
NOTE: DISCONTINUANCE OF ATTENDANCE AT CLASSES OR
NOTIFICATION TO THE LECTURER DOES NOT CONSTITUTE
AN OFFICIALWITHDRAWAL. RESPONSIBILITY FOR OFFICIAL
WITHDRAWAL OR COURSE CHANGE RESTS WITH THE
STUDENT.
262
STUDENTS WHO DO NOTCOMPLY WITH THE ABOVE
REGULATIONS WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE FAILED THE
COURSE. ACADEMIC AND STUDIO COURSES SUCCESSFULLY
COMPLETED MAY NOT BE REPEATED FOR CREDIT.
School of Visual Arts Programme Structure
Within the School of the Visual Arts there are nine
departments each specializing in a specific artistic
expression.
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
4 Years: 132 Credits: (120 Required course credits plus twelve (12) elective credits over 4 years)
YEAR I FOUNDATION COURSES
The Foundation Studies develops skill and discipline. Students develop a sense of adventure for exploring new materials,
techniques and ideas. This year challenges previous assumptions about art and design as well as develops an awareness
of the immense range of art-making possibilities. In the Foundation Studies, students are given the opportunity to express
ideas personally and collectively through projects and it is the year to become aware of ones personal commitment to Art
and Design.
Students doing the Foundation Studies must complete 12 credits in 2D/3D, 6 credits in Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8
credits in General Studies. Up to 12 credits in Electives must be taken over four years.
Specialized /studio courses Credits per Semester
Integrated 2D/3D I & II
3
Studio Practice /Intro to Departments
3
Drawing I & II
3
General Studies 4 Adjunct courses
2
(Art History)
Electives
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS
Per Year
6
6
6
8
4
30
YEAR II
Specialization /studio courses Credits per Semester
Studio Major
6
Drawing 3
General Studies
4
Adjunct courses 2
(Art History)
Electives
Per Year
12
6
8
4
30
YEAR III
Specialization/studio courses Credits per Semester
Studio Major
6
Drawing 3
General Studies
4
Adjunct courses 2
(Art History)
Electives
Per Year
12
6
8
4
30
YEAR IV- FINAL YEAR
Specialization/studio courses Credits per Semester
Independent Study 9
General Studies
4
Research Methods 2
Electives
263
Per Year
18
8
4
30
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS IN VISUAL ARTS
2 Years: 66 Credits (year one and two of the BFA & (6) six elective credits to be taken over two years).
YEAR I
Specialized studio courses Credits per Semester Per Year
Integrated 2D/3D
3
6
3
6
Drawing 3
6
General Studies 4 8
Adjunct courses
2
4
(Art History)
Electives
30
YEAR II –FINAL YEAR
Specialization/studio courses Credits per Semester Per Year
Studio Major
6
12
Drawing 3
6
General Studies
4
8
Adjunct courses 2
4
(Art History)
Electives
30
Students must directly register for and successfully complete year one and two the BFA for the Associates of Arts degree.
S.V.A. MINOR PROGRAMMES
A minor requires a minimum of 20 credits. Students must maintain a G.P.A. of at least 2.00 in the minor.
15 Credits of studio in minor and a maximum of 9 credits may be used to meet the requirements for both the Minor and Major.
264
BACHELOR IN ART EDUCATION
4 years: 140 Credits: (130 Required course credits &10 Elective credits over 4 years)
YEAR I FOUNDATION COURSES
Specialized /studio courses
Credits Per Semester
Integrated 2D/3D I & II
3
3
Drawing I & II
3
General Studies 4 Adjunct courses (Art History) 2
Electives 4
Per Year
6
6
6
8
4
34
Year II
Credits per Semester Per Year
Art Education Professional course
2
Studio I (Major)
3
6
Studio II (Minor)
3
6
Drawing 3
6
General Studies
10
Adjunct Courses (Art History)
2
4
Electives
3
6
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS 40
YEAR III
Specialization /studio courses
Credits per Semester
Art Education Professional courses
21
Studio I( Major)
3
Studio II (Minor) 3
Drawing 3
YEAR IV – FINAL YEAR
Specialization/studio courses
Art Education
Professional Courses
Independent Study
Teaching Practice
Seminar
Per Year
6
6
6
39
Per Year
3
3
12
3
265
6
6
27
DEGREE COMPLETION – UPGRAGE:
THREE-YEAR JBTE DIPLOMA TO FOUR-YEAR B.A.E. DEGREE (EMC GRADUATES)
45 Credits to complete B.A.E. degree over three semesters Full-time or 6 semesters part-time.
Students graduated more than 5 years must do three additional credits of Technology in Art Education.
Specialization
Studio Major
Independent Study (Field Work)
Professional Study
General Studies
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS Credits
21
4
12
8
45
THREE-YEAR JBTE DIPLOMA TO FOUR-YEAR B.A.E. DEGREE (NON-EMC GRADUATES)
45 Credits to complete B.A.E. degree over three semesters.
Full time or 6 semesters part-time.
Students graduated more than 5 years must do three additional credits of Technology in Art Education.
Specialization Studio Major
Professional Study
Independent Study (Field Work)
General Studies
Adjunct courses
(Art History) Electives TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS
Credits
36
15
4
14
4
7
80
266
THREE-YEAR FINE ART DIPLOMA TO FOUR-YEAR B.F.A. DEGREE
36 Credits to complete B.A.E. degree over three Semesters Full time.
Specialization
Studio Major
General Studies
Adjunct Courses(Art History)
Credits
18
12
6
36
CERTIFICATE
60 CREDIT
Year I
Specialized studio courses
Credits per Semester Credits Per Year
Studio Work
9
18
General Studies
4
8
Adjunct courses (Art History)
2
4
30
YEAR II
Credits Per Year
Studio Work (Inc.3 credits Electives)
9
18
General Studies Semester I
7
General Studies Semester II
5
General Studies total
12
30
STUDIO CERTIFICATE
30 CREDITS
Year I
Semesters I & II
Credits Per Year
Studio Work 9
18
Technical Workshop
2
Adjunct courses (Art History)
2
22
Semester III
Specialized studio courses
Credits Per Year
Studio Work 6
6
General Studies 2
2
8
267
VISUAL ARTS MAJORS
4 Years: 132 Credits: (120 Required course credits &twelve (12) elective credits over 4 years). Electives to be selected from
SVA Departments and /or other Schools.
BACHELOR IN FINE ARTS / ASSOCIATE OF ARTS
FOUNDATION
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D I
FD103A
Studio Practice DR100A Drawing I
GS100A
GS101A
AH100A
History of Art Survey I
EL100E
Time-Based Media
Credits
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
FD102B
Integrated 2D/3D II
FD103B
Introduction to Departments DR101B Drawing II
GS100B
Critical Writing and Analysis
GS101B
AH100B
History of Arts Survey II
EL100E
Time-Based Media
Credits
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
268
BACHELOR IN FINE ARTS CERAMICS MAJOR
Students study ceramics as expressive, functional, structural and decorative objects for use in interior or public spaces. This
department encourages students to develop self-motivation and discipline as artists. This programme encourages students
to
develop experimental and innovative approach over production and repetition. Students are introduced to a variety of ways
of working with clay and develop skills and confidence to build or throw forms and to fire and finish work. This programme
has two majors - Studio Ceramics and Multimedia Ceramics from which students must choose one. Students are expected
to take 18 credits in their major including Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies. Up to 12 credits in
Electives must be taken over four years.
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
CD202A
Multimedia Ceramics Ia
CD203A
Ceramic Sculpture Ia
CD205E
Ceramic Jewellery
CD206
Studio Ceramics Processes I (Workshop)
TD207
Textile Design Surface Design (Workshop) EL244E
Computer-Aided Design for Artists DR200A
Life Drawing DR201A
Issues in Drawing Ia
DR202E
Anatomy of the Human Figure
GS115
The Self: Ethics and Creativity GS200A
GS201A
Psychology I
GS202A
GS212A
AH200A
Modern Western Art I
AH201A
Modern Jamaican Art AH202A
Introduction to African Art
AH204A
Black British Art
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS (Excluding Elective)
Credits
3
3
3
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
15
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
CD202B
Multimedia Ceramics Ib
CD203B
Ceramic Sculpture Ib
CD205E
Ceramic Jewellery
CD207
Studio Ceramics Processes II (Workshop)
EL244E
Computer-Aided Design for Artists DR200B
Drawing from Observation DR201B
Issues in Drawing Ib
DR202E
GS115
The Self: Ethics and Creativity GS200B
GS201B
Psychology II
GS202B
GS211B
Introduction to Curatorial Studies
GS212B
AH200B
Modern Western Art II
AH201B
Modern Caribbean Art AH203B
Issues in African Art
AH205B Art of the Black Diaspora
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS (Excluding Elective) Credits
3
3
3
0
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
15
269
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
Credits
CD301A
Studio Ceramics IIa
3
CD302A
Multimedia Ceramics IIa
3
CD303A
Ceramic Sculpture IIa
3
CD304A
Surface Design IIa
3
DR301A
Issues in Drawing IIa
3
DR302A
Concept Development through Drawing I
3
DR303A
Drawing for Design I
3
GS206A
Introduction to Philosophy 3
GS300A
Research Methods Ia
2
GS302A
World Literature I
2
AH300A
Pre-Columbian Art
2
AH301A
Caribbean Cultural Production for
Social Information in the British West Indies 2
AH307A
Intro. to Material Culture: A Caribbean Experience 2
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS (Excluding Elective) 15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
CD301B
Studio Ceramics IIb
CD302B
Multimedia Ceramics IIb
CD303B
Ceramic Sculpture IIb
CD304B
Surface Design IIb
DR301B
Issues in Drawing IIb
DR302B
Concept Development through Drawing II
DR303B
Drawing for Design II
GS107B
Gender & Caribbean Culture GS300B
Research Methods Ib
GS302B
World Literature II
GS313B
Collections Management and Care
GS314
Caribbean Dress Studies I: Survey of
Caribbean Textile & Fashion Designers
AH300B
Latin American Art
AH302B
Re-reading the Caribbean
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
2
2
15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
CD401A
Independent Study I
GS400A
Research Methods IIa
GS442A
Critical Thinking Seminar GS466A
Principles & Practices of Art Criticism
Credits
9
2
6
2
15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
CD401B
GS400B
Research Methods IIb
GS442B
Critical Thinking Seminar GS466B
Aesthetics: Exploring Philosophies of Art
Credits
9
2
6
2
15
270
BACHELOR IN FINE ARTS
JEWELLERY MAJOR
This department places a very strong emphasis on design, aesthetics and beauty of the finished product. Students in this area
of specialization are kept abreast of most major changes in art and design. This programme offers the fundamentals of metalsmithing, surface embellishment, settings and stone finishing for expressing ideas. Students are expected to take 12 credits
in their major area, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies, 6 credits in drawing per year and up to 12 credits in
Electives over four years.
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
JW200A
Introduction to Jewellery
JW201A
Principles of Design I
EL244E
DR200A
Life Drawing
DR201A
Issues in Drawing 1a
DR202E
GS115
GS200A
GS201A
Psychology I
GS202A
GS212A
AH200A
AH201A
AH204A
Black British Art
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
15
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
Credits
JW202B
Goldsmithing I
3
JW203B
Theory of Jewellery I
3
JW204B
Mechanics and Fittings Mandatory Workshop)
0
DR200B
Drawing from Observation
3
DR201B
3
DR202E
3
GS115
The Self: Ethics and Creativity 3
GS200B
2
GS201B
Psychology II
2
GS202B
2
GS211B
3
GS212B
3
AH200B
2
AH201B
Modern Caribbean Art 2
AH203B
2
2
15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
Credits
JW300A
Production Techniques I (Mandatory Workshop) 0
JW301A
Principles of Design II
3
JW302A
New Directions in Jewellery
3
JW303A
Goldsmithing IIa
3
DR301A
3
271
DR302A
DR303A
GS206A
Introduction to Philosophy GS300A
Research Methods Ia
GS302A
World Literature I
AH300A
Pre -Columbian Art
AH301A
Caribbean Cultural Production
for Social Information in the British West Indies
AH307A
Introduction to Material Culture:
A Caribbean Experience
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
Credits
JW300B
Production Techniques II (Mandatory Workshop) 0
JW303B
Goldsmithing IIb
3
JW304B
Caribbean Influences in Jewellery 3
JW305B
Theory of Jewellery II
3
GS107B
Gender & Caribbean Culture
2
GS300B
Research Methods Ib
2
GS302B
World Literature II
2
GS206B
3
GS107B
Gender & Caribbean Culture 3
GS313B
3
GS314
Caribbean Dress Studies I:
Survey of Caribbean Textile & Fashion Designers 3
AH300B
Latin American Art
2
AH302B
2
15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
JW401A
Independent Study I
GS400A
GS442A Critical Thinking Seminar
GS466A
Principles & Practices o Art Criticism
Credits
9
2
6
2
15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
JW401B
GS400B
GS442B
Critical Thinking Seminar
GS466B
272
Credits
9
2
6
2
15
PAINTING MAJOR
In this department students are encouraged and guided to develop their artistic talent and ability through a wide variety of
courses in painting. Students are introduced to a wide range of traditional painting styles and more contemporary methods
and forms. The programme offers the opportunity to develop strong painting and drawing skills, and explore old and new
forms in representational, abstract and two-dimensional approaches. An appreciation of independent, personal expression
and image making is developed. Students are expected to take 18 credits in their major area including Drawing, 4 credits in
Art History, 8 credits in General Studies. Up to 12 credits in Electives must be taken over four years.
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
PD201A
Issues in Representation I
PD202A
Media and Process PD204A
Caribbean Identity, the New Black Culture I
PD205A
Mural Design I
PD250WE
Painting Methods and Techniques
(Mandatory Workshop)
DR200A
Life Drawing DR201A
DR202E
GS115
GS201A
Psychology I
GS202A
GS212A
AH200A
AH201A
AH204A
Black British Art
3
3
3
3
0
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
15
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
Credits
PD201B
Issues in Representation II
3
PD204B
Caribbean Identity, the New Black Culture II
3
PD205B
Mural Design II
3
PD203B
New Media and Process I
3
PD250WE
Painting Methods and Techniques
Workshop (Mandatory for Students
in the Department)
0
DR200B
Drawing from Observation 3
DR201B
3
DR202E
3
GS115
The Self: Ethics and Creativity 3
GS200B
2
GS201B
Psychology II
2
GS202B
2
GS211B
3
GS212B
3
AH200B
2
AH201B
AH203B
2
2
15
273
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
Credits
PD300A Assemblage/Collage
3
PD302A
Art in Context 3
DR301A
3
DR302A
3
DR303A
3
GS206A
GS300A
Research Methods Ia
2
GS302A
World Literature I
2
AH300A
Pre -Columbian Art
2
AH301A
2
AH307A
2
15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
Credits
PD301B
Image and Process
3
PD303B
New Media and Process II
3
DR303B
3
DR301B
3
DR302B
Concept development through Drawing II
3
GS300B
Research Methods Ib
2
GS302B
World Literature II
2
GS107B
GS313B
3
GS314
AH300B
Latin American Art
2
AH302B
2
15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
PD401A
Independent Study I
GS400A
GS244A
Principles& Practices of Art Criticism TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS (Excluding Elective)
Credits
9
2
6
2
15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
PD401B
GS400B
GS442B
Aesthetics: Exploring Philosophies of Art TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS (Excluding Elective)
Credits
9
2
6
2
15
274
PRINTMAKING MAJOR
This Department offers a range of studio experiences in four major printmaking disciplines: relief, intaglio, lithography and
screen-printing. The approach to these disciplines is fine art based and encourages students to express personal imagery. The
department offers a range on traditional and contemporary techniques including papermaking. Students have the opportunity
to explore various print media and to develop personal content through independent experimentation processes. Students
are expected to take a minimum of 18 credits in Major including Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies.
Up to 12 credits in Electives must be taken over four years.
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
PM200A
Introduction to Graphic Stamp
PM201A
Introduction to Intaglio I
PM202A
Printmaking Concepts I
PM203A
Introduction to lithography I
PM204A
Introduction to Silk Screen Printing I
DR200A Life Drawing
DR201A
DR202E
GS115
GS201A
Psychology I
GS202A
GS212A
AH200A
AH201A
AH204A
Black British Art
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
15
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
PM200B
Collograph & Linoleum
PM201B
Introduction to Intaglio II
PM202B
Printmaking Concepts II
PM203B
Introduction to Lithography II
PM204B
Introduction to Silkscreen Printing II
DR200B
Life Drawing
DR201B
DR202E
GS115
GS201B
Psychology II
GS202B
GS211B
GS212B
AH200B
AH201B
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS (Excluding Elective) Credit
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
15
275
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
PM300A
Advanced Intaglio Print I
PM301A
Advanced Lithography I
PM302A
Advanced Silkscreen Printing I
PM303A
Advanced Techniques in Relief Printing
DR300A Issues in Drawing IIa
DR301 A
Concept Development through Drawing I DR302A
Drawing for Design
GS206A
GS300A
Research Methods Ia
GS302A
World Literature I
AH307A
Introduction to Material
Culture: A Caribbean Experience
AH300A Pre-Columbian Art
YEAR 3 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
PM300B
Advanced Intaglio Print II
PM301B
Advanced Lithography
PM302B
Advanced Silkscreen Printing II
DR300B
DR301B
Concept Development Through Drawing II
DR302B
Drawing for Design
GS107B
Gender & Caribbean Culture
GS300B
Research Methods Ib
GS302B
World Literature II
GS313B
GS314
Survey of Caribbean Textile
& Fashion Designers
AH300B
Latin American Art
AH302B
YEAR 4 SEMESTER I
Code
Credits
PM401A
Independent Study I
GS400A Research Methods IIa
GS442A
GS466A
Principles &Practices of
Art Criticism
YEAR 4 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
PM401B
GS400B
GS442B
276
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
15
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
2
2
15
Course
9
2
2
2
15
Credits
9
2
6
2
15
SCULPTURE MAJOR
This department will introduce students to ideas and materials that inform his or her response to three-dimensional form.
The department encourages exploration of contemporary sculptural materials and processes and how they relate to artists’
concepts. Emphasis is on ideas of modeling, carving and constructing as well as the possibilities of more contemporary modes
of expression. Technical Workshops in Metal, Wood, Casting and Foundry are mandatory for Sculpture majors. Students are
expected to complete a minimum of 18 credits in Major including Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies.
Up to 12 credits in Electives must be taken over four years.
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 1
Code
Course
Credits
SD200A
The Body and Process I
3
SD202A
Structure Substance & Surface I
3
SD205WE
Wood Workshop (Mandatory for all students in the dept.)
SD205WE
Metal (Workshop Mandatory)
SD206A
Contemporary Directions
3
DR200A
Life Drawing
3
DR201A
3
DR202E
3
GS1115
3
GS200A
2
GS201A
Psychology I
2
GS202A
2
GS212A
3
AH200A
2
AH201A
Modern Jamaican Art 2
AH202A
2
AH204A
Black British Art
2
15
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
Credits
SD201B
Installation/Environment / Site I
3
SD203B
New Media & Process I
3
SD205CE
Casting & Foundry
0
(Mandatory for all students In the department.)
SD205DE
Digital Imagery (Mandatory
0
For all students in the dept.)
SD206B
Sound as Medium
3
DR200B
3
DR201B
3
DR202E
3
GS114
The Self Ethics, Creativity
3
GS200B
2
GS201B
Psychology II
2
GS202B
2
GS211B
3
GS212B
3
AH200B
2
AH201B
AH203B
2
2
15
277
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
SD300A
The Body and Process II
SD302A
Structure, Substance & Surface II
SD304A
Space and Material Context I
SD305A
Issues in Contemporary Sculpture
DR300A
DR301A
Concept Developmentn Through Drawing I
DR302A
Drawing for Design
GS300A
Research Methods 1a
GS302A
World Literature I
GS206A
AH307A
AH300A
Pre-Columbian Art
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
2
2
15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
Credits
SD301B
Installation/Environment/Site II
3
SD303B
3
SD306B
Introduction to Object Design
3
DR301B
3
DR302B
3
DR303B
3
GS107B
GS300B
Research Methods Ib
2
GS302B
World Literature II
2
GS313B
3
GS314
AH300B
Latin American Art
2
AH302B
2
15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
Credits
SD401A
Independent Study I
9
GS400A
2
GS442A
2
GS466A
2
YEAR 4
SEMESTER II
Code
Course
SD401B
GS400B
GS442B
GS466B
Aesthetics: Exploring Philosophies in Art
Credits
9
2
2
2
15
278
TEXTILE & FIBRE ARTS, WEAVING and FASHION MAJOR
This department offers a broad range of studio experiences in the three (4) major textile disciplines of: Textile Design, Weaving,
Fibre Arts and Fashion from which students must choose one major for specialization. Any of the three (3) major areas of
the programme provides exposure to traditional and contemporary techniques. The courses draw on historical precedents,
inherent properties and technical development that serve as a point of departure for self-expression. Students electing to
do Fibre Arts must choose their 12 credits in years 2 & 3 from the Textile Design, Weaving or Fashion courses, which would
provide the technical understanding of the course. This would facilitate exploration of the techniques for visual expression of
their ideas. Students are expected to complete 18 credits in the major including Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in
General Studies. Up to 12 credits in Electives must be taken over four years.
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
Code
Course TD201A
Textile History & Contemporary
Printing I
TD203A
Natural Dyes Fibers & Properties
TD206E
Introduction to Interior Design
TD207
Textile Design Surface
Design (Workshop) TW203
Introduction to Weaving I
(Workshop)
TW206
Non-Loom Weaving (Workshop)
TF206A
Pattern Making & Construction I
TF207A
Fashion Illustration I DR200A
Life Drawing
DR201A
DR202E
GS115
The Self, Ethics Creativity
GS200A
Business of Art & Design I
GS201A
Psychology
GS202A
GS212A
AH200A
Modern Western Art
AH201A
Modern Jamaican Art
AH202A
AH207A
History of Fashion Survey I
EL244E
Computer-Aided Design for Artists
Credits
3
3
3
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
3
15
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
TD201B
Textile History & Contemporary
Printing II
TW202B
Introduction to Weaving II
TW206
Non-Loom Weaving (Workshop) TD205B
Design Across Boundaries TF206B
Pattern Making & Construction II
TD206E
Introduction to Interior Design
TF207B
Fashion Illustration II TF208B
Portfolio Development I
DR200B
DR201B
DR202E
GS115
The Self Ethics Creativity GS200B
Business of Art & Design II
Credits
3
3
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
279
GS201B
Psychology II
GS202B
GS211B
GS212B
AH200B
Modern Western Art
AH201B
Modern Caribbean Art
AH202B
AH206B
History of Jamaican Dress
& Fashion Industry
AH207B
History of Fashion Survey II
EL244E
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
3
15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
TD301A
Contemporary Studio
Practice & Design Procedures
TD305
Layered Textiles (Workshop)
TW304A
Woven Imagery I
TW305A
Exploring Tapestry
TF306A
Pattern Making & Construction III
TF308A
Portfolio Development II
TF300A
Applied Fashion Illustration I
DR300A
DR301A
Concept Development through
Drawing Ia
DR302A
Drawing for Design Ia
GS206A
GS300A
Research Methods 1a
GS302A
World Literature 1
AH300A
Pre-Columbian Art
AH306A
Modern Western Fashion I
AH307A
Credits
3
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
15
280
YEAR 3 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
Credits
TD300B
Textiles Design for Furnishing & Apparel
3
TD303B
Form & Imagery with Cloth
3
TD304B
Contemporary Textiles: The Art of Fabric Design
3
TW304B
Woven Imagery II
3
TW305B
Exploring Tapestry II
3
TF306B
Pattern Making & Construction IV
3
TF309B
Portfolio Development III
3
TF300B
Applied Fashion Illustration II
3
DR301B
3
DR302B
3
DR303B
3
GS107B
GS300B
Research Methods Ib
2
GS302B
World Literature II
2
GS313B
3
GS314
& Fashion Designers
3
AH300B
Latin American Art
2
AH302B
2
AH306B Modern Western Fashion II
2
15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
TD401A
Independent Study
TW401A
Independent Study
TF401A
Independent Study
GS400A
Research Methods Ia
GS442A
GS466A
Credits
9
9
9
2
6
2
15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
TD401B
TW401B
TF401B
GS400B
GS442B
GS466B
Credits
9
9
9
2
6
2
15
281
VISUAL COMMUNICATION MAJOR
In this department students are encouraged to develop a personal style while creating solutions for communication design
problems. The department encourages creativity, technological, and intellectual skills to become designers and visionaries for
the new millennium. Students develop skills in articulating their own personal voices as designers and artists. There are three
majors - Graphic Design, Digital Design and Illustration from which students must choose one area for specialization. Students
are expected to take 18 credits in their major including Drawing, 4 credits in Art History, 8 credits in General Studies. Up to 12
credits in Electives must be taken over four years.
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
Code
Course VC200A
Visual Communication Ia
VC203A
Illustration I
EL244E
DR200A
Life Drawing DR201A
DR202E
GS115
The Self Ethics, Creativity GS200A
GS201A
Psychology I
GS202A
GS212A
AH200A
AH201A
AH204A
Black British Art
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
15
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II
Code Course
Credits
VC200B
Visual Communication Ib
3
VC203B
Illustration II
3
VC206
Design Procedures for Graphics (Workshop)
0
DR200B
3
DR201B
3
DR202E
3
GS115
The Self Ethics, Creativity 3
GS200B
2
GS201B
Psychology II
2
GS202B
2
GS211B
3
GS212B
3
AH200B
2
AH201B
AH203B
2
2
15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
VC303
Digital Design Ia (Workshop)
VC301A
Graphic Design Ia
VC302A
Illustration III
VC306A
Design with Type I
Credits
0
3
3
3
282
VC308A
Method and Media Ia
VC310A
Packaging Design I
VC312A
2D Computer Design
VC314A
Interactive Media VC316A 3D Animation
DR300A
DR301A
DR302A
Drawing for Design GS206A
Research Methods Ia
GS302A
World Literature I
AH307A
AH300A
Pre-Columbian Art
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
Credits
VC300B
Digital Design Ib (Workshop)
0
VC301B
Graphic Design Ib
3
VC302B
Illustration IV
3
VC308B
Method and Media Ib
3
VC311B
Exhibition and Display Design
3
VC313B
3D Modeling 3
VC315B
Comic Book Illustration 3
DR301B
3
VC345B Design Internship
3
VC345B
Communication Advertising Seminar
3
DR302B
Concept Development through Drawing II
3
DR303B
3
GS107B
GS300B
Research Methods Ib
2
GS302B
World Literature II
2
GS313B
3
GS314
AH300B
Latin American Art
2
AH302B
2
15
YEAR 4 Semester I
Code
Course
Credits
VC401A
Independent Study I
9
GS400A
2
GS442A
6
GS466A
Principles & Practices of Art Criticism 2
YEAR 4 Semester II
Code
Course
VC401B
GS400B
GS442B
GS466B
283
Credits
9
2
6
2
15
PHOTOGRAPHY
The B.F.A. in Photography provides broad exposure to a range of practice, conceptual and aesthetic approaches, while offering
the opportunity to select a track in one of three areas: Fine Art Photography, Photojournalism, and Commercial Practice. In
the first year students will undertake Foundation Studies, where they will be given a broad introduction to photography. In
the second year they will select a track, which will require them to complete core courses in one of these areas. This will
allow them to take courses across concentrations based on the direction of their work. Technical skills and processes will be
delivered through workshops, which may be selected by the students based on their interests. The provision of concentrations
in Fine Art Photography, Photojournalism, and Commercial Practice allows the College to produce graduates who will be
equipped for the varied professional demands in photography and related practice which are required in the society, while
having a common understanding of the conceptual and theoretical framework of art production.
PHOTOGRAPHY FINE ART MAJOR
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
PP200A
Intermediate Photography
PP202A
Studio Photography PP204WS
Staged Photography in Contemporary Art
PP203SE
Seminar: Alternative Imaging
PP206
Photography Seminar
DR200A
Life Drawing DR201A
DR202E
GS115
GS201A
Psychology I
GS202A
GS212A
AH200A
AH201A
AH204A
Black British Art
Credits
3
3
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
PP201B
Introduction to Alternative Processes PD203B
New Media and Process
PP204WS
PP203SE
PP206
Photography Seminar
DR200B
DR202E
GS115
GS201B
Introduction to Psychology II
GS202B
GS211B
GS212B
AH200B
AH201B
284
Credits
3
3
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
PD303A
PP301A
Photography Open Lab
DR301A
DR302A
Concept development through Drawing I
DR303A
GS206A
Research Methods Ia
GS302A
World Literature I
GS307A
Introduction to Material Culture
AH300A
Pre-Columbian Art
15
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
Credits
PP300B
The Constructed Image
3
PP301B
Photography Open Lab II
3
DR301B
3
DR302B
3
DR303B
3
GS107B
GS300B
Research Methods Ib
2
GS302B
World Literature II
2
GS313B
3
GS314
AH300B
Latin American Art
2
AH302B
2
TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS (Excluding Elective)15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
Credits
PP401A
Independent Study I
9
GS400A
2
GS244A
Critical Thinking Seminar 6
GS466A
Principle & Practices of Art Criticism 2
15
YEAR 4 Semester II
Code
Course
VC401B
GS400B
GS466B
Aesthetics: Exploring Philosophies in Art TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS (Excluding Elective)
285
Credits
9
2
2
15
PHOTOGRAPHY PHOTOJOURNALISM – MAJOR
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
PP200A
PP202A
Studio Photography PP204WS
PP203SE
DR200A
Life Drawing DR201A
DR202E
GS115
GS201A
Psychology I
GS202A
GS212A
AH200A
AH201A
AH204A
Black British Art
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
PP201B
Introduction to Alternative
Processes PD205B
Introduction to Photojournalism
PP204WS
Staged Photography
in Contemporary Art
PP203SE
DR201B
DR200B
Drawing from Observation DR202E
GS115
GS201B
Introduction to Psychology II
GS202B
GS211B
GS212B
AH200B
AH201B
Credits
3
3
0
0
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
15
Credits
3
3
0
0
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
PP302A
Advanced Still Photojournalism
PP304A
Museum Photo Studies
DR301A
DR302A
DR303A
GS206A
Research Methods Ia
GS302A
World Literature I
286
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
GS307A
AH300A
Pre-Columbian Art
2
2
15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
PP303B
Multimedia Documentary
PP301B
Photography Open Lab II
DR303B
DR301B
DR302B
Concept development through
Drawing II
GS300B
Research Methods Ib
GS302B
World Literature II
GS107B
Collections Management
and Care
GS314
& Fashion Designers
AH300B
Latin American Art
AH302B
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
15
287
YEAR 4 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
PP402A
Independent Study I
GS400A
GS244A
Principle & Practices of
Art Criticism TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS (Excluding Elective)
Credits
9
2
6
2
15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
PP402B
GS400B
GS442B
Aesthetics: Exploring Philosophies
of Art
Credits
9
2
6
2
15
288
PHOTOGRAPHY
COMMERCIAL PHOTOGRAPHY – MAJOR
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
PP200A
PP202A
Studio Photography
PP204WS
Staged Photography
in Contemporary Art
PP203SE
DR200A
Life Drawing DR201A
DR202E
GS115
GS201A
Psychology I
GS202A
GS212A
AH200A
AH201A
AH204A
Black British Art
Credits
3
3
0
0
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
15
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
PP201B
Introduction to Alternative Processes PD203B
Introduction to Photojournalism
PP204WS
PP203SE
DR200B
DR202E
GS115
GS201B
Psychology II
GS202B
GS211B
GS212B
AH200B
AH201B
Credits
3
3
0
0
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
Credits
PP305A
Commercial Photography I:Fashion & Lifestyle
3
PP304A
Museum Photo Studies
3
DR301A
3
DR302A
3
DR303A
3
GS206A
GS300A
Research Methods Ia
2
GS302A
World Literature I
2
GS307A
2
GS314
289
AH300A
Pre-Columbian Art
2
15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
PP306B
Commercial Photography II:Advertising
PP301B
Products, Design & Consumers DR301B
DR302B
Concept development
through Drawing II
DR303B
GS107B
Research Methods Ib
GS302B
World Literature II
GS313B
GS314
& Fashion Designers
AH300B
Latin American Art
AH302B
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
2
2
15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
PP403A
Independent Study I
GS400A
GS442A
Principle & Practices
of Art Criticism TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS (Excluding Elective)
Credits
9
2
6
2
15
YEAR 4
Semester II
Code
Course
VC403B
GS400B
GS442B
Aesthetics: Exploring
Philosophies of Art
Credits
9
2
6
2
15
290
DESIGN STUDIES
The Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts is a multi-faceted educational institution strategically positioned
within the Caribbean to facilitate the development and promotion of a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Design. In addition to
the College’s lucrative menu of courses this degree in design is in direct response to the burgeoning connections between
aesthetics, objects, industry and the global-market needs. Thus it is the College’s determination that the designer must
possess the ability to critically respond to these multi-facilitated design challenges.
This will therefore locate Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts at the center of current trends and discourse
pertinent to design within the Caribbean and the international arena by providing a degree comparable to universities and
colleges offering similar pathways.
Paramount is the need to create opportunities for students to explore and experiment in an atmosphere that nurtures
diversity through individuality. Students will be challenged through their selected programme of study with varied options
in an integrative approach to conceptualize, fabricate and present marketable solutions to optimize as active industrial
networkers as well as becoming the driving force in the development of the artistic and creative industries. Graduates will
exit as creative diverse thinkers to develop as a community of practitioners redefining and challenging the norms to initiate
changes in and tackle social and cultural environmental issues. Ultimately, these designers will become the force for social
and entrepreneurial economic development of the creative industries.
291
DESIGN STUDIES
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D I
FD103A
GS100A
GS101A
AH100A
EL100E
Time-Based Media
Credits
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
15
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
FD102B
Integrated 2D/3D II
FD103B
Introduction to Departments DR101B Drawing II
GS100B
GS101B
AH100B
EL100E
Time-Based Media
Credits
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
15
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
DS202
Integrated Principles of
Design Applications: 2D Focus
************ (One other level 2 course from
Department of Specialization)
DS200WS
Material and Properties I
Fibres, Plastics(Mandatory workshop)
EL244E
DR200A
Life Drawing DR201A
DR202E
GS115
The Self Ethics, Creativity GS 215
Philosophies of Design
GS200A
GS201A
Psychology I
GS202A
GS212A
AH200A
AH201A
AH204A
Black British Art
Elective
*Art History
* General Studies
Credits
3
3
0
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
15
*Recommended History Courses for Design Studies AH209 History of Design: Industrial Revolution
*Recommended General Studies Course for Design Studies GS 215 Philosophies of Design
292
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
DS203
Integrated Principles of
Design Applications:3D Focus
************ (One other level 2 course from
Department of Specialization)
DS201WS
Material and Properties II Glass, Ceramics
(Mandatory workshop)
*DR203
Technical Drawing for Design
DR200B
DR201B
DR202E
GS115
The Self Ethics, Creativity GS200B
GS201B
Psychology II
GS202B
GS212B
GS212B
*AH210
History of Design: Arts and
Craft Movement to Bauhaus & Beyond
AH200B
AH201B
Credits
3
3
0
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
15
*Recommended Drawing Course for Design Studies: DR203Technical Drawing for Design
*Recommended History Courses for Design Studies AH210History of Design: Arts and Craft Movement to Bauhaus
293
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D I
FD103A
GS100A
GS101A
AH100A
EL100E
Time-Based Media
FD104E
Introduction to Digital Foundations
Credits
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
15
YEAR 1 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
FD102B
Integrated 2D/3D II
IN100
Introduction to Interdisciplinary Studies
DR101B Drawing II
GS100B
GS101B
AH100B
EL100E
Time-Based Media
FD104E
Credits
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
15
YEAR 2 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
IN200
Interdisciplinary Studies Research Process
**********
(Any other level 2 Studio Course)
DR200B
DR201B
DR202E
GS115
The Self Ethics, Creativity GS200B
GS201B
Psychology II
GS202B
GS211B
GS212B
AH200B
AH201B
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
15
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
**********
(Any level 2 Studio of choice)
**********
DR301A
DR302A
DR303A
GS206A
Research Methods Ia
GS302A
World Literature I
AH300A
Pre -Columbian Art
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
294
AH301A
2
AH307A
2
15
SEMESTER II
Code
Course
Credits
*********
3
*********
3
DR303B
3
DR301B
3
DR302B
3
GS300B
Research Methods Ib
2
GS302B
World Literature II
2
GS107B
GS313B
3
GS314
AH300B
Latin American Art
2
AH302B
2
15
YEAR 4 SEMESTER I
Code
Course
IN401A
Independent Study I
GS400A
GS244A
Principles& Practices of Art Criticism TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS (Excluding Elective)15
Credits
9
2
6
2
YEAR 4 SEMESTER II
Code
Course
IN401B
GS400B
GS442B
Credits
9
2
6
2
295
MINOR PROGRAMMES
Visual Communication – Graphic Design Minor
Code
Course
Credits
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D
3
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Visual Communication)
3
AH100A
2
VC200A
Visual Communication
3
VC314A
Interactive Media 3
Mandatory Workshops:
VC205B
0
VC300A
0
Visual Communication – Illustration Minor
Code
Course
Credits
FD102B
Integrated 2D/3D
3
FD103B
3
VC203A
Illustration I
3
VC203B
Illustration II
3
AH100
2
EL1004E
3
Select one of the following courses:
VC302A
Illustration III
3
VC308A
Method and Media Ia
3
Minor in Visual Communication
Code
Course
Credits
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D
3
VC103B
3
AH100A
2
EL1004E
3
Select three of the following courses:
VC203A
Illustration I
3
VC203B
Illustration II
3
VC302A
Illustration III
3
VC308A
Method and Media Ia
3
VC200E
Visual Communication Ia
3
VC314A
Interactive Media
3
VC301A
Graphic Design Ia
3
VC205B
0
VC300A
0
20
Minor in Ceramics
Code
FD102A
FD103B
Ah100A
CD202A
EL244E
Course
Integrated 2D/3D
Introduction to Dept. (Ceramics)
Multimedia Ceramics Ia
Computer Aided Design for Artists (CAD)
296
Credits
3
3
2
3
3
Mandatory Workshop:
CD206
Studio Ceramics Processes I (Workshop)
CD207
Studio Ceramics Processes II (Workshop)
Select one course from the following:
CD203A
Ceramics Sculpture Ia
CD302A
Multimedia Ceramics IIa
CD304B
Ceramic Jewellery
Minor in Jewellery
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Jewellery)
AH100A
JW201A
Principles of Design I
JW203B
Theory of Jewellery I
EL244E
Computer-Aided Design
For Artists (CAD)
Select a course:
JW303A
Goldsmithing I
JW301A
Principles of Design II
JW302A
New Directions in Jewellery
JW304B
Caribbean Influences Mandatory Workshops:
JW204B
Mechanics and Fittings
Jw300A
Production Techniques I
0
0
3
3
3
20
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
20
Textiles and Fibre Arts – Textile Design for Printing Minor
Code
Course
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Textiles
and Fibre Arts)
AH100A History of Art Survey I
TD203A
Natural Dyes, Fibre & Properties
EL244E
Computer-Aided Design
For Artists (CAD)
Mandatory Workshop:
TD207
Textile Design Surface Design (Workshop)
Credits
3
3
2
3
3
0
TD201A
Textile History & Contemporary Printing I
3
TD300B Textiles Design for Furnishing and Apparel 3
TD303B
Form and Imagery with Cloth
3
20
297
Textile and Fibre Arts – Weaving Minor
Code
Course
Credits
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D
3
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Textiles and Fibre Arts)
3
AH100A
2
TD203A
Natural Dyes, Fibre & Properties
3
TD207
Textile Design Surface Design (Workshop)
0
TW203
Introduction to Weaving I (Workshop)
0
TW206
Non-Loom Weaving (Workshop)
0
Computer-Aided Design for Artist
3
TW304A
Woven Imagery I 3
20
Textiles and Fibre Arts – Fashion Design Minor
Code
FD102A
FD103B
AH100A VC203A
TF206A
TF206B
VC203B
TF208B
Course
Credits
Integrated 2D/3D
3
3
2
Illustration I
3
Patternmaking and Construction I
3
Patternmaking and Construction II
3
Illustration II
3
3
20
Minor in Textiles and Fibre Arts – Mixed Option
Code
Course
Credits
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D
3
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Textiles And Fibre Arts)
3
AH100A History of Art Survey I
2
TF206A
Patternmaking I
3
TF206B
Patternmaking II
3
VC203A
Illustration I
3
VC203B
Illustration II
3
TF208B
3
Computer-Aided Design for Textiles
3
TD203A
Natural Dyes Fibres and Properties 3
TD202B
Textiles History and Contemporary Printing I
3
TD300B
Textile Design for Furnishing And Apparel 3
TD303B
Form and Imagery with Cloth 3
TW304A
Woven Imagery I
3
TD207
Textile Design Surface Design
0
TW203
Introduction to Weaving I
0
TW206
Non-Loom Weaving 0
20
298
Minor in Design
Code
Course
Credits
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D
3
AH100A
2
Select courses from the following:
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Jewellery)
3
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Ceramics) 3
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Textiles and 3
Fibre Art)
FD103B
3
Level 2 course – Visual Communication, Textiles, 3
Ceramics, Jewellery
Level 3 course – Visual Communication, Textiles, 3
Communication, Textiles, Ceramics, Jewellery
DR302A
3
20
Minor in Visual Arts
(Open to students in Dance, Drama, Music and Arts Management only)
Code
Course
Credits
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D
3
AH100A
History of Art Survey I 2
DR100A
Drawing I
3
Select courses from the following (12 credits):
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Ceramics) 3
3
FD103B
3
FD103B
3
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Jewellery) 3
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Painting) 3
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Sculpture)
3
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Printmaking) 3
Level 2 course – Any Department 3
20
Fine Arts – Sculpture Minor
Code
Course
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Sculpture)
AH100A
SD200A
The Body and Process
SD201B
Installation/Environment/ Site I SD206A
Contemporary Directions
Select a Course:
SD203B
SD300A
The Body and Process II
SD301A
Installation/Environment/ Site II
SD303B
Digital Media, Woodwork, Metal, Foundry TOTAL REQUIRED CREDITS
Credits
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
20
299
Fine Arts – Painting Minor
Code
Course
Credits
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D
3
FD103B
Introduction to Dept. (Painting) 3
AH100A
2
PD201A
Issues in Representation I
3
PD203B
3
PD300A
Assemblage/Collage
3
Select a course:
PD202A
Media and Process
3
PD283A
Mural Design I
3
SD201B/
Installation/Environment/Site I
3
PD204A/B
Caribbean Identity, the New Black Culture I/II 3
PD302A
Art in Context 3
PD301B
Image and Process 3
Mandatory Workshop:
Materials and Techniques 0
20
Fine Arts – Printmaking Minor
Code
Course
Credits
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D
3
FD103A
Introduction to Dept. (Printmaking)
3
AH100A
3
PM200A
Introduction to the Graphic Stamp
3
PD202A
Introduction to Intaglio I
3
Select two courses from the following:
PM203A
Introduction to Lithography
3
PM204A
Introduction to Silkscreen Printing
3
PM200B
Collograph and Linoleum 3
PM201B
Introduction to Intaglio II
3
PD303A/B
Advanced Techniques in Relief Printmaking 3
20
Minor in Art History
Code
Course
Credits
GS101A
2
AH100A
2
AH100B
History of Art Survey II
2
Select from the Following courses (14 credits):
AH101A
Looking at Art I
2
AH101B
Looking at Art II
2
AH202A
2
AH203B
2
AH200A
2
AH200B
2
AH201A
Modern Jamaican Art 2
AH201B
AH206B
History of Jamaican Dress and Fashion Industry
2
AH207A
History of Fashion Survey I
2
AH207B
History of Fashion Survey II
2
AH209
History of Design: Industrial Revolution 2
AH210
History of Design: Arts and Crafts
Movement to Bauhaus & Beyond
2
AH306A
Modern Western Fashion I
2
AH306B
Modern Western Fashion II
2
300
AH302A
AH307A
GS207
GS215
GS466A
GS314
GS466B
2
2
3
Philosophies of Design
2
Aesthetics: Principles and Practices of Art Criticism 2
Caribbean Dress Studies I: Survey
of Caribbean Textiles & Fashion Designers
2
2
20
301
BACHELOR OF ART EDUCATION
The goal of the Art Education Department is to prepare students for a professional career in education. Students are challenged
and supported to excel in an extremely demanding and incredibly rewarding career as a teacher. Being a good artist is essential
to being a good art teacher. To qualify for the BAE students are required to complete a minimum of 140 credits; including 10
credits of electives over four (4) years as laid out below.
Students must complete:
· 24 Credits in Studio I (specialization) including Drawing in Years 2 and 3.
· 12 Credits in Studio II in Years 2 and 3.
· 2 Credits of Art Education Professional Studies in Year 2.
· 21 Credit of Art Education Professional Studies in Year 3 inclusive of 3 credits of Practicum.
· 27 Credits of Art Education Professional Studies in Year 4 inclusive of 12 credits for Practicum and Service Leaning
project.
· 8 Credits of Art History,
· 18 Credits in General Studies
· 10 credits of electives over 4 years
YEAR I SEMESTER I
Code
Course
FD102A
Integrated 2D/3D
FD103A
Studio Practice
DR100A
Drawing I
GS100A
GS101A
AH100A
Modern Jamaican Art
TOTAL CREDITS
Credits
3
3
3
2
2
2
17
Students may select electives from:
EL002A
Introduction to Photography
FL100EL
Time-Based Media or they
can be chosen from
any school or Department
level 1 courses.
3
3
YEAR I SEMESTER II
Code
Course
FD102B
Integrated 2D/3D
FD103B
Introduction to Department
DR103B
Drawing II
GS100B
GS101B
AH100B
TOTAL CREDITS
Students may select electives from:
EL002B
Introduction to Photography
FL100EL
Time-Based Media or
they can be chosen from
any school or Department
level 1 courses.
Credits
3
3
3
2
2
2
17
3
3
302
Year II
SEMESTER I
Code
***
***
AE 212A
AH200A
GS201A GS203A GS205A Course
Studio I (Major) Studio II (Graphics/Ceramics)
Issues in Drawing & Painting IA
Psychology I Academic and Professional Writing
Exploring Philosophies in Art I TOTAL CREDITS
Credits
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
17
YEAR II SEMESTER II
Code
Course
***
Studio I (Major) ***
Studio II (Textiles)
AE212B
Issues in Drawing & Painting IB AH200B
Modern Western Art II GS205B
Exploring Philosophies in Art II
AE207B
Museums in Art Education
TT106B Voice and Speech
TOTAL CREDITS
YEAR III SEMESTER I
Code
Course
***
Studio II (Graphics/Ceramics)
AE302A
Issues in Drawing & Painting IIA AE330A
Introduction to Art Education AE335A
Art Curriculum Development AE331A
Assessment in the Art Classroom AE332A Technology in the Art Classroom I TOTAL CREDITS
YEAR III SEMESTER II
Code
Course
***
Studio II (Textiles)
AE302B
Issues in Drawing & Painting IIB AE330B Research in Art Education 1
AE320B Curriculum: Methods & Media
AE320E
Teaching Practicum I
TOTAL CREDITS
Credits
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
20
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
YEAR IV SEMESTER I
Code
Course
AE400A
Research Methods in Art Education IIA AE420E Teaching Practice II
TOTAL CREDITS
Credits
3
9
12
YEAR IV SEMESTER II
Code
Course Credits
AE432B
Technology in the Art Classroom II B
AE401B
Independent Study
Seminar – Reflections
AE400B Research Methods in
Art Education IIB TOTAL CREDITS
*** Will reflect the code of the studio chosen
3
6
3
3
15
303
UWI/EMC BA HUMANITIES & EDUCATION DEGREE
To qualify for a Visual Arts Major, students must successfully complete 36 credits over three years and achieve a minimum
grade average of Bare Pass (40% - 43%).
To qualify for a Visual Arts Special, students must successfully complete 54 credits over three years and achieve a minimum
grade average of Bare Pass (40% - 43%).
Strict attention must be paid to the prerequisite requirements for all courses.
UWI/EMC BA Humanities & Education Degree – Visual Arts Major
YEAR I SEMESTER II
Code Course
VA18B
Aspects of Drawing
VA10B
Papermaking
VA19B
History of Art Survey II
VA160
Entrepreneurial Skills for
Artists & Designers VA161
Printmaking I
Credits
3
3
3
6
6
YEAR II SEMESTER I
Code Course
VA21C
Life Drawing II
VA254
Intermediate Photography VA202
Printmaking II
VA203
Introduction to
Silkscreen Printing I
VA20A
Pre-Columbian Art VA20H
Introduction to African Art VA204
Arts Administration I
VA26D
Credits
3
3
3
3
YEAR II SEMESTER II
Code Course
VA21D
Drawing from Observation VA254
Intermediate Photography VA202
Printmaking II
VA203
Introduction to Silkscreen Printing
VA20B
Latin American Art VA20L
Issues in African Art VA204
VA26C
Credits
3
6
6
6
3
3
6
3
YEAR III SEMESTER I
Code
Course
VA20F
Principles & Practices of Art Criticism VA30A
Modern Jamaican Art VA304
Concept Development through Drawing VA37A
Printmaking IIIA
VA306
Silkscreen Printing II
VA307
Arts Administration II
VA308
Advance Photography
VA309
Digital Imagery
Credits
3
3
3
-
YEAR III SEMESTER II
Code
Course
VA20G
VA30B
Modern Caribbean Art Credits
3
3
304
VA304
VA37B
VA306
VA307
VA308
VA309
Concept Development through Drawing Printmaking IIIA
Advance Photography
Digital Imagery
6
3
6
6
6
6
UWI/EMC OPEN CHOICES COURSES
LEVEL I
Code
VA18A
VA18B
VA19C
VA154
VA19A
VA19B
VA160
VA161
Course
Credits
Life Drawing I
3
Aspects of Drawing 3
Art and Process (Introduction to Critical Analysis) 3
Introduction to Photography 3
3
3
Entrepreneurial Skills for Artists and Designers 6
Printmaking I
6
LEVEL II
Code VA21C
VA21D
VA254
VA202
VA203
VA20B
VA20A
VA20H
VA20L
VA204
VA26C
VA26D
Course
Life Drawing II
Drawing from Observation Intermediate Photography Printmaking II
Introduction to Silkscreen Printing I
Latin American Pre-Columbian Art
Introduction to African Art Issues in African Art
Credits
3
3
6
6
6
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
LEVEL III
Code VA20F
VA20G
VA30A
VA30B
VA304
VA37A
VA37B
VA306
VA307
VA308
VA309
Course
Principles and Practices of Art Criticism Aesthetics: Exploring Philosophies in Art
Modern Jamaican Art
Concept Development through Drawing Printmaking IIIA – The Intaglio Print
Printmaking IIIB –Lithography
Advance Photography
Digital Imagery
Credits
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
6
6
6
6
305
POST GRADUATE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN ART THERAPY
The Art Therapy Program seeks to provide the individual with an ability to integrate the creative arts and the psychological
understanding as a therapeutic modality. It will allow the participant to obtain theoretical knowledge and clinical skills to
practice art therapy with clients with diverse physical and psychological issues under the direct supervision of a registered or
licensed Art Therapist. The Certificate is geared towards Edna Manley Graduates, Art Teachers, Special Education Teachers,
Early Childhood Educators, Nurses, Social Workers, Psychologists, Speech and Language Pathologists, Occupational Therapists,
Physical Therapists who wish to integrate the use of art into their mental health practice. It is also open to administrators –
Principals and administrators who plan to hire Art Therapists for their programmes.
Individuals who hold a certificate in Art Therapy will not be eligible to provide supervision in the area. Administrators will have
the necessary knowledge about the value of art therapy and the need skills to integrate Art therapy services in their offerings.
This programme is offered through the School of Continuing Education and Allied Services and courses are taught in
consecutive five-week modules. It is a combination of on campus classes and online classes (i.e., virtual classroom).
ADMISSIONS
Admission to the Art Therapy Certificate Program requires applicants to have the following:
a.B.S. or B.A degree or Diploma in Visual Art from an accredited university or college.
b.A first degree in a related field (i.e., Counseling, Special Education, Psychology, Early Childhood Educators, Social Work,
Nursing, etc).
c.A first degree and documented study of Visual Art.
YEAR I
MODULES I – III
Code
AT001A
AT002A
AT100A
AT101
AT102A
YEAR I
MODULES IV – V
Code
AT103B
AT104B
AT105B
AT117B
SEMESTER I
Course
Child Abuse for the Mandated Reporter
Elder Abuse for the Mandated Reported Art Practices for Non-Art Majors
Theories and Practice For Art Therapy
Professional Ethics in Art Therapy Credits
0
0
3
3
3
SEMESTER II
Course
Credits
Art Therapy across the Life Span – Children
3
Art Therapy across the Life Span – Adolescents
3
Art Therapy across the Life Span – Adults
3
Art Therapy Certificate Internship & Supervision (225 hrs)
306
3
POST GRADUATE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN ART THERAPY DUAL ENROLLMENT
COURSES
Dual enrollment allows students to register for the Art Therapy programme whilst pursuing another major.
Students who are accepted for Dual Enrollment will begin their modules in the following manner:
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I
MODULES I - II
Code Course Credits
AT101 Theories and Practices of Art Therapy 3
AT102 Professional Ethics in Art Therapy 3
AT001 Child Abuse for the Mandated Reporter
0AT002 Elder Abuse for the Mandated Reporter 0
YEAR 4 SEMESTER II
MODULES III - IV
Code
Course
Credits
AT105 Art Therapy Across the
Lifespan - Children 3
AT106 Art Therapy Across the Lifespan
– Adolescents* 3
AT107 Art Therapy Across the Lifespan
- Adults*
3
AT117 Art therapy Certificate
Internship & Supervision 3
*Concurrent with Internship
307
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FOUNDATION STUDIES
FD102A Integrated 2D/3D I 3 Credits - 1 Semester
The course lends itself to the investigation of problem
solving through conceptual and actual means utilizing the
fundamental elements of visual language. This will enable
students to recognize the interrelatedness and integrative
processes that emphasize the synergy of 2D and 3D elements.
Students will explore the subtle differences between 2D and
3D, and acquire an understanding of how they inform each
other. Throughout the semester students will engage with
varying materials and integrated explorations of the formal
fundamental concepts that underpin studio practice. This will
be enhanced by specific readings related to contemporary
studio practice. FD102B Integrated 2D/3D II –
3 Credits - 1 Semester
Throughout the semester students will continue to engage
with varying materials and integrated explorations of the
formal fundamental concepts that underpin studio practice.
Students will further explore the subtle differences between
2D and 3D, and acquire an understanding of how they inform
each other. This will be enhanced by specific readings related
to contemporary studio practice. To introduce students to
2 and 3 dimensional art processes in a holistic manner. The
course seeks to foster the exploration of the inter-relatedness
of these art-making principles, while simultaneously
developing the language and understanding of the formal
aspects of art creation. Prerequisite – Integrated 2D/3D I
FD103A Studio Practice
Students will undertake specific projects as they explore and
develop a sophisticated understanding of how the elements
and principles of design are employed through exposure to
the discipline of Studio Practice within three department of
their choice. Throughout the semester students will engage
with various materials and integrated explorations while
referencing their Integrated 2D/3D Studio. This will further
inform them of the formal fundamental concepts that underpins contemporary art-making which will be enhanced by
specific readings and critical thinking and discussions.
FD103B Introduction to Departments
This course helps to introduce the student to their department
of choice for specialization and fundamental underpinning
308
for their chosen field. Each department offers a broad mix of
experiences that will strengthen and heighten the personal
experiences of each student. Students will engage in several
experiential programme designed to stimulate interest in and
appreciation for the work of the department. Each course
runs for a full semester in each department and aims to help
students understand and apply the elements of pure design to
the aesthetics of various art forms. Emersion in this area will
guide and broaden students’ knowledge in the development
of their chosen field. Prerequisite – Studio Practice
FD104 Introduction to Digital Media Foundations
The course is an Introduction to the theory and practice of
digital media. Through a series of lectures, demonstrations,
discussions, individual student research projects and group
activities, this course examines the basic practices of digital
media: formats, processes and practices, image acquisition
and manipulation, raster image, vector illustration, 3d
design, digital video, web, social networked, collaborative
and participatory technology. In addition, soft digital media
literacy skills for example, file and asset management,
introduction to copyright and intellectual property, will be
covered. This course will also examine the development and
use of digital media and technology in social and cultural
contexts
DR100A Drawing I
This course aims to develop students’ observational and
recording skills through drawing; the depiction of form,
space and light through the exploration of expressive markmaking using a variety of approaches and materials. Practical
techniques such as measuring for proportion, perspective
and formatting for the pictorial plane will be investigated
using a broad range of subject matter. Students will be
encouraged to view the process of drawing as a development
of a personal visual language.
DR101B Drawing II
Further development of students’ observational and
recording skills through drawing is facilitated. Students
engage in the investigation of form, space and light through
the exploration of expressive mark making using a variety of
approaches and materials. Application of practical techniques
such as measuring for proportion, perspective and formatting
for the pictorial plane will be investigated using a broad range
of subject matter. Students will be encouraged to view the
process of drawing as a development of a personal visual
language.
EU400A Issues in 2D Visual Representation I
This course will examine the context and practice of the visual
arts in the disciplines of painting, drawing and printmaking.
Through the investigation of developments in contemporary
art, referencing of current literature and exposure to a broad
range of visual culture related to contemporary practice,
students will develop a body of work which is informed by
their research and discussions. Emphasis will be placed on
the inter-disciplinary nature of art.
EU400B Issues in 2D Visual Representation II
This section of the course will seek to further examine the
context and contemporary practices found in drawing,
painting, printmaking and photography. Students will further
explore the developments taking place in contemporary
literature and art. Students will be expected to produce
cohesive bodies of work that will be a reflection of their
research and personal histories. Emphasis will be placed on
the exploration and the use of multi-media. It is expected
that students will reference both contemporary as well as
past artists.
EU403A Issues in 3D Visual Representation I
This course will examine the context and practice of the
visual arts in the discipline of sculpture and ceramics.
Through the investigation of developments in contemporary
art, referencing of current literature and exposure to a broad
the inter-disciplinary nature of art.
EU403B Issues in 3D Visual Representation II
This Course continues the examination of the context and
practice of the visual arts in the disciplines of sculpture and
ceramics. Students will explore ways in which contemporary
approaches to art and visual culture can be integrated in the
teaching of the visual arts.
INTERDECIPLINARY STUDIES
IN100 Introduction to Interdisciplinary Studies
This course provides the opportunity to integrate ideas,
media and processes developed in the study of selected
studio disciplines. Students are introduced to three studentdetermined disciplines in four week modules through intense
immersion, and are required to integrate the knowledge
gained from each module to inform their artistic production
in a process of interaction and experimentation. The body
of work produced through this process will reflect this
interdisciplinary dialogue. The course will be team taught.
Prerequisite – Studio Practice
309
IN200 Interdisciplinary Research Process (Seminar)
This course focuses on building individual visual language
and facilitating the development of interdisciplinary
studio projects which cut across or transcend disciplinary
boundaries, through analysis and contextualization of these
projects within contemporary practice and critical discourse.
This weekly seminar focuses on the development of individual
projects which are presented for discussion, and provides a
forum for dialogue and critique. Students’ present ongoing
work developed in their selected studio practice for group
discussion. Through a collaborative process, guided by the
lecturer, students critically analyze studio projects presented,
exploring the ways in which ideas are explored and translated
through interactions and responses to information gained in
selected studio courses. Class discussions will be supported
by presentations on issues central to interdisciplinary art
practice, as well as discussion of the work of selected
interdisciplinary artists. Through this course students will
begin to develop their own processes for connecting and
integrating practice across disciplines.
PAINTING DEPARTMENT
PD201A Issues in Representation I
In this course the student will work from life models,
landscape on location, and still life in order to explore
traditional and contemporary methods of representation in
Painting. Students will be encouraged to experiment with
materials, composition and scale. The works of the super
realist and other contemporary artists will be researched and
discussed and compared with the works of the old masters.
Prerequisite – Foundation Studies
PD201B Issues in Representation II
This course will further focus on the traditional notions
of representation including the narrative, through the
convulsions of the various modern movements of the early
years: the twentieth century to the extreme formalism of
the 1950s and beyond. This course seeks to examine what
representation looks like today and what it might become
as it continues to evolve. In doing so, fundamental skills and
practices held to be at the very core of representation will be
re-evaluated and questioned.
PD202A Media and Process
This course focuses on the process of exploring materials.
Students will explore a broad range of media and techniques,
from the conventional to the unconventional, whilst dealing
with the formal aspects of painting such as composition
and investigation of pictorial space. Individual and group
discussion of contemporary concerns in painting will be used
to stimulate the students’ analytical ability.
PD203B New Media and Process I
This course encourages students to develop ideas through
the process of performance and time-based projects using
media such as photography, digital imaging and video.
The student is introduced to the possibilities of using basic
recording methods to document transitory or ephemeral
activity along with more traditional means such as drawing
and text. Prerequisite – Media and Process
PD204A Caribbean Identity: The New Black Culture I
This course seeks to align students with concepts ideas and
aesthetics related to the Caribbean including its historic
context. It stresses the importance of research and study of
Caribbean literature, politics and socio-cultural geography
as a necessary pre-requisite in order to have a concrete
understanding of image-making and other concerns.
PD204B Caribbean Identity: The New Black Culture II
This course seeks to align students with concepts ideas and
aesthetics related to the Caribbean including its historic
context. It stresses the importance of research and study of
Caribbean literature, politics and socio-cultural geography
as a necessary pre-requisite in order to have a concrete
understanding of image-making and other concerns.
PD283A Mural Design I
This course explores historical and contemporary approaches
to mural painting and design with an emphasis on concepts
and philosophies developed in the 20th century. Students
will be encouraged to regard the city of Kingston as an open
classroom. Community involvement and collaboration with
public and private sectors will be encouraged and designs
created as coursework will be placed in the public domain.
Emphasis will be placed on media research. Students will be
encouraged to think outside the traditional notion of mural
painting (pigment on surfaces) in an effort to forge new
possibilities in murals.
PD285B Mural Design II
In this course students will focus on developing and executing
collaborative community-based projects and projects for
public spaces. It will be oriented towards group projects
which seek to transform social spaces and respond to current
issues and events. Emphasis will be placed on developing
team-building skills and an awareness of the social value of
art through the intervention of the artist. Students will also
be introduced to strategies for fundraising for public art
projects.
310
PD300A Assemblage/Collage
This course provides students with the opportunity to develop
an interdisciplinary approach to Painting and/or Sculpture
through an exploration of the medium of assemblage, collage
and installation.
PD301B Image and Process
This course is built on the principle that the idea is the vital
core of all art. Students are encouraged to explore the process
of materials and experience a broad range of media and
techniques whilst dealing with the formal aspects of painting
pictorial possibilities inherent in sources such as language,
literature, folk ritual etc. Students are also encouraged to
draw from their personal/cultural experience to develop
ideas relevant to the essential self.
PD302A Art in Context
This course investigates the connections that exist between
the making of art and environment in which art is made.
This includes the student’s personal/psychological response
to social, historical and political issues. The discussion and
analysis of information through the presentation of slides,
video and guest lecturers will heighten students’ awareness
of concerns in contemporary art practices as well as develop
a more analytical approach to their own studio practice. The
utilization of text, drawing, photography or other relevant
means of documentation in an art book/journal to be
presented at the end of the semester.
PD303B New Media and Process II
This course builds on the foundation of basic technical skills
and ideas developed in year 2. Students are encouraged to
further relevant technical skills, explore the possibilities of
the editing process (both technical and manual) and explore
working within an interactive/collaborative environment.
Prerequisite – New Media and Process l
PD401A Independent Study IA
9 Credits 1 Semester
This course offers to final year students the opportunity to
develop a personalized approach to studio practice. This is
a project or body of work based on a theme chosen by the
student that allows them to develop content, realize ideas
and initiate the individual thinking required of professional
artists. Tutorials are scheduled with the Department Head/
Coordinator to ensure the satisfactory development of the
project. The independent project forms part of the final
examination, and each student must be prepared to discuss
the project in depth with the examiners and be able to put into
concise language, the concepts and ideas involved. Students
are expected to use the Research Methods II course to conduct
research to develop their ideas for their Independent Study
projects. The research paper for Research Methods II should
be related to the Independent Study.
PD401B Independent Study IB
the project in depth with the examiners and be able to put
into concise language, the concepts and ideas involved.
Students are expected to use the Research Methods II
course to conduct research to develop their ideas for their
Independent Study projects. The research paper for Research
Methods II should be related to the Independent Study.
SCULPTURE DEPARTMENT
SD200A The Body and Process l
This course focuses on exploration of the dynamics and
structure of the human figure. Through intensive investigation
students will develop a strong visual understanding of the body
so that they can readily manipulate this subject to meet their
conceptual needs. Form, proportion, movement, expression
and gesture are some of the issues to be investigated.
SD201B Installation/Environment/Site l
This course focuses on the theory and practice of site
activation. Students will be introduced to concepts of ‘site’
and ‘site-specificity’. Through discussion and practice they
will examine the ways in which these concepts have radically
re-contextualized art, challenged existing hierarchies and
contributed to redefinition of art. Examination of the social,
political and economic implications of locating art outside of
the traditional gallery space will form the basis of individual
works, which engage the audience in the public domain.
SD202A Structure, Substance & Surface l
This course investigates the complex relationships between
applied and inherent surfaces and substances/materials.
Students are encouraged to use their own project ideas to
explore the aesthetic issues evoked by a variety of traditional
and nontraditional materials and surfaces, in and on wallbased and free-standing sculpture.
SD203B New Media Process l
This course encourages students to develop ideas through
the process of performance and time-based projects using
media such as photography, digital imaging and video. The
student is introduced to possibilities of using basic recording
311
methods to document transitory or ephemeral activity along
with more traditional means such as drawing and text.
SD204A Space, Material and Context I
This course explores the inherent relationships between
space, material and context through the investigation of
varied forms of Architecture. Students are challenged to
personalize the principles gained by applying them to their
own modes of creativity. Research and writing are vital to the
practical aspects of this course.
SD206A Contemporary Directions
This studio seminar course will look at non-traditional themes
and media that are currently being explored in contemporary
arts as well as when and how they were developed through
art history. Sculptural themes and issues that will be explored
are; the developments of public art installation and Land
art, photo-based installation, performance art, outsider art,
conceptual art, text and objects, the readymade, light and
sound as medium, rapid prototyping, the body as context and
the artist collective. Through research and practice students
will examine how these trends in contemporary art have
redefined the boundaries of the Sculptor’s creative language.
SD206B Sound as Medium
This studio seminar course introduces students to the notion
of working with sound in the context of contemporary
sculpture. Students will investigate the potential of sound as
an aural medium in installation based works, performance,
found objects and chordophones as art objects. Historical
and contemporary artists and their efforts in developing
sound globally as a viable art form will be investigated
through lectures.
SD300A The Body and Process II
This course focuses on the psychological notion of the body.
Issues such as culture, sexuality, disease, technology, gender,
evolution and religion will be explored. Students will be
required to complete reading assignments and make research
presentations to the class.
SD301B Installation/Environment/Site II
This course provides the opportunity for students to explore
the diverse interdisciplinary approaches to contemporary
installation practice. Students will examine concepts of site,
site-specificity, time and space, interaction and environment.
The development of individual thematic concerns and
documentation are integral to this course. Prerequisite:
Collage/Assemblage or Installation / Environment /Site 1
SD302A Structure, Substance and Surface II
This course further investigates the complex relationships
between applied and inherent surfaces and substances/
materials. Students are encouraged to use their own project
ideas to explore the aesthetic issues evoked by a variety of
traditional and non-traditional materials and surfaces, in and
on wall-based and free-standing sculpture.
SD303B New Media and Process II
This course builds on the foundation of basic technical skills
and ideas developed in year 2. Students are encouraged to
further the development of relevant technical skills, explore
the possibilities of the editing process (both technical
and manual) and explore working within an interactive/
collaborative environment. Prerequisite – New Media and
Process I
SD304B Space, Material and Context II
This course explores architectural structures that embody
varying ideologies that will prepare students to investigate
and experiment with the concept of manipulating space and
material to create environments that are manifestations of
abstract thought. Both the societal and personal realms will
be considered throughout the course.
SD305A Issues in Contemporary Sculpture
This course will employ and analyze the use of a variety of
materials and individual conceptual development within
the context of a contemporary sculptural practice. Students
will gain a strong theoretical underpinning of the diverse
issues in contemporary sculpture through participating in
lectures, presentations, gallery visits, videos, readings and
assignments. Themes to be examined are: the revisiting of
modernism by contemporary sculptors, found objects and
authenticity, minimalism and the reductive object, redefining
figurative strategies and land art.
SD306B Introduction to Object Design
This course introduces students to the conceptual elements,
organizing principles, and creative processes used in object
design. Using a variety of materials and processes, students
critically evaluate the importance of form and function, as
well as gaining the technical ability to produce structurally
sound creations with emphasis on craftsmanship. Central,
too, are the relationships among concept, idea, form, and
context. Students will gain knowledge in object design
through lectures, research and assignments
SD401A Independent Study IA
312
SD401B Independent Study IB
further articulate and expand their personalized approach to
studio practice. This is a project or body of work based on a
theme chosen by the student that allows them to develop
content, realize ideas and initiate the individual thinking
required of professional artists. Tutorials are scheduled with
the Department Head/Coordinator to ensure the satisfactory
development of the project. The independent project forms
part of the final examination, and each student must be
prepared to discuss the project in depth with the examiners
and be able to put into concise language, the concepts and
ideas involved. Students are expected to use the Research
Methods II course to conduct research to develop their ideas
for their Independent Study projects. The research paper for
Research Methods II should be related to the Independent
Study.
PRINTMAKING DEPARTMENT
PM200A Introduction to the Graphic Stamp
3 Credits -1 Semester
This course introduces students to the world of printmaking;
working with machines and tools and the process of
impression and edition making. Students will receive
instruction in wood-printing in black and white and colour,
as well as ancient techniques of paper stamping and
experimental contemporary approaches. Students are
encouraged to develop personal imagery from a technical
and personal point of view.
PM200B Collograph and Linoleum
This course closes the process of surface printing and
introduces the technique of hollow printing, combined
through the medium of collography. Students are encouraged
to use hand drawn images and the use of the press to transfer
their images to paper from linoleum, woodcut and found
objects. The exploration of colour prints and traditional
techniques of Collograph.
PM201A & B Introduction to Intaglio Print I & II
3 Credits -1 Semester each
This course introduces students to the techniques of printing
from metal, the development of hollow printing and the use
of varnishes, acids and resins to print images in black and
white. Various plate making and intaglio printing techniques
are studied. Students are encouraged to develop personal
imagery and to translate them into prints.
PM201A Introduction to Intaglio I
This course introduces students to explorations and
theoretical underpinning in basic intaglio printing. Students
will acquire of the knowledge of the technique of printing
from metal, the development of the hollow printing and the
use of varnishes, acids and resins to print images in black and
white.
PM202A Printmaking Concepts I
A stimulating course of creative development for printmaking
students, in which students refine the acquisition of
techniques and highly useful resources in the field of
printmaking. Traditional techniques as well as experimental
contemporary approaches are encouraged while learning the
basics and developing personal imagery.
PM203A Introduction to Lithography I
This course shows a new type of surface printing. The students
are introduced to black and white lithography, making images
through different procedures: pencil, gouache, pen and ink,
collage, etc. and transfer to stones or metal plates to be
printed.
PM204A Introduction to Silkscreen Printing I
Students are introduced to basic silkscreen printing
techniques and the application of the medium to commercial
design and printing. Students are also encouraged to
develop their own style of expression. Traditional methods
of stencil making using hand drawn painterly techniques will
be studied. Students will also be introduced to the photo
emulsion process for screen making.
PM300A Advanced Intaglio Print I
In this course students consolidate the techniques of intaglio
printing from metal through colour printing. Students are
expected to develop independent projects. Projects are
to be printed in editions and are to be related in concepts.
Students are guided through individual and group tutorials
for the duration of the course.
313
PM30A Advanced Techniques in Relief Printing I
This course consolidates the techniques using multimedia
to explore various forms of printmaking. The relationship
between drawing, painting, illustration and printmaking
is emphasized. Skills in registering and editing images are
developed.
PM301A Advanced Lithography I
In this course students further develop skills in lithography
printing with colour. Students will discover possibilities similar
to painting while developing their knowledge of colour.
PM302A Advanced Silkscreen Printing I
This course is a continuation of Silkscreen Printing 1. Students
are encouraged to develop personal imagery and to move
towards producing fine art silkscreen prints. Students are
also introduced to photographic silkscreen techniques.
PM401A Independent Study IA
PM401B Independent Study IB
Study.
PM203B Introduction to Lithography II
This course continues the investigation of personal
approaches to visual representation through the exploration
of black and white lithography and its relationship to drawing
and painting.
PM201B Introduction to Intaglio II
This course introduces students to explorations and acquiring
the knowledge of the technique of printing from metal, the
development of the hollow print and the use of varnishes,
acids and resins to print images in black and white.
PM201B Introduction to intaglio II
Students are encouraged to explore ideas and develop
personal imagery, using technical skills acquired in
Introduction to Intaglio I. Students will be exposed to aquatint,
mezzotint, and embossing techniques, and emphasis will be
placed on sketching in the development of ideas.
PM202B Printmaking Concepts II
This course facilitates the continuation of experimentation
and research begun, enabling students to develop their ideas
and visual language through traditional and non-traditional
approaches to printmaking.
PM204B Introduction to Silkscreen Printing II
This course is a continuation of Introduction to Silkscreen
Printing I. Students are encouraged to explore personal
imagery using a range of basic screen printing methods,
materials and applications. Emphasis will be placed on
developing personal visual language.
PM300B Advanced Intaglio II
This course is a continuation of Advanced Intaglio I. Students
are encouraged to develop personal imagery though a series
of related works.
PM301B Advanced Lithography II
In this course students continue the exploration of the
possibilities of colour lithography, as well as photo-based
techniques. Emphasis is placed on developing personal visual
language.
PM302B Advanced Silkscreen Printing II
Students will develop ideas and personal language, utilizing
technical approaches investigated in Advanced Silkscreen
Printing I.
314
PM401A Independent Study IA
PM401B Independent Study IB
studio practice. . This is a project or body of work based on
a theme chosen by the student that allows them to develop
Study.
JEWELLERY DEPARTMENT
JW200A Introduction to Jewellery
This course introduces students to technical aspects of
jewellery making. Basic processes used in the design and
creation of jewellery making techniques is studied. Students
fabricate their own design in studio.
JW201A Principles of Design I
In this course students are encouraged to develop a portfolio of
design ideas using as reference material from plant life, fossil,
crystalline and mineral forms. They also study the impact of
customer personality and gender on design. Emphasis is on
developing creative ability and visual sensitivity. Suitable
rendering techniques, painting and perspective requirements
are covered.
JW202B Goldsmithing I
This is a study of metal work techniques specific to the nature
and characteristics of metal. Students will begin to work in
copper, brass or silver and to develop and execute their own
design ideas for simple pieces of Jewellery to study these
basic procedures.
JW203B Theory of Jewellery I
This course is a study of the properties of metals and
processes involved in the identification of precious metals,
the circulation and preparation of alloys and other specific
practices of the profession such as electroplating and
hallmarking. Other areas explored are stone identification
and workshop practices related to business ventures.
Students are made aware of stylistic differences, the reason
for them and how styles are influenced by social and political
events.
JW301A Principles of Design II
In this course students continue to develop a portfolio of
designs using reference material drawn from natural and
man-made environment. Plant life, fossil, crystalline and
mineral forms etc. are transcribed into design ideas giving
them a Caribbean content. They also learn to simulate metals
through painting on black paper. They also study the impact
of customer personality and gender on design.
JW302A New Directions in Jewellery
This course seeks to enrich the vocabulary of the Jewellery
student by looking at and discussing the work of avantgarde
designers and their techniques in art Jewellery making. This
course looks at Jewellery fashion, principles and cycles while
studying trends.
JJW303A Goldsmithing IIA
This course is a continuation of Goldsmithing 1. Students
study more advanced goldsmithing techniques such as
inlay enameling, mosaic and fittings and their construction.
Students are encouraged to develop their own individual
designs.
JW303B Goldsmithing IIB
This course is a continuation of Goldsmithing 1. Students
are presented with advanced and challenging goldsmithing
techniques such as inlay enameling, mosaic and fittings and
their construction. Students are encouraged to develop their
own individual designs.
315
JW304B Caribbean Influences
This course encourages the student to focus on indigenous
materials, architecture, and fashion and costume designs in
the Caribbean and its application in Jewellery.
JW305B Theory of Jewellery II
Further study of the properties of metals and processes
involved in the identification of precious metals, the
circulation and preparation of alloys and other specific
practices of the profession such as electroplating and
hallmarking. Other areas explored are stone identification
and workshop practices related to business ventures.
Students are made aware of stylistic differences, the reason
for them and how styles are influenced by social and political
events. Investigation of gem species and their characteristics
are covered.
Prerequisite: Theory of Jewellery I
JW204B Mechanics and Fittings (Mandatory Workshop)
7 Weeks – 1 Semester
In this course students are introduced to the technical aspects
of precision necessary for making Jewellery. Students will be
taught the fundamentals of mechanical and plan drawing as
it applies to materials, mechanisms, concepts and designs
used in Jewellery.0 Credit.
JW300A Production Techniques I (Mandatory Workshop)
This course focuses on pre-production work for lost wax
casting, an intermediary process used when a design cannot
be transferred directly to metal. Students learn the different
stages from the making of clay or plaster model through to
the final stage of centrifugal casting. 0 Credit
JW300B Production Technique II (Mandatory Workshop
Mass Production)
This course focuses on pre-production work for lost wax
casting, an intermediary process used when a design cannot
be transferred directly to metal. Students learn the different
stages from the making of clay or plaster model through to
the final stage of centrifugal casting.0 Credit.
JW401A Independent Study IA
JW401B Independent Study IB
studio practice. . This is a project or body of work based on
a theme chosen by the student that allows them to develop
Study.
EL244E Computer-Aided Design for Artists
This course ensures that students are capable of applying
computer-aided design (CAD) software to the design and
presentation of their projects, and makes them aware of the
manufacturing capabilities of computer technology. Projects
will focus on design presentation, and hands-on experience
in the use of CAD software packages. Topics include CAD
hardware, geometric modeling rendering, and an introduction
to computer numerical control (CNC) machining and rapid
prototyping technology (RPT).
CERAMICS DEPARTMENT
CD202A Multimedia Ceramics I
This course is designed to broaden the scope of production,
creativity and experimentation. The limitation of executing
a single piece is expanded by means of mass production of
identical pieces in a short time. The course also provides
possibility of producing ‘new’ individualistic pieces.
CD206 Ceramic Studio Processes I
(Mandatory Workshop)
This workshop will provide a series of the necessary
technical underpinnings as the foundation to providing the
springboard for the ceramic experience of the student artist
and designer. Students will engage in an intensive immersion
in the various practices. This workshop is open to design
316
majors as well as studio specific student artist. 0 Credit.
CD207 Ceramic Studio Processes II (Mandatory Workshop)
Students will engage the potter’s wheel. Through repetition
of fundamental processes of throwing students will
work at the processes inherent in creating all cylindrical
oriented forms. The composite form will also be explored
in structures such as the traditional tea pot form and other
contemporary structures. 0 Credit.
CD203A Ceramic Sculpture I
This course will focus on mixed media approaches to express
individual ideas. Students will have the opportunity to
explore the potential of the materials being used for large or
small 3D structures. Model-making and studies to illustrate
the relationship between ideas and processes will also be
covered.
CD301A Studio Ceramics II
This course follows on to Studio Ceramic 1 for continued
development of good craftsmanship. Students will be
encouraged to do individual study and develop personal
expression in thrown or hand built clay pieces.
CD302A Multimedia Ceramics II
In this course the students learn the technical process of
duplicating original pieces while simplifying complex pieces
so that they become reproducible. Students are encouraged
to take a creative approach in their exploration of materials,
processes and ideas as well as a professional approach to the
resolution of ceramic objects, surfaces and structures.
CD304A Surface Design II
This course follows on from Surface Design 1, and teaches
additional techniques of surface decoration. The student
designs and executes work choosing an appropriate
technique, size and form for his or her individual preference.
CD401A Independent Study IA
CD401B Independent Study IB
Study.
CD205E Ceramic Jewellery
The course provides an opportunity for students to explore
ceramic materials and processes specifically oriented
towards the production of ceramic jewellery pieces. They
will garner skills and concepts for developing, designing
and creating ornamental pieces that are either functional
or “non-functional”. The course provides a broad range of
traditional, contemporary and experimental approaches to
designing and producing ornamental pieces which are both
collectable and functional. The student acquires the freedom
to go beyond the limitations imposed by tradition and seeks
new ways to creating innovative pieces of individualistic or/
and multi-functional purposes.
EL244E Computer- Aided Design for Artists
in the use of CAD software packages. Topics include
CAD hardware, geometric modeling, rendering, and an
introduction to computer numerical control (CNC) machining
and rapid prototyping technology (RPT).
TEXTILE & FIBRE ARTS; FASHION
DEPARTMENT
TD207 Textile Design Surface Design (Workshop)
7 Weeks -1 Semester
This course offers processes, techniques and insight,
which are valuable in solving design problems. Innovative
techniques, media, CAD and texture in creating designs are
explored. Procedures and methods including the use of
the computer are also explored which will help to nurture,
develop and exercise student’s creativity.0 Credits.
TD201A Textile History and Contemporary Printing I
This is a study of traditional and contemporary dyeing and
printing techniques of textiles of Japan, Africa and India,
and investigation of social, cultural and historical context
of textiles from these regions. Students will also engage in
the exploration and examination of the exciting possibilities
these techniques offer to contemporary artists.
TD201B Textile History and Contemporary Printing II
Students are introduced to traditional dyeing and printing
processes. Students will also develop new, innovative
and individual experiments in designing and applying
traditional techniques with the silkscreen in actual workshop
surroundings. As skills develop, designs will be a major
consideration.
TD203A Natural Dyes, Fibres and Properties
This course is a study of natural and synthetic fibres and
fabrics, including testing methods for strength and colourfastness. Research and experimentation with local plants,
which can yield dyes, is also carried out, using previous local
and international research. Extraction of colour from plants,
development of new natural dyes and use of a variety of dyes
made from plants on fabric or yarn as well as the chemicals
needed for extracting, changing and fixing colours is studied.
TD204B Textiles History and Techniques ll
A study of the functions of traditional, social, cultural and
historical context of the origins of the countries of the
Americas, Africa and Japan. Students engage in the exploration
of traditional techniques and the exciting possibilities it offers
to contemporary artists.
TD 205B Design Across Boundaries
This course presents students with an overview of the
relationship of art movements and periods to textile design
and their interrelation. Students will examine the cyclic
nature of designs. Students are encouraged to develop their
317
own ideas through processes, techniques and insight that
are valuable in solving design problems related to themes
synonymous with particular art periods and movements.
Innovative techniques, media, and texture in creating
contemporary interpretations of designs are explored in
order to provide students with the experience of working in
a studio setting. The use of the computer is also explored as
a tool in expanding students’ creativity. Students will also be
exposed to presenting their work as projects. The designer’s
brief format will be utilised in the presentation of their work.
TD206E Introduction to Interior Design
This Introductory Interior Design course will focus on the
design and study of interior spaces, form, colour and light,
and how an individual or various groups are affected by the
design of spaces. The course will include a combination of
hands-on studio projects, class discussions and field trips.
Students will be introduced to drafting, rendering and modelmaking. Students will engage in discussions on the notion of
good design, the role of design and the responsibility of the
designer to meet the demands of an ever-changing society.
TF206A Pattern Making & Construction I
It is critical that students understand techniques for
measuring and calculating body dimensions and how those
3D measurements translate to lines, shapes and cuts on
2D material. The student’s introduction to the concept of
working in the duo dimensional world of the fashion designer
will centre on the basic 2 Dimensional skirt pattern or “skirt
block”, which is used to construct a wide range of skirts.
TF206B Pattern Making & Construction II
Create an understanding of how the general difference
between the male body and female body affects the bodice/
shirt pattern. Further the development of pattern cutting
and garment construction techniques. Increase the level
of drafting, cutting and construction complexity. Continue
to get students to maintain the disciplined to work within
construction principles and set parameters.
TF208B Portfolio Development I
The use of strong dynamic imagery will form the basis of the
student’s portfolio, from inspirational mood boards to concept
sketches through to photo shoot with finished garments. This
module will focus on a deliberate development of techniques
and applications for creating visuals common to the fashion
industry. It will have a practical component where students
can use their own designs as the basis for generating visual
communications and texts that are geared toward packaging
and marketing their own brand.
318
TW203 Introduction to Weaving I (Workshop)
7 Weeks -1 Semester
This course provides an introduction to basic weaving. It
focuses on tapestry techniques, using the frame loom.
Experimentation with methods of colouring and dyeing for
use in woven fabrics is encouraged. 0 Credits.
TW202B Introduction to Weaving II
In this course students are introduced to floor loom weaving.
Individuals will be encouraged to focus on developing
personal imagery in weaving.
TW206 Non-Loom Weaving (Workshop)
7 Weeks – 1Semester
Focus is on using basketry, finger weaving and felt-making
techniques as a means of expressing ideas. These techniques
will expose students to a variety of methods for exploring
fibre sculpture. Students will be encouraged to focus on
developing personal imagery using these techniques. 0
Credits.
TD300A Textile Design for Furnishing and Apparel
3
Credits
1
Semester
Students develop a professional approach and aesthetic
dimension to design and printing. This is a course in
workshop methods and restrictions, design considerations
and limitations, distribution and application related to
furnishing and apparel fabrics. Students will study complex
styles, repeats and croquis and sophisticated application of
colour.
TD301A Contemporary Studio Practices and Design
Procedures 3 Credits - 1 Semester
This course prepares students to design for small studio
production by introducing them to the practices of
contemporary design studios and how they differ from
the printing industry. Site visits to studios are made and
students’ reports on their observations form part of the
course requirement. Current trends in textile designs are
looked at, as well as site differences between the small studio
printer and industrial printing practices. This course also
stresses basic professional techniques in the construction
of a designer’s first sample. Students gain insight into the
relationship between creative design and quality of finished
sample.
TD305 Layered Textiles (Workshop)
7 Weeks – 1Semester
This course will broaden students’ knowledge of traditional
layering methods. Examples will be drawn from various parts
of the world known for this type of work. These methods will
be explored along with other surface design techniques such
as hand and machine embroidery, quilting and patchwork.
Students are encouraged to use these techniques to develop
ideas for sculptural/relief approach to fabric, moving away
from the flat planar textile. 0 Credits.
TD303B Form and Imagery with Cloth
Students are exposed to various techniques of manipulating
fabric/soft materials into 3D and relief through the joining of
planes and shaping of forms with the aid of various types of
stiffeners and moulds. Development of personal imagery is
encouraged.
TD304B Contemporary Textiles: The Art of Fabric Design
Students must be able to conceptualize designs based on a
personal theme, create and present work with an awareness
of local / Caribbean culture. Students are encouraged to
develop their ideas through the lenses of critical art theories,
periods, movements and issues such as Instrumentalism,
or Post-Modernism. They must also look at trends in
textile design and printing while utilizing the fundamental
approaches through experimentation.
TW302A Woven Imagery l
This course explores weaving as a drawing medium utilizing
supplemental warp/weft, and double cloth. Along with
direct encounter with material and weaving system at the
loom, each student will make a hard bound note/journal
which will include drawings, drafting, writings, bibliography,
vocabulary and personal evaluation and all relevant individual
explorations and research throughout the course.
TW302B Woven Imagery ll
This course further explores weaving as a drawing medium
utilizing supplemental warp/weft, and double cloth along
with direct encounter with material and weaving system at the
loom. Students will continue to make a note/journal, which
will include drawings, drafting, writings, and bibliography
and expand their vocabulary and personal evaluation and all
relevant individual explorations and research throughout this
course.
TW305A Exploring Tapestry l
The emphasis of this course is hinged on research and
development of ideas, employing various tapestry techniques.
These ideas should be documented in written and visual
form in a sketchbook. Students are expected to produce one
major piece of work at the end of the semester displaying
a high level of technical competence and development of
concept. Experimentation and use of non-fibre material will
be encouraged.
319
TW305B Exploring Tapestry ll
Further research and development of ideas and
experimentation of tapestry techniques is encouraged.
Students will continue to document ideas in written and visual
form in a sketchbook. Students are expected to produce one
major piece of work at the end of the semester displaying
a high level of technical competence and development of
concept. Further experimentation and use of non-fibre
material is encouraged.
TW401A Independent Study IA
9 credits - 1 Semester
TW401B Independent Study IB
further expand, develop and articulate their personalized
approach to studio practice. This is a project or body of
work based on a theme chosen by the student that allows
them to develop content, realize ideas and initiate the
individual thinking required of professional artists. Tutorials
are scheduled with the Department Head/Coordinator to
ensure the satisfactory development of the project. The
independent project forms part of the final examination, and
each student must be prepared to discuss the project in depth
with the examiners and be able to put into concise language,
the concepts and ideas involved. Students are expected to
use the Research Methods II course to conduct research to
develop their ideas for their Independent Study projects. The
research paper for Research Methods II should be related to
the Independent Study.
3 Credits - 1 Semester I
will focus on design presentation and hands-on experience in
the use of CAD software packages.
Topics include CAD hardware, geometric modeling, rendering,
and an introduction to computer numerical control (CNC)
machining and rapid prototyping technology (RPT).
TD401A Independent Study IA
TD401B Independent Study IB
further develop and articulate their personalized approach to
Study
DESIGN STUDIES
DS202 Integrated Principles of Design Applications: 2D Focus
Students will be able to develop through further immersion
the principles of design through practice, underpinned by
critical research. Through this practice students will develop
their own visual language and identity by strategically
employing elements that will enhance their designs referring
various philosophies and beliefs from various schools of
design. Students will communicate ideas with a dominant
2dimensional framework including new media approaches to
visual arts. Students will be knowledgeable of the possibilities
of using basic recording methods to document transitory or
ephemeral activity along with more traditional means such
320
as drawing, colour application and text in their creations in
developing a body of work.
DS210 Integrated Principles of Design Applications: 2D Focus
Students will be exposed to and become conversant with
the vocabulary, ideas methodologies of creating projects
while exploring a myriad of approaches that contributes to
the process of design. Students will investigate the material
culture of three-dimensional objects referencing specific
prominent cultures, or forces in order to grasp the meaning,
of and factors that contributes to their creation. The meaning
of objects will be explored through the critical lenses of
social, political, gender and cultural and what they reflect
of us. Specific problem solving projects will be formulated
to provide methods of enquiry considering purpose, use,
functionality and possible cost for reproduction.
DR203Technical Drawing for Design
This course will provide students with the opportunity to
explore, invent and resolve design issues through technical
drawing and referencing while building dexterity. Critical
thinking in the realm of design problem-solving is also crucial
through employing drawing as a tool of analysis. This course
will provide students with the opportunities to create,
recreate and tackle through design-led projects, issues
pertinent to the environment and the Caribbean context.
DS200WS Materials and Properties (Workshop I: Fibre &
Plastics)
7
Weeks
Semester
I
The foci of these workshops are to enable students to
understand the applicability of choice of material for end
products. Working with various materials to produce
products takes into consideration the inherent properties
of the materials at hand. Students will explore materials
documenting their findings, while demonstrating an
understanding of issues such as malleability, conductivity,
resilience, response to pressure, elasticity and material
memory and the suitability of material to desired function.
Compositions – working with mixed materials; understanding
how they work independently and in conjunction with each
other will also be investigated. 0 Credits
DS210WS Materials and Properties (Workshop II): Fibre &
Plastics)
7 Weeks - Semester 2
Working with various materials to produce products/designs,
takes into consideration the inherent properties of the
materials at hand while demonstrating an understanding
of issues such as malleability, conductivity, resilience,
response to pressure elasticity and material memory
suitability of material to desired function. Compositions –
working with mixed materials; understanding how they work
independently and in conjunction with each other. The foci
of these workshops are to enable students to understand the
applicability of choice of material for end products/design
ideas. 0 Credits.
VISUAL COMMUNICATION DEPARTMENT
VC200A Visual Communication IA
This course is an introduction to basic layout and typography
as the fundamental language to graphic communication.
Students build on the ability to manipulate visual content to
create derivative form. Issues of hierarchy, audience, context
and research are investigated and applied.
VC200B Visual Communication IB
Part 2 of the year long course Visual Communication. Students
continue learning layout and typography as the fundamental
language to graphic communication. Students continue to
build on the ability to manipulate visual content to create
derivative form. Issues of hierarchy, audience, context and
research are investigated and applied.
VC203A Illustration I
This course will concentrate on individual solutions to
illustration assignments while considering communications
on a broad scale. Emphasis is on concept, content and
execution. Students explore media, technique and printing
applications and develop the skillful handling of these.
VC203B Illustration II
Students learn all aspects of producing illustrations from
initial concept to finished artwork. Students are encouraged
to develop mastery of composition and draughtsman-ship
and to find creative solutions considering tonal contrast and
colour harmony.
VC206 Design Procedure for Graphics (Workshop)
This course will cover the equipment, materials, techniques
and procedures required in a graphic design studio to
produce everything from layouts to mechanical and prepress
electronic art. Emphasis is placed on the use of the computer
as well as traditional techniques. 0 Credits.
VC303 Digital Design IA (Workshop)
This course will introduce the creative processes, methods,
strategies and tools used in developing concepts and final
designs for various forms of media distribution. Along with
understanding these technical approaches, students will also
attempt to explore the psychological implications of these
processes by investigating the role of the designer as an
active agent of change and the impact of new technological
developments on society and culture. 0 Credits.
321
VC304 Digital Design IB (Workshop)
7 Weeks – Semester 2
Digital Design is about developing a wide range of skills
necessary for the designer of the future -from traditional
graphic design and visual communication processes and
procedures to interactive or web design, motion design, and
video production. Digital Design is essential in knowing which
kind of creative or design solution is best for a project. This
course focuses on digital images and web design. 0 Credit.
VC30IA Graphic Design IA
This course will concentrate on the basic symbol development
through a creative problem solving for complex concepts.
The idea is for student to learn to present a visual message
that is clear, stylistically beautiful and memorable.
VC301B Graphic Design IB
This course will concentrate on the design of all categories of
print media from postage stamps to posters, brochures, book
covers etc. The idea is for student to learn to present a visual
message that is clear, stylistically beautiful and memorable.
VC302A Illustration III
This course will concentrate on individual solutions
to advanced illustration problems while considering
communications on a broad scale.
VC303B Illustration IV
This course provides the opportunity to develop a personal
style of illustration supported by examination of historical
trends.
VC306A Design with Type
This course will cover execution of lettering for reproduction.
The computer will be used to introduce basic principles of
typography design and type setting.
VC307B Calligraphy
This course involves the study of alphabets and their
characteristics. The general principles of layout, spacing,
balance and contrast are emphasized. Tools and materials,
letterforms, using pen, brushes and useful processes
are studied. Projects include alphabet designs, posters,
letterheads, greeting cards, illustrated poems, and certificates
etcetera.
VC308A Method & Media 1B
This course will introduce students to the work of ten highly
acclaimed international illustrators. Students will be shown
how each illustrator achieves his or her technique and will
complete an illustration using a method from each.
VC308B Method & Media IB
A variety of mediums such as conte crayons, scratchboard,
acrylic, linoleum, collage, pen and ink, watercolour and
marker rendering will be employed in the execution for
various illustrations.
VC310A Packaging Design
This is a study of packaging graphics and 3D design with
emphasis on a variety of products. Packages are analyzed and
positioned from a marketing point of view. Students develop
visual graphics and colour schemes suitable for individual
products. Typical projects include export oriented food and
cosmetic products from Jamaica and the Caribbean region.
VC311B Exhibition and Display Design
The elements of thematic display and exhibition design
in commercial and institutional arenas are examined.
Professional growth in conceptual ability, ideology and skills
development is stressed. Students design visual presentations
and develop techniques for varied applications, learning
materials sourcing, graphics, merchandise, budget planning
and installation factors.
VC312A 2D Computer Design
This course explores 2-dimensional imaging on an
intermediate to advanced level. Projects involve digital
painting, drawing and image manipulation, with an emphasis
on output issues and presentation.
VC313B 3D Modeling
This course introduces students to the basic principles of
building 3-dimensional objects and environments with
a computer, looking at issues of modeling techniques,
rendering, lighting and colour. Concepts of 3-dimensional
space and geometrical transformation are reviewed.
VC314A Interactive Media
This course introduces students to the principles of interactivity
in computer media. Students combine dimensional imaging,
graphics authoring as well as audio and video technology for
achieving interactivity from multiple source media. Interface
design and scripting tools are covered.
VC315B Comic Book Illustration
This course introduces students to the world of comic book
design and illustration. Students are introduced to the styles
and techniques as well as the communicative structure of
comic books. The historical underpinning is also examined.
322
VC316A 3D Animation
This course introduces students to the basic aspects
of designing and producing a 3-dimensional computer
animation. It is assumed that students are already familiar
with all basic modeling techniques. Students will develop
storyboards in terms of clarity of meaning, camera motion
and rendering techniques. Key frame and interpolation
techniques are covered thoroughly. Students will be required
to complete a short animated piece, one-minute long story.
Prerequisite - 3D Modeling.
VC345B Design Internship
This course aims to expose the student to real world projects
and a real world environment. Students will be placed within
a Design Firm or Advertising Agency and work alongside
experienced designers and art directors for one day a week.
It is in this environment that they will learn to balance
quality and cost, as well as learning the true importance
of a deadline. This Design Internship will not only offer the
students real world experience but they will also participate
in a Production Internship at a press or media house.
VC343E Communication Advertising Seminar
This course introduces students to the various aspects
involved in communicating an idea. The course covers or
starts from the client with the product through to the various
processes involved in reaching the consumer. The focus is
on Marketing, Advertising and Public Relations. The role and
function of the Creative Director, Senior Art Director, Artist/
Designer, Production Manager and production Houses are
also looked at.
VC401A Independent Study IA
VC401B Independent Study IB
the project in depth with the examiners and be able to put into
concise language, the concepts and ideas involved. Students
are expected to use the Research Methods II course to conduct
research to develop their ideas for their Independent Study
projects. The research paper for Research Methods II should
be related to the Independent Study.
in the use of CAD software packages. Topics include
CAD hardware, geometric modeling, rendering, and an
introduction to computer numerical control (CNC) machining
and rapid prototyping technology (RPT).
PHOTOGRAPHY DEPARTMENT
PP202A Studio Photography
This course will introduce students to the fine art and
commercial practice of Studio Photography, and its history.
It will be the first intensive course detailing the profound
potential of the controlled environment in which light is
manipulated to define the subjects and conceptions of the
artist. Emphasis will be placed on the relationship of process
to concept through critical engagement with works of selected
artists. Students will be introduced to the environment and
methodology of the photography studio. Areas to be covered
include backdrop systems; camera formats from digital single
lens reflex through digital medium format and large format
cameras. The art of lighting, existing light, continuous light
and flash/strobe lights will be an area of focus. Through a
process of investigation students will develop work based on
their conceptual concerns. This introductory course in the
art of lighting and photography studio use and function will
serve them well in careers in the field
PP200A Intermediate Photography
This course provides students with the opportunity to expand
on the basic knowledge acquired in the introductory course.
Further exploration of the camera use and darkroom is
encouraged. Prerequisite: Introduction to Photography
323
PP201B Introduction to Alternative Processes
This course will introduce students to the processes, the art, as
well as to the history of alternative processes in photography.
Students will be exposed to the ways in which historical
processes are utilized and integrated with contemporary
processes such as digital imaging. The course will focus on
early photographic processes, image transfer processes, as
well as photomontage, Photoshop and image projection. A
number of these processes are considered alternative as they
are not conventionally utilized in mainstream image making
and many utilize processes that were some of the foundations
of photographic image making.
PP203E Seminar: Alternative Imaging
0 Credits – Either Semester
Alternate Imaging will establish a process of building layers of
all kinds with the photographic print and other materials in
creative ways. Students will begin to explore in studio hands
on processes of assembling and adhering. Images will include
digital and or traditional photographic prints merged with
methods of printmaking, drawing, collaging, painting and
the very old encaustic [hot wax] layering. Social, political,
religious, and personal issues can be explored and expressed
through the use of Alternative Imaging. Alternative Imagery
is a multi-disciplinary art form and will be considered an
amalgamated working experience between departments.
PP300B The Constructed Image
This course will introduce students to a new perspective in
their conception and practice of photography. Traditional
pedagogy in regards to the medium propagates a modernist
bias in favour of straight photographic representation of
primarily external realities. Students will be instructed in
the methods and execution of conceptually based image
making. The constructed image involves the scripting,
sketching, visualizing and ultimately creating images that are
pure expressions of the artists and not merely the recorder,
the documenter This course will examine the aesthetic,
philosophical and practical aspects of working in this mode
PP205B Introduction to Photojournalism
Students will be introduced to using digital SLR camera systems
to cover various photojournalism assignments such as breaking
news, general news events, sports and features. Students
will be exposed to writing skills pertinent to the practice of
photojournalism. The history of photojournalism will also be a
key factor, as students will be made aware of ethical and legal
issues in photojournalism, and the risk and trauma associated
with photojournalism.
PP301A Photography Open Lab I
This course facilitates the exploration of photography from a
multi-disciplinary perspective, with emphasis on developing
personal visual language.
PP301B Photography Open Lab II
Students continue exploration of the multi-disciplinary
possibilities of photography, developing a body of work which
explores issues of personal concern.
PP302A Advanced Still Photojournalism
Students will develop their visual storytelling knowledge
and technical skills necessary to produce multiple stillimage photo stories. They will learn how to create, research,
develop shoot, edit and layout major photo stories for
print and on-line formats as well as the exhibition gallery.
Students will examine: Feature writing and captioning for
photo stories, the 21st century photojournalism market
and industry; the paradigm shift from print to web-based
journalism, independent journalism and citizen journalism;
contemporary photojournalism practices; the place of
photojournalism in the gallery and the effect of images on
society.
PP303B Multimedia Documentary Journalism
This course introduces students to the basics of multimedia,
web-based visual storytelling, using still images, audio and
video to produce documentaries. These are necessary skills
and experience required to be a 21st century photojournalist,
using both still and video cameras. Students will be taught
how to use equipment and software to create and produce
a variety of online visual stories, whether documentary,
narrative or editorial.
PP304A Museum Photo Studies
This course is designed to encourage students to take an
active interest in the collections and documentation of
images to be used as historical evidence for the Institute
of Jamaica and similar types of institutions. The objective
is to research, visit and document historical sites, maps,
artefacts, objects that are vestiges of religion, slavery and the
vernacular. This course, under the guidance of the Institute
of Jamaica history department, will also include cataloguing,
storage and exhibition. Students will conduct site visits to
selected museums, and interact with museum professionals.
Museum staff will also deliver lectures on the role of object/
image documentation in collections management, and issues
related to Visual Display and Representation.
PP308B Products, Designs & Consumers
An industry-based course that introduces the photographer
to the needs of the clients in terms of the look and design
of the subject, and how it will be used in the final product.
This course incorporates studies of commercial photography
with emphasis on a variety of products and markets. Projects
are analyzed and positioned from a marketing point of
324
view. Students develop visual graphics and colour schemes
suitable for individual products. Students design projects
and develop techniques for varied applications, learning
materials sourcing, graphics, merchandise, budget-planning
and installation factors. The course will give students the
opportunity to interact directly with professionals in the field.
PP305A Commercial Photography I - Fashion & Lifestyle
While designed to explore the commercial aspects of
portraiture, fashion & glamour photography students must
also consider the relations and needs of the clients, models
and designers who are also critical to the image making
process.
This course will examine products and issues of ethics.
Discussions and projects will also drive students to
investigate and critically analyze the use of imagery and how
photographic artists can apply their creative, technical, and
conceptual skills to commercial photographic applications to
evoke particular sensory reactions. The creating of a dynamic
portfolio influenced by commercial applications such as
editorial and studio or location photography will be explored.
Student will also be sensitized to development in and
appreciation of the breath of opportunities within commercial
business practices shooting strategies for creating a dynamic
portfolio.
PP306B Commercial Photography II – Advertising
Photography
In this course issues of studio management will be discussed
as it relates to the independent photographer. While the
course is designed to explore the commercial aspects of
portraiture, fashion & glamour, students must also consider
the relations of managing their studio practice and pursuing
multiple projects. By engaging the student in multiple projects
simultaneously provides the simulation of a real-world
working approach particularly for the media. This component
will be heavily project based with continued attention to
ethical issues and critical analysis to image making and
content. The building of a dynamic portfolio influenced by
commercial editorial applications will be developed.
PP206SE Photography Seminar 1
This course introduces students to the history and
contemporary practice of photography in Jamaica, from
Duperly to contemporary practitioners. It also examines
the work of selected artists in North America, Germany
and South Africa focusing on the relationship of context to
the development of the work. Major conceptual shifts in
contemporary photography such as the staged tableau and
video portraiture are also explored. This seminar course will
be interactive and encourages students to critically engage
with works through dialogue.
In class discussions students will examine the conceptual
and formal framework of specific works. The seminar will be
offered to students across disciplines, but is mandatory for
students in Year 2 Photography.
PP204WS Staged Photography in Contemporary Art 7 Weeks - 1 Semester
(Required for students in New Media & Process I)
This course introduces students to staged photography
through the examination of the work of Afro-American/
Caribbean artist Renee Cox, and white South African artist
Pieter Hugo, as well as others. Students will be introduced
to the photographic portrait and staged tableau in
contemporary photographic practice, and will reference the
work of artists such as Richard Avedon, Cindy Sherman, Jeff
Wall, Phillip Lorca di Corcia, Yinka Shonibare, Oneil Lawrence,
Marvin Bartley, and Marlon James. This seminar course will
be interactive and encourages students to critically engage
with works through dialogue. In class discussions students
will examine the conceptual and formal framework of
specific works. The seminar will be offered to students across
disciplines, but is mandatory for students in New Media and
Process I. 0 Credits.
PP203SE Alternative Imaging Seminar
7 Weeks -1 Semester
Alternate Imaging will establish a process of building layers of
all kinds with the photographic print and other materials in
creative ways. Students will begin to explore in studio hands
on processes of assembling and adhering. Images will include
digital and or traditional photographic prints merged with
methods of printmaking, drawing, collaging, painting and
the very old encaustic (hot wax) layering. Social, political,
religious, and personal issues can be explored and expressed
through the use of Alternative Imaging. Alternative Imagery
is a multidisciplinary art form and will be considered an
amalgamated working experience between departments. 0
Credits
DRAWING COURSES
DR100E Drawing I
This course aims to develop students’ observational and
recording skills through drawing; the depiction of form,
space and light through the exploration of expressive markmaking using a variety of approaches and materials. Practical
techniques such as measuring for proportion, perspective
and formatting for the pictorial plane will be investigated
using a broad range of subject matter. Students will be
encouraged to view the process of drawing as a development
of a personal visual language.
325
DR101E Drawing II
Further development of students’ observational and
recording skills through drawing is facilitated. Students
engage in the investigation of form, space and light through
the exploration of expressive mark making using a variety of
approaches and materials. Application of practical techniques
such as measuring for proportion, perspective and formatting
for the pictorial plane will be investigated using a broad range
of subject matter. Students will be encouraged to view the
process of drawing as a development of a personal visual
language.
DR200A Life Drawing
The human figure, its positions, movement, relationship to
the environment, will be thoroughly studied from the life
model. Anatomy will be introduced and the discipline of
building a drawing through stages will be emphasized.
DR200B Drawing from Observation
This course introduces the analytical and expressive drawing
of objects. From lighting, spatial relationship and other
techniques are investigated. Students begin to develop
fluency in drawing and start to pursue a personal approach.
DR202E Anatomy of the Human Figure
Students will study the human skeleton, - anterior and
posterior view - using diagrams and reference to the actual
human skeleton. Students will build on this by studying the
superficial muscles of the body, front view and rear view, of
the arms, hands and legs front and rear view. The names of
the important superficial muscles will be part of the study
and annotated drawings will be required of the front and rear
torso as well as arms hands legs and feet. The study of the
anatomy of the human figure will be supported by drawing
form the live model throughout the course and therefore
their knowledge of what appears on the surface and contours
of the life model. This may also be applied in other media
such as sculpture, painting illustration etc wherever the
human figure is the subject.
TF207A Fashion Illustration I
The ability to illustrate a concept is the most basic tool of
the designer’s portfolio. This course is an introduction to
illustrating the fashion figure. Understanding how to draw
the clothed figure in a variety of poses which emphasize
the garment is an advantage for any designer who is trying
to communicate their ideas. The exaggerated proportions
of the fashion figure have become synonymous with
fashion illustration. In this course students will explore an
exaggeration of the proportions of the human figure in order
to create the female, male and child fashion figures.
TF207B Fashion Illustration II
Emphasis will be placed on illustrating patterns and textures
in fabric, garment details and accessories. This course
proposes experimentation as a means of determining
which medium and approach can best express a particular
fashion concept. Familiarization with different media will
ultimately bring a more confident approach to the student’s
work. Exploring different media will be encouraged also as
a means of developing their individual skills and styles of
illustration. This component will also introduce students to
drawing “flats” and “specs” which are an integral part of the
storyboards used in Portfolio Collection Development.
AE212A Issues in Drawing and Painting IA
visual arts in the disciplines of drawing and painting and
their relationship to visual representation. Students will
be encouraged to see drawing and painting as related
disciplines, with drawing as both the initial, immediate
tool for expression of ideas as well as an end in itself, and
painting as an expressive medium which is linked to drawing.
Students will investigate the human figure and its potential
for expressing ideas, as well observational drawing and
painting as a vehicle for developing personal visual language.
Emphasis will be placed on introducing students to a range of
technical and conceptual approaches to drawing and painting
through which they can develop their understanding of visual
representation.
AE212B Issues in Drawing and Painting IB
This course is a continuation of the exploration of drawing
and painting issues. It will focus on the exploration of
painting media and processes, and will examine the context
and practice of the visual arts in the disciplines of drawing
and painting and their relationship to visual representation.
Emphasis will be placed on introducing students to a range of
technical and conceptual approaches to drawing and painting
through which they can develop their understanding of visua
representation. Through the investigation of developments
in contemporary art, referencing of current literature
and exposure to a broad range of visual culture related to
contemporary practice, students will develop a body of
work which is informed by their research and discussions.
Emphasis will be placed on the inter-disciplinary nature of
art.
DR201A Issues in Drawing IA
This drawing course will promote the use of contemporary
practices found in drawing today. Emphasis will be placed
on exploring alternative concepts and methodology through
drawing. Experimentation will play an integral role in the
326
development of alternate concepts and students will be
encouraged to work quickly and sequentially thereby
enabling them to understand and develop their own process
through drawing.
DR201B Issues in Drawing IB
This drawing course is a continuation of Issues in Drawing
I. Students will continue to explore contemporary practices
in drawing through their own explorations, and will develop
a series of related works which explore personal issues and
visual language..
DR300A Issues in Drawing IIA
The status of drawing has been elevated from that of
preliminary stage of painting to having its own place in fine
art. During the middle ages drawings were commonly done as
standard designs previous to the final work. Contemporary
drawing often borrows from traditional techniques however
it frequently crosses over into other related disciplines such
as mixed media and print, sometimes devoid of realistic
representations of the subject all together.
DR300B Issues in Drawing IIB
The status of drawing has been elevated from that of
preliminary stage of painting to having its own place in fine
art. During the middle ages drawings were commonly done
as standard designs previous to the final work.
Contemporary drawing often borrows from traditional
techniques however it frequently crosses over into other
related disciplines such as mixed media and print, sometimes
devoid of realistic representations of the subject all together.
DR302A Concept Development through Drawing I
The purpose of this course is to aid in the development
of student’s ability to widen their capacity and
conscientiousness of both their environment and the world
they live in. The themes that are given will provide students
with an opportunity to express their individual views in a
unique framework that will reveal new creative approaches,
whether through experiments and through the exploration of
researching other artists in the field.
DR302B Concept Development through Drawing II
The purpose of this course is to further aid in the development
of the students’ ability to see a myriad of possibilities and
outcomes using the expressive qualities of drawing as a
vehicle for personal statement and creative expression
to develop concepts. This course will further aid in the
development of student’s ability to widen their capacity and
conscientiousness of both their environment and the world
they live in. The themes that are given will provide students
with an opportunity to express their individual views in a
unique framework that will reveal new creative approaches,
whether through experiments and through the exploration of
researching other artists in the field.
DR302A Drawing for Design 1
In this course Applied Art students explore the relationship
between drawing and design whether in Ceramic, Jewellery
Textiles or Visual Communication. Students will use various
sources for study, including the figure, the object or simply
free expression.
DR302B Drawing for Design 11
In this course Applied Art students continue to explore the
relationship between drawing and design whether in Ceramic,
Jewellery Textiles or Visual Communication. Students will
use various sources for study, including the figure, the object
or simply free expression.
TF300A Applied Fashion Illustration II
To illustrate concepts is the basic tool for fashion illustrators.
This course follows on from Fashion Illustration 1 and 2, where
students were introduced to basics of illustrating the fashion
figure. They were introduced to drawing the clothed figure in
a number of poses to emphasize garments and accessories,
to the advantage of the designer, and for editorial purposes.
They will now concentrate on the ‘Fashion Industry’ related
illustration. They will learn to create through design and
research, sophisticated and innovative illustrations in various
media for specific and realistic fashion and editorial projects.
TF300B Applied Fashion Illustration II
This course will seek to expand on all areas covered in Fashion
Illustration 1 and 2. The referencing and representation
of specific features as cultural signifiers of the Caribbean
personage from various ethnicities through the use of
colour, the exaggerated figure and scaling will be the core of
this course, providing the avenue to explore and celebrate
the black figure type and other ethnic groupings of the
Caribbean. The development of a deeper understanding of
material culture and its influence on the fashion industry
will be explored. Students will be able to, through further
immersion in illustrative explorations enhance the visual
language of their individual style of fashion illustration as
an art form in itself, drawing in culture, history film and
fine art. Emphasis will be placed on the use of branding,
cultural signifiers, and digital methods to produce Fashion
Illustrations underpinned by a personal design philosophy
through research and cultural references responding to a
variety of editorial projects. It is important that students see
Fashion Illustration as a career pathway to include branding
and identity, design and labelling driven by research and a
grounded personal philosophy.
(Pre Requisite. AFI)
327
VA101A & B Still Life and Figure Drawing I and II
6 Credits -2 Semesters
This course focus will include an investigation of the role of
line, shape, tonal values, and volume in an environment that
encourages your personal creativity. Working from objects
and the figure, students will learn how to estimate shapes,
see relationships and measure proportions. Imagination will
be used to develop visualization skills and create inventive
images.
BACHELOR OF ART EDUCATION (B.A.E.)
GS205A Academic and Professional Writing
This course focuses on providing students with academic
writing skills, with emphasis on enhancing analytical skills.
AE207A Museum Education 2 Credits -1 Semester
This course explores how museums and art galleries can be
used in the Caribbean context to teach art-related subjects,
such as history, geography and sociology. The course starts
with a concise overview of the history of museums and their
functions in modern society, including a review of the main
Caribbean museums and art galleries. Special attention is
paid to the critiques of the traditional museum as an elitist
“temple of culture” that emerged out of the social and
cultural activism of the 1960s and the resulting shifts in
museum practices towards displays and programmes that are
more visitor-oriented, interactive and educationally effective
- the so-called New Museology.
TT106A Voice and Speech for Non Majors 2 Credits - 1 Semester
Through exploration of the natural capacity of the voice, this
course provides the student with a fundamental graspof how
the expressive and communicative potential of the voice and
how it may be may be manipulated. The ability to listen with
care, think and speak with clarity as well as using the voice
persuasively for motivational purposes will be the areas of
focus.
AE212A & B Issues in Drawing and Painting IA & IB 6 Credits -2 Semesters
visual arts in the disciplines of drawing and painting, and the
possibilities for visual representation through drawing and
painting. Students will be introduced to a range of materials,
techniques and processes which facilitate the development
of ideas, and emphasis will be placed on exploring the ways
in which visual language is linked to concepts. Through
the investigation of developments in contemporary art,
referencing of current literature and contemporary practice,
their research and discussions.
AE302A Issues in Drawing and Painting IIA
This course will examine the context and practice of
the visual arts in the disciplines of painting and drawing
and their importance to visual representation. Through
referencing of current literature and exposure to a broad
amplifying and expanding on formal and expressive aspects
of drawing, and the broad range of technical and conceptual
possibilities of painting.
AE302A Issues in Drawing and Painting IIb
This course will further examine the context and practice
of the visual arts in the disciplines of painting and drawing
and their importance to visual representation. Through
referencing of current literature and exposure to a broad
amplifying and expanding on formal and expressive aspects
of drawing, and the broad range of technical and conceptual
possibilities of painting.
BACHELOR OF ART EDUCATION
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION COURSES
AE330A Introduction to Art Education
This course introduces students to the fundamental,
historical and philosophical antecedents that influence
and shapes contemporary art education practices and
theories. Throughout the course students will focus on the
exploration of issues, concepts, theories and philosophies
that influence how we understand art, value art, create art,
and teach art.
AE335A Art Curriculum Development
This course allows students to delineate and examine
important theories, concepts, and events that influence
contemporary art education curriculum development.
Students will examine the events and the historical and
socio-political currents that drive art education curriculum
development in Jamaica making them more cognizant of
the relationship between local and international trends
in curriculum development. Using the local curriculum
standards and guides, students will develop teaching units
that foster learners’ cognitive, social, physical emotional and
perceptual growth.
328
Throughout the course students will discuss the role of
the art specialist; the function of subject matter; the role
methods and materials play in facilitating learning and; the
connection of art education curriculum to other disciplines
and governmental policies.
AE331A Assessment in the Art Classroom 1 Semester – 3 Credits
This course introduces student-teachers to the field of
assessment and the shifts and tension points existing within
the field. Specifically it provides them with opportunities
to explore the idea of learner-centred assessment and to
examine their roles within it. Student-teachers will question
their assumptions about how students learn, the best way
to teach and how to know if teaching has been successful.
Throughout the course students will investigate and apply
diverse approaches to varying assessment situations that
may arise within the classroom. The course is centred in the
philosophy of constructivism and the vision is for student
teachers to become conversant with the principles and the
key concepts of learner-centred assessment and become
empowered to apply these to classroom contexts.
AE330B Research in Art Education I
This course seeks to help the beginning art education
researcher understand research process and practices
and to initiate their preparation for conducting scholarly
research and writing. Students will examine samples
of research in art education, be introduced to research
methods and develop skills in critically analyzing research
in art education. Throughout the course students will
be exposed to the contemporary issues in art and in the
classroom (theoretical, philosophical) the national and
global issues, and the policies that impact the practice of art
education.
AE320B Curriculum: Methods and Media
This course examines the contemporary theories, methods,
media and practices that underpin the learner-centred
art classroom. Such a classroom is grounded in the
understanding that learners are not passive receptors of
knowledge but that they actively construct knowledge in
their attempt to understand the world. In such a learning
environment teacher and student become co-constructors
of knowledge.
AE332A Technology in the Art Classroom I
This course introduces students to technology in the
classroom, exposing them to a wide variety of technological
equipment and their uses in the teaching of art.
AE335A Art Curriculum Development
3 Credits – 1 Semester
This course allows students to delineate and examine
important theories, concepts, and events that influence
contemporary art education curriculum development.
Students will examine the events and the historical and
socio-political currents that drive art education curriculum
development in Jamaica and internationally. This will make
them more cognizant of the relationship between local and
international trends in curriculum development. Using the
local curriculum standards and guides students will develop
teaching units that foster learners’ cognitive, social, physical
emotional and perceptual growth. Throughout the course
students will discuss the role of the art specialist; the function
of subject matter; the role methods and materials play in
facilitating learning and; the connection of art education
curriculum to other disciplines and governmental policies.
AE432B Technology in the Art Classroom II
This course continues to prepare students to perform in
technology enhanced learning environments, with emphasis
on the teaching of art.
AE400 IIA & llB Research in Art Education
6 Credits - 2 Semesters
The course functions as a practicum for collaborative public
projects in the arts. It specifically explores the possibilities
for collaborations between the school and the community
and highlights the cultural negotiations necessary for such
teamwork. Students will collaborate with community
centres, churches, local schools, arts organizations and other
community agents in an effort to engage the community
and affect positive change. Here the trainee art educator
will place his/her artistic and organizing skills at the service
and development of an identified community and learning
is promoted through and in the arts for schools and for the
wider community. Students are challenged to research,
design, present and execute a proposal for a communitybased project that helps to educate and support those
who are interested in developing their talents in the field
of the arts. Examples of such projects could include the
development of after-school programming, innovative arts
integration curriculum and research projects addressing
historical, cultural issues and events that impact the teaching
and learning process. The vision is that through community
based arts research projects, bridges will be created that
unify different people for different reasons and purposes
through the arts. Such efforts will invariably create positive
relationships between the institution and the community.
The project requires the combination of various academic
skills research, teaching, writing, interviewing and design. It is also
a valuable training ground for art teachers to develop skills
in advocacy, to examine community and school relations, to
identify issues, concerns and projects for research.
329
Prerequisite: Research in Art Education I
AE401A & B Independent Study I & ll (Art Education)
6 Credits -2 Semesters
This course examines the contemporary theories, methods,
media and practices that underpin the learner-centered
art classroom. Students should use knowledge gained from
their research in art education as well as teaching practice
experience to develop lessons, visual aids and other
teaching and learning methodologies that demonstrate their
understanding of the issues and trends that influence the field
of curriculum; the characteristics, principles, functions and
limitations of various approaches to visual arts curriculum
development. Prerequisite: Completion of Year 3 courses
AE420E Secondary Student Teaching Practice
This component gives students the opportunity to experience
the role of the teachers through practical application. Each
student is required to complete a minimum of 270 hours of
teaching in this course.
POST GRADUATE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM
IN ART THERAPY
Edna Manley College of Visual Arts offers a Post Graduate
Certificate Program in Art Therapy. All participants who
complete this program will be able to work under the direct
supervision of a Registered Art Therapist (ATR) with a Masters
degree in Art Therapy. These participants will be aware that
only an individual who has completed an approved Masters
Program in Art Therapy and has been suitable registered and
or licensed will have the right to use the term Art Therapist in
reference to their practice. The Art Therapy Program seeks to
provide the individual with an ability to integrate the creative
arts with psychological understanding as a therapeutic
modality. It will allow the participant to obtain theoretical
knowledge and clinical skills to practice art therapy with
clients with diverse physical and psychological issues under
the direct supervision of a registered or licensed Art Therapist.
The Certificate is geared towards Edna Manley Graduates,
Art Teachers, Special Education Teachers, Early Childhood
Educators, Nurses, Social Workers, Psychologists, Speech
and Language Pathologists, Occupational Therapists, Physical
Therapists who wish to integrate the use of art into their
mental health practice.
Individuals who apply and do not have documented evidence
of completing a first degree/study in Studio/Visual Art may
be recommended to complete art courses including Drawing,
Painting, Ceramics and Sculpture as prerequisites for the
individual to enter the program. Students applying to the
program who do not have a trained clinical background will
be expected to complete the following Psychology courses
including Psychology 1 and 2, Theories of Personality,
Developmental and/or Child Psychology,
Abnormal Psychology and Group Dynamics as prerequisites
before the individual enters the program or before the
individual commences the internship process.
The content of the Post Graduate Certificate in Art Therapy
program will be delivered in modules. The course will be
taught in consecutive modules of five weeks in length.
Consecutive modules must be taken sequentially as each
succeeding module builds on the knowledge base of the
previous modules.
ART THERAPY COURSES
AT100A Art Practices for Non Art Majors (Prerequisite)
This course is designed to prepare clinicians who do not hold a
Bachelors or Diploma in Art to receive some basic knowledge
of the field. The course will introduce participants to the field
of Art. Participants will be introduced to various art forms and
develop an appropriate art vocabulary and become familiar
with the methods and materials used to produce art.
AT101A Theories and Practices of Art Therapy
This course is designed to give the student an introduction to
the field of Art Therapy. It will provide an historical overview
of the field which will include the evolution of the field as
more scientific data such as neuroscience has become
available. The students will be made aware of the range of
art therapy modalities and approaches that can be used for
children, adolescents, adults and the elderly.
Prerequisite – AT100 - Art Practices for Non Art Majors
AT102A Professional Ethics in Art Therapy
This course will provide an overview of issues in law and ethics
as it applies to the Art Therapist such as Licensure, values,
legal and ethical responsibilities, malpractice, confidentiality,
and the development of a professional identity. The course
will be offered in a blended manner, that is, both in person
and in the virtual classroom.
Prerequisites – AT100 - Art Practices for Non Art Majors
AT101A - Theories & Practices of Art Therapy
AT001A Child Abuse for the Mandated Reporter
0 credits - 1 semester
This course is designed to equip the participants with the
knowledge and skills needed to recognize child abuse and
neglect; what it is, how to recognize it, how to report it to
the central registry in each parish. Students will learn how
to submit a written report to fulfill the legal duties of being a
mandated reporter. Students will understand that child abuse
and neglect needs to be reported in a timely manner so that
effective intervention by the local authorities can protect the
child and get help for the family.
330
AT002A Elder Abuse for the Mandated Reporter 0 Credits - 1 Semester
This course is designed to equip the participants with the
knowledge and skills needed to recognize elder abuse and
neglect; what it is, how to recognize it, how to report it to
the central registry in each parish. Students will learn how
to submit a written report to fulfill the legal duties. Students
will understand that elder abuse and neglect needs to be
reported in a timely manner so that effective intervention by
the local authorities can protect the elderly and get help for
the family.
AT103B Art Therapy across the Life Span - Children Virtual
Classroom
This course provides an overview of Human Growth and
Development and the Social Environment over the period of
Module III. The course will be taught online. The three-credit
course will be taught over the period of five weeks for nine
hours each week. The course will address normal behaviors at
various developmental stages of the first twelve years of life
and the pathology that might occur when the developmental
tasks are not mastered in an appropriate manner. The various
treatment modalities available for children will be examined.
Students will be able to apply theoretical framework to
assessing and providing interventions for the various stages
of development.
Prerequisites – AT101A Theories & Practices of Art Therapy AT102A Professional Ethics in Art Therapy
AT002A Elder Abuse for the Mandated Reporter
AT104B Art Therapy across the Life Span - Adolescence
Virtual Classroom
Development and the Social Environment over the period
of one Module. The course will be taught online. The
three-credit course will be taught over the period of five
weeks for nine hours each week. The course will address
normal behaviors at various developmental stages of the
second twelve years of life and the pathology that might
occur when the developmental tasks are not mastered in
an appropriate manner. The various treatment modalities
available for adolescents will be examined. Students will
be able to apply theoretical framework to assessing and
providing interventions for the various stages of adolescent
development.
Prerequisites
AT101A Theories & Practices of Art
Therapy AT102A Professional Ethics in Art Therapy
AT002A Elder Abuse for the Mandated Reporter
AT103A Art Therapy Across the Lifespan – Children
AT105B Art Therapy across the Life Span - Adult Virtual
Classroom
Development and the Social Environment over the period
of Module V. The course will be taught online. The threecredit course will be taught over the period of five weeks
for nine hours each week. The course will address normal
behaviors at various developmental stages of the second
twelve years of life and the pathology that might occur
when the developmental tasks are not mastered in an
appropriate manner. The various treatment modalities
available for adults will be examined. Students will be able
to apply theoretical framework to assessing and providing
interventions for the various stages of adult development.
Prerequisites –
AT101A AT102A AT001A AT002A AT103A AT104B Adolescence
Theories & Practices of Art Therapy
Professional Ethics in Art Therapy
Elder Abuse for the Mandated Reporter
Art Therapy Across the Lifespan - Children
Art Therapy Across the Lifespan - AT117B Art Therapy Certificate Internship & Internship
Supervision
The Certificate Program requires two hundred and twentyfive (225) hours of experience under the supervision of a
Registered Masters level Art Therapist. The Internship hours
must be done consecutively. All placements will have a task
supervisor who may or may not be a clinician however the
school will ensure that the students have a clinician who
will provide ongoing supervision. An Art Therapist from
the Faculty will be assigned to the student. Internships are
available in health Care, Early Childhood Settings, Mental
Health, Schools. Each Intern will receive individual and group
supervision.
POST GRADUATE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM
IN ART THERAPY DUAL ENROLLMENT
PROGRAM
BACHELOR’S DEGREE IN ART EDUCATION/
GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN ART THERAPY
The dual enrollment program offers Art Educators additional
skills. These skills will allow them to assume additional roles
as individuals who need to provide mental health support.
They will acquire tools that will allow them to assist clients in
a clinical manner. The program is designed so that individuals
who complete the program will have two sets of skills; one
being an educator and the other as an assistant to a clinician.
Participants who complete the dual program will earn a
Bachelors Degree in Art Education and a Graduate Certificate
331
in Art Therapy. The graduate will be a full professional in
education and they will be eligible to use art in a therapeutic
manner with appropriate supervision.
Students who plan to participate in the Graduate Certificate
Program in Art Therapy must complete the second year of
their degree program in Art Education. Students should
discuss with their advisor their intent to apply for dual
enrollment at the end of their second year. In this way the
use of electives may be used to meet the prerequisites for the
Art Therapy Certificate. The applicants for Dual enrollment
in addition to their Studio Arts courses should have basic
Psychology courses which must include Human Growth and
Development, Developmental or Child Psychology, Abnormal
Psychology and Theories of Personality.
All individuals who are accepted to the Dual Enrollment
Program who have not yet completed the Bachelor’s will
be considered “Advanced Undergraduates” capable to
mastering graduate work. Others who are engaged in
graduate programs must have a letter from their department
giving permission for their participation in the program.
Students who are enrolled in other graduate programs who
do not have permission to participate in the Certificate in
Art Therapy will not be accepted to the program. They must
complete the AT100 Arts Practice for Non Art Majors as a
prerequisite for participating in the Certificate Program.
Individuals who are currently not enrolled in the Bachelors
in Art Education program will submit an Application to the
Certificate Program in Art Therapy when they have completed
– Year I and Year II Requirements for the BS in Art Education.
Students who participate in the Dual Enrollment Program
will be involved in a program that uses five week intensive
modules and distance learning.
Prerequisites –
AT101A AT102A AT001A AT002A AT103A AT104B Adolescence
Theories & Practices of Art Therapy
Professional Ethics in Art Therapy
Elder Abuse for the Mandated Reporter
Art Therapy Across the Lifespan - Children
Art Therapy Across the Lifespan - AT117B Art Therapy Certificate Internship & Internship
Supervision
The Certificate Program requires two hundred and twentyfive (225) hours of experience under the supervision of a
Registered Masters level Art Therapist. The Internship hours
must be done consecutively. All placements will have a task
supervisor who may or may not be a clinician however the
school will ensure that the students have a clinician who
will provide ongoing supervision. An Art Therapist from
the Faculty will be assigned to the student. Internships are
available in health Care, Early Childhood Settings, Mental
Health, Schools. Each Intern will receive individual and group
supervision.
GENERAL STUDIES COURSES
GS100A Fundamentals of English 2 Credits - 1 Semester
The course Fundamentals of English seeks to secure full
tertiary level English competence to ensure success in
all areas of academic and social lives of students. The aim
is to harness all human, technical and on-line resources at
the Edna Manley College to provide individual and whole
group support to all learners. This course is designed to help
students become skilled in reading for meaning, speaking
fluently and writing confidently and coherently in any context.
Use diligent process writing methods and peer revision to
apply grammar and vocabulary confidently and effectively
both in speech and writing Apply comprehension strategies
to critically analyze and synthesize as they use meaning in
printed materials.
GS100B Critical Thinking and Expository Writing
Skills
This course seeks to further develop students’ competencies
in writing beyond a five paragraph expository essays to
writing freely and efficiently on any topic while being guided
by sound principles of efficient expository writing skills
as well as applying the appropriate linguistic resources of
vocabulary, mechanics and grammatical and syntactic skills.
Students will continue to identify author’s themes and
methods, write formally in response to diverse cues, critically
evaluate literary and non literary forms, plan and write with
a purpose that builds an argument towards an overall point
or goal. As critical readers, they will thoughtfully assess the
effectiveness of a text by evaluating the author’s strategies
and intention. Students will, in time, become efficient
and independent readers and authors in their own rights.
Prerequisite – Fundamentals in English
GS101A Introduction to Critical Analysis I 2 Credits - 1 Semester
This course introduces students to critical thinking and
analysis, and encourages students to develop independent
theoretical points of view. Through lectures, class discussions,
video screenings and gallery visits, students will be exposed
to a broad range of visual culture as well as basic concepts
and vocabulary. Emphasis will be placed on discussing and
interpreting art in relation to its historical, social, political,
cultural and personal context.
GS101B Introduction to Critical Analysis II
This course builds on the previously introduced ideas in
the philosophy of art and art analysis and seeks to deepen
the relationship between theory and practice. Students
will continue to analyse some of the major themes in
contemporary critical theory which underpin the production,
distribution and reception of practice in the arts, while
332
searching for practical application to assigned studio tasks.
GS115 The Self: Ethics and Creativity
This course seeks to facilitate the process of self development
and create awareness of the synergistic relationship between
the creative process and personal development of the student.
The emphasis is on holistic development incorporating ethical
and moral development, the process of decision-making and
choices, values clarification and identity.
GS202 A Caribbean Literature I
This course will broaden students’ knowledge and
appreciation of Caribbean authors, dramatists and poets.
Students will compare and contrast different themes and the
development of literary traditions across different islands.
GS202 B Caribbean Literature II
This course exposes students to an overview of writers from
the Caribbean who create in the different genres of literature
and explores the culture of orality that is a foundation stone
of Caribbean writing and the conservation processes and
tools used to preserve them.
GS313A Collections Management and Care
3 Credits- 1 Semester
This course introduces students to the various aspects of
managing collections of historic objects or works of art;
collections care practices, handling, packaging & transporting
objects, methods of preventive conservation, including
pest management and disaster planning. An introduction
to factors, such as light, incorrect temperature and relative
humidity and pollutants that cause deterioration of museum
objects will be provided. Assessment of the environment and
generating methods for minimizing the decay of artefacts
by controlling environmental factors will be explored, along
with aspects of the museum building, building services and
management that affect collections care.
GS300A Research Methods IA
2 Credits- 1 Semester
measurements and instruments are studied. Also explored
are the problems of validity and reliability and the procedures
and methods available for establishing these. Planning,
conducting and presentation of an original research or thesis
are studied through student seminars based on preliminary
research in selected topics. A practical and uniform method
to be followed in the writing and presentation of the research
paper is introduced.
GS300B Research Methods IB
measurements and instruments are studied. Also explored
are the problems of validity and reliability and the procedures
and methods available for establishing these. Planning,
conducting and presentation of an original research or thesis
are studied through student seminars based on preliminary
research in selected topics. A practical and uniform method
to be followed in the writing and presentation of the research
paper is introduced
GS314 Caribbean Dress Studies I: Survey of Caribbean
Textile and Fashion Designers
3 Credits – 1Semester
The course connects both the textiles as well as fashion
designs produced by the Caribbean’s leading producers.
It positions itself as a front seat for the exploration of the
region’s material culture producers – textile and fashion
designers. A framework engaging Caribbean dress aesthetic
through the lens of Caribbean history, cultural studies and
art history is used throughout this course to critically analyze
the final products produced by the designers engaged.
Students are instructed to keep in mind the relevance of
their discussions to the profitable advancement of the
Caribbean Fashion and Textile Industry. Furthermore the
course examines governmental policies that are geared
towards the aim of the profitable development of the
Caribbean Textile and Fashion Industry. Students are
encouraged to identify strategies that can be undertaken by
both the professional textile and fashion designers and the
student designers for the fulfillment of this aim.
GS302A World Literature I
2 Credits - 1Semester
This course provides an opportunity for students to read and
analyze international literary works by writers from Europe,
Africa, Asia and the Americas. This course can be taken at
Levels 2 or 3.
GS302bWorld Literature II
The course is a continuation of World Literature I with a
broadened scope of narratives representing diverse regions.
The human condition becomes a focal interest in the course
with close textual analysis on the different aspects affecting
and shaping the life of the main characters. Consideration is
therefore given to the underpinnings of political, cultural or
psycho-social, gender, class, ethnicity or race issues which
shape and inform the narrative and which provides the
framework for analysis and interpretation. This course can be
taken at Levels 2 or 3.
333
GS201A Psychology I 2 Credits - 1Semester
This course introduces student to general behavioural
development. This course provides an introduction to a
discipline that is growing in popularity as more and more
people become interested in gaining an understanding of
human behavior. The course provides information on a broad
developmental, abnormal, and social psychology.
GS201B Psychology II
This component of Psychology investigates and further
analyzes behavioural psychology as it relates to the cognitive,
development of the individual and further theories on
personality development, growth and development. This
course provides an introduction to a discipline that is growing
in popularity as more and more people become interested
in gaining an understanding of human behavior. The course
provides information on a broad range of topics that illustrate
how and why we think, feel and act by introducing students
to topics within the areas of developmental, abnormal, and
social psychology. Students should be able to appreciate the
similarities and differences among the various approaches to
psychology. Pre-requisite: Psychology I
GS 200a Business of Art and Design I
This course offers students the opportunity to develop an
entrepreneurial approach to their studio practice being
able to employ concepts of business, business practices and
commerce to their development as artists and designers.
They will explore concepts and practices pertinent to the
development of micro and small business enterprises that
are design-led by nature or that are enhanced by their own
creativity. The course takes a ‘concept to market’ approach
allowing students to fully integrate ideas from their studio
practice to developing business/entrepreneurial endeavors.
GS200b Business of Art and Design ll
This course offers students the opportunity to further
develop an entrepreneurial approach to their studio practice
being able to employ concepts of business, business practices
and commerce to their development as artists and designers.
They will explore concepts and practices pertinent to the
development of micro and small business enterprises that
are design-led by nature or that are enhanced by their own
creativity. The course takes a ‘concept to market’ approach
allowing students to fully integrate ideas from their studio
practice to developing business/entrepreneurial endeavors.
Prerequisite: Business of Art and Design I
AE205A Exploring Philosophies in Art Education
This course provides students with an introduction to multiple
ideas of art and artists. It uses the texts of philosophers
and scholars and practicing artists and artistic movements
to reflect on the changing perceptions of the nature and
purposes of art. The class also examines case studies of
artistic controversy or practice in Jamaica to tease out some
of the issues under discussion.
AE205B Exploring Philosophies in Art Education
This course further provides students with an in-depth
exploration to multiple ideas of art and artists. It uses the
texts of philosophers and scholars and practicing artists and
artistic movements to reflect on the changing perceptions of
the nature and purposes of art. The class also examines case
studies of artistic controversy or practice in Jamaica to tease
out some of the issues under discussion.
GS206E Introduction to Philosophy
This course introduces beginners to three definitions of
philosophy, and to examples of these definitions in practice. It
covers issues in logic, aesthetics, metaphysics, epistemology,
ethics and Caribbean philosophy. Designed for students of
the arts, the emphasis is on the critical analysis of life issues
from the perspective of the aspiring artist. The main aim is
to get students to see philosophy as a transformative practice
in society
GS212a Conservation Theory I
This course provides an introduction to the basic theoretical
knowledge on which the field of conservation is based.
Students will explore the history of the field; the decisionmaking processes and ethical considerations involved in
conservation and basic preventative interventions and
treatments.
GS212b Conservation Theory II
This course follows on from Conservation Theory I.
Students will be introduced to a range of materials found in
historic objects and work of art, their processes of and the
conservation processes and tools used to preserve them.
GS215 Philosophies of Design
Students will engage through discourse, research and
integrated readings, the study and exploration of existing
philosophies of design principles, questioning norms and
given assumptions. The Exploration of semiotics within the
varying frameworks of design will also be explored while
investigating what constitutes the basis of our beliefs, objects
within our environment and how they apply to various
disciplines, their use and our interpretation. Our .interaction
334
with these perspectives is paramount in understanding
human interpretation, problem-solving and navigation of our
environment and interactions with each other throughout
history to present, informing our systems of evaluation,
beliefs and practices.
GS400A Research Methods IIA
This course introduces student to the rudiments of writing
a research from data gathering, Preliminary Analysis and
Finalization of research. Individual tutorials and occasional
seminars on specific methodological problems assist
students with the research, writing and presentation of the
final research paper.
GS400B Research Methods IIB
This course provides a guide for students to complete their
final year research paper. In semester II students are expected
to complete their research paper and hand in three bound
copies to the School of Visual Arts. During the course of the
semester students will submit revisions of their entire paper
before the final bound copies.
GS404B Introduction to Caribbean Studies
This course facilitates the examination of the history of the
Caribbean societies and their political and social processes
in relation to the arts generally. It traces the growth of
cultural identity in the region and identifies some of the
roots of current Caribbean problems. Caribbean Studies is a
requirement for the 60 Credit Certificate Programme.
GS466A Principles and Practices of Art Criticism
This course explores the aesthetic concepts central to the
understanding and enjoyment of works of art. The meaning
of concepts used in discussing and the understanding of
iconography and other elements and their expression
particularly in Jamaican Art are studied. Stylistic trends
in Jamaican art, relationships between the visual arts and
other artistic expressions in Jamaica and art as a subjective
experience of artist and viewer.
GS466B Aesthetics: Exploring Philosophies of Art
This course explores the aesthetic concepts central to the
understanding and enjoyment of works of art. The meaning
particularly in Jamaican Art are discussed. Stylistic trends
in Jamaican art, relationships between the visual arts and
other artistic expressions in Jamaica and art as a subjective
experience of artist and viewer.
GS211B Introduction to Curatorial Studies
This course introduces participants to the principles
and practice of contemporary art curatorship, with a
specific emphasis on how these apply to the Anglophone
Caribbean. In particular, it explores how art exhibitions are
developed, from initial concept, research and scripting,
to administration, design, installation and, ultimately,
dismantling and closure, and how curators, by means of
these processes, serve as intermediaries between artists
and audiences. While other curatorial functions, such as
collections management and museum/gallery education,
are also considered, the primary focus is on exhibition
curatorship and, specifically, on exhibitions of contemporary
art. Students are introduced to the main exhibition genres
(the solo exhibition, the retrospective, the survey, the
thematic exhibition, and the biennale); the main purposes
of exhibitions (sales, educational, aesthetic); the different
venues and organizations that typically initiate, facilitate and
host art exhibitions in public and private cultural institutions,
non-profit art spaces and commercial galleries.
ART HISTORY
AH100A History of Art Survey l
This is a survey course that explores selected aspects of Art
History, spanning the period from prehistory to the Middle
Ages. Focus is given to those stylistic periods that have special
relevance to the curriculum. Projects are set which enrich the
programme and aid in the learning of the philosophies and
ideas of different periods in the history of art.
AH100B History of Art Survey II
This is a survey course that explores selected aspects of Art
History, spanning from the Renaissance to Impressionism.
Emphasis is placed on Western Art but comparison is also
made with a range of different cultures, including Asia, the
Middle East, the Americas and Africa. Focus is placed on
styles and their contexts that have special relevance to the
curriculum. Projects are set which enrich the programme and
aid in the learning of the philosophies and ideas of different
periods in the history of art.
AH102E Visuality and the Jamaican Experience
In the Caribbean, visual and performance cultures can have
multiple and often contradictory effects. These cultural forms
can simultaneously be vehicles for personal expression,
means of socialization, or sites for political mobilization.
They can become symbols of cultural solidarity, but they are
also sites where competing and contested stakes in national
culture are fought. From artifacts to contemporary art and
popular styles, this class introduces students to the aesthetic
335
production of visual forms in Jamaica. Moreover, we examine
the use of visual culture in the reclamation and invention
of history and the self-fashioning of racial and national
identities. How do these visual cultural forms shape Jamaican
public discourse and how are they fashioned by them?
How do these forms visually construct/perform/transform
debated identities?
AH202A Introduction to African Art
The course approaches African Art from a non-Western
perspective, investigates the influence of African Art on
Jamaican Art, and looks at the role of the African artist, their
function and importance in society. Sculpture, weaving,
painting, costume, dress symbolisms are all looked at as they
relate to the culture they serve.
AH203B Issues in African Art
The course explores issues related to traditional and
contemporary African Art from a non-western perspective,
with emphasis on continuities in the art of contemporary
Africa and the Diaspora.
AH204A Black British Art
This course introduces students to the art of Black British
artists since the 1950s. It explores the historical parameters
and context of the modern black presence in Britain and
discusses the work of individual artists who have significantly
impacted art in a now multi-racial Britain.
This course introduces students to the work of artists of
the black Diaspora internationally. It explores the historical
parameters and context of the modern Black presence in
urban cities and discusses the work of individual artists
whose work has significantly contributed to the development
of a black art form. The course examines notions of blackness
and a black aesthetic and how such concepts have impacted
the art practice of artists in places such as Europe, USA, Latin
America and the Caribbean. It considers common issues such
as Pan-Africanism, attitudes to race and
AH306A Modern Western Fashion I
The course examines the history of fashion during the 19th
Century with the goal of surpassing the simple chronicles
of dress as culture representation. Students are introduced
to relevant concepts such as purpose of dress, silhouettes,
costuming, classic fashion, style, trends, and identity through
dress. Critical thinking skills are emphasized as students apply
knowledge of historical dress to fashions that are available
today. Students will explore the significant developments in
dress and the specific purposes those developments served.
Additionally, students will examine the unique structure of
Jamaican Fashion as it bridges the gap between historical
and contemporary dress cultures through in-depth design
projects
Modern Western Fashion II
Critical thinking skills are emphasized as students apply
knowledge of historical dress to fashions that are available
today. Students will also explore the significant developments
in fashion and the purposes those developments served. The
course examines the history of fashion during the 20th Century
with the goal of surpassing the simple chronicles of dress as
culture representation. Students are introduced to relevant
concepts such as purpose of dress, silhouettes, costuming,
classic fashion, style, trends, and identity through dress.
AH207A History of Fashion Survey I
The course examines the history
of fashion from Mesopotamia
th
and prehistoric times to 13 Century Europe with the goal
of surpassing the simple chronicles of dress as cultural
representation. Students are introduced to relevant concepts
such as purpose of dress, silhouettes, costuming, classic
fashion, style, trends, and identity through dress. Critical
thinking skills are emphasized as students apply knowledge
of historical dress to dissecting fashions that are available
today, and what significant developments have been made
for specific purposes. Additionally, students will examine the
unique structure of Jamaican Fashion as it bridges the gap
between historical and modern dress cultures.
AH207B History of Fashion Survey II
This course further examines the impact of social influences,
famine war and pestilence, the iconic dress, fine art, the role
of the church and the development of art; the Renaissance.
Further investigations will include the Gothic era, religious
and political turmoil, the advent of the printing press and the
Industrial Revolution.
AH307A Introduction to Material Culture: A Caribbean
Experience
The course explores the complex story of the Caribbean as
revealed by its tangible history. It engages an interdisciplinary
discourse interrogating the appearances, roles and histories
of material culture ranging from art, food, architecture
and dress to religion and indigenous artefacts. Truly
interdisciplinary in nature, this course applies theories
and methods from a broad field of disciplines including
anthropology, archaeology, art history, museum studies
and cultural studies. The students are encouraged to start
thinking critically about the artefacts they encounter on a
daily basis. Additionally, the course focuses on how things
are part of power relations in the Caribbean society and
336
how things are used to both express, contest, reinforce and
undermine power relations based on sex, gender, class, race,
nationality and other forms of oppression and exploitation.
AH300A Pre-Columbian Art History
This course explores the art traditions of a selected number
of Pre-Columbian cultures.
AH300B Latin American Art History
This course surveys modernist trends in Latin American
Art. In particular, it focuses on the populist mural tradition
and the influence of the Mexican aesthetic in the 19th and
20th centuries; the reassessment of the Latin American
identity to accommodate European, African and Amerindian
contributions; and emergence of more socially motivated
art concerned with politics and dictatorships from the 1930s
through to the present.
AH301A Caribbean: Cultural Production and Social
Information in the British
West Indies 1660 – 1860
Through the various types of cultural media produced
between 1660 and 1860 (maps, architecture, painting,
engraving, sculpture, lithographs, ceramic and silverware),
this course provides an overview of the complex and dynamic
interplay between historical events, politics, economic
interests and aesthetic production as shown by the visual
body of artwork commissioned and created by Britons and
their English-speaking Caribbean colonists during the period
1660-1860.
AH302B Re-reading the Caribbean
Re-reading the Caribbean: Theories, Geographical Definitions
and Discussions concerning a Caribbean Poetics Discourse.
A course that introduces students to theories, geographical
definitions and discussions concerning a Caribbean Poetics
and Aesthetic in modern Jamaican and Caribbean Art c. 1900
–2000.
AH200A Modern Western Art I
This course introduces students to the development
and context of Modern Western Art from Realism to
Postmodernism and to place it in a context concurrent with
developments in Jamaican and Caribbean Art.
AH200B Modern Western Art II
This course examines developments in Modern Western Art
after World War II. Emphasis will be placed on Postmodernism
and issues related to contemporary practice.
AH206B History of Jamaican Dress & Fashion Industry
The course examines the history of the Jamaican dress
from the period of enslavement to present day with the
goal of surpassing the simple chronicles of dress as culture
representation. Students are introduced to relevant terms
uch as dress, costume, fashion, style, identity and industry.
Critical thinking skills are emphasized as students apply
cultural studies narratives to interrogate arguments of race,
gender, hegemony and identity to the history of Jamaican
dress. Additionally, students will examine the unique
structure of the Jamaican Fashion Industry as it acts as the
vehicle for the nation’s dress cultures.
AH201A Modern Jamaican Art
This course familiarizes students with the development and
context of Jamaican and Caribbean Art of the 20th Century.
AH201B Modern Caribbean Art
In this course students examine issues related to the
development of contemporary art practice in Jamaica and
the Caribbean.
AH209 History of Design – The Industrial Revolution
Inherent in this course is the presentation in varied formats
of specific developments of the move from a dominantly
craft-oriented existence to the age of mechanisation and
manufacturing processes and replication. The adaptability
of designs through the ages and the reworking and reapplication of re-defined thoughts of needs that has prompt
divergent thinking and historical creative development of
our environment and possibilities for the future will be
explored. Covering the development of the poster in visual
communication, mechanisation, interior and furniture design
are critical to understanding the evolution of design.
AH201History of Design from the Arts and Craft Movement
to Bauhaus and Beyond
The understanding of the history and evolution of design
through the centuries will provide students with a broader
understanding of design and how they can internalise discuss
and position themselves within the inter-related nexus of
design and fine art. Students should not isolate the evolution
of needs, functionality and aesthetics but over time learn
to integrate those needs as a valid system of reinterpreting
and redefining the history of design through contemporary
approaches. A thorough investigation into the development
and use of 2dimensional, 3dimensional aspects of design
across select Eastern and Western Cultures will provide
context for interrogation.
337
AH101A Looking at Art I
This course is designed to develop insight and appreciation
of different art forms, widening the artistic horizon of the
student and developing critical abilities and art vocabulary.
AH101B Looking at Art II
This course continues the examination of art forms and
practice with emphasis on
UWI/EMC Open Choice Courses
LEVEL I
VA18A Life Drawing I
In this course, the model is used as a reference to approach
the study of shape, form and space in terms of line, tone and
volume. The element of balance and proportion as well as
individual and expressive approach to the figure by combining
media in unusual ways is encouraged. Prerequisite: None
VA18B Aspect of Drawing
of objects. Form lighting, spatial relationship and other
fluency in drawing and start to pursue a personal approach,
and line from objects. Visits to a number of off-campus
locations are done. Prerequisite: None
VA19C Art and Process
(Introduction to Critical Analysis)
To broaden students’ understanding of the process by which
art is produced, and to introduce students to contemporary
approaches to Art. Prerequisite: None
VA154 Introduction to Photography
This course introduces the student to black and white
photography both from a technical viewpoint and towards
a personal vision. Basic rules of composition, aesthetic
qualities of the print and self expression are all important.
Students also learn the technical aspects of darkroom and
camera functions. Prerequisite: None
VA19A History of Art Survey l
3 Credits -1 semester The Art and Architecture of Prehistory. Antiquity and the
Middle Ages
Prerequisite: None
VA19B History of Art Survey ll
3 Credits - 1 semester From the Renaissance to Romanticism in European Painting
and Sculpture
This survey course explores selected aspects of art history
of specific relevance to the curriculum, spanning the period
from prehistory to the 19th century. The course seeks to
equip students with a good basic understanding to the main
conceptual, thematic, stylistic and technical developments in
the selected periods and cultures, placed in a broader cultural
and historical context. While structured as a conventional
survey, the course also provides a critical perspective on
Western art-historiography. This course can be taken on
Tuesdays or Wednesdays. Prerequisite: History of Art Survey
I
VA160 Entrepreneurial Skills for Artists & Designers
business and commerce to students of art.
Prerequisite: None
VA161 Printmaking I 6 Credits - 2 Semesters
This course introduces students to working with machines
and tools and the process of impression and edition making.
Students will receive instruction in wood-printing in black
and white and colour, as well as in the ancient technique of
paper printing.
Prerequisite: None
LEVEL II
VA21C Life Drawing II
The human figure, its positions, movement, relationship to
the environment, will be thoroughly studied from the model.
Anatomy will be introduced and the discipline of building a
drawing through stages will be emphasized.
Prerequisite: None
VA21D Drawing from Observation
of objects. From lighting, spatial relationship and other
fluency in drawing and start to pursue a personal approach,
and line from objects. Visits to a number of off-campus
locations are done. Prerequisite: None
VA254 Intermediate Photography 6 Credits - 2 Semesters
This course provides students with the opportunity to expand
on the basic knowledge acquired in the introductory course.
Further exploration of the camera use and darkroom is
encouraged.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Photography
338
VA202 Printmaking II 6 Credits - 2 Semesters
The relief printmaking techniques of collography and
woodcut are studied as well as experimental printmaking
using embossing, mono-printing, found object printing and
mixed media printing. Proper use and cleaning of equipment
is emphasized and technical skill is stressed. Prerequisite:
None
VA203 Introduction to Silkscreen Printing I
Students are introduced to basic silkscreen printing techniques
and the application of the medium to commercial design and
printing. Students are also encouraged to develop their own
individual style of design for expression. Prerequisite: None
VA20B Latin American Art
This course investigates a case study of the Mexican Muralist,
with particular reference to the emergence of the Mexican
aesthetic in the part of the 19th centuries, specifically the
work of Rivera, Siguerios and Orozco. Prerequisite: None
VA20A Pre-Columbian Art
This survey course in non-western art will expose students
to artistic tradition of Meso-American and Andean regions of
ancient America.
VA20H Introduction to African Art 1
This course approaches African Art from a Non-Western
perspective, investigates the influence of African Art on
Jamaican Art and looks at the role of the African artist, their
function and importance in the society. Sculpture, weaving,
painting, costume dress symbolism are all looked at as they
relate to the culture they serve. Prerequisite: None
VA20L Issues in African Art
This course explores issues related to traditional and
contemporary African Art from a non-western perspective,
with emphasis on continents in the art of contemporary
Africa and the diaspora. Prerequisite: None
VA204 Arts Administration l 6 Credits -2 Semesters
(See timetable for Organizational Structure and Arts
Administration l &ll) This course includes examining policy
development in a political and social context, the finance and
marketing of arts events and comparison between the arts in
the English-speaking Caribbean and other territories in the
region. Prerequisite: None
VA26C Modern Western Art I
This course familiarizes students with the development of the
origin of Modernism. Prerequisite: None
VA26D Modern Western Art II
This course introduces students to the development of Art
from Modernism to Postmodernism looking at its influences
in contemporary art in Jamaica and the Caribbean region.
Prerequisite: Modern Western Art I
VA37B Printmaking IIIB - Lithography
This course shows a new type of surface printing. The students
are introduced to black and white lithography, making images
through different procedures: pencil, gouache, pen and ink,
collage etc. Prerequisite: None
LEVEL III
VA20F Principles and Practices of Art Criticism
This course explores the aesthetics concepts central to the
understanding and enjoyment of works of art, the meaning
particularly in Jamaican Art; stylistic trends in Jamaican
Art, relationships between the visual arts and other artistic
expressions in Jamaica and art as a subjective experience of
artist and viewer. Prerequisite: None
PM204B Introduction to Silkscreen Printing II.
This course is a continuation of Silkscreen Printing I. Students
are encouraged to develop personal imagery and to move
towards producing fine art silkscreen prints. Students are
also introduced to photographic silkscreen. Prerequisite:
Introduction to Silkscreen Printing I
VA20G Aesthetics: Exploring Philosophies in Art
This course explores the aesthetics concepts central to the
understanding and enjoyment of works of art, the meaning
particularly in Jamaican Art; stylistic trends in Jamaican
Art, relationships between the visual arts and other artistic
expressions in Jamaica and art as a subjective experience of
artist and viewer. Prerequisite: None
VA30A Modern Jamaican Art 1
This course familiarizes students with the development of
Jamaican Art of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: None
VA30B Modern Caribbean Art
This course familiarizes students with the development of
Caribbean Art of the twentieth Century. Prerequisite: None
VA304 Concept Development through Drawing
In this course students will be encouraged to investigate and
pursue individual concerns using drawing as an investigating
tool and a means of study and analysis, important to the
process of concept building.
VA37A Printmaking IIIA - The Intaglio Print
This course introduces knowledge of the technique of printing
from metal, the development of the hollow printing and the
use of varnishes, acids and resins to print images in black and
white. Prerequisite: None
339
VA307 Arts Administration II 6 Credits - 2 Semesters
This course examines the link between policy and
implementation. How theory and practice combine to
produce strategies for delivery of the arts product in the
creative/cultural industries. It also provides for hands-on
experience in arts and culture organization.
Prerequisite: Arts Administration I
VA308 Advance Photography 6 Credits - 2 Semesters
This course sets out to equip students with skills necessary
to produce quality photographic images. The students will
be expected to develop their technical skills alongside the
artistic composition component in order to express their
personal interpretation of their chosen subject matter. The
emphasis of the course will be on fine art photography.
VA309 Digital Imagery 6 Credits- 2 Semesters
This course is software driven. Adobe Photoshop programme
is used as an artist’s tool to solve basic design problems and
create original, innovative work. Emphasis is on exploring
the visual elements inherent in good design. Students are
encouraged to use personal imagery. Prerequisite: None
ELECTIVES
FL100LE Time-based Media Semester
This course introduces students to the various time-based
mediums and learning methods of analyzing various
examples. This course is based on creating projects which
relate to works which have been screened as well as concepts
discussed in lectures and workshops. Students will learn to
work collaboratively and individually to create projects using
major industry software such as Flash MX and Photoshop.
Examples of works in the following categories such as film,
photography, animation, video art, interactive art/websites,
and motion design will be screened and there will be exposure
to non-linear video editing, sound recording and editing. The
works screened will be from various sources in visual culture
and the course is designed to allow students to link idea and
practice with what is happening in the industry and fine art.
FACULTY
Peter Omal
M.A. (Art Education), Ohio State University;
Post Graduate Diploma in Education - University of
Technology
M.I.S (Management Information System) UCC
Dip. (Visual Communication) School of Visual Arts; Edna
Manley College
Full Time
Miriam Hinds
Director
M.A. (Textiles & Fashion) Winchester School of Art,
University of Southampton, UK;
Post-Graduate Diploma in Education,
University of Technology, Jamaica
Post-Graduate Diploma,
Industrial Textile Application, L’Ecole des Beaux Arts,
Mulhouse Alsace France
Diploma Textiles and Fibre Arts, Edna Manley College
Paula Daley
Assistant Director,
Head of Department;
Sculpture Department
Post – Graduate Diploma in Education, Edna Manley College
of the Visual and Performing Arts
M.F.A. Maryland Institute College of Art; Diploma (Painting),
Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts;
School of Visual Arts Diploma (Sculpture), Edna Manley
College of the Visual and Performing Arts; School of Visual
Arts College
Omari Ra
Head of Fine Arts Department,
Head of Painting Department
M.F.A. University of Massachusetts; (pending) Certificate
(Painting) Edna Manley College
Robert Archer
Post Graduate Diploma (Pending)
B.F.A, Graphic Design
Diploma (Graphic Design), Jamaica School of Art, Certificate,
Netherlands, GNBC
Oswald Mattis
Head of Department; Visual Communication Department
M.Sc. (Communication Design) Pratt University;
Diploma (Graphic Design) Jamaica School of Art
Petrina Dacres,
Head of Department,
Art History, Department
Ph.D. Emory University USA,
B.A, Cornell University USA
Donette Zacca
Head of Department
Photography Department
M.F.A. (Studio Art / Art Education), Maryland Institute
College of Art, USA;
Diploma (Graphic Design & Art Education), Jamaica School
of Art
Claudia Hucke
Ph.D. MA. (Art History),
University of Hamburg, Germany
Israel Delmonte
MFA (Painting), BFA (Painting), Cuba
Richard Griffith
BSc. Computer Animation
Full Sail University Florida, USA
Associate of Built Environment
Caribbean School of Architecture
Nicole Johnson
Head of Department
Art Education Department.
M.A. (Art Education), M.F.A. (Painting), University of
Massachusetts, Dartmouth;
Diploma (Painting), Edna Manley College
Shauna Murray
M.Sc. (Communication Design) Pratt University;
B.F.A., Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing
Arts
340
Trudy Barrett
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Education
University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand
Master of Arts in Art Education
Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, United States of
America
Diploma in Education -Visual Arts
Mico Teachers College, Kingston, Jamaica
Diploma in Fine Arts - Painting
Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing Arts,
Kingston, Jamaica
Laura Jones,
Head of Department
Textile and Fibre Arts and Fashion Department
MA (Pending) (Heritage Studies, Philosophy), UWI, Mona,
Jamaica; B. A.,
(History and Archaeology),UWI, Mona, Jamaica;
Diploma (Textile and Fibre Arts),Edna Manley College of the
Gianna Fakhourie
M.A. (Fashion Marketing & Management) Instituto
Polimoda: Florence, Italy, affiliate; Fashion Institute of
Technolog , U.S.A. B.F.A. (Fashion Merchandising)
A.A. (Fashion Merchandising) Miami International University
of Art & Design
Jeff Menzies
AOCAD in Sculpture, Ontario College of Art and Design
Toronto, Canada
MFA in Sculpture – York University, Toronto, Canada
Cleve Bowen
B.F.A. (Printmaking) Edna Manley College of the Visual and
Performing Arts
Michael Layne
M.A. (Art Education) Ohio State University
B.A.E., Diploma (Ceramics) Jamaica School of Art
Shelley-Ann Morgan
PhD, Institute of Caribbean Studies; University of the West
Indies
M.B.A. Nova South Eastern University Jamaica W.I. / Florida;
B.Sc.(Economics & Statistics) University of the West Indies
Part-Time
Beverly DaCosta
Designer, Diploma Clothing and Distributive Trades
City and Guilds
Susan Lee Quee
B.A. Art Education, Edna Manley College of the Visual and
Performing Arts
Diploma (Graphic Design), Jamaica School of Art
Margaret Stanley
B.A. (Fashion and Textiles), Ravensbourne College of Art,
England;
Diploma (Art and Design), Ravensbourne College of Art UK
Winston Campbell
PhD. M.A. (Pre-Columbian Art), University of Essex, UK; B.A.
Hons. (Visual Arts &
Philosophy), The University of the West Indies, Jamaica
Carol Campbell
Diploma (Applied Arts), Alberta College, Calgary, Canada
Oneika Russell
PhD, Kyoto Seika University- Film, Video & Media Art, Kyoto,
Japan
Post-Graduate Research, Kyoto Seika University- Film, Video
and Media
Arts, Kyoto, Japan
Certificate, Kyoto University, The International Center,
Beginning/
Intermediate Japanese Language Course
MA, Goldsmiths College, University College of London, UK
Centre for
Cultural Studies- Interactive Media, London, UK
Diploma, Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing
ArtsPainting , Kingston, Jamaica
Raymond Watson
Diploma, Jamaica School of Art
341
Katrina Coombs
M.F.A. Creative Practice, Ransart Institute – University of
Plymouth
B.A. Fine Arts (Textile and Fibre Arts), Edna Manley College
of the Visual and Performing Arts
Phillip Thomas
M.F.A. New York Academy of Art;
Diploma (Painting) Edna Manley College of the Visual &
Performing Arts; School of Visual Arts
Lutalo Makonzi
D.F.A. (Fine Arts), C.F.A. (Fine Art), University of East Africa,
Postgraduate Certificate Small Business Management U.W.I.;
Postgraduate Certificate
(Graphic Reproduction and Printing), London; Industrial
Design Ceramics; R.C.A.
London College of Printing, England.
Phillip Supersad
Diploma (Ceramics), Jamaica School of Art, Certificate
(Ceramics), Centre for International
Technical Cooperation, Rome, Italy;
In-house Training, Things Jamaican,
Judith Salmon
Graduate Certificate - Museum Studies, University of South
Florida.
MFA –Studio Art, Johnson State College, Vermont.
B.A. Liberal Arts, Norwich University- Vermont College, VT.
Veerle Poupeye
PhD (Art History), Emory University, U.S.A.;
M.A. (Art History), University of Ghent, Belgium.
Joelle Salkey
Masters’ Degree Museology and Protection of Objects of
Cultural and Natural Heritage; St. Petersburg State University
of Art and Culture, Russia-’
Painting Restoration - Practical Training - St. Petersburg State
University
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate; Pont Aven School of
Contemporary Arts, France
B.F.A Painting; Edna Manley College of the Visual and
Performing Arts, Jamaica
Certificate Restoration Painting, National Council on
Technical and Vocational Education and Training/ Holy
Trinity Cathedral Endowment Institute, Jamaica
Prudence Lovell
B.F.A. (Painting) Kingston University U.K.
Stanford Watson
M.A. (Community Art), Maryland Institute College of Art;
Certificate (Painting), Jamaica School of Art
Camille Chedda
M.F.A. (Painting), University of Massachusetts. U.S.A.
Diploma (Painting) Edna Manley College of the Visual and
Performing Arts; School of Visual Arts
Ohm Phanphiroij
Photography, Memphis College of Art
MFA Photography, Rochester Institute of Technology (ABT)
MFA Filmmaking and Photography, Georgia State University
MA Communications, University of Northern Iowa
Certificate Language and Cultural Studies, Memphis State
University
LL.B. Law, Thammasat University, Thailand.
Donesha Burke
M.Sc. (Clinical Psychology), University of the West Indies;
BA (Psychology & Human Resource Management),
University of the West Indies
Norma Harrack
M.A. (Cultural Studies), University of the West Indies,
Diploma (Ceramics), Jamaica School of Art;
O’Neil Lawrence
M.A. (Pending), University of the West Indies
B.A. University of the West Indies
Olivia McGilchrist
M.A. (Photography), London College of Art and Design UK
Corey Berneisen
M.F.A. Pratt Institute, Brooklyn, NY
B.A. William Smith College, Geneva, NY (magna cum laude)
Robert Hall
Diploma (Textiles and Fibre Arts)
Andrew Smith
MA Photography – University of Bolton – China
BSc. Geography- University of the West Indies, Jamaica
Hope Brooks
M.F.A. Maryland Institute College of Art & Design
B.A., Edinburgh University
Rachel Moss
B.A. (Animation & Graphic Design), Surrey Institute of Art &
Design, University
College, Surrey, UK
Yves Yearwood
BA Hons, (Interior Architecture), Middlesex University, UK
Margaret McGhie
B.A.(Hons.) Three Dimensional Design/Ceramics
University of London, Goldsmiths Colle
Damaris Mayne
B.F.A (Jewellery). Edna Manley College of the Visual and
Performing Arts
Diploma, Edna Manley College of the Visual and Performing
Arts
Technical Support Staff
Shauna Gaye Murray-Coke
MSc. Communication Design, Pratt Institute, New York
BFA (Visual Communication), Edna Manley College of the
Necon Bailey
Jewellery Department
Diploma – Jewellery Edna Manley College School of Visual
Arts
342
Maxine Grey
Technician
Ceramic Department,
Daren Robertson
Technician - Photography
Bachelor of Arts in Communication Arts and Technology;
University of Technology, Jamaica Part time Faculty
Stefan Clarke
Studio Manager
Diploma - Sculpture Edna Manley College of the Visual and
Performing Arts
Administration
Principal
VP Academic
VP Administration
Registrar
Asst Registrar Examination
Asst Registrar Admission
Director School of Dance
Director School of Music
Director School of Drama
Director School of Visual Arts
Director School of Arts Management & Humanities
Director of Finance
Director of Assets and Facilities
Director of Student Services
Director Continuing Education and
Allied Programmes Nicholeen DeGrasse-Johnson PhD
Carol 'Annie' Hamilton
Denise Salmon
Claudia Woon-Chin
Melody McDowell
Cavel Jackson
Kerry-Ann Henry
Roger Williams
Pierre LeMaire
Miriam Smith
Phylis Hemmings
Carlene Colville
Ryan Gayle
Horace Prince
Althea Smikle
Find us on the web:
Website: Facebook: Twitter: Instagram: www.emc.edu.jm
www.facebook.com/EdnaManleyCollege
twitter.com/#!/EMCJamaica
instagram.com/edna_jamaica
343
Highly Recommend Links
• Justin's Drama and Theatre Links • Artcyclopedia
{See link http://www.theatrelinks.com}
{See link http://www.artcyclopedia.com}
• Art Images for Collection Teaching {http://quod.lib.umich.edu/a/aict?g=art-ic;page=index}
• VADS: Visual Arts Data Service {See link http://www.vads.ac.uk}
• Infomine
• International Directory of Design {See link http://infomine.ucr.edu}
{See link http://www.penrose-press.com}
• Visual Collections: Images of Art, History
and Culture {http://www.davidrumsey.com/collections/}
• Caribbean Music Database
{http://www.caribbeanmusicdatabase.com/}
• American Musicology Society
{http://www.ams-net.org/}
• Society for Music Theory
{http://societymusictheory.org/}
• Society for American Music {http://www.american-music.org/}
• International Musicological Society
{http://www.ims-online.ch/}
• Royal Academy of Music
{http://www.ram.ac.uk/}
• Andrew Furmanczyk Academy of Music {http://www.youtube.com/user/lypur}
• Music History 102: a Guide to Western
Composers and their Music from Middle
Ages to Present {http://www.ipl.org/div/mushist/}
• Ricci Adams’ MusicTheory.Net
{http://www.musictheory.net/}
• eMusicTheory
{http://www.emusictheory.com/learning.html}
• Music Genres List
{http://musicgenreslist.com/}
• The History of Music
{http://webpages.shepherd.edu/BREICH01/}
• AcousticMusic.Net
{http://acousticmusic.net/}
• Timelines of Art History
{http://www.art-and- archaeology.com/timelines/tl001.html}
• Ballroom Dancers
{http://www.ballroomdancers.com/}
OTHER HIGHLY RECOMMENDED LINKS
• Institute of Jamaica
{http://instituteofjamaica.org.jm/}
• National Gallery of Jamaica
{http://natgalja.org.jm/ioj_wp/}
• Jamaica Library Service
{See link http://www.jls.gov.jm/}
• National Library of Jamaica
{See link http://www.nlj.org.jm/
• University of Technology, Jamaica
{See link http://www.utechjamaica.edu.jm/ }
• University of the West Indies, Mona
{See link http://www.mona.uwi.edu/ }
• Jamaica Gleaner Online
• Jamaica Observer
{See link http://www.jamaica-gleaner.com/}
{See link http://www.jamaicaobserver.com/ }
• Internet Archive
{See link https://archive.org/}
• Google Books
{ http://books.google.com/}
Unlock your full potential with our masters, bachelors, associates
and certiﬁcate programmes in:
Visual Arts
Painting, Sculpture, Printmaking,
Jewellery, Ceramics, Textiles and Fibre
Arts (Weaving, Design and Fashion
Design), Visual Communication
(Illustration, Graphic Design, Photography)
Art Education, Art Therapy
Music
Jazz and Popular Music Studies
Music Performance
Music Education
All programmes accredited by the
University Council of Jamaica (UCJ)
Dance
Traditional and Folk Dance Studies
Performance and Choreography
Dance Education
Dance Performance
Dance Technique
Evening Courses
Arts Management
and Humanities
Arts Management
Drama
Theatre Arts – Acting,
Theatre Arts – Directing,
Drama in Education
Evening courses offered under the
School of Continuing Education and Allied Studies.
For further information contact:
Get social and connect with us:
1 Arthur Wint Drive, Kingston 5
Edna Manley College
Tel: (876) 619-EDNA; (876) 960-6171
@EMCJamaica
Email: registry@emc.edu.jm
@edna_jamaica
Website: www.emc.edu.jm
EMCVPAJamaica
346